Department of State bulletin

"^

t

Given By
U.S. grrrvr ^^ ^^^...._.

•'^"^K^Tt;

^sra

uv

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

VOLUME X: Numbers 236-261

January 1-June 24, 1944

^fSS-^Jc^L^o

y JO

/ 1/

c/</

/^^f

UNITED STATES

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

WASHINGTON : 1944

U. S. SUPERINTEKOENT OF DOCUMENTS

AUG 25 J944

7

t'ubllcation 2lS6

INDEX

Volume X: Numbers 236-261, January 1-June 24, 1944

Accounts, Division of. See Budget and Finance, Divi-
sion of.
Acheson, Dean :

Designations in tlie State Department, 46, 47, 61.
Participant in radio broadcast, 100.
Achilles, Theodore C, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.
Addresses. See under Acheson ; Berle ; Connally ; Dunn ;
Grew ; Harkness ; Hawkins ; Hull ; Long ; McDermott ;
Messer.smith ; Murphy ; Pasvolsky ; Rayburn ; Roose-
velt ; Russell ; Shaw ; Stettinius ; Taf t ; Vandenberg ;
Winant (Frederick) ; Winant (John G.).
Administrative Instructions, new State Department series

of, 436.
Administrative Management, Division of, 59.
Administrator of Export Control, Office of, 153.
Advisory Council on Post War Foreign Policy, 47, 72.
Afghanistan, treaties, agreements, etc. :

Exchange of ofhcial publications, with U.S. (1944),

230.
Opium convention, international (1912), adherence
(1944), 543.
Africa (see also North Africa), conference of French

African Governors at Brazzaville, 239.
African Affairs, Division of, 58, 195.
African Affairs, Eastern and, Office of, 57, 194.
Agreements, international. See Treaties.
Agricultural Service, Foreign, transferred to the State

Department, 152.
Agriculture {see also Food; Treaties) :

Convention on Inter-American Institute of Agricultural
Sciences (1944), 90, 162, 195, 230, 294, 306, 400, 461,
522, 567, 593.
International Labor Conference, recommendations re-
garding production and distribution, 320.
Technical expert (Phillips), return from China, 327.
West Indian laborers, furnishing to U.S. for summer
work, 512.
Air force, U. S., accidental bombing of Schaffhausen, 314.
Airmail service between U.S. and South America, 15th

anniversary, 5(X).
Airplanes, statistics on export under lend-lease and on
U.S. production, statement by President Roosevelt,
510.
Alaska, fuel supply for U.S. Army in, agreement with

Canada (1942, 1943), 85.
Alaska Highway, agreements with Canada (1942, 1943)

regarding construction, 134-136.
Albania :

Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 269.
Secretary Hull on status of, 510.
Struggle for freedom from Nazis, 315.

Alcan Highway. See Alaska Highway.

Aldridge, Clayson W., death, 304.

Alexander, Gen. Sir Harold, correspondence with President

Roosevelt regarding the fall of Rome, 529.
Alexander, Robert C, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 48.
Alexander, Virginia, designation in the State Department,

48.
Algeria, closing of U.S. consulate at Bone, 91.
Alinement of the nations in the war, tabulations, 373, 413.
All America Cables, Inc., interruption of operations in

Argentina, 292.
Allen, George V., designation in the State Department, 58.
Allied Control Commission for Italy, duties, organization,

and appointment of U.S. official, 573.
Allied Ministers of Education. See under Conferences.
Allied nationals. See United Nations.
Ailing, Paul H., designation in the State Department, 57.
American Drug Manufacturers Association, address by Mr.

Russell, 405.
American Federation of Labor Forum, address by Mr. Long,

342.
American Mexican Claims Commission, appointment of

General Counsel (Maktos), 542.
American Republic Affairs, Office of, 53, 400, 443.
American republics (see also Commissions; Conferences;
Cultural relations; Treaties; and the individual coun-
tries) :
Address by Secretary Hull before the Pan American

Union, 349.
Airmail service between U.S. and South America, 15th

anniversary, 500.
Bolivia, concerted action in respect to new Government

of, 584.
Controls, local, applied against Axis commercial firms,

410.
Cultural leaders, visit to U.S., from : Brazil, 110, 194,
302, 536; Colombia, 416; Cuba, 327, 501 ; Haiti, 435;
Honduras, 5S5 ; Mexico, 385, 435 ; Nicaragua, 501 ;
Peru, 435; Uruguay, 513.
Exchange of nationals with German nationals via the

Gripsholm, 180, 189, 238, 511, 535.
Fellowships open to applicants from, 416, 584.
Newsprint, U.S. efforts to facilitate production and

transportation to other American republics, 88.
Recognition of new governments instituted by force,
resolutions of Emergency Advisory Committee for
Political Defense, 20, 28.
Representation at celebration of Day of the Americas

in Chile, 327.
Status in relation to the war, 380, 413.

597

598

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

American Republics, Interdepartmental Committee on
Cooperation with, appointment of Chairman (Zwem-
er), 585.
American Republics Analysis and Liaison, Division of,

443, 444.
American Republics Requirements Division, 51.
Americans. See United States citizens.
Anglo-American Caribbean Commission:

Laborers from West Indies, arrangements for supplying

to U.S. for summer work, 513.
West Indian Conferences, under auspices of, 37, 262, 384.
Anglo-American Caribbean Commission, U.S. Section:
British Colonies Supply Mission, relations with, 588.
OflBcers of, designation, 503.

Relationship to State Department (D.O. 1274), 502.
Announcements, new State Department series of, 436, 437.
Arbitration, Permanent Court of, U.S. members (Stlmson

and Doyle), 212.
Argentina (see also American republics) :

All America Cables, Inc., interruption of operations, 292.
Ambas-sador to U.S. (Escobar), credentials, 191.
Relations with Germany and Japan, severance, 116-117.
Relations with U.S., 205, 225.
Armed forces :

American troops in the British Isles, 237.

Criminal offenses committed by, agreement with Canada

regarding jurisdiction (1944), 306.
Presentation of Soviet awards to members of, 347.
Arms, control of international traflSc in, article by Mr.

Ludlow, 576.
Art, Science, and Education Division, (>5.
Assassination of President of Mexico, attempted, 351.
Assistance and salvage at sea, international convention
for the unification of rules relating to (1910), ad-
herence of Egypt (1943), 39.
Assistant Secretaries of State, 46, 47.

Proposal for appointment of two additional, 226.
Atrocities, Japanese, r(5sume of U.S. protests, 145, 168.
Australia :

Fall of Rome and invasion of Europe, correspondence
between Prime Minister Curtin and President
Roosevelt, 529, 551.
Prime Minister Curtin, visit to U.S., 3S5.
Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places,

268.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Cooperation and collaboration with New Zealand

(1944), 490.
Mutual-aid agreement with Canada (1944), 504.
Whaling, protocol (1944), signature, 271, 592.
Automotive traffic, regulation of, inter-American conven-
tion on (1943), 22, 162, 366, 422, 567.
Auxiliary Foreign Service, function of, 589.
Aviation. See Civil aviation ; Commissions ; Treaties.
Aviation Division, State Department, 49, 303.
Avila Camacho (President of Mexico), attempted assas-
sination of, 351.
Axis countries (see also Germany; Japan) :
Declaration by British, Soviet, and U.S. Governments

regarding Axis satellites, 425.
Espionage activities in Chile, repression of, 205.

Axis countries — Continued.
Relations with Argentina, 225.

Representatives in Ireland, U.S. request for removal
of, 235.

Bacon, J. Kenly, designation In the State Department, 54.
Badoglio, Pletro, correspondence with President Roosevelt

on the fall of Rome, 528.
Bagwell, Omar C, return from China, 194.
Bahamas :

Inter-American radiocommunicatlons convention and
North American regional broadcasting agreement
(1937), adherence (1943), 162.
Laborers, furnishing to U.S. for summer work, 513.
Baker, George W., designation in the State Department,

52.
Ballantlne, Joseph W., designation In the State Depart-
ment, 57.
Barbados, furnishing of laborers to U.S. for summer work,

513.
Barrett, Willis C, return from China, 538.
Barron, Bryton, designations in the State Department, 64,

399.
Beaulac, Willard L., confirmation of nomination as U.S.

Ambassador to Paraguay, 281.
Begg, John M., designation in tlie State Department, 65.
Belgian Congo, visit of Governor General to U.S., 384.
Belgium :

Civil administration of liberated areas, agreement with

U.S. and U.K., (1944), 479.
Fall of Rome and Invasion of Europe, correspondence
of Prime Minister Pierlot with President Roosevelt,
531, 551.
Representation of Interests by U.S. In certain places,

268.
Representation of U.S. Interests by Switzerland, 269.
U.S. Ambassador (Biddle), resignation, 110.
Berle, Adolf A., Jr. :
Addresses :
Commissions of Inter-American Development, 1st

Conference of, 427.
Duke University, 176.
Foreign Press Association, N. T., 574.
International Ladies' Garment Workers' Union Con-
vention (25th), 539.
National Conference of Jewish Social Welfare and

other organizations, 484.
Pan American Conference of National Directors of

Health, 398.
Participant In radio broadcast, 100.
Schoolmen's Week Convention, Philadelphia, 278.
United Nations Forum, Washington, 97.
Designations in the State Department, 46, 47, 61.
Visit to London regarding civil aviation, 301.
Bevans, Charles I., designation In the State Department,

399.
Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel, Jr., resignation as Ambassador-
Minister to Allied governments in London, 110.
Bills of lading, international convention for the unification
of rules relating to (1924), adherence by Egypt (1&13),
39.

INDEX

599

"Black list". See Blocked Nationals.

Blair-Lee House, rehabilitation, 89, 329.

Bliss, Robert Woods, designation in the State Department,

184.
Blockade against Germany and Italy, quotas for goods for

neutrals, 493, 494.
Blocked Nationals, Proclaimed List :
Discussed in radio broadcast, 103.

Inclusion of names of firms in Ireland, Sweden, and Fin-
land, 412, 497, 511.
Results obtained from, 40T.
Revision VI, Cumulative Supplements 4, 5, and 6: 88,

ISO, 239.
Revision VII and Cumulative Supplements 1, 2, and 3:
301, 315, 412, 511.
Boards. See Commissions.

Boggs, Samuel W., designation in the State Department, 60.
Bohlen, Charles E., designation In the State Department,

55.
Rolivarian Affairs, Division of. State Department, 54.
Bolivia (sec altio American republics) :
New government in :

Concerted action by other American republics respect-
ing, 584.
Question of recognition by U.S., 28, 29, 132, 501.
Recognition by U.S., 584.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on reg-
ulation of (1943), 22.
Cultural relations, promotion of inter-American
(1936), promulgation (1943), 212.
Bombing of civilians in China and Spain, U. S. protests, 353.
Bombing of Schaffhausen, accidental, 314.
Bonbright, James C. H., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.
B6ne, Algeria, closing of U.S. consulate, 91.
Bonsai, Philip W. :
Article by, 125.

Designation In the State Department, 54.
Boundary, Ecuador and Peru, agreement, 487.
Braden, Spruille, appointment as Special Representative
at Inauguration of President Plcado of Costa Rica, 401.
Brandt, George L., designation in the State Department, 46.
Brazil [see also American republics) :
Closing of U.S. consulate at Corumbii, 329.
Cultural leaders, visit to U.S., 110, 194, 302, 536.
Good oflSces in boundary question, Ecuador and Peru,

487.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President Var-
gas with President Roosevelt regarding, 530, 549.
Representation of interests by U.S. in international

zone of Tangier, 268.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on reg-
ulation of (1943), signature and approval (1944),
22.
Rubber development, with U.S. (1944), 271.
Wolfram exports of Portugal, efforts to deprive the
enemy of, 535,

Brazilian Affairs, Division of. State Department, 54.
Brazzaville, Conference of French African Governors at,

239.
Briggs, Ellis O. :

Coulirmation of nomination as U.S. Ambassador to the

Dominican Republic, 281.
Designation in the State Department, 54.
British Colonie.s Supply Mission, meeting to discuss sup-
ply and shipping in the Caribbean, 588.
British Columbia, operation of Pan American Airways
over, agreement between U.S. and Canada (1944),
306.
British Commonwealth Affairs, Division of. State Depart-
ment, 55.
British Honduras, furnishing of laborers to U.S. for sum-
mer work, 513.
British Isles, American troops in, 237.
British West Indies:

Laborers, furnishing to U.S. for summer work, 512.
Opening of U.S. consulate at Grenada, 522.
Brown, Courtney C, designation in the State Department,

50.
Brown, James E., designation in the State Department,

46.
Budget and Finance, Division of, 58.
Bulgaria :

Axis satellite, declaration of U.S., Britisli, and Soviet

Governments regarding, 425.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 269.
Burdett, William C, death, 91.
Burke, Thomas, resignation from the State Department,

23.
Burma, representation of U.S. interests in occupied areas

liy Switzerland, 269.
Byington, Homer M., Jr., designations in the State Depart-
ment, 64, 209.

Cabot, John M., designations in the State Department,

54, 420.
Cairo Conference, results of:

Address by President Roosevelt, 4.
Message of President Roosevelt to Congress, 76, 77.
Cale, Edward G., designation as U.S. delegate to Inter-
American Coffee Board, 512.
Canada :
Ambassador to U.S. (McCarthy), credentials, 75.
Joint Economic Committees with U.S., discontinuance,

264.
Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places, 268.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Alaska Highway, with U.S. (1942), 134, 135, 136.
Commercial modus viveudi with Venezuela (1941),

renewal (1944), 400.
Criminal offenses by armed forces, agreement with

U.S. regarding jurisdiction (1944), 306.
Customs, with U.S. (1942), 138.
Double taxation, with U.S. (1944), 543.
Extraterritorial rights in China, relinquishment of,
with China, text (1944), 458.

600

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Canada — Continued.

Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued.
Fuel supply for U.S. Army in Canada and Alaska,
agreement for extension, exchange of notes with
U.S. (1942, 1943), 8.5.
Pur-seal agreement, provisional, with U.S. (1942),

approval (1944), 230, 568.
Halibut fishery, with U.S. (1937), 1944 regulations,

293.
Mutual-aid agreement with French Committee of Na-
tional Liberation, text (1944), 456.
Mutual-aid agreements with Australia, with China,

with U.K., and with U.S.S.R. (1944), 504.
Niagara River, additional diversion of waters, with

U.S. (1944), 455.
Operation of Pan American Airways over British

Columbia, with U.S. (1944), 306.
Telecommunications, with U.S., regarding construction
and operation of radio broadcasting stations in
northwestern Canada (1943, 1944), 139.
Upper Columbia River Basin, with U.S., exchange of

notes (1944), 270.
Water power, with U.S., temporary raising of level

of Lake St. Francis (1943), 142.
Whaling, protocol (1944), 271, 592.
Cannon, Cavendish W., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.
Cannon, Mary, appointment as U.S. member of Inter-
American Commission of Women, 325.
Canol project, expansion of, 85.

C.A.P.A. See Permanent Ajnerican Aeronautical Com-
mission.
Caribbean and Central American Affairs, Division of,

54, 420.
Caribbean area, food for, agreement between U.S. and

the Dominican Republic (1944), 195.
Caribbean Commission. See Anglo-American Caribbean

Commission.
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, radio in-
terview of Mr. Hawkins, 311.
Carr, Robert M., designation in the State Department, 53.
Cartels, policy and action on, 365.

Carter, Clarence E., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 65.
Catudal, Honors Marcel, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 52.
Censorship of political news, reply of Secretary Hull to

Governor Dewey's statement, 300.
Central European Affairs, Division of, 55.
Central Translating Division, 65.

Charitable Irish Society, Boston, address by Mr. Taft, 2.j4.
Chiang Kai-shek, correspondence with President Roose-
velt on the fall of Rome, 530, 550.
Chief Clerk and Administrative Assistant, Office of. State

Department, abolishment, 59.
Chile (see also American republics) :
Axis espionage activities, repression of, 205.
Celebration of Day of the Americas, 327,
Closing of U.S. consulate at Osorno, 388,

Chile — Continued.

Invasion of Europe, correspondence of officials of the
Chilean Senate with President Roosevelt, 531, 550.
Trade relations with U.S., ISO.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Commerce and navigation, with Cuba (1937), ratifica-
tions (1944) of modifications by exchange of
notes (1942), 594.
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences
(1944), 522.
China (see also Far East) :

Aid from U.S. for students, 433.

Aid from U.S. since 1931, 35L

Aviation, civil, exploratory conference of U.S. and

Chinese groups, 496.
Cultural leaders, visit to U.S., 537, 564.
Fall of Rome, correspondence between President Chiang

Kai-shek and President Roosevelt, 530, 550.
Gifts from U.S. brought by Vice President Wallace, .586.
Good offices extended by U.S. in certain countries, 269.
Immigration into U.S., quota, 180.
Representation of U.S. interests in occupied areas by

Switzerland, 269.
Technical assistance to China since 1942, 363, 433.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Extraterritorial rights, relinquishment by Canada

(1944), text, 4.58.
Military service, with U.S., (1943, 1944), 593.
Mutual-aid agreement with Canada (1944), 504.
U.S. policy toward, history of, 351.
U.S. technical experts, return to U.S., 194, 327, 501, 538,

586.
Visit of Vice President Wallace to, 465, 586.
Chinese Affairs, Division of, State Department, 57.
Christie, Emerson B., designation in the State Department,

65.
Chrome, cessation of shipments to Axis countries, 467.
Chronology of U.S. protests to Japan against mistreat-
ment of prisoners of war and civilian internees, 145.
Chronology of wartime development of organizations for
international economic operations, July 1939 to De-
cember 1943, 152.
Citizens, U. S. See United States citizens.
Ciudad Bolivar, Venezuela, closing of U.S. vice consulate,

401.
Civil Affairs Committee. See Combined Civil Affairs Com-
mittee.
Civil aviation, exploratory conferences:
U.S. and Chinese groups, 496.
U.S. and U.K., 301.
U.S. and U.S.S.R. groups, 301, 496.
Civilian Affairs Division, General Staff, U.S. Army, for
relief of civil populations in areas of military opera-
tions, 472, 475.
Civilian internees, U.S., in Japanese custody. See United

States citizens.
Civilian relief in Europe. See Relief.
Claims payment to U.S., Mexican, 29,

INDEX

601

Clark, Lt. Gen. Mark, correspondence with President

Roosevelt on the fall of Rome, 529.
Clattenburg, Albert E., Jr., designation in the State De-
partment, 48.
Clerks, Foreign Service, proposal for grading and classi-
fication, 227.
Code of Federal Regulations codification, sample of, 441.
Coffee Board, Inter-American, designation of U.S. delegate

(Cale) and alternate delegate (Walmsiey), 512.
Collado, Emilio G., designation in the State Department,

53.
Collisions at sea, international convention for the unifi-
cation of rules relating to (1910), adherence of Egypt,
(1943), 39.
Colombia (see also American republics) :
Ambassador to U.S. (Turbay), credentials, 108.
Cultural leader, visit to U.S., 416.

Good offices extended by U.S. in Istanbul, Turkey, 269.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President L6pez

with President Roosevelt, 530, 550.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Declaration by United Nations (1942), adherence

(1943), 108.*
Military service, reciprocal agreement with U.S.
(1944), 184.
Colorado River :
Allocation of water supply between U.S. and Mexico,

article by Mr. Timm, 282.
Conservation and distribution of water, treaty with
Mexico (1944), IGl.
Combined Boards (U.S. and U.K.), constituent boards of,

467.
Combined Civil Affairs Committee, organized under the
Combined Chiefs of Staff for civilian supply, 473, 475.
Comisifin Aeronflutica Permanente Americana. See Per-
manent American Aeronautical Commission.
Commerce, international. See Trade.
Commerce and Industry Association of New York, address

by Frederick Winant, 199.
Commerce and navigation, Chile and Cuba (1937), ratifi-
cations (1944) of modifications by exchange of notes
(1942), 594.
Commerce Service, Foreign, transferred to the State De-
partment, 152.
Commercial Policy, Division of, 52, 420.
Commercial Protection, and Trade Mark, Inter-Ameri-
can Convention (1929), ratification by Paraguay
(1943), 248.
Commissions, committees, etc. :
International :

Allied Control Commission for Italy, 573.
American Mexican Claims Commission, 542.
Boundary Commission, U.S. and Mexico, establish-
ment and change of name of, 282, 288, 292.
Caribbean Commission, Anglo-American, 37, 262, 384,

502, 513, 5S8.
Chronology of wartime development of organizations
for economic operations, July 1939 to December
1943, 152.
Comisi6n AeronSutica Permanente Americana, 499,
588.

Commissions, committees, etc. — Continued.
International — Continued.

Emergency Advisory Committee for Political De-
fense, 20, 28, 566.
Inter-American Coffee Board, 512.
Inter-Americau Commission of Women, 325.
Inter-American Development Commission, 415, 426,

483.
Inter-American Indian Institute, 230, 330.
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, 90,

162, 195, 230, 294, 306, 593.
Joint Economic Committees, discontinuance by U.S.

and Canada, 264.
Permanent American Aeronautical Commission, 499,

588.
Water Commission, U.S. and Mexico, 285.
National :
Federal Communications Commission, 511.
Post-War Foreign Policy, Advisory Council on, 72.
War Refugee Board, establishment, 95.
War Relief Control Board, President's, 151.
Committees, State Department :

Policy Committee, creation, 46, 72, 293.
Political Planning, abolishment, 46.
Post War Programs, creation, 47, 72, 293.
Commodities Division, State Department, 53, 365.
Communications and Records, Division of, 59, 184.
Conferences, congresses, etc. :
International :
Allied Ministers of Education in London, 293, 302,

413, 434.
British Colonies Supply Mission, 588.
Cairo Conference, results of, 4, 76, 77.
Criminology, 1st Pan American Congress on, 499.
French African Governors at Brazzaville, 239.
Inter-American Conference on Systems of Economic

and Financial Controls, 410.
Inter-American Development Commissions, 1st Con-
ference, 415, 426, 483.
International Labor Conference, 26th session, 316, 382,

481, 514.
Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Repub-
lics, results of meetings (1940, 1942), 410.
Moscow Conference, results of, 33, 76, 77.
National Unity, Greek Conference for, 502.
Pan American Conference of National Directors of

Health (5th), 384, 398.
Tehran Conference, results of, 4, 76, 77.
United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference,

4C8, 587.
Visit, informal, to London of U.S. Under Secretary of

State Stettiuius and mission, 305.
West Indian conferences, 37, 262, 384.
Whaling Conference, final act, 329.

National :

Conference on how women may share in post-war
policy-making, 555.

Congress, U.S. :

Appropriation for UNRRA, statement by Mr. Stettinius
regarding, 535.

602

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Congress, U. S. — Continued.
Bill to authorize appointment of two additional Assist-
ant Secretaries of State, 226.
Bill to extend to other countries the program of cultural
cooperation instituted with the American republics
by the act of Aug. 9, 1939, 218.
Bill respecting Foreign Service (cited), to permit re-
cruitment of technical personnel and to classify
administrative and clerical service, 227.
Legislation, listed, 91, 111, 142, 163, 186, 196, 231, 249,
271, 296, 307, 331, 866, 388, 402, 422, 461, 504, 544,
568, 596.
Lend-lease report, letters of transmittal from President

Roosevelt, 27, 495.
Messages from President :
Annual message, 76.
International Labor Organization, with documents,

514.
Refugees, European, removal to U.S., 553.
Relationship to State Department, discussed in radio
broadcast, 117.
Connally, Tom, participant in radio broadcast, 117.
Consular and diplomatic personnel. See Diplomatic rep-
resentatives ; Foreign Service.
Consular oflJces. See under Foreign Service.
Consular representatives. Axis, request of U.S. for removal

from Ireland, 235.
Controls, local, applied by American republics against

Axis-controlled firms, 410.
Controls, Office of, State Department, 47.
Conventions. See Conferences ; Treaties.
Cooperation in war supplies between U.S. and U.K., 467.
Coordination and Review, Division of, 59, 184.
Copyright-extension privileges, agreement between U.S.

and U.K. (1944), texts of notes, 243.
Corrick, Donald W., designation in tlie State Department,

58.
Corrigan, Frank P., designation as chairman of U.S. dele-
gation to centennial celebration of independence of
the Dominican Republic, 205.
Corumba, Brazil, closing of U.S. consulate, 329.
Costa Rica (see also American republics) :
Ambassador to U.S. (Gutierrez), credentials, 566.
Channel of communication by U.S. with Swiss Govern-
ment regarding interests in enemy territory, 269.
Convention on Inter-American Institute of Agricultural

Sciences (1944), 90.
Inauguration of President Picado, appointment of U.S.

Special Representative to, 401.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of oflScials of the
Costa Rican Congress with President Roosevelt,
530, 550.
President-elect Picado, visit to U.S., 3.S5.
Representation of certain interests by U.S. in Sweden,
268.
Coulter, Eliot B., designation in the State Department, 48.
Crane, Katharine Elizabeth, article on status of coun-
tries in relation to the war, 373, 413.
Credentials. See Diplomatic representatives in U.S.

Criminal offenses committed by armed forces, agreement

with Canada regarding jurisdiction (1944), 306.
Criminology, First Pan American Congress on, 499.
Crowley, Leo T., joint statement with Secretary Hull re-
garding distribution of lend-lease material, 256.
Cuba (see also American republics) :

Consular services performed by U.S. in certain places,

269.
Cultural leaders, visit to U.S., 327, 501.
Representation of interests by U.S. in international

zone of Tangier, 268.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on reg-
ulation of (1943), 22.
Commerce and navigation, with Chile (1937), ratifi-
cations (1944) of modifications by exchange of
notes (1942), 594.
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences

(1944), 162.
Nationality of women, convention on (1933), ratifica-
tion (1943), 39.
Sugar crop, 1944, existing contracts and acquisition
by U.S. of molasses and alcohol, discussions, 40,
132.
Culbertson, Paul T., designation in the State Department,

55.
Cultural and educational rebuilding of war-torn United

Nations, U.S. participation, 299, 433.
Cultural relations {see also under Amevica.n republics and
China ) :
Cooperation program of the State Department, address

by Mr. Shaw, 429.
Extension to other nations of program with American
republics (1939) :
Plans for, 433.

Text of proposed amendment to act, 218.
"International House" at New Orleans, dedication, ad-
dress by Mr. Messersmith, 133.
Treaty for the promotion of inter-American (1936), pro-
mulgation by Bolivia ( 1943) , 212.
Cultural Relations, Division of, State Department, transfer

of functions, (53.
Gumming, Hugh S., Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.
Cunningham, Admiral Sir John, correspondence with Presi-
dent Roosevelt on the fall of Rome, 529.
Current Information, Division of, 64, 209.
Curtin, John (Prime Minister of Australia) :

Fall of Rome and invasion of Europe, correspondence

with President Roosevelt, 529, 551.
Visit to U.S., 385.
Customs agreement with Canada (1942), 138,
Customs duties, reductions in, U.S. and Haiti and U.S.
and Dominican Republic (1942), lapse of agreements,
305.
Czechoslovakia :

Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 269.
U.S. Ambassador (Biddle), resignation, 110.

INDEX

603

Dailor, Frances M., article on American seamen and the

Foreign Service, 206.
Daniel, Helen L., designations in the State Department,

59, 184.
Davis, Monnett B., designations in the State Department,

G3, 242.
Davis, Nathaniel P., designation in the State Department,

62.
Day of the Americas, celebration in Chile, 327.
Declaration of British, Soviet, and U.S. Governments re-
garding the four Axis satellites, 425.
Declarations :

Polish Government declaration of Jan. 14, 1944, 97, 116.
United Nations Declaration (1942) :

Adherence by Colombia and Liberia, 108, 151, 346.
Anniversary (2d) of signing, 7.
Status, 366, 379, 413.
War against Germany and Japan, by Liberia, 151.
DeCourcy, William E., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 46.
Defense Aid Reports, Division of, Office for Emergency

Management, 154.
de la Rue, Sidney, designation as special assistant to the
chairman of the U. S. Section of the Anglo-American
Caribbean Commission, 503.
Denmark :
Legion of Merit medals, presentation for three Danes,

541.
Representation of U.S. interests in occupied areas by
Switzerland, 269.
Departmental Administration, Office of, 45, 58, 184.
Departmental designations, new State Department series

of, 436.
Department Orders, State Department, systematization of

(D. O. 1269), 436.
Department Personnel, Division of, 59, 400, 420.
Departmental Regulations, new State Department series

of, 436.
De Valera, Eamon (Prime Minister of Ireland), reply
from President Roosevelt regarding the preservation
of Rome, 371.
Dewey, Thomas E., statement on political censorship, reply

of Secretary Hull to, 300.
de Wolf, Francis Colt, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 49.
Dickey, John S., designation in the State Department, 63.
Dickover, Erie R., designation In the State Department,

57.
Diplomatic representatives :

Axis, request of U.S. for removal from Ireland, 235.
U.S., in Iceland (Dreyfus), credentials, 563.
Diplomatic representatives in U.S. :
Credentials, 75, 108, 191, 326, 566.

Departure of former Finnish Minister (Procop6) and
Counselors, 585.
Division of River Plate Affairs, State Department, 568.
Dominican Republic {see also American republics) :
Independence, centennial celebration, 180, 205, 242.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President Tru-
jillo Molina with President Roosevelt, 531, 551.
601906 — 44 2

Dominican Republic — Continued.
Treaties agreements, etc. :

Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of

(1944), 195.
Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on reg-
ulation of (1943), 22.
Commercial, with Haiti (1941), expiration, 305.
Customs duties, reductions in, with U.S. (1942), lapse

of agreement, 305.
Food agreement with U.S. (1944), 195.
Inter-American Indian Institute (1940), adherence

(1943), 230, 330.
UNRRA, agreement (1943), ratiHcation (1944), 305.
U.S. Ambassador (Briggs), confirmation of nomination,
281.
Dooman, Eugene H., designation in the State Department,

503.
Dort, Dallas W., designation in the State Department, 51.
Doyle, Michael Francis, U.S. member of Permanent Court

of Arbitration, 212.
Dreier, John C., designation in the State Department, 444.
Dreyfus, Louis G., Jr. :

Confirmation and credentials as Minister to Iceland,

281, 563.
Designation as Special Representative of President
Roosevelt at establishment of Republic of Iceland
and address, 522, 557.
duBois, Coert, designation as U.S. Commissioner of U.S.
Section of the Anglo-American Caribbean Commis-
sion, 503.
Duggan, Laurence, designation in the State Department,

54.
Duke University, Durham, N.C., address by Mr. Berle,

176.
Dunn, James C. :
Designations in the State Department, 55, 56.
Participant in radio broadcast, 30.

Eastern and African Affairs, Office of, 57, 194.

Eastern European Affairs, Division of, 55.

Eastern Hemisphere Division, 51, 304.

Eaton, Paul B., technical adviser, return from China, 501.

Economic Affairs, Office of, 52, 293, 303, 365.

Economic Affairs, Office of Wartime, 49, 52, 576.

Economic Defense Board, 155, 157.

Economic foreign policy, addresses by Mr. Hawkins, 311,
391.

Economic Foreign Policy, Executive Committee on, crea-
tion of by President Roosevelt, 511.

Economic policy toward European neutrals, article by Mr.
Merchant, 493.

Economic Studies, Division of. See Economic Affairs,
Office of.

Economic warfare :
As practiced by the Nazi regime, address by Mr. Russell,

403.
Discussed on radio by Mr. Hawkins, 104.
Problems of, addresses by Mr. Taft, 254, 465.

Economic Warfare, Board of, 155, 157.

Economic Warfare, Office of, consolidation Into FEA, 473.

604

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Economics :
Agencies and controls combating the Axis economic war-
machine, 410.
Chronology of wartime development of organizations

(July 1939 to December 1943), 152.
Committees, Joint Economic, discontinuance by U.S. and

Canada, 264.
Foreign economic operations State Department func-

tion.s, 49, 52, 100, 103.
Foreign Service ofiBcers' reports regarding develop-
ments abroad, 181.
Inter-American Development Commission, 415, 426, 483.
Wartime economic problems, addresses by Mr. Taft,
254, 465.
Ecuador (see also American republics) :
Airmail service, anniversary, 500.
Closing of U.S. consulate at Manta, 420.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President del

Rio witb President Roosevelt, 551.
Recognition by U.S. of new government, 536.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of

(1944), 162.
Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on regu-
lation of (1943), 22.
Boundary, with Peru (1942), 487.
Exchange of publications, with Panama (1944), 401.
Education, Allied Ministers of. Sec Allied Ministers of

Education ttnder Conferences.
Education, Science, and Art Division, 65.
Educational and cultural rebuilding of war-torn United

Nations, U.S. participation, 299, 433.
Effland, Richard W., designation in the State Department,

51.
Egypt :

Cairo Conference, results of, 4, 76, 77.

Fall of Rome, correspondence between King Farouk I

and President Roosevelt, 530, 550.
Navigation conventions :
Assistance and salvage at sea (1910), adherence

(1944), 39.
Bills of lading (1924), adherence (1944), 39.
Collisions at sea (1910), adherence (1944), 39.
U. S. Minister (Tuck), confirmation of nomination, 420.
Eisenhower, Gen. Dwight D., report to President Roose-
velt upon invasion of Europe, 549.
El Salvador (see also American republics) :

Channel of communication by U.S. with Swiss Govern-
ment regarding interests in enemy territory, 269.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences
(1944), signature and ratification (1944), 230,
461, 567.
UNRRA, agreement (1943), ratification (1943), 305.
Embargo against shipment of munitions. See Munitions.
Embassy rank, representation between U.S. and —
Iran, 181.
Portugal, 38S.

Emergency Advisory Committee for Political Defense :
Exchange of refugees on German territory witb German

nationals in American republics, resolution, 566.
Recognition of new governments instituted by force,
resolutions, 20, 28.
Emergency Management, Office for, 153.
Equality, .sovereign, for all nations, statement by Secre-
tary Hull, 509.
Erhardt, John G., de.signation in the State Department, 62.
Escobar, Adrian C., credentials as Ambassador of the Ar-
gentine Republic to U.S., 191.
Espionage, repression of Axis activities in Chile, 205.
Estonia, representation of U.S. intei'ests by Switzerland,

269.
Ethiopia :

Fall of Rome and invasion of Europe, corresjwndence of
Emperor Haile Selassie I with President Roosevelt,
551.
UNRRA, agreement (1943), ratification (1944), 305.
Europe (see also the individual countries) :
Civilian relief in, plans for, 469, 471, 474, 477.
Invasion, June 6, 1944 —
Messages between President Roosevelt and officials of

the United Nations, 530, 549.
Prayer by President Roosevelt, 525.
Report to the President by General Eisenhower, 549.
Statements by Secretary Hull and Mr. Stettinius, 526.
European Affairs, Office of, 54, 264.
Examiners for Foreign Service, Board of, 61.
Exchange of nationals with Germany and Japan. See

"Gripsholm."
Exchange of official publications, agreement between Ecua-
dor and Panama (1944), 401.
Exchange of official publications, agreement between U.S.
and —
Afghanistan (1944), 230.
Guatemala (1944), 422.
Iraq (1944), 230.
Executive agreements. See Treaties, agreements, etc.
Executive Committee on Economic Foreign Policy, creation

and membership, 511.
Executive order, establishing War Refugee Board, 95.
Exports, newsprint production and transportation by U.S.

to other American republics, efforts to facilitate, 88.
Exton, Frederick, designation in the State Department, 50.

Far East {see also the individual countries) :
Military objectives of U.S., statements by President

Roosevelt, 4, 145.
U.S. prisoners of war and civilian internees in the Far

East. See vnder United States citizens.
War and post-war problems, address by Mr. Grew, 8.
Far Eastern Affairs, Office of, 56, 420, 503.
Farouk I, of Egypt, correspondence with President Roose-
velt on the fall of Rome, 530, 550.
FE.\. See Foreign Economic Administration.
Federal Communications Commission, opening of direct
radio circuit to Uruguay, 511.

INDEX

605

Federal Regiilations, Code of, sample of codification, 441.
Fellowships for citizens from the other American republics,

416, 430, 5S4.
Ferro-alloys, efforts to stop shipments by neutrals to

Germany, 467.
Finance {see also under Conferences; Economics) :
Assistance to U.S. citizens detained in the Philippine

Islands, 83.
Claims payment to U.S. by Mexico, 29.
Inter-American Development Commission, organiza-
tion of, 415, 426, 483.
Loans to China by U.S. since 1931, 356.
Silver purchases from China, 357.

United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference,
498, 587.
Financial and Monetary Affairs, Division of, 53, 328.
Finland :
Axis satellite, declaration of U.S., British, and Soviet

Governments regarding, 425.
Firms, inclusion in Blocked Nationals, Proclaimed List,

511.
Minister to U.S. (Procop4) and counselors of legation

requested to leave U.S., 565, 585.
War, position in, 179, 253.
Finletter, Thomas K., designation in the State Department

and resignation, 45, 211.
Fiscal and Budget Affairs. See Budget and Finance, Divi-
sion of.
Fisher, Ernest M., designation in the State Department, 51.
Fisheries, halibut fishery of Northern Pacific Ocean and
Bering Sea, with Canada (1937), approval of 1944
regulations, 293.
Flaherty, Francis E., designation in the State Department,

63.
Fleming, H. Kingston, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 51.
Food {see also Agriculture) :
Agreement with the Dominican Republic (1944), 195.
Relief in Europe, estimates, 475, 476.
Shipments, lend-lease, to the Soviet Union, 224.
Foreign Activity Correlation, Division of, 48, 400, 543.
Foreign affairs of the United States in wartime and after,

address by Mr. Long, 342.
Foreign Buildings Operations, Division of, 488, 490.
Foreign Commerce Service, transferred to the State De-
partment, 152.
Foreign Economic Administration :
Activities of, 195.

Establishment of by consolidation of certain other agen-
cies, 473.
Foreign Economic Coordination, OflJce of, establishment

and abolishment, 472, 473.
Foreign Press Association, N.T., address by Mr. Berle, 574.
"Foreign Relations of the United States, 1929", publica-
tion of vols. II and III, 387.
Foreign Relief and Rehabilitation Operations, Otflce of.
See OFRRO.

Foreign Service, Office of the:
Joint Survey Group, formation, 590.
Name changed from Foreign Service Administration,

Ofiiceof (D.O. 1273), 488.
Planning Staff, creation (D.O. 1234), 241, 590.
Foreign Service, U.S. (see also State Department) :
American seamen and the Foreign Service, article by

Miss Dailor, 206.
Consular offices : Bone, Algeria, closing of, 91 ; Ciudad
Bolivar, Venezuela, closing of, 401 ; Corumbd, Brazil,
closing of, 320; Grenada, B.W.I., opening of, 388,
522 ; Hull, England, reopening of, 401 ; Manta, Ecua-
dor, closing of, 420; Osorno, Chile, closing of, 388;
Palermo, Sicily, reopening of, 195; San Sebastian,
Spain, opening of, 388; Southampton, England, re-
opening of, 461.
Death of : Aldridge, Clayson W., 304 ; Burdette, William
C, 91 ; Foster, Julian B., 591 ; Neville, Edwin Lowe,
329; Weber, Theodore C, 304; Williams, Edward
Thomas, 132.
Embassy rank for representation between U.S. and —
Iran, 181.
Portugal, 388.
Functions, under law, 589.

Minister to Iceland (Dreyfus), presentation of creden-
tials, 563.
Nominations, confirmation of, 132, 281.
Post-war period, preparation for, 589.
Report by Mr. Stettiuius accompanying bill to permit
recruitment of technical personnel and to classify
administrative and clerical personnel, 227.
Reporting from the field, 181, 589.
Representation of foreign interests, listed by countries

and by Foreign Service oflSces, 265, 268.
Resignation of Ambassador-Minister (Biddle) to Allied

governments in London, 110.
Work of, discussed in radio broadcast, 68.
Foreign Service Administration, Division of, 62, 242.
Foreign Service Administration, Office of, 61, 241, 488.
Foreign Service Buildings Office, 63.
Foreign Service Examiners Board, 61.
Foreign Service Furnishings, Office of, 63.
Foreign Service Officers Training School Board, 61.
Foreign Service Personnel, Board of, 61.
Foreign Service Personnel, Division of, 62, 229.
Foreign trade. See Trade.

Foreign-trade week, statement by Secretary HuU, 479.
Foster, Julian B., death, 591.

Fowler, William A., designation in State Department, 52.
Fox, Homer S., designation in the State Department, 420.
France ;

Armistice with Germany and with Italy (IWO), 380.
Collaboration between U.S. and Vichy regime, false

rumors of, 278.
Exchange of nationals via "Grlpsholm," 180.
French Committee of National Liberation. See French

Committee of National Liberation.
Landing of Allied forces in, 526, 530, 549,

606

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

France — Continued.
Kepresentation of U.S. Interests in occupied areas by

Switzerland, 269.
U.S. policy toward, address by Secretary Hull, 337.
Warship, transfer from U.S. to, 167.
Frank, Laurence C, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 46, 242.
French Committee of National Liberation :

Conference of French African Governors at Brazzaville,

239.
Mutual-aid agreement with Canada, text (1944), 456.
U.S. representative (Wilson), postponement of return
to Algiers, 444.
French Indochina, representation of U.S. interests by

Switzerland, 269.
Freyre y Santander, Manual de (Peru), death, 302.
Fuel supply for U.S. Army in Canada and Alaska, agree-
ment with Canada for extension (1942, 1943), 85.
Fulbright, J. William, 413.
Fullerton, Hugh S., designation In the State Department,

55.
Fuqua, John H., designation in the State Department, 293.
Fur-seal agreement, provisional, U.S. and Canada (1942),
approval by U.S. and Canada (1944), 230, 568.

Gange, John F., designations in the State Department,

54, 503.
Garand, John C, recipient of Medal for Merit, 301.
Geist, Raymond H., designation in the State Department,

59.
General Federation of Women's Clubs, address by Mr.

Hawkins, 391.
Geography and Cartography, Division of, 60.
George, W. Perry, designation in the State Department, 55.
George II, of Greece, correspondence with President
Roosevelt on fall of Rome and invasion of Europe,
529, 549.
Gerig, O. Benjamin, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 56.
Germany :

Armistice with France (1940), 380.

Diplomatic relations with Argentina, severance by

Argentina, 116-117.
Economic penetration throughout the world by Nazi

regime, 405.
Exchange of prisoners of war and civilians with U.S.,
other American republics and the U.K. See
"Gripsholm."
Invasion of Hungary, 278.
Military operations In Italy, 2.53.
Policy of Allies toward, address by Secretary Hull, 335,

340.
Relief of liberated areas, not Included in plans for, 475.
Religion, attitude toward, 253.

Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 269.
Representatives in Ireland, request of U.S. for removal

of, 235.
War against, declaration by Liberia, 151.
Gie, S. F. N., credentials as Minister of the Union of
South Africa to U.S., 326.

Glassford, Admiral William A., designation as President
Roosevelt's representative at inauguration of the
President of Liberia, 89.
Good-neighbor policy :

Address by Mr. Berle, 176.

Extension to other nations of program with American

republics, text of proposed amendment to act of

1939, 215.

Water utilization, treaty between U.S. and Mexico

(1944), 161.

Gordon, George A., designations in the State Department,

48, 400.
Gowen, Franklin C, designation in the State Department,

48.
Gray, Cecil W., designation in the State Department, 45.
Great Britain. See United Kingdom.
Greece :
Fall of Rome and invasion of Europe, correspondence
between —
King George II and President Roosevelt, 529, 549.
Prime Minister of Greece and Secretary Hull, 552.
Fighting Greece, Conference for National Unity, message

to President Roosevelt, 502.
Refugees from, camps for, 533.

Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.
Green, Joseph C, designation in the State Department, 45.
Greenland, Legion of Merit medals to three Danes for meri-
torious service in, 541.
Grenada, B.W.I., opening of U.S. consulate, 388, 522.
Grew, Joseph C. :
Addresses and statements:

Mistreatment of U.S. prisoners of war in the Far

East, 115.
War and post-war problems in the Far East, 8, 219.
Designations in the State Department, 45, 420.
Gripsholm (ship) :

Exchange, second, of civilly nationals with Japan,
(voyage of Sept.-Dec. 1943), basis of selection, 77,
79.
Exchange of American and German ofl3cials and others

(voyage of Feb.-Mar. 1944), 180, 189, 205, 238.
Exchange of prisoners of war and civilians between
Germany and the U.S., other American republics,
and the U.K. (voyage of May- June 1944), 413, 478,
511, 535.
Gromyko, Andrei A., remarks at presentation of Soviet
awards to members of U.S. armed forces and merchant
marine, 348.
Guatemala (see also American republics) :

Channel of communication by U.S. with Swiss Govern-
ment regarding interests in enemy territory, 269.
Fall of Rome, correspondence of President Ubico with

President Roosevelt, 551.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of

(1944), 294.
Automotive traflBc, inter-American convention on regu-
lation of (1943), 22.
Exchange of oflBcial publications, agreement with U.S.
(1944), 422.

INDEX

607

Guests of U.S., aecommodalions for, S9, 329.
Gufler, Bernard, designation in the State Department, 48.
(Jutlie, Otto E., designation in the State Department, 60.
( Juti^rrez, Francisco de Paula, credentials as Costa Rican
Ambassador to U.S., 566.

Hackworth, Green H., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 46.
Halle Selassie I, Emperor of Ethiopia, correspondence with

President Roosevelt, 551.
Haiti (see also American republics) :
Consular services performed by U.S. in Kingston, Ja-
maica, 269.
Cultural leader, visit to U.S., 435.

Fall of Rome and invasion of Europe, correspondence of
President Lescot with Presidpnt Roosevelt, 531, 550.
Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places, 268.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on regu-
lation of (1943), 22.
Commercial, with Dominican Republic (1941), ex-
piration, 305.
Customs duties, reductions in, with U.S. (1942), lapse

of agreement, 3(X5.
UNRRA, agreement (1943), ratification (1944), 329.
U.S. Ambassador (Wilson), confirmation of nomina-
tion, 281.
Haines-Champagne Highway, Alaska and Canada, agree-
ment with Canada authorizing construction (1942),
136.
Haley, Bernard F., designation in the State Department,

184.
Halibut fishery of Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering

Sea, 1944 regulations, 293.
Halla, Blanche R., designations in the State Department,

45, 184.
Harkness, Richard, participant in radio broadcasts, 30,

68, 100, 117.
Harris, David, designation in the State Department, 56.
Harris, William, participation in radio broadcast, 311.
Havens, Harry A., designation in the State Department,

63.
Hawkins, Harry C. :
Addresses on economic foreign policy, 100, 311, 391.
Designation in the State Department, 52.
Health. See Pan American Conference of National Di-
rectors of.
Helium gas, regulations on export, 580.
Henry, R. Horton, designation in State Department, 242.
Hickerson, John D., designation in State Department, 55.
Hicks, Knowlton V., designation in the State Department,

48.
Hiss, Alger, designations in the State Department 57, 400.
Hiss, Donald, designations in the State Department, 46,

293.
Historical studies, convention between Peru and Vene-
zuela for the promotion of (1942), exchange of rati-
fications (1943), 212.
Hodgdon, A. Dana, designation in the State Department,
513.

Holcomb, Gen. Thomas, confirmation of nomination as

U.S. Minister to the Union of South Africa, 281.
Holy See. See Vatican City.
Honduras {see also American republics) :
Channel of communication by U.S. with Swiss Gov(?rn-

ment regarding interests in enemy territory, 269.
Cultural leader, vi.sit to U.S., 585.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President Aridino

with President Roosevelt, 530, 550.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of

(1944), 195.
Automotive traflic, inter-American convention on regu-
lation of (1943), signature (1944), 422.
UNRRA, agreement (1943), approval (1944), 305.
Hong Kong, representation of U.S. interests by Switzer-
land, 270.
Hooker, John S., designation in the State Department, 53.
Hooker, Robert G., Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 46.
Hornbeck, Stanley K., designations in the State Depart-
ment, 57, 420.
Hull, Cordell (sec also State Department) :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Albania, status of, 510.
Anniversaries —

Nazi assault upon the Soviet Union, 3d anniver-

.sary, 573.
New Year message, 21.
Argentina, severance of relations with Germany and

Japan, 117.
Bolivia, new government in, 29, 501.
Bombing, accidental, of Sehauffhausen, 314.
British Minister of Production, error of, 573.
Censorship of political news, reply to Governor

Dewey's statement, 300.
Commissions of Inter-American Development, 1st Con-
ference of, 426.
Conference of Allied Ministers of Education in Lon-
don, 293.
Death of—

Knox, Prank, Secretary of the Navy, 396.
Peruvian Ambassador (Freyre y Santander), 302.
Williams, Edward Thomas, 132.
Equality for all nations, irrespective of size, 509.
Finnish position in tlie war, 179.
Foreign policy <if U.S., 275, 335.
German invasion of Hungary, 278.
International Labor Conference, 383.
International Stabilization Plan, 371.
Invasion of Europe, 520.
Japanese atrocities on U.S. citizens in Far East,

115, 168.
Joint statement with Foreign Economic Administra-
tor (Crowley) regarding distribution of lend-
lease material, 250.
Liberia, declaration of war against Germany and

Japan, 151.
Military operations in Italy, 253.
Neutral countries, aid to Axis, 336.

601906—44

608

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Hull, Cordell — Continued.

Addresses, statements, etc. — Continued.
Pan Aimerican Day, 349.
Participant in radio broadcast, 117.
Peace, international, preliminary discussion of plans,

510.
Polish-Soviet relations, U.S. offer of good oflSces,

96, 116.
Soviet awards to members of U.S. armed forces and

merchant marine, 3-19.
Soviet military operations in Rumania, 315.
Trade, post-war, 341, 42G, 479.
Trade relations, U.S. and Chile, 180.
Visit of Mr. Stettinius to Loudon, 2.56.
Correspondence :

Attempted assassination of President of Mexico, 351.
Brazil, good offices in boundary difference between

Ecuador and I'eru, congratulations, 488.
Death of—

Burdett, William C, 91.
Neville, Edwin Lowe, 329.
Emergency Advisory Committee for Political Defense
in Montevideo regarding rescue of refugees from
German territory, 566.
Greek Prime Minister regarding fall of Rome and

invasion of Europe, 552.
Iceland, President of Republic of, 557.
Recognition of new governments instituted by force,

21, 28.
Resignation of Hunter Miller, 264.
Uruguay, opening of direct radio circuit, 511.
Proclamation, death of Prank Knox, Secretary of the
Navy, 396.
Hull, England, reopening of U.S. consulate, 401.
HuUey, Benjamin M., designation in the State Department,

48.
Hungary :

Axis satellite, declaration of U.S., British, and Soviet

Governments regarding, 425.
Invasion by Germany, 278.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.

Iceland :
Confirmation and credentials of LT.S. Minister (Drey-
fus), 281, 563.
Establishment of republic, U.S. representative (Drey-
fus), 522, 557.
Good offices extended by U.S. in certain places, 269.
Icelandic independence movement, article by Mr. Trim-
ble, 5.j9.
Messages to President of Republic by President Roose-
velt and Secretary Hull, 557.
Illinois Education Association, Chicago, address by Mr.

Grew, 8.
Immigration of Chinese, annual quota, 180.
Indochina, French :
Japanese invasion of, U.S. attitude, 354.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 269.
Independence of the Dominican Republic, centennial cele-
bration, 180, 205, 242.

India :
Objectives of U.S.. military, statement by President

Roosevelt, 145.
UNRRA, agreement (1943), approval (1944), 461.
Indian Institute. See Inter-American Indian Institute.
Industry. See Inter-American Development Commission

under Commissions.
Industry Branch, establishment in Commodities Division,
Office of Economic Affairs, to develop policy on cartels
and similar arrangements (D.O. 1254), 365.
Informational activities and liaison, State Department,

209.
Inter-Allied Committee on Post-War Requirements, estab-
lishment and activities of, 469.
Inter-American automotive traffic, convention on regula-
tion of (1943), 22, 162, 366, 422, 567.
Inter-American Coffee Board, 512.
Inter-American Commission of Women, 325.
Inter-American convention for trade-mark and commer-
cial protection (1929), ratification by Paraguay
(1943), 248.
Inter-American Development Commission :
Conference (1st), 415, 483.

Messages of President Roosevelt and Secretary Hull.
426.
Inter-American Indian Institute, convention for (1940),
adherence by Dominican Republic (1943), 230, 330.
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, con-
vention on (1944), 90, 162, 195, 230, 294, 306, 40O, 461,
522, .593.
Inter-American radiocommunications convention (1937),

adherence of Bahamas (1943), 162.
Inter-American relations. See American republics.
Interdepartmental Committee on Cooperation with the

American Republics, 585.
International commissions, conferences, etc. See Com-
missions ; Conferences.
International Communications, Division of, 23, 49.
International Conferences, Division of, 61.
International Economic Affair.s, Office of Adviser on. See

Economic Affairs, Office of.
"International House", New Orleans, dedication, radio

address by Mr. Messersmith, 133.
International Labor Organization :
Article by Mr. MuUiken, 257.
Conference, 26th :

Address by President Roosevelt, 481.
Article by Mr. Mulliken, 316.

Message of President Roosevelt to Congress submit-
ting docimients, 514.
Draft declaration of aims and purposes, 482.
U.S. membership in (1934), 345.
International Ladies' Garment Workers' Union Conven-
tion (25th), address by Mr. Berle, 539.
International Security and Organization, Division of, 56.
International Stabilization Plan, Monetary:
Statement by Secretary Hull, 371.
Treasury Department outline, 159.

INDEX

609

Iran:

Embassy rank for representation between U.S. and

Iran, 181.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Military mission, with U.S. (1943), 22.
Trade agreement, reciprocal, with U.S. (1943), 305,
521.
U.S. Ambassador (Morris), conflrmation of nomina-
tion, 281.
Iraq :
Exchange of official publications, agreement with U.S.

(1944), 230.
King Faisal II, birthday message from President Roose-
velt, 416.
Ireland :
Firms included in Proclaimed List of Blocked Nationals,

412.
Merchant ships, inability of U.S. to provide, 236.
Rome, preservation of, reply of President Roosevelt to

Prime Minister de Valera, 371.
U.S. request for removal of Axis representatives in, 235.
U.S. troojis in the British Isles, 237.
Ireland, Philip W., designation in the State Department, 56.
Irving, Wilbur C, designations in the State Department,

58, 59.
Italy (see also Rome) :
Allied Control Commission for, officials of, 573.
Armistice with Allied forces (1943), 380.
Armistice with France (1940), 380.
Civilian supply, experiences, 474.
Military operations in, 253.

Mussolini regime, German and Italian broadcasts al-
leging Spanish recognition, 20.
Refugees in, 532, 554.

Reopening of U.S. consulate at Palermo, 195.
Representation of U.S. interests in certain areas by

Switzerland, 270.
U.S. policy toward, address by Secretary Hull, 337.

Jamaica, furnishing laborers to U.S. for summer work,

513.
Japan :

Amau statement on Japanese policy toward China, 352.
Diplomatic relations with Argentina, severance by Ar-
gentina, 116.
Internees and prisoners of war in the Far East, includ-
ing the Philippines :
Chronology of Red Cross efforts, 189.
Chronology of U.S. protests against mistreatment, 145,

168.
Exchange of nationals with U.S., basis for selection, 77.
Relief supplies for, Japanese attitude toward, 81, 496,

536.
Statement by Secretary HuU, 115.
Statements by Mr. Grew, 8, 115, 219.
Objectives of U.S., military, statement by President

Roosevelt, 4, 145.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.
Representatives in Ireland, request of U.S. for removal
of, 235.

Japan — Continued.

Treaty of commerce and navigation with U.S. (1911),

termination, 354.
U.S. policy toward, address by Secretary Hull, 335, 340.
U.S. policy toward since 1931, 352.
War against, deiluration by Liberia, 151.
Japanese Affairs, Division of. State Department, 57.
Jewish Center Workers, Nati(mal Association of, address

by Mr. Berle, 484.
Jewish Education, National Council for, address by Mr.

Berle, 484.
Jewish Social Welfare, National Conference of, address

by Mr. Berle, 484.
Johnston, Felton M., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 4G.
Jones, S. Shepard, designations in the State Department,
63, 210.

Kauffmanu, Henrik de, remarks at presentation of Legion
of Merit medals by U.S. for three Danes, 542.

Keatley, G. Harold, designation in State Department, 59.

Keeley, James H., Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 48.

Keith, Gerald, designation in the State Department, 54.

Kelchner, Warren, designation in the State Department,
61.

Kenestrick, Millard L., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 59.

Key, David McK., designation in the State Department,
366.

King, Leland W., Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 63.

Knox, Charles F., Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 51.

Knox, Frank, Secretary of the Navy, death, 396.

Kohler, Foy D., designation in the State Department, 58.

Kuppinger, Eldred D., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 48.

Kurth, Harry M., designation in the State Department, 58.

Labor {see also International Labor Organization) :
American Federation of Labor, address by Mr. Long, 342.
Responsibility in post-war period, address by Mr. Berle,

539.
West Indian laborers, furnishing to U.S. for summer
work, 512.
Labor Relations, Division of, 53, 513.

Labouisse, Henry R., Jr., designations in the State Depart-
ment, 51, 264.
Larkin, Frederick, designations in the State Department,

63, 490.
Latchford, Stephen, designation in the State Department,

49, 304.
Latin America. ySee American republics and the individual

countries.
Latvia, representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland,

270.
League of Nations, report on Chinese-Japanese contro-
versy, statement by Secretary Hull on, 352.

610

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

League of Women Voters (Indiana), address by Mr.

Taf t, 465.
Leese, Lt. Gen. Sir Oliver, fall of Rome, correspondence

with President Roosevelt, 529.
Legal Adviser, State Department, 40, 47, 399.
Legion of Merit medals, presentation to the Danish Minis-
ter for three Danes, 541.
Legislation. See under Congress, U.S.
Lehman, Herbert H., Director of OFRUO, 470.
Leith-Ross Committee. See Inter-Allied Committee on

Post-War Requirements.
Lend-lease :
Agreement, U.S. and Liberia, relating to construction

of port on Liberian coast (1943), 38.
Airplane exports, statement by President Roosevelt, 510.
Anniversary (3d), 238.
Assistance to China, 359.

Countries eligible for, list quoted from report of Presi-
dent Roosevelt to Congress, 379.
Material, distribution of, joint statement by the Secre-
tary of State and the Foreign Ek^onomic Administra-
tor, 256.
Report of operations, letters of transmittal from Presi-
dent Roosevelt to Congress, 27, 495.
U.S. shipments to Soviet Union, 223.
U.S. warship, transfer to France, 167.
Lend-Lease Act :

Extension of (1944), statement of President Roosevelt,

478.
Summary of, 154.
Lend-Lease Administration :
Consolidation into FEA, 478.
Liberated Areas Branch, establishment of, 471.
Relation with OFRRO respecting funds, 470.
Relief in Europe, stockpiles for 474.
Lewis, Charles W., jr., designation in State Department, 58.
Liaison and informational activities. State Department
(see also Foreign Activity Correlation) :
American Republics Analysis and Liaison, Division of,

establishment (D.O. 1271), 443.
Departmental Order 1229, 209.

Representation with other agencies, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49,
53, 56, 59, 60, 63, 64, 65, 194, 366, 513.
Liberia :

Message to U.S. Government regarding fall of Rome,

532.
President Tubman and Vice President Simpson, inaugu-
ration, 89.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Declaration by United Nations (1942), adherence

(1944), 151, 346.
Port, construction of on Liberian coast, with U.S.
(1943), 38.
War against Germany and Japan, declaration of, 151.
Liberated areas :

Civil administration, agreements respecting certain coun-
tries, between U.S., U.K., Belgium and Netherlands,
and U.S., U.K., U.S.S.R., and Norway, 479.
Supplies for, article by Mr. Stillwell, 469.

Liberated Areas, Office of Special Adviser on. State De-
partment, 473.

Liberated Areas Branch, Lend-Lease Administration, es-
tablishment of, 471.

Liberated Areas Division (see also Financial and Mone-
tary Affairs), 50, .51, 212.

Libraries abroad, U.S. aid to, 431.

Linz, Paul F., designation in the State Department, 50.

Lithuania, representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland,
270.

Livesey, Frederick, designation in the State Department,
52.

Lockhart, Frank P., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 57.

Logsdon, Ella A., designation in the State Department, 58.

Long, Breckinridge :

Address before American Federation of Labor Forum,

New York, 342.
Designations in the State Department, 46, 47, 61.
Participant in radio broadcast, 117.

Loyola University Forum, New Orleans, La., address by
Mr. Shaw, 429.

Ludlow, James M., article on control of international
traffic in arms, 576.

Luxembourg :
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.
U.S. Minister (Biddle), resignation, 110.

Lynch. Robert J., designation in the State Department, 46.

Lyon, Cecil B., designation in the State Department, 54.

Lyon, Frederick B., designations in the State Department,
46, 48, 400.

Lyttelton, Sir Oliver, British Minister of Production, criti-
cism by Secretary Hull of statement by, 573.

Macmahon, Arthur W., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 58.

Maktos, John, appointment as general counsel of American
Mexican Claims Commission, 542.

Manchuria, occupation by Japan in 1931, U.S. attitude,
351.

Manta, Ecuador, closing of U.S. consulate, 420.

Maps:

Colorado River basin and Imperial Dam, 286, 289.
Rio Grande drainage basin, 2S3.

Mason-Macfarlane, Lt. Gen. Noel, Deputy President of the
Allied Control Commission for Italy, 573.

Matthews, H. Freeman, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.

McDermott, Michael J. :

Designations in the State Department, 45, 209.
Participant in radio broadcast, 30.

McGurk. Joseph F., designation in the State Department,
54.

McKenna, James E., designation in the State Department,
63.

McMillan. Hugh C, designation in the State Department,
63.

Medal for Merit awards, 301.

Medina Angarita, Gen. Isaias (President of Venezuela),
visit to U.S., 29, 89.

INDEX

611

Mellen, Sydney L. W., designation in the State Department,

51.
Merchant, Livingston T. :
Article on aspects of our economic policy toward the

European neutrals, 493.
Designations in the State Department, 51, 304.
Merchant marine, U.S.:

Awards to members by Soviet Union, 347.
Hearing Units established at U.S. and foreign ports, 208.
Merkling, Pranl£ J., designation in the State Department,

490.
Merriam, Gordon P., designation in tiie State Department,

58.
Messersmith, George S., radio address upon dedication of

New Orleans "International House", 133.
Metals Reserve Company, Reconstruction Finance Corpo-
ration, 153.
Mexican Affairs, Division of. State Department, 54.
Mexico (see also American republics) :
Claims payment to U.S., 29.
Cultural leaders, visit to U.S., 385, 435.
President Avila Camacho, attempted assassination, 351.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
UNRRA, agreement (1943), approval (1944), 305, 388.
Water utilization, relating to Colorado and Tijuana
Rivers and the Rio Grande, with U.S. (1944),
161.
Meyer, Paul T., designation in the State Department, 59.
Middle East, address on combined Middle East supply pro-
gram by Frederick Winant, 199.
Middle East Relief and Refugee Administration, relation

to UNRRA, 533.
Middle Eastern Affairs, Division of, 58, 1C5.
Mikolajczyk, Stanislaw, Prime Minister of Poland, visit

to U.S., 538, 565.
Military missions. See Missions, U.S.
Military operations in —

Europe (invasion of June 6, 1944), report by General

Eisenhower, 549.
Italy, 253.

Rumania, Soviet statement, 315.
Military purchases, foreign and domestic, interdepart-
mental committee for the coordination of, 152.
Military secrets, method of clearance for foreign use of

articles and data involving, 583.
Military service, agreement respecting nationals of one
country residing in country of the other, U.S. and —
China (1943, 1944), 593.
Colombia (1044), 184.
Military supplies. See China; Lend-lease; Treaties.
Miller, Edward G., Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 51.
Miller, Hunter, resignation from the State Department,

264.
Missions, U.S. to —
Iran, military, 22.
Panama, military, 503.
Peru, naval, 330; naval aviation, 490.
Venezuela, military aviation, 90.

Mitchell, Sidney Alexander, designation in the State De-
partment, 212.

Moffat, Abbot Low, designation in the State Department,
51.

Molotov, V. M., statement regarding Soviet military opera-
tions in Rumania, 315.

Monetary and Financial Conference, United Nations, 498,
597.

Monetary stabilization plan, international post-war, 1.59,
371.

Monument.s and shrines in Italy, preservation of, 2,53.

Moore, Sarah D., designations in the State Department,

59, 184.

Morgan, Stokeley W., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 304.

Morgenthau, Henry, Jr., chairman, U.S. delegation to
United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference,
498.

Morin, Richard W., designations in the State Department,
63, 210.

Morris, Leland B., confirmation of nomination as U.S.
Ambassador to Iran, 281.

Moscow Conference :

Discussed in radio broadcast, 33.

Message of President Roosevelt to Congress, 76, 77.

Mosely, Philip B., designation in the State Department, 56.

Moss, Marjorie, designation in the State Department, 48.

Motion Picture and Radio Division, 65, 209.

Muir, Raymond D., designations in the State Department,

60, 293.
AluUiken, Otis E. :

Articles on International Labor Organization, 257, 316.
Designations in the State Department, 53, 513.
Munitions, article on control of international traffic in,

by Mr. Ludlow, 576.
Murphy, Raymond E., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.
Murphy, Robert D. :
Directive from President Roosevelt on removal of cer-
tain European refugees to U.S., 532.
Participant in radio broadcast, 68.
Murray, Wallace S., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 57.

National Munitions Control Board, 577.

National unity, address by Mr. Berle, 484.

Nationality of women, convention on (1933), ratiflcation
by Cuba, 39.

Naval missions. See Missions, U.S.

Navicert, permit for passage of neutral goods, 494.

Navigation and commerce, Chile and Cuba (1937), rati-
fications (1044) of modfications by exchange of notes
(1942), 594.

Navigation conventions, 39, 594.

Near Eastern Affairs, Division of, 58, 195.

Near Eastern and African Affairs, Office of, 194.

Netherlands:
Civil administration of liberated areas, agreement with
U.S. and U.K., 479.

612

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Netherlands— Continued.
Good offices extended by U.S. in certain places, 269.
Representation of U.S. interests in occupied areas by

Switzerland, 270.
U.S. Ambassador (Biddle), resignation, 110.
Netherlands Indies, representation of U.S. interests by

Switzerland, 270.
Neuti'al countries :
Aid to Axis countries, statement of Secretary Hull, 336.
Economic warfare, position of European neutrals in,
article by Mr. Merchant, 493.
Neutrality acts, r6simi6 of, 577.
Neville, Edwin Lowe, death, 320.
New Year message of Secretary Hull, 21.
New Zealand :
Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places,

268.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Cooperation and collaboration with Australia (1944),

490.
Whaling, protocol (1944), signature, 271, 502.
U.S. Minister (Burdett), death, 91.
U.S. Minister (Patten), confirmation of nomination,
281.
Newsprint production and transportation to other Ameri-
can republics, U.S. efforts to facilitate, 88.
Niagara River, additional diversion of waters, agreement

with Canada (1944), 455.
Nicaragua (see also American republics) :

Channel of communication by U.S. with Swiss Govern-
ment regarding interests in enemy territory, 269.
Cultural leader, visit to U.S., 501.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of

(1944), 90.
Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on regu-
lation of (1943), 22.
Nichol, Frederick William, designation in the State De-
partment, 227.
Non-recognition, U.S. doctrine expressed at the time of

Japanese occupation of Manchuria, 352.
North Africa :

Agreement by Spain with U.S. and British Govern-
ments respecting Axis agents in, 412.
Invasion, Allied preparations for, discussed in radio pro-
gram, 72.
North American regional broadcasting agreement (1937),

adherence of Bahamas (1943), 162.
Northern European Affairs, Division of, 55.
Norway :

Civil administration of liberated areas, agreement with

U.S., U.K., and U.S.S.R., 479.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.
U.S. Ambassador (Biddle), resignation, 110.
Whaling, signature and ratification of protocol (1944),
271, 400, 592.
Norweb, R. Henry, confirmation of nomination as U.S.

Ambassador to Portugal, 420.
Notter, Harley A., designation in the State Department, 56.

O'Dwyer, Col. William, appointment to the Allied Con-
trol Commission for Italy, 573.
OFRRO :

Apiwintment of Governor Lehman as Director, 158, 470.

Establishment and accomplishments of, 470, 474.

Relationship to UNRRA and FEA, 473.
Oil. See Petroleum.

Opium convention, international (1012), adherence of Af-
ghanistan (1944), 543.
Osorno, Chile, closing of U.S. consulate, 388.

Palermo, Sicily, reopening of U.S. consulate, 195.
Pan American Airways, agreement with Canada permit-
ting operation over British Columbia (1944), 306.
Pan American Conference of National Directors of Health
(5th) :
Opening session, address by Mr. Berle, 398.
U.S. delegates, list of, 384.
Pan American Congress on Criminology (1st), U. S. dele-
gation, 499.
Pan American Union, address by Secretary Hull on Pan

American Day, 349.
Panama (see also American republics) :
Article on United States and Panama, by Mr. Bonsai, 125.
Consular services performed by U.S. in certain places,

269.
Treaties, agreemerits, etc. :

Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of

(1944), 90.
Exchange of publications with Ecuador (1944), 401.
Military Mi-ssion, with U.S. (1942, 1943), renewal
(1944), 503.
U.S. Ambassador (Warren), confirmation of nomination,
281.
Papandreou, George, Prime Minister of Greece, corre-
spondence with Secretary Hull regarding fall of Rome
and invasion of Europe, 552.
Paraguay (see also American republics) :

Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President Mor-

inigo with President Roosevelt, 531, 550.
Trade-mark and commercial protection, inter-American

convention (1929), ratification (1943), 248.
U. S. Ambassador (Beaulac), confirmation of nomina-
tion, 281.
Parke, Comdr. Lee W., U.S.N., designation in the State

Department, 544.
Passport Division, State Department, 47.
Pasvolsky, Leo :
Designations in the State Department, 45, 47.
Participant in radio broadcast, 30.
Patton, Kenneth S., confirmation of nomination as U.S.

Minister to New Zealand, 281.
Peace :
Establishment of international, statement of Secretary

Hull on preliminary discussion of plans, 510.
International organization for, address by Mr. Berle, 97.
Post-war security organization, statement by President
Roosevelt, 552.

INDEX

613

Pearl Harbor, Japanese attack at, opinion of British Min-
ister of Production on significance of, criticism by
Secretary Hull, 573.
Peelj, Willys R., designation in the State Department, 195.
Pell, Robert T., designation in the State Department, &i.
Permanent American Aeronautical Commission :
Origin and objectives of, 5S8.
U.S. Commission of, plans, 499, 588.
Permanent Court of Arbitration, U.S. members (Stimson

and Doyle), 212.
Peru (see also American republics) :
Airmail service, anniversary, 500.
Consular services performed by U.S. in CorumbA, Brazil,

269.
Cultural leader, visit to U.S., 435.
Death of Ambassador Freyre y Santander, 802.
Fall of Rome, correspondence of President Prado

Ugarteche with President Roosevelt, 580, 550.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Automotive traffic, inter-American convention on

regulation of (1943), 22.
Boundary, with Ecuador (1942), 487.
Historical studies, promotion of, convention with
Venezuela (1942), exchange of ratifications
(1943), 212.
Naval mission, with U.S. (1940), renewal (1944), 330.
Naval-aviation mission, with U.S. (1940), renewal
(1944), 490.
U.S. Ambassador (White), confirmation of nomination,
132.
Petroleum :

Canada, development of sources in, 85.

Problems relating to, discussions by U.S. and U. K.,

238, 315, 346, 372, 411.
Shipments to Spain, question of suspension by U.S., 107,
110, 225, 412.
Petroleum Administration for War, 346, 411.
' Petroleum Adviser, Office of. See Economic Affairs, Office

of.
Petroleum Division, State Department, 303.
Peurifoy, John, designation in the State Department, 400.
Phelps, Dudley M., designation in the State Department,

53.
Philippine Affairs, Division of. State Department, 57.
Philippines (see also Far East) :

Independence, 10th anniversary of act for, 277.
Mistreatment of Filipinos, prisoners of war, by Japan,

statements by Secretary Hull and Mr. Grew, ILj.
Puppet go^-ernment, recognition by Holy See, denial, 117.
Relief supplies for, Japanese attitude toward, 496, 536.
U.S. civilian internees in Japanese custody, financial

assistance, 83.
U.S. prisoners of war and civilian internees, mistreat-
ment, chronology of protests to Japan, 145, 168.
Phillips, Ralph W., return from China, 327.
Picado, Teodoro :

Inauguration as President of Costa Rica, 401.
Visit to U.S., 385.
Plakias, John N., designation in the State Department, 513.
Plitt, Edwin A., designation in the State Department, 48.

Poland :
National anniversary, telegram from President Roose-
velt, 412.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.
Soviet-Polish relations, U.S. offer of good offices, 96, 116.
U.S. Ambassador (Biddle), resignation, 110.
Visit to U.S. of Premier Mikolajczyk, 538, 565.
Policy Committee, State Department, 46, 212.
Political Defense, Emergency Advisory Committee for.
See Emergency Advisory Committee for Political De-
fense.
Political Planning, Committee on. See Policy Committee.
Political Studies, Division of. See Special Political Af-
fairs, Office of.
Population .shifts, address by Mr. Berle, 176.
Port and port works, construction on Liberian coast, agree-
ment with Liberia (1943), 38.
Portugal :

Economic warfare, position as neutral, 467, 493.
Embassy rank for representation in U.S., 388.
U.S. Ambassador (Norweb), confirmation of nomina-
tion, 420.
Wolfram, prohibition upon export and production, 467,
535.
Post War Foreign Policy, Advisory Council on, 47, 72.
Post-war plans :

Economic problems, 415, 428, 483.

Far Eastern problems, address by Mr. Grew, 8.

International Monetary Stabilization Plan, 159, 371.

Radio broadcast, 32.

Security organization, address by President Roosevelt,

552.
Trade, address by Mr. Taft, 465.
United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference,

498, 587.
Women's share in, address by Mr. Shaw, 555.
Post War Programs, Committee on. State Department, 47.
Preservation of shrines and monuments in Italy, 253, 371.
President, U.S. See Roosevelt, Franklin D.
Press, freedom of, address by Mr. Berle, 574.
Press and radio, State Department policy toward, dis-
cussed in radio broadcast, 31, 36.
Prisoners of war. See United States citizens.
Prisoners of War Convention, Geneva :

Failure of Japanese commitment to live up to, 145, 168.
Provisions of, 78, 80.
Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals. See Blocked

Nationals.
Proclamation, immigration of Chinese, annual quota, 180.
Procop6, Hjalmar J., Minister of Finland, requested to

leave U.S., 565, 585.
Production, post-war planning, program of Commissions
of Inter-American Development, 1st Conference, 426,
483.
Production Management, Office of, 154.
Promotion of mutual understanding with other nations,
extension of act of 1939, text of proposed amendment,
215.
Protocol, Division of, 45, 60, 292.
Public Information, Office of, 63, 210, 400.

614

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Public Liaison, Division of (see also Liaison), 210.
Public Notices, new State Department series of, 436, 437.
Publications:
Agreement for exchange (1944) between U.S. and—
Afghanistan, 230.
Guatemala, 422.
Iraq, 230.
Foreign Relations of the United States (1929), vols. II

and III, 387.
Lists :

Department of State, 23, 40, 91, 111, 142, 163, 186, 196,
212, 249, 272, 294, 306, 330, 367, 388, 401, 422, 462,

504, 522, 545, 568, 594.

Other agencies, 40, 111, 163, ISO, 249, 306, 401, 462,

505, 545, 568.

Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
See Blocked Nationals.
Publications program. State Department, article by Dr.

Spaukling on 15th year of, 385.
Puerto Rico, laborers, furnishing to U.S. for summer work,

513.
Purchases to forestall enemy acquisition, 494.

Radio. See Telecommunications.

Radio, and Motion Picture Division, 6.5.

Radio broadcasts. State Department, 30, 68, 100, 117.

Rayburn, Sam, participant in radio broadcast, 117.

Rayner, Charles B., designations in the State Department,

52, 303.
Raynor, G. Ilayden, designation in State Department, 46.
Rebuilding of war-torn United Nations, participation of

U.S., 299.
Recognition of new governments instituted by force, reso-
lutions of Emergency Advisory Committee for Polit-
ical Defense, 20, 28.
Red Army, anniversary, 204, 224.
Red Cross:

Address by Mr. Grew at war-fund rally in Boston, 219.
Assistance to China, 364.

Relief supplies to prisoners of war and internees in
the Far East, chronology, 81, 189.
Red Cross Convention, Geneva (1929), reference to, 79,

80.
Refugees (sec also Relief; War Refugee Board) :
Aid to victims of Axis persecution, 277.
European, removal to U.S. :
Message by President Roosevelt to Congress, 553.
Plan for, 532.
Middle East, camps maintained by UNRRA, 533.
Morocco, joint U.S.-U.K. camp, 534.
Resolution of Emergency Advisory Committee for Po-
litical Defense in Montevideo proposing concert of
American republics for exchange of German na-
tionals in American republics for refugees on Ger-
man territory, 566.
Relief (see also Refugees) :
China (since 1931), 351, 364.
Civilian AfEairs Division, General Staff, U.S. Army, 472,

475.
Combined Civil Affairs Committee, 473, 475.
Italy, experiences In civilian supply, 474.

Relief — Continued.
Liberated Europe, plans for civilian supply, 469, 471,

474, 477.
Red Cross supplies, 81, 189.

United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administra-
tion. See UNRRA.
U.S. prisoners of war and civilian internees. See under

United States citizens.
U. S. proportion of costs for, 476.
War Refugee Board. See War Refugee Board.
War Relief Control Board, 151.
Renchard, George W., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 46.
Repatriation of destitute American seamen, article by

Miss Dailor, 206.
Repatriation of prisoners of war and civilian internees.

See "Gripsholm".
Representation by U.S. of foreign interests, listed by

countries and by Foreign Service offices, 265, 268.
Representation of U.S. foreign interests by Switzerland,

269.
Research and Publication, Division of (see also Publica-
tions), 64, 399, 544.
Ri'uble, Frederick D. G., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 490.
Riddleberger, James W., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 55.
Rio Grande:
Allocation of water supply between U.S. and Mexico,

article by Mr. Timm, 282.
Conservation and distribution of water, treaty with
Mexico (1944), IGl.
River Plate AJfairs, Division of. State Department, 54,

304, 490.
Rome (see also Italy ; Vatican City) :
Fall of :

Address by President Roosevelt on liberation by

Allies, 526.
Liberian Government, attitude, 532.
Messages between President Roosevelt and officials
and military leaders of the United Nations, 528,
549.
Preservation of shrines and monuments :
Message of President Roosevelt in reply to Prime

Minister de Valera of Ireland, 371.
Statement by President Roosevelt, 253.
Roosevelt, Franklin D. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :

Airplanes, statistics on lend-lease export, 510.
Anniversaries^

Declaration by United Nations, 7.
Philippine independence, 277.
Christmas Eve broadcast, 3.
Commissions of Inter-American Development, 1st

Conference of, 426.
Death of—
Peruvian Ambassador (Freyre y Santander), 302.
Secretary Knox, 396.
* Diplomatic representatives, presentation of creden-
tials, 75, 108, 191, 326, 566.
Finnish position In the war, 253.

INDEX

615

Roosevelt, Franklin D. — Continued.
Addresses, statements, etc. — Continued.

French Navy, transfer of U.S. warship to, 167.
India and the Far East, U.S. objectives in, 145.
International Labor Conference (26th), 3S2, 481.
Italy, military operations in, 253.
Lend-lease Act, extension, 478.
Post-war security organization, 552.
Rome, liberation of, 526.
Vice President Wallace, trip to China, 465.
War refugees, aid to, 277.
Correspondence :
Anniversaries —

Dominican Republic, independence of, centennial

celebration, 242.
Ecuador, airmail service, 500.
Iraq, birthday of King Faisal II, 416.
Peru, airmail service, 500.
Poland, national anniversary, 412.
Red Army, 204, 224.

Yugoslavia, constitution of new government, 301.

Argentina, severance of relations with Germany and

Japan, congratulatory message to President

Ramirez, 116.

Brazil, good offices in boundary difference between

Ecuador and Peru, congratulations, 488.
Europe, invasion of, exchange of messages with of-
ficials and military leaders of the United Nations,
528, 549.
Greelc Conference for National Unity, 502.
Iceland, President of Republic of, 557.
Ireland, Prime Minister de Valera, message to on

preservation of Rome from destruction, 371.
Mexico, attempted assassination of President, 351.
Polish Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 565.
Refugees, removal of certain European to U.S., direc-
tive to Ambassador Murphy in Algiers, certain
Cabinet members, and others, 532.
Resignation of Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., as Am-
bassador-Minister to Allied governments in Lon-
don, acceptance, 110.
Rome, fall of, exchange of messages with officials and

military leaders of the United Nations, 528, 549.
Settlement of Peruvian-Ecuadoran boundary ques-
tion, telegram of congratulation to Presidents of
Ecuador and Peru, 487.
Uruguay, opening of direct radio circuit, 511.
Economic Foreign Policy, Executive Committee on, crea-
tion of, 511.
Executive order, 95.

Iceland, designation of Special Representative (Drey-
fus) to attend establishment of Republic, 522.
Messages to Congress :
Annual message, 76.

International Labor Conference, with documents, 514.
Lend-lease reports, letters of transmittal, 27, 495.
Removal of European refugees to U.S., 553.
Prayer on invasion of Europe, 525.
Proclamation, 180.

Roosevelt, Franklin D. — Continued.
Relief of civilians in liberated areas, directive to War

Department, 473, 474.
Representative, Personal (Taylor), to the Vatican, 538.
UNRRA, signature of act for, 306.
Roosevelt, Kermit, Jr., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 46. I
Ross, John C., designation in the State Department, 58.
Rothwell, C. Easton, designations in the State Depart-
ment, 56, 2-93.
Rubber Advisory Panel, technical advisers to State De-
partment, list of members, 544.
Rubber development in Brazil, agreement with Brazil

(1944), 271.
Rubber Reserve Company, Reconstruction Finance Corpo-
ration, 153.
Riunania :

Axis satellite, declaration of U.S., British, and Soviet

Governments regarding, 425.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.
Soviet military operations in, 315.
Russell, Francis H. :
Address on economic weapons in total warfare, 4U5.
Designation in the State Department, 52.
Russia. See Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.
Ryckmans, Pierre, Governor General of the Belgian Congo,
visit to U.S., 384.

Salisbury, Laurence E., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 57.

Salmon, David A., designation in the State Department,
544.

San Sebastian, Spain, opening of U.S. consulate, 388.

Sandifer, Durward V., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 56.

Sappington, James C, 3d, designations in the State De-
partment, 53, 303, 372.

Saucerman, Sophia A., designation in the State Depart-
ment, 60.

Saugstad, Jesse E., designation in the State Department,
49.

Savage, Carlton, designation in State Department, 46.

Scanlan, John J., designation in the State Department,
48.

Schaffhausen, accidental bombing, 314.

Schoolmen's Week Convention, Philadelphia, address by
Mr. Eerie, 278.

Schooner Pool, West Indies, 263, 588.

Science, Education, and Art Division, State Department,
65.

Seamen, protection and repatriation in wartime, 20&-
208.

Secretary of State (see also Hull, Cordell), Office of, ap-
pointments in, 45.

Selective Training and Service Act, U.S., application to
Colomlbian nationals in U.S., reciprocal agreement
with Colombia (1944), 184.

Senate. See Congress, U.S.

Sto^galais (ship), transfer to French Navy, 167.

616

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Shaw, G. Howland:
Addresses :
Cultural-cooperation program of the Department of

State, 429.
Women, opportunities in the conduct of international
relations, 555.
Designations in the State Department, 46, 47, 61, 293,

544.
Participant in radio broadcast, 68.
Shaw, George P., designation in the State Department,

48.
Shipley, Ruth B., designation in the State Department,

48.
Shipping :
American seamen and the Foreign Service, article by

Miss Dailor, 206.
Caribbean, problems in, 588.

Combined Middle East supply program, address by
Frederick Winant, 199.
Shipping Division, State Department, 49.
Ships :
Gripsholm. See "Gripsholm".
Inability of U.S. to sell additional merchant ships to

Ireland, 236.
S^n^galais, transfer to French Navy, 167.
Sicily, reopening of U.S. consulate at Palermo, 195.
Slichter, Sumner, designation in the State Department,

513.
Solanko, Risto, Counselor of Finnish Legation, requested

to leave U.S., 565, 585.
South Africa :
Representation of interests by U.S. in Finland, 268.
Whaling, protocol (1944), 271, 592.
South America. See American republics and the i7idii>idual

countries.
Southampton, England, reopening of U.S. consulate, 461.
Southern European Affairs, Division of, 55.
Southwest Pacific Affairs, Division of, 57.
Sovereign equality for all nations, statement by Secretary

Hull, 509.
Soviet Union. See Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.
Spaeth, Carl B., designation in the State Department, 568.
Spain:
Agreement with U.S. and British Governments on issues

respecting Axis powers, 412.
Attitude toward Allies and toward Axis, 493.
Channel of communication for exchange of U.S. na-
tionals with Germany, 511, 535.
Economic warfare, position as neutral, 493.
Oil shipments :
From Caribbean, permission by U.S. and British Gov-
ernments, 107, 412.
Suspension by U.S., 116, 225.
Opening of U.S. consulate at San Sebastifln, 388.
Recognition of Mussolini regime, enemy broadcasts

alleging, 20.
Wolfram exports to Germany, curtailment, 412.
Spaulding, E. Wilder:
Article on the fifteenth year of the Department's "New

Publications Program", 385.
Designations in the State Department, 64, 544.

Special Assistants to Secretary of State, 45.
Special Political Affairs, Office of, 56, 400, 444
Special War Problems Division, 48.
Stabilization Plan, International :

Statement by Secretary Hull, 371.

Treasury Department outline, 159.
Stalin, Joseph V., message to President Roosevelt regard-
ing fall of Rome, 528.
Stanton, Edwin F., designations in the State Department,

57, 503.
State Department :

Albania's struggle for freedom from Nazis, statement re-
garding, 315.

American Republics Analysis and Liaison, establishment
of Division of (D.O. 1271), 443.

Anglo-American Caribbean Commission, U.S. Section, re-
lation to Department (D.O. 1274), 502.

Appointment of two additional Assistant Secretaries of
State, proposal for, 226.

Aviation Division, functions of (D.O. 1246), 303.

Collaboration between U.S. and Vichy regime, false ru-
mors of, 278.

Death of former Chief of Division of Far Eastern Affairs
(Williams), 132.

Departmental orders, systematization (D.O. 1269), 436.

Financial matters, certain responsibility transferred to
Division of Financial and Monetary Affairs (D.O.
1252), 328.

Foreign Service See Foreign Service.

Foreign trade protection and promotion, duties of con-
sultant on (D.O. 1264), 420.

Industry Branch, establishment of to develop policy on
cartels and related arrangements (D.O. 1254), 365.

Informational activities and liaison. Sec Liaison.

Internees in the Far East. See under United States
citizens.

Liaison. See Liaison.

Offices set up under reorganization of Jan. 15, 1944 (D.O.
1218) : American Republic Affairs, 53 ; Controls, 47;
Departmental Administration, 58; Eastern and
African Affairs, 57 ; Economic Affairs, 52 ; Euro-
pean Affairs, 54 ; Far Eastern Affairs, 56 ; Foreign
Service Administration, 61; Public Information, 63;
Special Political Affairs, 56; Transportation and
Communications, 49 ; Wartime Economic Affairs, 49.

Personnel administration, principles and policies (D.O.
1272), 417.

Personnel utilization program, establishment of (D.O.
1236), 240.

Petroleum Division, establishment of (D.O. 1245), 303.

Planning Staff in Office of Foreign Service, creation of
(D.O. 1234), 241.

Policy Committee, 46, 212.

Post War Foreign Policy, Advisory Council on, 47, 72.

Post War Programs, Committee on, 47.

Publications. See Publications.

Radio broadcasts, 30, 68, 100, 117.

Relationship to Congress, discussed in radio broadcast,
117.

Reorganization (D.O. 1218 of Jan. 15, 1944), 43.

Reorganization of, discussed in radio broadcast, 71.

INDEX

617

state Department — Continued.
Resignation of—
Burlie, Thomas, 23.
Finletter, Thomas K., 211.
Miller, Hunter, 2&1.
Rubber Advisory Panel, list of members, 544.
"State Department Speaks" (radio broadcasts), 30, 68,

100, 117.
Visit of the Under Secretary (Stettlnlus) to London,

256.
Work of, discussed in radio broadcast, 68.
War Refugee Board, liaison with (D.O. 1227), 194.
Statements. See under names of the individuals.
Status of countries In relation to the war, article by Miss

Crane, 373, 413.
Stenger, Jerome J., designation in the State Department,

51.
Stettinius, Edward R., Jr. :
Addresses and statements :
Anniversary (3d) of Lend-Lease Act, 238.
Argentina, recent developments and U. S. relations,

205, 225.
Axis espionage activities in Chile, repression of, 205.
Invasion of Europe, 526.
Participant in radio broadcasts, 30, 68.
Presentation of Legion of Merit medals for Danes, 542.
UNItRA, appropriation by Congress for, 535.
Correspondence with Thomas K. Finletter on resignation,

211.
Reports to President:
Adaptation of Foreign Service to new responsibilities,

with text of bill, 227.
Extension 1o other nations of program with American
republics (1939), with text of proposed amend-
ment, 215.
Visit to London, 256, .395.
Steyne, Alan N., article on post-war plans of the OflSce of

the Foreign Service, 589.
Stillwell, James A. :
Article on supplies for liberated areas, 469.
Designation in the State Department, 51.
Stimson, Henry L. :
Memorandum from President Roosevelt regarding re-
moval of certain European refugees to U.S., 53S.
U.S. member of Permanent Court of Arbitration, 212.
Stinebower, Leroy D., designation in the State Department,

52.
Straits Settlements, representation of U.S. interests by

Switzerland, 270.
Strategic materials (see also Petroleum; Rubber) ferro-
alloys, efforts to stop shipment by neutral countries to
Germany, 467.
Stuart, Graham H., designation in the State Department,

65.
Students, exchange fellowships and travel grants, 416, 430,

584.
Sturgeon, Leo D., designation in the State Department, 52.
Sugar crop, 1944, U.S. and Cuba :
Announcement of agreement, 40.
Discussions regarding, 132.

Smnmerlin, George T., designations in the State Depart-
ment, 45, 292.
Supplies for liberated areas, article by Mr. Stillwell, 469.
Supplies to the Middle East, problems of transport,

address by Frederick Winant, 199.
Supply and Resources Division, State Department, 50.
Supply Priorities and Allocations Board, Office for

Emergency Management,^ 155.
Suro, Guillermo A., designation in the State Department,

65.
Sweden :

Economic warfare, position as neutral, 493.

Firms included In Proclaimed List of Blocked Nationals,

497.
U.S. efforts to limit shipments to Germany, 467.
Swihart, James H., designation in the State Department,

52.
Switzerland :
Channel of communication for exchange of U.S. na-
tionals with Germany, 535.
Economic warfare, position as neutral, 493.
Good offices extended by U.S. in certain countries, 269.
Inability to represent U.S. interests in the Philippines,

497.
Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places, 268.
Representation of U.S. Interests in certain countries, 77,

84, 269.
Schaffhausen, accidental bombing by American planes,
314.

Taf t, Charles P. :
Addresses :

Charitable Irish Society, Boston, 254.
Indiana League of Women Voters, Indianapolis, 465.
Participant in radio broadcast, 100.
Designation in the State Department, 50.
Tangier, agreement by Spain with U.S. and British Gov-
ernments respecting Axis agents in, 412.
Taussig, Charles W., designation In the State Department,

503.
Taxation, double, convention between U.S. and Canada

(1944), 543.
Taylor, Albert Hoyt, recipient of Medal for Merit, 301.
Taylor, Floyd, specialist to Chinese Ministry of Informa-
tion, return to U.S., 586.
Taylor, Myron C, return to the Vatican as Personal Rep-
resentative of President Roosevelt, 538.
Tehran Conference, results of:
Address by President Roosevelt, 4.
Message of President Roosevelt to Congress, 76, 77.
Telecommunications :
Adviser to Chinese Government (Bagwell), return to

U.S., 194.
Interruption of operations in Argentina of All America

Cables, Inc., 292.
Radio, direct circuit between U.S. and Uruguay, 511.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Inter-American radiocommunications convention
(1937), status of, and adherence of the Bahamas
(1943), 163.

618

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Telecommunications — Continued.

Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued.
North American regional broadcasting agreement
(1937), status of, and adherence of the Bahamas
(1943), 163.
Radio broadcasting stations in northwestern Canada,
agreement with Canada regarding construction
and operation (1943, 1944), 139.
Telecommunications Division, State Department, 49, 195.
Tenney, E. Paul, designation in the State Department, 63.
Territorial Studies, Division of, 56.
Thailand, representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland,

270.
Thompson, C. Mildred, appointment as member of U.S. dele-
gation at Conference of Allied Ministers of Educa-
tion in London, 302.
Thomson, Charles A., designations in the State Department,

63, 195.
Tijuana River :

Allocation of water supply between U.S. and Mexico,

article by Mr. Timm, 282.
Conservation and distribution of water, treaty between
U.S. and Mexico (1914), 161.
Timm, Charles A., article on water treaty between the

U.S. and Mexico, 282.
Tin-plate scrap, regulations on export, 580.
Toivola, Urho, Counselor of Finnish Legation, requested

to leave U.S., 565, 585.
Trade {see also Blocked Nationals; Lend-lease; Treaties) :
Commerce, importance to prosperity, broadcast by Mr.

Hawkins, 311.
International economic operations, addresses by Mr.

Taft, 254, 465.
Neutral, with enemy, methods of control, 493.
Newsprint production and transportation to other

American republics, efforts to facilitate, 88.
Oil. See Petroleum.

Post-war, statements by Secretary Hull, 341, 479.
Post-war planning, program of Commissions of Inter-
American Development, 1st Conference, 427, 483.
Relations with Chile, 180.
War trade agreement, as enforced by -U.K., 494.
Wartime, allocation of supplies for, 467.
Trade agreements, reciprocal (see also under Treaties) :
Part in economic foreign policy, 391.
Procedure for proclamation of, 453.
Trade-mark and commercial protection, inter-American
convention for (1929), ratitication by Paraguay
(1943), 248.
Trade warfare (sec also Economic warfare), discussed in

radio broadcast, 104.
Translating Bureau, State Department. See Central

Translating Division.
Transportation :

Problems of newsprint production and transportation to

other American republics, 88.
Supplies to tlie Middle East, address by Frederick

Winant, 199.
Technical expert (Phillips), return from China, 327.
Transportation and Communications, Office of, 49, 303, 513.

Travel grants under State Department cultural-relations

program, 431.
Travers, Howard K., designation in the State Department,

48.
Treasury Department :

International Stabilization Plan and statement by Secre-
tary Hull, 159, 371.
United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference, 498,
597.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute, Conven-
tion on (1944) :
Ratification by : El Salvador, 461, 567 ; U. S. 306, 593.
Signature by: Chile, 522; Costa Rica, 90; Cuba, 162;
Dominican Republic, 195: Ecuador, 162; El Sal-
vador, 230; Guatemala, 294; Honduras, 195;
Nicaragua, 90; Panama, 90; U.S., 90; Uruguay,
400.
Alaska Higliway, U.S. and Canada —
Connecting roads, use of (1943), 136.
Flight strips along the Highway, authorization for con-
struction (1942), 135.
Haines-Champague Highway, authorization for con-
struction (1942), 136.
Southern terminus (1942), 134.
Allied declaration regarding Axis satellites (Hungary,

Rumania, Bulgaria, and Finland), 425.
Assistance and salvage at sea (1910), adherence by

Egypt (1944), 39.
Automotive traffic, regulation of inter-American (1943) :
Brazil, approval, 567.
Signature, 22, 162, 422.

U.S. signature, with reservation, and submission to
Senate, 22, 366.
Bills of lading (1924), adherence by Egypt (1944), 39.
Boundary, Ecuador and Peru, protocol (1942), agree-
ment on interpretation, 487.
Civil administration of liberated areas, identical agree-
ments between U.S., and U.K., Belgium, and the
Netherlands, and between U.S., U.K., and U.S.S.R.,
and Norway (1944), 479.
Collisions at sea (1910), adherence by Egypt (1944), 39.
Commerce and navigation, Chile and Cuba (1937), rati-
fications (1944) of modifications by exchange of
notes (1942), 594.
Commercial modus vivendi, Canada and Venezuela

(1941), renewal. 400.
Cooperation and collaboration, Australia and New Zea-
land (1944), 490.
Copyright-extension privileges, U.S. and U.K. (1944),

texts of notes, 243.
Criminal olTenses committed by armed forces, jurisdic-
tion, agreement between U.S. and Canada (1944),
306.
Cuban sugar crop, 1944, and molasses and alcohol, dis-
cussions, U.S. and Cuba, 40, 132.
Cultural relations, promotion of Inter-American (1936),

promulgation by Bolivia (1943), 212.
Customs, import privileges for Government officials and
employees, U.S. and Canada (1942), 138.

INDEX

619

Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued.
Declaration by United Nations (1942) :
Adherence by —

Colombia (1043), 108.

Liberia (1944), 151, 346.
Status, 366, 379, 413.
Exchange of official publications (1944) between —
Ecuador and Panama, 401.
U.S. and Afghanistan and U.S. and Iraq, 230.
U.S. and Guatemala, 422.
Extraterritorial rights in China, relinquishment of,

Canada and China, text, 458.
Fisheries, halibut fishery of Northern Pacific Ocean and

Bering Sea, U.S. and Canada (1937), 1944 regula-
tions, 293.
Food agreement, U.S. and the Dominican Republic (1944),

195.
Fuel supply for U.S. Army In Canada and Alaska, agree-
ment for extension, U.S. and Canada, exchange of

notes (1942, 1943), 85.
Fur-seal agreement, provisional, U.S. and Canada (1942) ,

approval (1944), 230, 568.
Historical studies, promotion of, Peru and Venezuela

(1942), exchange of ratifications (1943), 212.
Indian Institute, Inter-American (1940), adherence by

Dominican Republic (1943), 230, 330.
Military aviation mission, U.S. and Venezuela (1944),

90.
MUitary mission, U.S. and — ■
Iran (1943), signature, 22.
Panama (1942, 1943), renewal (1944), 503.
Military service, reciprocal, U.S. and —
China (1943, 1944), 593.
Colombia (1944), 184.
Mutual-aid agreement, Canada and French Committee

of National Liberation, text, 456.
Mutual-aid agreements, Canada with Australia, with

China, with U.S.S.R., and with U.K., 504.
Nationality of women, convention on (1933), ratification

by Cuba (1943), 39.
Naval mission, U.S. and Peru (1940), renewal (1944),

330.
Naval-aviation mission, U.S. and Peru (1940), renewal

(1944), 490.
Niagara River, additional diversion of waters, U.S. and

Canada (1944), supplementing agreements of 1941,

and amending treaty on boundary (U.S. and U.K.,

1909), 455.
Operation of Pan American Airways over British

Columbia, agreement between U.S. and Canada
(1944), 30C.
Opium convention, international (1912), adherence of

Afghanistan (1&44), 543.
Panama Canal, treaties regarding, 125, 128.
Port and port works, agreement for construction of on

Liberian coast, U.S. and Liberia (1943), 38.
Prisoners-of-war convention (1929), question of ob-
servance by Japan, 78, 80.
Problems concerning, discussed in radio broadcast, 120,

122.

Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued.

Red Cross convention (1929), question of observance by

Japan, 79, 80.
Reductions in customs duties, U.S. and Haiti and U.S.
and the Dominican Republic (1942), lapse of
agreements relating to reciprocal concessions in
Haitian-Dominican commercial treaty, 305.
Relief and rehabilitation, United Nations (1943). See

UNRRA.
Rio Grande and Colorado River, history of series of

treaties between U.S. and Mexico relating to, 282.
Rubber development, U.S. and Brazil (1944), 271.
Taxation, double, U.S. and Canada (1944), 543.
Telecommunications :

Inter-American radiocommunications convention and
North American regional broadcasting agreement
(1937), adherence of Bahamas (1943), 162.
Radio broadcasting stations in northwestern Canada,
construction and operation, U.S. and Canada
(1943, 1944), 139.
Trade agreements, reciprocal, U.S. and —

Iran (1943), proclamation by U.S. and exchange of

instruments, 305, 521.
Turkey (1939), changes in import duties, 397.
Trade-mark and commercial protection, inter-American
convention (1929), ratification by Paraguay (1943),
248.
Upper Columbia River Basin, U.S. and Canada, exchange

of notes (1944), 270.
Water power, temporary raising of level of Lake St.
Francis, U.S. and Canada (1941), continuance
(1943), 142.
Water treaty between the U.S. and Mexico (1944) , article

by Mr. Timm, 282.
Water utilization relating to Colorado and Tijuana Riv-
ers and the Rio Grande, U.S. and Mexico (1944),
161.
Whaling, regulation of, protocol (1944), amending agree-
ment (1937) and protocol (1938) :
List of signers, 271.
Norway, ratification, 400.
Text, 592.

U.S. ratification, 461, 568.
Treaties, Office of the Editor. See Research and Publica-
tion, Division of.
Treaties and other international agreements, procedure
for and information facilities concerning, article by
Mr. Whittington, 445.
Treaty Section in Division of Research and Publication,

organization of, 399.
Trimble, William C, article on Icelandic independence

movement, 559.
Tubman, W. V. S., inauguration as President of Liberia,

89.
Tuck, S. Pinkney, confirmation of nomination as U.S. Min-
ister to Egypt, 420.
Turbay, Gabriel, credentials as Colombian Ambassador to

U.S., 108.
Turkey :
Chrome shipments to Axis countries, cessation of, 467.

620

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Turkey— Continued.

Economic warfare, position as neutral, 493.

Trade agreement (1939), changes in import duties, 397.

Under Secretary of State (see also Stettinius, Edward B.,
Jr.):

Appointments in the oflBce of, 46.

Designations in the Department of State, 46, 47.
Union of South Africa :

Minister to U.S. (Qie), credentials, 326.

U.S. Minister (Holcomb), confirmation of nomination,
281.
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics:

Anniversary of Red Army, message from President
Roosevelt and reply from Marshal Stalin, 204, 224.

Aviation, civil, exploratory conferences of U.S. and Rus-
sian groups, 301, 496.

Constitutional amendment, providing for direct rela-
tions between each Soviet Republic and foreign
states, text, 421.

Declaration, together with the U.S. and British Govern-
ments, regarding the four Axis satellites, 425.

Foreign affairs, law granting to each Soviet Republic
the right to enter into direct relations with foreign
states, text, 421.

Foreign Affairs, People's Commissariat for, reorganiza-
tion of, 421.

Lend-lease shipments from the U.S., 223.

Military operations in Rumania, comment of Secretary
Hull on statement by Mr. Molotov, 315.

Moscow Conference, results of, 33, 76, 77.

Nazi assault on, 3d anniversary, statement by Secretary
Hull, 573.

Polish-Soviet relations, U.S. offer of good offices, 96,
116.

Presentation of awards to members of U.S. armed forces
and merchant marine, 347.

Representation of U.S. interests in occupied areas by
Switzerland, 270.

Rome, message of Premier Stalin to President Roosevelt
regarding fall of, 528.

Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Civil administration of liberated areas, agreement,

U.S., U.K., U.S.S.R., and Norway (1944), 479.
Mutual-aid agreement with Canada (1944), 504.
United and Associated Nations, number of, 467.
United Kingdom :

American troops in tlie British Isles, 237.

Aviation, civil, exploratory conference of U.K. and U.S.
groups, 301.

Blockade of Germany and Italy, measures toward neu-
trals, 493.

Caribbean Commission, Anglo-American, 37, 262, 384,
502, 513, 588.

Censorship of political news to U.S., reply of Secretary
Hull to Governor Dewey's statement, 300.

Cooperation with U.S. in war supplies, 467.

Declaration, together with the U.S. and Soviet Govern-
ments, regarding the four Axis satellites, 425.

United Kingdom — Continued.
Exchange of prisoners of war and civilians with Ger-
many via Gripsholm, 478, 535.
Lend-lease material, statement regarding distribution,

256.
Minister of Production (Lyttelton), criticism by Secre-
tary Hull of statement by, 573.
Petroleum, discussions with U.S. relating to, 238, 315,

346, 372, 411.
Refugees in Middle East, aid to, 533.
Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places, 268.
Trade, post-war plans, 468.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :

Civil administration of liberated areas, identical

agreements between U.K., U.S., Belgium, and

the Netherlands, and between U.K., U.S., U.S.S.R.,

and Norway (1044), 479.

Copyright-extension privileges, with U.S. (1944), texts

of notes and of order in council, 243.
Mutual-aid agreement with Canada (1944), 504.
Whaling, protocol (1944), 271, 592.
U.S. consulates : Grenada, B.W.I., opening, 388, 522; Hull,
England, reopening, 401 ; Southampton, reopening,
461.
Visit, informal, to London of U.S. Under Secretary of

State Stettinius and mission, 395.
War trade agreement to enforce blockade, 494.
Wolfram exports of Portugal, efforts to deprive the en-
emy of, 535.
United Nations (see also Conferences) :
Declaration (1942) :
Adherence by — •
Colombia, 108.
Liberia, 151, 346.
Statement by President Roosevelt, 7.
Status, 366, 379, 413.
List of nations in the war associated with, 380, 413, 467.
Nationals interned in Par East, relief supplies, 536.
Reconstruction, educational and cultural, plans, 299, 414.
Unity of, described by President Roosevelt, 495.
United Nations Forum, Washington, address by Mr. Berle,

97.
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration.

See UNRRA.
United States and Panama, article by Mr. Bonsai, 125.
United States citizens :
American seamen and the Foreign Service, article by

Miss Dailor, 206.
Awards to members of armed forces and merchant ma-
rine by Soviet Union, 347.
Civilian internees and prisoners of war:

Chronology of U.S. protests against mistreatment, 145,

168.
Financial assistance to American nationals in enemy
territory, arrangements made by State Depart-
ment, 83-84.
Japanese attitude toward, 78, SO, 81, 82, 496, 536.
Red Cross, chronology of efforts to send relief sup-
plies to Far East, 81, 82, 189.
Statements by Secretary Hull and Mr. Grew denounc-
ing mistreatment by Japan, 115.

INDEX

621

United States citizens — Continued.
Civilian internees and prisoners of war — Continued.
Steps taken by State Department in behalf of American
nationals in Japanese custody, 77, 78, 81.
Duties and obligations of citizenship, address by Mr.

Berle, 278.
Repatriates. See "Gripsholm."
United States Commercial Corporation, consolidation Into

FEA, 473.
United States Congress. See Congress.
United States Food Requirements and Allocations Commit-
tee, membership of, 467.
United States Foreign Service. See Foreign Service.
United States Maritime Commission, sale of U.S. mer-
chant ships to Ireland, disapproved, 236.
United States treaties. See Treaties.
United States Procurement Committee, establishment of

for civilian supply in liberated areas, 476.
United States v. Curtiss-Wright Export Corporation,

r^sumS of case, 581.
UNERA :
Agreement (1943), approval or ratification: Dominican
Republic (1944), 305; El Salvador (1943), 305;
Ethiopia (1944), 305; Haiti (1944), 329; Honduras
(1944), 305; India (1W4), 461; Mexico (1944), 305,
3S8; U.S. (1944), 306.
Discussed in radio broadcast, 102.
Funds for :

Amount authorized by Congress for U.S. share, 306.
Statement by Mr. Stettinius respecting appropriation,
535.
Jurisdiction of relief activities, 477.
Organization of and relationship to OFRRO, 473.
Recommendations of International Labor Conference

for permanent organization, 320.
Refugee centers in Middle East, 533.
U.S., act enabling participation in and authorizing
funds, 306.
Upi)er Columbia River Basin, exchange of notes with

Canada (1944), 270.
Uruguay {see also American republics) :
Cultural leader, visit to U.S., 513.

Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, con-
vention on (1944), 400.
Radio circuit to U.S., opening of, 511.

Vahervuori, T. O., Counselor of Finnish Legation, re-
quested to leave U.S., 565, 585.
Vandenberg, Arthur H., participant in radio broadcast, 117.
Vatican City :
Personal Representative (Taylor) of President Roose-
velt, return to, 538.
Recognition of puppet government in Philippines by the
Holy See, denial, 117.
Venezuela (see also American republics) :

Closing of U.S. vice consulate at Ciudad Bolivar, 401.
Invasion of Europe, correspondence of President An-

gnrita with President Roosevelt, 551.
President Isaias Medina Angarita, visit to U.S., 29, 89.

Venezuela — Continued.

Treaties, agreements, etc.:

Commercial modus Vivendi, with Canada (1941), re-
newal (1944), 400.

Historical studies, promotion of, with Peru (1942),
exchange of ratifications (1943), 212.

Military aviation mission, with U.S. (1944), 90.
Vessels. See Ships.

Vice President, U.S., visit to China, 465, 586.
Vichy, false rumors of U.S. collaboration, 278.
Villard, Henry S., designation in the State Department,

58.
Vincent, John Carter, designation in the State Department,

57.
Visa Division, State Department, 48.
Visa procedure, modification, 490.

Wallace, Henry A., visit to China, 465, 586.
Walmsley, Walter N., Jr., designations :
In the State Department, 54, 304.

U.S. alternate delegate to Inter-American Coffee Board,
512.
Walsh, J. Raymond, designation in the State Department,

513.
Walstrom, Joe D., designations in the State Department,

49, 304.
War:

Alinement of nations, tables, 373, 413.
Associated Nations, list, 380, 413, 467.
Chronology of wartime development of organizations

(July 1939 to December 1943), 152.
Declaration by Liberia against Germany and Japan,

151.
Finnish position in, 179, 253.
Invasion of Europe, Jnne 6, 1944 :
Messages between President Roosevelt and oflScials of

the United Nations, 530, 549.
Prayer by the President, 525.

Report to the President by General Eisenhower, 549.
Refugees. See Refugees.
Rome, fall of :
Address by President Roosevelt on liberation, 526.
Messages between the President and officials of the
United Nations, 528, 549.
War and post-war problems in the Far East, address by

Mr. Grew, 8.
War Department :

Civilian Affairs Division, establishment of in General

Staff, 472.
Civilian relief in liberated areas, presidential directive
for, 473, 474.
War Food Administration, laborers from the West Indies,
arrangements for work on farms and in food process-
ing in U.S., 513.
War Manpower Commission, laborers from the West Indies,

arrangements for, 513.
War Mobilization, Office of, 159.

War Production Board, OflSce for Emergency Management,
157.

622

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Wiir Production Board Requirements Committee, duties

of, 467.
War Refugee Board :
Establishment of, 95.
Liaison with State Department, 194.
Memorandum from President Roosevelt regarding re-
moval of certain European refugees to U.S., 533.
War Relief Control Board, President's, contributions,

collection and disbursement, 151.
War Shipping Administration :

Activities respecting American seamen, 207, 208.
Laborers from the West Indies, arrangements for, 513.
War trade agreement, negotiated by U.K. with European

neuti-als, 4&4.
Ward, Robert B., Jr., designation in State Department, 400.
Warner, Edward, visit to London regarding civil aviation,

301.
Warren, Avra M., confirmation of nomination as U.S.

Ambassador to Panama, 281.
Warren, Fletcher, designation In the State Department,

400.
Warren, George L., designation in the State Department,

194.
Warship, U.S., transfer to France, 167.
Wartime Economic Affairs, Office of, 49, 52, 576.
Wartime economic problems and post-war trade, address

by Mr. Taft, 465.
Water power, agreement with Canada (1943), regarding

temporary raising of the level of Lake St. Francis, 142.
Water treaty between the U.S. and Mexico, article by Mr.

Timm, 282.
Water utilization, treaty with Mexico (1944), relating to

Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and the Rio Grande, 161.
Watt, Robert J., designation in the State Department, 513.
Weber, Theodore C, death, 304.

Wells, Herman, designation in the State Department, 51.
Wendelin, Eric C, designation in the State Department,

490.
West Coast Affairs, Division of, 54.
West Indian conferences:

Establishment of system of, 37.
First meeting in Barbados, 262, 384.
West Indies Schooner Pool, 263, 568.
Western European Affairs, Division of, 55.
Whaling, regulation of, protocol (1944), amending agree-
ment (1937) and protocol (1938), 271, 400, 461, 568,

592.
Whaling Conference, International, 271, 329.
Wheat, proportion to be supplied by U.S. for liberated

Europe, 476.
White, John Campbell, confirmation of nomination as

U.S. Ambassador to Peru, 132.
White, Lincoln, designation in the State Department, 209.
White plan. See International Stabilization Plan.
Whittington, William V. :

Article on treaties and other international agreements,

445.
Designation in the State Department, 399.

Willard, Clarke L., designation in the State Department,

61.
Williams, Edward Thomas, death, 132.
Willoughby, Woodbury, designation in the State Depart-
ment, 52.
Wilson, Edwin C, designation in the State Department,

444.
Wilson, Gen. Sir Henry Maitland :

Allied Control Commission for Italy, president of, 573.
Correspondence with President Roosevelt regarding fall
of Rome, 529.
Wilson, Orme:

Confirmation of nomination as U.S. Ambassador to

Haiti, 28L
Designation in the State Department, 46.
Winant, Frederick :
Address before Commerce and Industry Association of

New York, 199.
Designation in the State Department, 51.
Winant, John G. :
Message regarding accidental bombing of Schaffhausen,

314.
Participant in radio broadcast, 68.
Winslow, Mary N., resignation from Inter-American

Commission of Women, 325.
Wolfram, curtailment of exports by neutrals, 412, 467, 535.
Women :

Conference on how women may share in post-war policy-
making, 555.
Inter-American Commission of, appointment of U.S.

member (Cannon), 325.
Nationality of, convention (1933), ratification by Cuba,
39.
Woodward, Stanley, designation in the State Department,

60, 293.
World Trade Intelligence, Division of, State Department,

51, 328.
World Wide Broadcasting Foundation of Boston, radio

Interview of Mr. Hawkins, 311.
Wright, James H., designation in the State Department,
400.

Yost, Charles W., designations in the State Department,

48, 212.
Young-Sinclair working parties respecting plans for

civilian supply in liberated areas, 470, 474.
Yugoslavia :

Anniversary of constitution of new government, 301.

Refugees from, camps for, 533.

Representation of interests by U.S. in certain places,

269.
Representation of U.S. interests by Switzerland, 270.

Zwemer, Raynrund L., appointment as chairman of the
Interdepartmental Committee on Cooperation with the
American Republics, 585.

o

705 ». I r-t -"ly

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULL

0

ontents

-i

"^ rm

riN

JANUARY 1, 1944
Vol. X, No. 236— Publication 2043

The War Paga

Address by the President on Christmas Eve 3

Statement by the President on the Anniversary of the

Signing of the Declaration by United Nations . . 7

War and Post- War Problems in the Far East: Address

by Joseph C. Grew 8

Enemy Broadcasts Alleging Recognition by Spain of

the Mussolini Regime 20

American Republics

Resolution Regarding Recognition of New Governments

Instituted by Force 20

General

New Year Message of the Secretary of State 21

Treaty Information

Automotive: Convention on the Regulation of Inter-
American Automotive Traffic 22

Military and Naval Missions : Agreement With Iran . . 22

The Department

Resignation of Thomas Burke as Chief of Division of

International Communications • 23

Publications 23

U. S. SUPERINTOIOENT OF DOCUMENT^

JAN 21 1944

The War

ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT ON CHRISTMAS EVE

[Released to the press by the White House December 24]

I have just returned from extensive journey-
ings in the region of the Mediterranean and as
far as tlie borders of Russia. I have conferred
with the leaders of Britain and Russia and
China on military matters of the present — espe-
cially on plans for stepping-up our successful
attack on our enemies as quickly as possible and
from many different points of the compass.

On this Christmas Eve there are over 10
million men in the armed forces of the United
States alone. One year ago 1,700,000 were serv-
ing overseas. Today, this figure has been more
than doubled to 3,800,000 on duty overseas. By
next July that number will rise to over 5 million.

That this is truly a World War was demon-
strated when arrangements were made with our
overseas broadcasting agencies for time to speak
today to our soldiers, sailors, marines, and mer-
chant seamen in every part of the world. In
fixing the time for the broadcast we took into
consideration that at this moment here in the
United States, and in the Caribbean and on the
northeast coast of South America, it is after-
noon. In Alaska and in Hawaii and the mid-
Pacific, it is still morning. In Iceland, in Great
Britain, in North Africa, in Italy, and the
Middle East, it is now evening. •

In the Southwest Pacific, in Australia, in
Cliina and Burma and India, it is already
Christmas Day. We can correctly say that at
this moment, in those far eastern parts where
Americans are fighting, today is tomorrow.

But everywhere throughout the world —
throughout this war which covers the world —
there is a special spirit which has warmed our

hearts since our earliest childhood — a spirit
which brings us close to our homes, our families,
our friends and neighbors — the Christmas spirit
of "peace on earth, good-will toward men".

During the past years of international gang-
sterism and brutal aggression in Europe and in
Asia, our Christmas celebrations have been
darkened with apprehension for the future. We
have said, "Merry Christmas — Happy New
Year", but we have known in our hearts that
the clouds which have hung over our world have
prevented us from saying it with full sincerity
and conviction.

And even this year, we still have much to
face in the way of further suffering and sacrifice
and personal tragedy. Our men, who have been
through the fierce battles in the Solomons, the
Gilberts, Tunisia, and Italy know, from their
experience and knowledge of modern war, that
many bigger and costlier battles are still to be
fought.

But — on Christmas Eve this year — I can say
to you that at last we may look forward into the
future with real, substantial confidence that,
however great the cost, "peace on earth, good-
will toward men" can be and will be realized and
insured. This year I can say that. Last year I
could not do more than express a hope. Today
I express a certainty — though the cost may be
high and the time may be long.

Within the past year — within the past few
weeks — history has been made, and it is far bet-
ter history for the whole human race than any
that we have known, or even dared to hope for,
in these tragic times through which we pass.

' Broadcast from Hyde Park, N.Y., Dec. 24, 1943.

3

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTNi

A great beginning was made in the Moscow
conference in October by Mr. Molotov, Mr.
Eden, and our own Mr. Hull. There and then
the way was paved for the later meetings.

At Cairo and Tehran we devoted ourselves
not only to military matters, we devoted our-
selves also to consideration of the future — to
plans for the kind of world which alone can jus-
tify all the sacrifices of this war.

Of course, as you all know, Mr. Churchill and
I have happily met many times before, and we
know and understand each other very well. In-
deed, Mr. Churchill has become known and be-
loved by many millions of Americans, and the
heartfelt prayers of all of us have been with
this great citizen of the world in his recent
serious illness.

The Cairo and Tehran conferences, however,
gave me my first opportunity to meet the Gen-
eralissimo, Chiang Kai-shek, and Marshal Sta-
lin— and to sit down at the table with these un-
conquerable men and talk with them face to
face. We had planned to talk to each other
across the table at Cairo and Tehran; but we
soon found that we were all on the same side of
the table. We came to the conferences with
faith in each other. But we needed the personal
contact. And now we have supplemented faith
with definite knowledge.

It was well worth traveling thousands of
miles over land and sea to bring about this per-
sonal meeting, and to gain the heartening assur-
ance that we are absolutely agreed with one
another on all the major objectives — and on the
military means of obtaining them.

At Cairo, Prime Minister Churchill and I
spent four days with the Generalissimo, Chiang
Kai-shek. It was the first time that we had had
an opportunity to go over the complex situation
in the Far East with him personally. We were
able not only to settle upon definite military
strategy but also to discuss certain long-range
principles which we believe can assure peace in
the Far East for many generations to come.

Those principles are as simple as they are
fundamental. They involve the restoration of
stolen property to its rightful owners and the
recognition of the rights of millions of people

in the Far East to build up their own forms of
self-government without molestation. Essen-
tial to all peace and security in the Pacific and in
the rest of the world is the permanent elimina-
tion of the Empire of Japan as a potential force
of aggression. Never again must our soldiers
and sailors and marines be compelled to fight
from island to island as they are fighting so
gallantly and so successfully today.

Increasingly powerful forces are now ham-
mering at the Japanese at many points over an
enormous arc which curves down through the
Pacific from the Aleutians to the jungles of
Burma. Our own Army and Navy, our Air
Forces, the Australians and New Zealanders, the
Dutch, and the British land, air, and sea forces
are all forming a band of steel which is closing
in on Japan.

On the mainland of Asia, under the General-
issimo's leadership, the Chinese ground and air
forces augmented by American air forces are
playing a vital part in starting the drive which
will push invaders into the sea.

Following out the military decisions at Cairo,
General Marshall has just flown around the
world and has had conferences with General
MacArthur and Admiral Nimitz — conferences
which will spell plenty of bad news for the Japs
in the not too far distant future.

I met in the Generalissimo a man of great
vision and great courage and remarkably keen
understanding of the problems of today and to-
morrow. We discussed all the manifold mili-
tary plans for striking at Japan with decisive
force from many directions, and I believe I can
say that he returned to Chungking with the
positive assuaance of total victory over our com-
mon enemy. Today we and the Republic of
China are closer together than ever before in
deep friendship and in unity of purpose.

After the Cairo conference, Mr. Churchill and
I went by airplane to Tehran. There we met
with Marshal Stalin. We talked with complete
frankness on every conceivable subject con-
nected with the winning of the war and the
establishment of a durable peace after the war.

Within three days of intense and consistently
amicable discussions, we agreed on every point

JANTTARY 1, 1944

concerned with the launching of a gigantic at-
tack upon Germany.

The Russian Army will continue its stern of-
fensives on Germany's eastern front ; the Allied
Armies in Italy and Africa will bring relentless
pressure on Germany from the south ; and now
the encirclement will be complete as great Amer-
ican and British forces attack from other points
of the compass.

The commander selected to lead the combined
attack from these other points is Gen. Dwight
D. Eisenhower. His performances in Africa,
Sicily, and Italy have been brilliant. He knows
by practical and successful experience the way
to coordinate air, sea, and land power. All
these will be under his control. Lt. Gen. Carl
Spaatz will command the entire American stra-
tegic bombing force operating against Germany.

General Eisenhower gives up his command
in the Mediterranean to a British officer whose
name is being announced by Mr. Churchill. We
now pledge that new commander that our
powerful ground, sea, and air forces in the vital
Mediterranean area will stand by his side until
every objective in that bitter theater is attained.

Both of these new commanders will have
American and British subordinate commanders
whose names will be announced in a few days.

During the last two days at Tehran, Marshal
Stalin, Mr. Churchill, and I looked ahead to the
days and months and years which will follow
Germany's defeat. We were united in deter-
mination that Germany must be stripped of her
military might and be given no opportunity
within the foreseeable future to regain that
might.

The United Nations have no intention to en-
slave the German people. We wish them to
have a nonnal chance to develop, in peace, as
useful and respectable members of the Euro-
pean family. But we most certainly emphasize
that word "respectable" — for we intend to rid
them once and for all of Nazism and Prussian
militarism and the fantastic and disastrous no-
tion that they constitute the "master race".

We did discuss international relationships
from the point of view of big, broad objectives,

rather than details. But on the basis of what we
did discuss, I can say even today that I do not
think any insoluble differences will arise among
Russia, Great Britain, and the United States.

In these conferences we were concerned with
basic principles — principles which involve the
security and the welfare and the standard of liv-
ing of human beings in countries large and
small.

To use an American and ungrammatical collo-
quialism, I may say that I "got along fine" with
Marshal Stalin. He is a man who combines a
tremendous, relentless determination with a
stalwart good humor. I believe he is truly rep-
resentative of the heart and soul of Russia ; and
I believe that we are going to get along well
with him and the Russian peeple — very well
indeed.

Britain, Russia, China, and the United States
and their Allies represent more than three
quarters of the total population of the earth.
As long as these four nations with great mili-
tary power stick together in determination to
keep the peace there will be no possibility of an
aggressor nation arising to start another world
war.

But those four powers must be united with
and cooperate with all the freedom-loving peo-
ples of Europe and Asia and Africa and the
Americas. The rights of every nation, large or
small, must be respected and guarded as jeal-
ously as are the rights of every individual with-
in our own republic.

The doctrine that the strong shall dominate
the weak is the doctrine of our enemies — and we
reject it.

But, at the same time, we are agreed that if
force is necessary to keep international peace,
international force will be applied — for as long
as it may be necessary.

It has been our steady policy — and it is cer-
tainly a common-sense policy — that the right of
each nation to freedom must be measured by the
willingness of that nation to fight for freedom.
And today we salute our unseen allies in occu-
pied countries — the underground resistance
groups and the armies of liberation. They will

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTNl

provide potent forces against our enemies, when
the day of invasion comes.

Through the development of science the
world has become so much smaller that we have
had to discard the geographical yardsticks of
the past. For instance, through our early his-
tory the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans were be-
lieved to be walls of safety for the United
States. Time and distance made it physically
possible for us and for the other American re-
publics to obtain and maintain our independ-
ence against infinitely stronger powers. Until
recently very few people, even military experts,
thought that the day could ever come when we
might have to defend our Pacific coast against
Japanese threats of invasion.

At the outbreak of the first World War rela-
tively few people thought that our ships and
shipping would be menaced by German subma-
rines on the high seas or that the German mili-
tarists would ever attempt to dominate any na-
tion outside of central Europe.

After the Armistice in 1918, we thought and
hoped that the militaristic philosophy of Ger-
many had been crushed; and being full of the
milk of human kindness we spent the next 15
years disarming, while the Germans whined so
pathetically that the other nations permitted
them — and even helped them — to re-arm.

For too many years we lived on pious hopes
that aggressor and warlike nations would learn
and understand and carry out the doctrine of
purely voluntary peace.

The well-intentioned but ill-fated experi-
ments of former years did not work. It is my
hope that we will not try them again. No —
that is too weak — it is my intention to do all
that I humanly can as President and Com-
mander in Chief to see to it that these tragic
mistakes shall not be made again.

There have always been cheerful idiots in
this country who believed that there would be
no more war for us, if everybody in America
would only return into their homes and lock
their front doors behind them. Assuming that
their motives were of the highest, events have
shown how unwilling they were to face the
facts,

The overwhelming majority of all the people
in the world want peace. Most of them are
fighting for the attainment of peace — not just
a truce, not just an armistice — but peace that is
as strongly enforced and as durable as mortal
man can make it. If we are willing to fight for
peace now, is it not good logic that we should
use force if necessary, in the future, to keep the
peace ?

I believe, and I think I can say, that the other
three great nations who are fighting so mag-
nificently to gain peace are in complete agree-
ment that we must be prepared to keep the
peace by force. If the people of Germany and
Japan are made to realize thoroughly that the
world is not going to let them break out again,
it is possible, and, I hope, probable, that they
will abandon the philosophy of aggression — the
belief that they can gain the whole world even
at the risk of losing their own souls.

I shall have more to say about the Cairo and
Tehran conferences when I make my report to
the Congress in about two weeks' time. And,
on that occasion, I shall also have a great deal
to say about certain conditions here at home.

But today I wish to say that in all my travels,
at home and abroad, it is the sight of our soldiers
and sailors and their magnificent achievements
which have given me the greatest inspiration
and the greatest encouragement for the future.

To the members of our armed forces, to their
wives, mothers, and fathers, I want to affirm the
great faith and confidence we have in General
Marshall and Admiral King who direct all our
armed might throughout the world. Upon
them falls the great responsibility of planning
the strategy of determining when and where we
shall fight. Both of these men have already
gained high places in American history, which
will record many evidences of their military
genius that cannot be published today.

Some of our men overseas are now spending
their third Christmas far from home. To them
and to all others overseas or soon to go overseas,
I can give assurance that it is the purpose of
their Government to win this war and to bring
them home at the earliest possible date,

JANUARY 1, 1944

And we here in the United States had better
be sure that when our soldiers and sailors do
come home they will find an America in which
they are given full opportunities for education,
rehabilitation, social security, employment, and
business enterprise under the free American
system — and that they will find a Government
which, by their votes as American citizens, they
have had a full share in electing.

The American people have had every reason
to know that this is a tough, destructive war.
On my trip abroad, I talked with many military
men who had faced our enemies in the field.
These hard-headed realists testify to the
strength and skill and resourcefulness of the
enemy generals and men whom we must beat
before final victory is won. The war is now
reaching the stage where we shall have to look
forward to large casualty lists — dead, wounded,
and missing.

War entails just that. There is no easy road
to victory. And the end is not yet in sight.

I have been back only for a week. It is fair
that I should tell you my impression. I think
I see a tendency in some of our people here to
assume a quick ending of the war — that we have
already gained the victory. And, perhaps as a
result of this false reasoning, I think I discern
an effort to resume or even encourage an out-
break of partisan thinking and talking. I hope
I am wrong. For, surely, our first and foremost
tasks are all concerned with winning the war
and winning a just peace that will last for gen-
erations.

The massive offensives which are in the mak-
ing— both in Europe and the Far East — will
require every ounce of energy and fortitude that
we and our Allies can summon on the fighting
fronts and in all the workshops at home. As I
have said before, you cannot order up a great
attack on a Monday and demand that it be de-
livered on Saturday.

Less than a month ago I flew in a big Army
transport plane over the little town of Bethle-
hem, in Palestine.

Tonight, on Christmas Eve, all men and
women everywhere who love Christmas are

thinking of that ancient town and of the star
of faith that shone there more than 19 centuries
ago.

American boys are fighting today in snow-
covered mountains, in malarial jungles, and on
blazing deserts; they are fighting on the far
stretches of the sea and above the clouds; and
the thing for which they struggle is best
symbolized by the message that came out of
Bethlehem.

On behalf of the American people — your own
people — I send this Christmas message to you
who are in our armed forces :

In our hearts are prayers for you and for all
your comrades-in-arms who fight to rid the
world of evil.

We ask God's blessing upon you — upon your
fathers and mothers, wives and children — all
your loved ones at home.

We ask that the comfort of God's grace shall
be granted to those who are sick and wounded,
and to those who are prisoners of war in the
hands of the enemy, waiting for the day when
they will again be free.

And we ask that God receive and cherish
those who have given their lives, and that He
keep them in honor and in the grateful memory
of their countrymen forever.

God bless all of you who fight our battles on
this Christmas Eve.

God bless us all. God keep us strong in our
faith that we fight for a better day for human-
kind— here and everywhere.

STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT ON
THE ANNIVERSARY OF THE SIGNING
OF THE DECLARATION BY UNITED
NATIONS

[Released to the press by the White House January 1]

Many of us in the United States are observ-
ing this first day of the New Year as a day of
prayer and reflection and are considering the
deeper issues which affect us as part of the
family of nations at a crucial moment in his-
tory. It is fitting on this day that we direct our
thoughts to the concept of the United Nations

8

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETINl

which came into being on another and in-
finitely bleaker New Year's Day two years ago.

It was but three weeks after Pearl Harbor
that the Declaration by United Nations was
promulgated at Washington. Twenty-six na-
tions subscribed immediately, eight more have
adhered subsequently, all pledging themselves
to stand together in the struggle against com-
mon enemies.

Two years ago the United Nations were on
the defensive in every part of tlie world. To-
day we are on the offensive. The walls are
closing in remorselessly on our enemies. Our
armed forces are gathering for new and greater
assaults which will bring about the downfall of
the Axis aggressors.

The United Nations are giving attention also

to the different kind of struggle which must
follow the military phase, the struggle against
disease, malnutrition, unemployment, and many
other forms of economic and social distress.

To make all of us secure against future ag-
gression and to open the way for enhanced well-
being of nations and individuals everywhere,
we must maintain in the peace to come the mu-
tually beneficial cooperation we have achieved
in war. On the threshold of the New Year, as
we look toward the tremendous tasks ahead,
let us pledge ourselves that this cooperation
shall continue both for winning the final victory
on the battlefield and for establishing an inter-
national organization of all peace-loving na-
tions to maintain peace and security in genera-
tions to come.

WAR AND POST-WAR PROBLEMS IN THE FAR EAST
Address by Joseph C. Grew ^

[Released to the press December 29]

Among the many invitations to speak which
come to me from all over the country, I know
of none that I accepted more promptly and
gladly than the invitation to meet tonight the
members of the Illinois Education Association,
even though it meant coming from Washington
for this single engagement. For in fighting the
war and in approaching the eventual problems
of the peace tables, we need — as perhaps never
before so urgently — the development of an en-
lightened public opinion, especially among the
youth of our country — the younger generation
in whose hands will largely lie the shaping of
our future world. To whom therefore shall we
turn rather than to the teachers of our young
men and women to guide their thinking broadly
and wisely so that the coming generation may be
fitted effectively to influence or to deal directly
with the solution of the tremendous problems
that will face them on emerging from their
scholastic years and crossing the threshold into
life? The duties, the responsibilities, and the

opportunities that you yourselves face in incul-
cating that training, my friends of the Illinois
Education Association, are of inamense impor-
tance, and I therefore heartily welcome this
occasion which permits me to speak to you to-
night. As for the opportunities, it may do no
harm to remember the difference between a pes-
simist and an optimist: a pessimist is one who
sees a difficulty in every opportunity, while an
optimist is one who sees an opportunity in every
difficulty.

Some six weeks ago we passed an anniver-
sary of solemn and significant memory, the Ar-
mistice of 1918. How well I remember that day
in Paris ! Guns booming, bells pealing, the peo-
ple of Paris in the streets singing and dancing,
laughing and weeping. The war to end wars

■ Delivered at the annual banquet celebrating the
90th anniversary of the Illinois Education Association,
Chicago, Dec. 29, 1943. Mr. Grew, former American
Ambassador to Japan, is now Special Assistant to the
Secretary of State.

JANUARY 1, 19 44

9

was over. Thenceforth we were to emerge from
battle to a bright new world, a world of peace
on eai'th, good-will towai'd men. And then,
what happened? We in America and people
elsewhere quite simply got into bed and pulled
the covers over our heads, unwilling to see what
was going on about us, asleep to actualities.
And now, once again the world is drenched in
blood.

Shall we. make that grim mistake again? I
do not believe so. Human nature may not
change much through the ages, but at least man-
kind learns something from experience, and I
believe that we in our country have learned that
in this modern world of ours — in which the na-
tions, through developments in communications
and transit, have been drawn into inevitable in-
timacy— isolation has become an anachronism.
We cannot kill the seeds of war, for they are
buried deep in human nature. But what we can
do and I am convinced we shall do is precisely
what we did in permanently stamping out yel-
low fever from our country — remove the con-
ditions under which those seeds of war can
germinate anywhere in the world. It can be
done and it must be done.

The guilty leaders among our enemies and
those individuals responsible for the barbarous
acts of crime and senseless cruelties that have
been committed under the cloak of war must
and shall be punished, and just retribution must
and shall be meted out to the enemy countries
so that the people of those countries sh;;!) b?
forever cured of the illusion that aggression
pays. Their false philosophy can never be dis-
credited until the results are brought home to
them in defeat, humiliation, and bitter loss.
Measures must and shall be taken to prevent
that cancer of aggressive militarism from dig-
ging in underground, once again to rear itself
in malignant evil and once again to overrun
the world, calling upon our sons and grandsons
to fight this dreadful war over again in the next
generation. Let us assure our defenders on the
battle-fronts that this time their heroism shall
forever finish the job begun in 1914.

But those self-evident measures will not be

566885—44 2

enough. In approaching the eventual peace
tables, we shall need the highest qualities of far-
sighted statesmanship. We must abandon all
promptings of vindictiveness or of pride and
prejudice.

First we must clear away the poisonous
growth in order to lay the foundations for the
erection of an invulnerable and enduring world
edifice. Two gi'eat cornerstones for that foun-
dation have already been swung into place.
One was the Atlantic Charter ; the second was
the Moscow agreement supplemented and
strengthened by the declarations of Cairo and
Tehran. Others will follow.

And then we must build. Re-education in
certain areas will become essential. I visualize
a helpful, cooperative, common-sense spirit in
conducting that system of re-education, devoid
of browbeating or vindictiveness, with emphasis
upon what our enemies will have to gain by
playing the game with the rest of the world
and what they would lose by recalcitrance. The
healthy growth must ultimately come from
within. When our enemies find that in coop-
eration lies their only hope of salvation, they
will cooperate. AVeariness of the sufferings of
war will work in our favor. We do not want
festering sores anywhere in our future world
for the building of which we and our Allies
are fighting and striving today. We do not
want the nursing of grudges, rebelliousness and
Ijitterness. We want the people of the world,
including our present enemies, to look forward,
not back, and to look forward not to the day
when thejr can achieve revenge but forward to
a peaceful, lawful, cooperative, solvent, produc-
tive, and prosperous national and international
life, purged forever of the poison of aggressive
militarism. That should be our aim. That
should be the ultimate goal of far-sighted states-
manship, and that should be the guiding spirit
at the peace tables. We shall need the wisdom
of Solomon in approaching those eventual prob-
lems. Pray God that we may find it.

Thus may our defenders on the battle lines
know that they are not fighting or dying in
vain. Thus may they know that we on the

10

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTN

home-front are not only with joyful determina-
tion supporting them through the war until
total victory is achieved, but that we pledge
to them our inexorable determination to carry
that support into the post-war world, where
the final monument to their heroism shall be
the creation of a permanent international struc-
ture based on the principles of law, truth, lib-
erty, justice, and peace.

Now, having always in mind those landmarks
which I feel should guide our general course in
the post-war world, I should like to turn to our
war with Japan and its eventual aftermath.
In moving around the country, as I have done
more or less continually since returning to the
United States from Japan some 16 months ago,
I have found among our people a great deal of
muddled thinking on those problems, which
arises largely from an inadequate grasp of facts.

First, with regard to the war itself, there
seems to me to be a general tendency to under-
estimate the difficulties, the length of time, and
the potential losses that we face in bringing
Japan to eventual unconditional surrender.
Over-optimism is not likely to further our
steadily strengthening war effort, and I have
conceived it as my own best contribution to our
war effort to try to overcome in some small de-
gree that dangerously complacent if not wishful
thinking among our people. I have already
spoken so often on this subject that I shall not
try your patience by harping upon it tonight,
but I think we all ought to bear in mind certain
palpable facts, namely, that the Japanese are
fanatical, do-or-die fighters and no mean fight-
ers while still alive ; that they control today tre-
mendous areas with all the raw materials and
all the native labor for processing those ma-
terials that any country could desire; that they
are hard-working, pertinacious, foresighted,
thorough, and scientific in their methods, and
will let no grass grow under their feet in i-ender-
ing those far-flung areas — through the building
of industries, warplants, and stockpiles — so far
as possible economically and militarily self-
sustaining, against the day when by crippling
their maritime transport system we shall have

partially or wholly cut them off from their
homeland. At a given moment, with defeat
staring them in the face, their leaders are more
than likely to ti'y to get us into an inconclusive
peace, but that is something that we must never
under any circumstances be lured into accept-
ing. The show-down must be complete and
irrevocable if we are to avoid another war in
the Pacific in the next generation. Surveying
that war problem from the most pessimistic
angle, I can therefore conceive of a situation
where even after we had crippled or destroyed
their cities, their navy, their transport shipping,
and their air power, even after we had invaded
the Japanese homeland, the Japanese forces in
those vast occupied areas might continue to
fight to the last cartridge and the last soldier.
I do not believe that this will happen, but I do
believe that our people had better visualize what
might happen and that we had better foresee
the possible worst so that we shall not for a
moment relax our maximum war effort. We
shall have to fight, I fear, for a long time to
come.

Now let us turn to some of the post-war prob-
lems that we shall inevitably have to face when
once the Japanese have been brought to uncon-
ditional surrender or at least to a situation when
they can fight no further. Here again there is
much obscure thinking in our comitry arising
from an inadequate grasp of facts, which has
brought about a deep-rooted prejudice against
the Japanese j^eople as a whole. In the light of
Pearl Harbor, the Attila-like aggressions, and
the senseless cruelties of the Japanese military,
that prejudice is perfectly natural. I remember
that in the last war a similar prejudice and sus-
picion extended even to Americans with Ger-
man names, and many people with German
names changed them. That blind prejudice
against the German race fortunately does not
exist today. Although this subject is contro-
versial, most of our people feel that we are
chiefly fighting the Nazis and the militaristic
caste and cult and doctrine in Germany and not
the Germans as a whole. But today compara-
tively few of our people are able or willing to

JANTTAHY 1, 1944

11

admit that there can be anything good in Japan
or any good elements in the Japanese race. The
prejudice is all-embracing.

Not long ago after one of my talks somewhere
in the South, after I had tried to paint a fair
and carefully balanced picture of the Japanese
people as I know them, a prominent business-
man, with whom I had discussed the subject at
dinner, came up to me and said: "That was a
very interesting talk you gave tonight." I said,
"Thank you." "But", he added, "you haven't
changed my opinion in the slightest. The only
good Jap is a dead Jap." I asked : "Have you
ever lived in Japan?" "No", he replied, "but
I know that they are all a barbarous, tricky,
brutal mass that we can have no truck with,
ever again." That sort of attitude I have fre-
quently encountered. It is wide-spread in our
country, and through the force of public opinion
it can have a serious influence against an intelli-
gent and practical solution of some of the com-
plicated pi-oblems we shall have to face in the
Far East when the war is over through the de-
struction of Japan's military machine.

You can't live among a people for 10 years
without coming to know them — all classes of
them — fairly well. Heaven knows that I
should be the last person in our comitry to hold
a brief for any Japanese, for not only have I
closely watched that cancer of Japanese aggres-
sive militarism, chauvinism, truculence, vain-
gloriousness, and over-weening ambition grow
throughout those 10 years, but I have known by
first-hand intimate rejjorts of the medieval bar-
barity of those militarists — the rape of Nan-
king, which will forever and ineradicably stain
Japan's escutcheon in the records of history;
the utterly ruthless destruction by bombing of
innocent and undefended cities, towns, and vil-
lages in China and of our own religious missions
throughout China — for the purpose of stamping
out American interests and Christianity from
all of East Asia — and finally of the indescribable
treatment inflicted alike upon helpless Chinese,
British, and Canadian prisoners-of-war and
upon many of our own American citizens sub-
sequent to Pearl Harbor. Those things one can

never forget or ever forgive. The guilty will
in due course be brought to the bar of justice
and duly punished, but no punislmient under
our civilized code can ever repay what has been
wrought or wipe out the memory of those utterly
barbarous crimes. It would be very easy for
me, with my background of many days of bitter
experience and many sleepless nights of bitter
memory, to assimilate my own thinking with
that of the mass of our compatriots who can see
no good among the Japanese.

Yet we Americans are generally fair-minded.
We are not prone to condemn the innocent be-
cause they are helplessly associated with the
guilty. I have said that you can't live for 10
years in a country without coming to know all
classes of the people of that country, their prob-
lems, their predilections, and, in some measure,
their trends of thought. Even in our own coun-
try we have our Dillingers and our reputable
citizens residing in the same street. The main
difference is that in our country it is the repu-
table citizens who control. In Japan it is the
military gangsters who control. Only a few
years before Pearl Harbor a prominent Japa-
nese said to me : "If our military leaders con-
tinue to follow their present course, they will
wreck the country."

Throughout those 10 years I was in touch
with people in Japan from the highest to the
lowest, from the Emperor and his statesmen to
the servants in our house, the academic world,
the businessmen, the professionals, the trades-
people, and the gardeners on our place. I was
never taken in by the often-expressed opinion
that a great mass of liberal thought in Japan
was just beneath the surface, ready, with a little
encouragement from the United States, to
emerge and to take control. I knew the jjower
of the stranglehold of the militarists, only
awaiting the day when they should find the
moment ripe to put into operation their dreams
of world conquest. But I also knew that many
of the highest statesmen of Japan, including the
Emperor himself, were laboring earnestly but
futilely to control the military in order to avoid
war with the United States and Great Britain,

12

DEPARTMEKT OF STATE BITLLETtN

and I did know that many of the rank and file
of the Japanese people were simply like sheep,
helplessly following where they were led.

There is no extenuation implied in that state-
ment. It is simply a statement of fact. There
of course arises the question as to what effect
the impact of the war and the inculcation by the
military leaders of the doctrine of hatred
against the democracies may have altered the at-
titude and thinking of the rank and file of the
people of Japan since Pearl Harbor. That
question cannot with certainty be answered, es-
pecially in view of the activities of the
"Thought Control" section of the Japanese po-
lice who are always searching out what they
call "dangerous thoughts". Those in Japan
who deplore the war and who cherish no in-
herent hatred against the white man must be
and are inarticulate. Besides, all Japanese are
fundamentally loyal to the Emperor at least in
spirit, and since the Emperor, after the mili-
tarist fait accompli of Pearl Harbor, was
obliged, willy-nilly, to sign an Imperial Ee-
script declaring war and calling for the de-
struction of the United States and Great
Britain, very few Japanese would allow their
thoughts to run counter to that edict. The
Japanese people, under the Emperor, are un-
questionably more united in thought and spirit
than are the Germans under Hitler.

Yet I repeat that the Japanese rank and file
are somewhat like sheep and malleable under
the impact of new circumstances and new con-
ditions. I will tell you two short stories —
true stories in my own experience — which I
think tend to illustrate what I have just said.

On December 12, 1937 the United States ship
Panay was bombed and sunk in the Yangtze
River near Nanking by Japanese planes. From
the facts, there could be no question but that the
act was deliberate, carried out by Japanese
fliers for the vei-y same purpose that had led
them to bomb and destroy many of our Amer-
ican religious missions — churches, hospitals,
schools, residences — in various parts of China.
That purpose \\as to drive all American inter-
ests out of East Asia. After sinking our naval

ship, the planes returned and machine-gunned
the officers and men who had taken refuge in
the high reeds on the shore, in an endeavor to
wipe them out. You no doubt remember what
happened after that incident. The Japanese
Government did not want war with the United
' States ; perhaps the Japanese Army and Navy
did not yet feel prepared for war with us at that
time. At any rate, the Government abjectly
apologized for what they alleged was an acci-
dent— as they had apologized in so many pre-
vious cases — met all of our demands, and
promptly paid the full indemnity we asked.
The incident was closed.

But then the Japanese people had their say.
They were ashamed. From all over Japan,
from people in high places down to schoolboys,
from professors in the universities to taxi
drivers and the corner grocer, I received letters
of profound apology and regret for the incident.
Gifts of money poured in to the Embassy — for
that is the Japanese way of expressing sym-
pathy ; considerable sums from those who were
well off, a few cents from groups of schoolboys.
Suggestions were received from home that I
return the money, but the money could not be
returned, first because it would have been an
insult to refuse to accept the gifts in the spirit
in which they were given, and second because
many of the donations were received anony-
mouslj\ The money was placed in a '■'■Panay
Fund" and invested, ancl the income was to be
used for the upkeep of the graves of American
sailors who had died in Japan.

But the most touching incident of that
wholly spontaneous expression of friendship
for the American people by many elements of
the people of Japan was when a J'oung Japa-
nese woman came into my office and asked my
secretarjr for a pair of scissors. The scissors
were handed to her ; she let down her beautiful
long hair, cut it off to the neck, wrapped her
hair in a parcel, and, taking a carnation from
her head, placed it on the parcel and handed the
parcel to my secretary with the words: "Please
give this to the Ambassador. It is my apology
for the sinking of the Panay.''^

JANtTARY 1, 194 4

13

Those people did not want war with the
United States.

Another little story, not important, perhaps,
but still significant. During the early stages of
the war, while we in the Embassy were still in-
terned in Tokyo, the Japanese military police
occasionally arranged demonstrations in front
of our Embassy, and on the day of the fall of
Singapore, while Tokyo was celebrating with
processions and brass bands, the police gathered
several hundred Japanese — from the streets, the
shops, and the homes — and brought them down
to the square in front of our office to demon-
strate. They pressed close to the bars of the
Embassy fence behind which we were caged,
waving Japanese flags and howling like a pack
of angry wolves. "Down with the United
•States", they shouted. It was a really terri-
fying sight, and for a moment I almost feared
that they might get over the wall and run
amuck in the Embassy compound.

At the height of this demonstration, a mem-
ber of my staff, who was standing on a balcony
overlooking that howling pack of wolves, pulled
out his pocket handkerchief and cheerfully
waved it at the demonstrators. The Japanese
were of course astonished at this unexpected
gesture. Their jaws fell open in surprise, and
for a moment they ceased their howling. But
the member of my staff kept right on, blithely
waving his handkerchief. And then, wonder of
wonders, those Japanese laughed and pulled out
their handkerchiefs and waved back in most
friendly spirit. The police of course were fu-
rious; they dashed around trying to stop the
unexpected form their carefully regimented hos-
tile demonstration had taken, but nothing could
be done, and that whole pack of erstwhile snarl-
ing wolves went off up the street, still heartily
laughing.

I submit that little anecdote merely by way of
concrete evidence to support my belief, indeed
my knowledge, that the Japanese people as a
whole are somewhat like sheep, easily led and
malleable under the impact of new circumstances
and new direction. They have followed false
gods. They have been and are helpless and in-

articulate under their gangster leadership. And
when once the false philosophy of those leaders
comes back to the Japanese people in defeat,
humiliation, and bitter loss, they themselves, I
confidently believe, will be their own liberators
from the illusion that military gangsterism pays.

It is my belief — a belief not subject to proof
but based on my long experience among the
Japanese people — that when once the Japanese
military machine — that machine which the Jap-
anese peojDle have been told is undefeatable,
having never yet lost a war and being allegedly
Ijrotected by their sun goddess and by the "au-
gust virtues" of the Emperor — has been de-
feated, largely destroyed and rendered impotent
to fight further, it will lose one of the most im-
portant of oriental assets — namely "face" — and
will become discredited throughout the length
and breadth of the land. It is furthermore my
belief that if at the time of the eventual armis-
tice or at the eventual peace table — while put-
ting into effect every measure necessary, ef-
fectively to prevent that cancer of militarism
from digging underground with the intention
of secretly building itself up again as it did in
Germany — we offer the Japanese people hope
for the future, many elements of the rank and
file of the Japanese will give a sigh of relief
that the war is over and will — perhaps sullenly
at first but not the less effectively — cooperate
with us in building a new and healthy edifice.
This concept also is not subject to proof, but
from my knowledge of the Japanese it seems
to me to be a fair postulate.

The Japanese people have suffered acutely;
they are going to suffer a gi'eat deal more
acutely for a long time to come. They will see
tiieir shipping destroyed and their cities
bombed; they will lack adequate food and fuel
and clothing; their standard of living will
steadily deteriorate; their military police will
outdo the Gestapo in cruelties, and when the
reckoning comes, the Japanese people will
learn of the preposterous lies and of the base-
less claims of continual victories over their ene-
mies with which they are daily fed by their
military leaders. Even their hardened fanat-

14

DEPARTMET^T OF STATE BULLETIN

icism — even their last-ditch, do-or-die pliiloso-
phy — can hardly withstand such an impact. I
saw obvious signs of weariness of war among
the Japanese people even during the unsuc-
cessful campaign against heroic China between
1937 and 1941. How much greater will that
weariness of war beconie in the years ahead !

That leads us to the problems of the eventual
peace settlement with Japan. In approaching
this subject I must make perfectly clear the
fact that I am speaking solely for myself and
that althougli an officer of the Government I am
presuming in no respect to reflect the official
views of the Government. Those official views,
so far as I am aware, have not yet crystallized.
With so many still imponderable factors in the
situation I do not see how they could yet crys-
tallize. Studies, of course, are constantly be-
ing pursued with regard to post-war problems,
and I do not doubt that those studies will lead
to a variety of opinions as to the treatment that
should eventually be accorded to the enemy na-
tions. In any group of men, in official or un-
official life, it is inconceivable that views and
opinions should be unanimous. In the last
analysis it is of course the President and the
Secretary of State, in conference with the lead-
ers of other members of the United Nations, and
with due regard to the views of the American
people as expressed by the Congress, who will
determine and formulate our own course. With
regard to Japan it is therefore of the highest
importance that the American peojile — woo-
fully uninformed as most of them are with
regard to Japan and the Japanese — should
be enlightened in their thinking not by arm-
chair theorists but by those who know the sub-
ject by first-hand experience, by those who have
lived long in Japan. The approach to the pence
table should be guided by those who intimately
know the Japanese people and should be formu-
lated on a basis of plain, practical common
sense, without pride or prejudice, or the vindic-
tiveness which is inherent in human nature —
formulated with the paramount objective of in-
suring the future peace and security of the Pa-
cific area and of all the countries contiguous

thereto. Seldom if ever will the United States
be called ujion, in conjunction with allied na-
tions, to face and to deal with a problem of
more momentous import to the future welfare
of our country and of the world.

I spoke a moment ago of armchair theorists,
and this reminds me of a story told by an Amer-
ican businessman who had lived in Japan, rep-
resenting a prominent American firm, for some
40 years. During my stay in Tokyo he was
called home by his company for consultation.
The president and vice presidents of the firm
were gathered around the table. "Now, Mr.
So-and-so", said the president, "please tell us
what Japan is going to do." "I don't know",
replied the agent. "What ?" thundered the pres-
ident; "After we have paid your salary for 40
years to represent us in Japan, you have the
face to tell us you don't know ?" "No," said the
agent, "I don't know. But ask any of the tour-
ists; they'll tell you." That anecdote, which
was confirmed to me a few days ago by the busi-
nessman under reference as substantially cor-
i-ect, is more significant than it may seem.
Many Americans visit Japan for a few days or
weeks or months and come home and write arti-
cles or books about the Japanese. But they
haven't got to first base in understanding Japa-
nese mentality. The Japanese dress like us and
in many respects they live and act like us, espe-
cially in their modern business and industrial
life. But they don't think as we do, and noth-
ing can be more misleading than to try to meas-
ure by Western yardsticks the thinking proc-
esses and sense of rationality and logic of the
average Japanese and his reaction to any given
set of circumstances. We have armchair states-
men galore ; we have volumes galore written by
Americans who have spent a few weeks or
months, or even a year or two, in Japan, yet
whose diagnoses and assessments of Japanese
mentality and psychology are dangerously mis-
leading. Many of them have observed Japan
and the Japanese solely from the vantage point
of that international hostelry, the Imperial
Hotel in Tokyo. We who have lived in Japan
for 10 or 20 or even 40 years know at least how

JANtTARY 1, 194 4

15

comparatively little we really do know of the
thinking processes of the Japanese. But we are
at least in a better position to gage those proc-
esses and their results than are the "armchair
statesmen".

First of all, I know that there are among us
today those who advocate building a fence about
Japan and leaving her — I have heard the phrase
used in that connection — "to stew in her own
juice". The thought has been expressed that
during the j^eriod of her existence as a world
power Japan, through the competition of her
export trade and her military aggressiveness,
has proved to be more of a nuisance and a hand-
icap in world affairs than an asset. Control
of Japanese imports, it is said, could be relied
upon to prevent rearmament in future.

With regard to the competition of her export
trade having been a nuisance, I might merely in-
quire whether our cotton exporter's and our silk
importers would share that opinion. In any
case, it is open to question whether we should
use our military victory to destroy the legiti-
mate and peace commerce of a commercial com-
petitor and thus betray the principles of the At-
lantic Charter. As for the nuisance of Japan's
militaiy aggressiveness, it is my assumption
that our primary and fundamental objective in
the eventual post-war settlement with Japan
will be the total and pei-manent elimination of
that military cancer from the body politic of
Japan.

I myself do not doubt that this major opera-
tion can and will be successfully perfonned and
that effective measures can and will be taken to
prevent the re-growth of that cancer in future.
Otherwise we shall have fought Japan in vain.
In any future system of re-education in Japan
I visualize, as I have said, a helpful, cooperative,
common-sense spirit, devoid of browbeating or
vindictiveness, with emphasis laid upon what
the Japanese would have to gain by playing
the game with the rest of the world and what
they would have to lose by recalcitrance. It
was always my regret that these things were
not more forcibly brought before the Japanese
people in the years before Pearl Harbor. I
myself did everything in my power in that

direction, but I was a voice crying in the wilder-
ness. The Japanese people were told by the
propaganda of their leaders that the United
"States and Great Britain were crowding them
to the wall,' intent upon grabbing control of
East Asia and cutting Japan off from the raw
materials which she needed for her very exist-
ence. At times some of the highest Japanese
liberal statesmen did everything in their power,
even at the constant risk of assassination by the
fire-eaters, to bring their country back to a
reputable international life, but they failed.
That is all water over the dam now. Now we
must look to the future.

The question of determining what kind and
how much of Japan's industrial equipment
should be left to her after the war will require
sj'stematic study. The United Nations must
be in a position to determine the factories and
machinery necessary for the maintenance of a
peace economy, and to dispose of the balance as
they think wise — through the dismantling of
arsenals and dockyards and of heavy industries
designed for or capable of the manufacture of
implements of war.

President Roosevelt, Generalissimo Chiang
Kai-shek, and Prime Minister Churchill con-
ferring at Cairo in November of this year de-
clared that "all the territories Japan has stolen
from the Chinese, such as Manchuria, Formosa,
and the Pescadores, shall be restored to the
Republic of China", adding: "Japan will also
be expelled from all other territories which she
has taken by violence and greed." The three
Chiefs of State also declared that the "three
great powers, mindful of the enslavement of the
people of Korea, are determined tliat in due
course Korea shall become free and independ-
ent." And along with these measures, I visu-
alize a grim determination that the Japanese
shall make some sort of amends to China and
to other countries for the unspeakable acts of
brigandage and the barbarous cruelties inflicted
upon the innocent people of those countries.

Now to return to the theory that a fence
should be built around Japan and that the Jap-
anese should be left "to stew in their own juice".
I cannot see any signs of high statesmanship

16

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

in such a tenet. Any careful student of inter-
national affairs and of history must see at a
glance to what such a measure would lead. It
would lead to the creation of a festering sore
with permanent explosive tendencies — and, as
I have said, we do not want festering sores any-
where in the future world for the building of
which we and our Allies are fighting and striv-
ing today.

But there is another reason why that pro-
posed monastic wall around Japan could lead
only to disaster. Up to the restoration in 1868,
Japan was exclusively an agricultural country
with a population of approximately 25 million
people, living chiefly on their rice and vegetables
and fish. After the opening of Japan to the
world, the Japanese, imitating the West, in-
dustrialized the country, importing raw ma-
terials, manufacturing goods, and selling the
produce in foreign markets. As a direct result of
that industrialization the population of Japan
grew to some 75 million. If once again Japan
is to become a hermit nation, what is to become
of that excess population of 50 million souls?
They could not possibly support themselves on
the meager land subject to cultivation, for in
the mountainous terrain and volcanic soil of
the Japanese isles, such land is even now worked
to the last square foot, and even now the Jap-
anse depend on fertilizer from Manchuria,
sugar from Formosa, and supplementary rice
supplies from Korea, among other basic com-
modities. That excess population of 50 million
souls — or such part of it as survived the war —
would quite simply starve. I doubt if even the
most bloodthirsty of our fellow citizens could
with equanimity countenance such a situation.

I now refer to the subject of Shintoism.
There are really two forms of Shintoism. One
is the indigenous religion of the Japanese, a
primitive animism which conceives of all na-
ture— mountains, rivers, trees, etc., as mani-
festations of or the dwelling-places of deities.
It has only slight ethical content.

The other form of Shintoism is a cult. It has
but little religious content and has ethical con-
tent to the extent that it is designed to support

the idea of the divine origin of the Emperor
and ancestor-veneration, and to instil in the sub-
ject habits of obedience and subservience to the
state. The military leaders of Japan have for
long used this aspect of Shintoism to further
their own ends and to inculcate in the Japanese
a blind following of their doctrines as allegedly
representing the will of the Emperor.

But fundamentally Shintoism is the worship
of ancestors. Tlie other day I was talking to a
well-known American who visited us in Tokyo
a few years before Pearl Harbor. He said that
before sailing for Japan he had visited his
family tomb up in New England where his fore-
bears for several generations back — one of them
having been a member of George Washington's
Cabinet — were buried. Later he stood before
the Japanese national shrine at Ise. He said
that he was deeply moved by the scene. He
told a Japanese friend of his own feeling when
standing before his own family shrine in Amer-
ica and said that that feeling helped him to
understand the reverence of those who came
to praj^ at Ise. The Japanese, his face radiant,
grasped the American's hand in both of his
and said : "You understand."

Tliere are those in our country who believe
that Shintoism is the root of all evil in Japan.
I do not agree. Just so long as militarism is
rampant in that land, Shintoism will be used
by the military leaders, by appealing to the
emotionalism and the superstition of the peo-
ple, to stress the virtues of militarism and of
war through emphasis on the worship of the
spirits of former military heroes. When mili-
tarism goes, that emphasis will likewise dis-
appear. Shintoism involves Emperor-homage
too, and when once Japan is under the aegis of
a peace-seeking ruler not controlled by the mili-
tary, that phase of Shintoism can become an
asset, not a liability, in a reconstructed nation.
In his book Government hy At^sass/nation Hugh
Byas writes: "The Japanese people must be
their own liberators from a faked religion."

I think we should bear in mind an important
historical fact. The attempt in Japan to erect
a free parliamentary .system was a gi'im failure.

JANUARY 1, 1944

17

Tliat attempt was bound to fail because Japan's
archaic policy ruled out any possibility of par-
ties dividing over basic political problems which
are elsewhere resolved by parliamentary proc-
esses. So long as the constitution fixed sov-
ereignty in the Emperor, it was impossible for
any party to come forward with the doctrine
that sovereignty resided in the people or for
another party — in the absence of any such
issue — to deny that doctrine. The promulga-
tion of archaic ideas as the fundamental doc-
trine of the state made impossible any such
struggle as that which took place in England
between the Whigs and the Tories. Thus, lack-
ing anything important over which party lints
could be drawn, Japanese jjolitical parties de-
veloped into factions grouped around influen-
tial political personages, such as Prince Ito
and Count Okuma, and, when these men died,
second-rate politicians tried to take their place
but without success.

When certain constitutional changes are made
and the Japanese are given adequate time to
build up a parliamentary tradition, Japan will
then, for the first time, have an opportunity
to make the party system work.

To summarize my thoughts on this general
subject of post-war Japan I would put it this
way : First of all we must of course by force of
arms reduce the Japanese Army and Navy and
air force to impotence so that they can fight
no further. That, I fear, is going to be a far
longer and tougher job than most of our people
conceive, for we are, as I have said, dealing with
a fanatical enemy. As one American officer put
it: "The Japanese soldier fights to die; the
American soldier fights to live." To try to
predict even an approximate date for the total
defeat of that enemy seems to me to be sense-
less. I would not hazard a guess within a pe-
riod even of years. Time means nothing to the
Japanese except as a much-needed asset. They
blithely think and talk of a 10- or 50- or 100-
year war. What they need is time to consolidate
their gains. But when their leaders know be-
yond peradventure that they are going to be
beaten, then I shall confidently look for efforts

on their part to get us into an inconclusive peace.
Let us be constantly on guard against such a
move, for any premature peace would simply
mean that the militaristic cancer would dig in
underground as it did in Germany, and our sons
and grandsons would have to fight this whole
dreadful war over again in the next generation.
The Japanese would be clever. They would
certainly present the pill in a form to appeal to
the American people. But whatever terms they
might suggest for any premature peace, it is
certain that they will never, until reduced to
military impotence, abandon their determina-
tion to exert control in East Asia. We must
be constantly ready for such a move. We must
go through with our war with Japan to the
bitter end, regardless of time or losses.

In approaching a peace settlement with Ja-
pan we must remember that during the second
half of the 19th century and the first three de-
cades of the 20th century Japan developed a
productive power comparable to that of many
Western powers; that the rewards of this in-
creased production were not distributed to the
Japanese masses but were diverted to the build-
ing up of armaments ; and that thus the failure
of the Japanese people to obtain a more abun-
dant life was not due to lack of economic oppor-
tunity but to the aggressive aims of their leaders.
The Japanese, notwithstanding the advantages
of propinquity to the nations of Asia, did not
want to trade on a basis of open competition
with other powers but wanted to create ex-
clusive spheres in which their military would
be in charge. No wonder that Japanese pene-
tration and development abroad were viewed
with suspicion, and efforts made to resist them.
In the light of our past experience, in the post-
war world Japan can only be taken back as a
respectable member of the family of nations
after an adequate period of probation. When
and as Japan gives practical evidence of peace-
ful intentions and shows to our complete satis-
faction that she has renounced any intention of
resuming what Japanese leaders refer to as a
100-year war will we be safe in relaxing our
guard. When and as Japan takes concrete steps

1^

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BXTLLETENI

along the paths of peace, then there will be
found opportunities for extending to Japan
helpful cooperation. All this, however, is so
far in the future that we cannot undertake now
the laying down of a definite policy.

One more point I should like to make and
that is this : In victory we must be prepared to
implement the principles for which we are fight-
ing. To allow our attitude as victors to be
dominated by a desire to wreak vengeance on
entire populations would certainly not eliminate
focal points of future rebelliousness and dis-
order. And perhaps even more important
would be the eflFect which such an attitude would
generate in time, among the people of the victor
nation, possibly in our own children, namely, a
profound cynicism with regard to the avowed
principles for which we are now fighting.

Before terminating this soliloquy I would
like to quote passages from three well-known
authorities: First Hillis Lory, whose book
Japan's Military Masters I consider one of the
soundest works that has been written on that
subject ; second Sir George Sansom, long a mem-
ber of the British Embassy in Tokyo and one
of the world's most eminent writers and experts
on Japan ; and third, Hugh Byas, a resident in
Japan for many years and long correspondent
of the New York Times in Tokyo. With both
Sknsom and Byas I maintained close relations
during my own stay in Japan, and on most
issues in the Far East we saw eye to eye.

Lory writes :

"An appalling blunder in our thinking is the
widespread belief that time is with us. On the
contrary time is with Japan. It may seem
almost inconceivable to many that Japan could
possibly compete seriously with us in our war
production. But what is there to prevent this?
The Japanese have the raw materials. They
have the manpower that can be trained. We
have no monopoly on mass production. Japan,
even in conquered areas, is adapting it to her
needs. Japan's most urgent need is time. That
we must not give her.

"The longer she has to entrench herself in
her conquered territories, the more formidable

will be the military task of dislodging her.
The longer she has to utilize her rich booty of
war — the tin, the copper, the iron, her vast sup-
plies of oil and rubber; the longer she has to
lash the whip over the masses of China, the
Dutch East Indies, Malaya, Burma, and the
Philippines — labour that transforms these raw
materials into guns and planes and tanks and
ships, the longer must be the years of terrible
fighting with its cost of American dead to defeat
Japan.

"Every Japanese knows that now they are in
to win all or lose all. This war is literally a
life-and-death struggle. If Japan wins, no
nation on earth can successfully challenge her."

In a paper read to the Eighth Conference of
the Institute of Pacific Kelations in Canada in
December 1942, Sansom, speaking personally
and not officially, summed up his thesis in the
following words:

"I believe that the past social and political
history of the Japanese have produced in them
as a nation a remarkable incapacity to grasp the
essentials of cultures other than their own, which
accounts for their failure to take over, with the
physical apparatus of Western Civilization,
anything beyond the most superficial aspects of
its moral elements. I do not see how this is to
be broken down except by increased association
between Japanese and people of other nations,
and I have to admit that the facts of geogi'aphy
and international politics are unfavourable to
that process. Yet, unless this difficulty is some-
how overcome, the prospects of a useful con-
tribution by Japan to postwar reconstruction
and reform are poor indeed. An outlawed
Jajjan, even weakened to the point of despair,
cannot be other than a danger, a kind of septic
focus.

"I therefore see no escape from the conclu-
sion that, in their own interests, the United Na-
tions must after the war endeavour to enlist the
collaboration of Japan in their projects for se-
curity and welfare in the Pacific area. I cannot
suggest specific and positive methods, because
it is t«o early to envisage the state of affairs at
the end of the war, the relative military and

JANUARY 1, 1044

Id

economic strengths of the combatants and the
state of mind of their peoples. But I do be-
lieve that an attempt by the victors to prescribe
the form or the content of Japanese domestic
policy would make their task, already difficult
enough, impossible of execution.

"Similar difficulties are likely to arise out of
plans to dictate to Japan reforms in her system
of domestic government. They are likely to
engender more antagonism than agi'eement.
The important thing is not so much that the
Japanese should be told to abolish distasteful
features of their system as that they should
have some positive notions of what to put in
their place.

"The liberal democracies now fighting Japan
have reason to be proud of their past political
history and of the freedoms which they have
gained ; but we are most of us now agreed that
our political philosophies are due for some dras-
tic revision. It is only under the strain of war
that we begin to realize that the liberty of the
individual citizen has its essential counterpart
in his obligations. We find that our enemies,
who are not by our standards — or by any stand-
ards, for that matter — free men, are able to gain
victories which, making all allowance for their
material strength, depend in no small measure
upon a militant faith. It is, we believe firmly,
a mistaken, heretical faith, and its tenets are
propounded by its leaders in the language of
lunacy. But beneath all the mystical rubbish,
the mumbo- jumbo of the master race, the
special position in the universe, the divine mis-
sion and suchlike foolishness, there is a core of
genuine sentiment, a strong feeling of national
unity and national purpose in a society where
men's duties are felt to be more important than
their rights.

"Unless at the end of the war the Japanese
are in a state of helpless despair, and ready to
follow any strong lead, they are not likely to
adopt a ready-made 'way of life' of Western
pattern which does not offer better prospect of
reconciling rights and duties throughout the
community than does our own peace-time sys-
tem of liberal democracy. They will, I feel

sure, for better or worse work out their own
system by trial and error upon the basis of their
own traditions.

"I do not venture to hazard a prediction, but
I should not be surprised if, in favourable con-
ditions, they developed a more modern and
democratic type of constitutional monarchy;
and I am interested to find that Dr. Hu Shih,
for whose judgment I have great respect, thinks
that this is not unlikely."

Byas, in his admirable book Government hy
Assassination, writes :

"Japan's spiritual malady is the same as Ger-
many's—a false philosophy. It is a belief that
the Japanese race and state are one and the
same and that it has unique qualities that make
it superior to its neighbors and give it a special
mission to perform . . .

"This false philosophy has been so sedulously
inculcated and so eagerly swallowed that at
last a policy of live and let live, a position of
equality, and a willingness to compromise seem
intolei-able hmniliations. The only position
Japan will consider is that of overlord and
protector of East Asia. . . .

"For our own future and not for that of
Japan we must continue the war until the
Japanese forces have been driven from the
regions they have invaded. Yet in saving our-
selves we are saving the Japanese people. The
false philosophy they have taken to their heart
will never be discredited until it comes back to
them in defeat, humiliation, and loss. Peace
without victory, if we accepted it, would be to
them a mere cloak to save our face. They
would readily join in the fraud for the benefits
it would bring them, but the whole false mo-
rality which underlies their policy would be re-
inforced, and their gains would be the jumping-
off place for fresh wars. . . .

"The Japanese people must be their own lib-
erators from a faked religion and a fraudulent
Constitution. But our victory will start the
process and help it along. It will cure them of
the illusion that aggression pays and it will
open wide a better way to their renascent
national energies. . . .

20

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETENI

"We want the Japanese people to recognize
the war for what it was — a bloody and useless
sacrifice to false gods. . . .

"We are laying the foundations of a new
order which we conceive to be suited to the
modern world in which we live. The riches of
the earth will be freely and fairly open to all
nations, and the primitive or backward or
simply weak peoples will have the protection of
an authority representing civilized humanity
instead of being left to the chance that may
give them a mild or a harsh taskmaster.

"If we consider fifty years of modern Japan
and not the gangster decade alone, we are en-
titled to believe that Japan has qualities that
will again fit it to be a member of this new order.
Japan is now possessed by the evil genius that
it loves, but tliere is another Japan and it has
a contribution to make to the world. . . .

"We want to live in peace and devote our
energies to our own well-being. We want to
start on the tremendous task of adjusting our
lives to a civilization of abundance. We want
to raise the level of subsistence and to create
economic security for all and on that founda-

tion to erect a free universal culture such as
the world has not seen.

"In that order there can be a place for Japan."

ENEMY BROADCASTS ALLEGING RECOG-
NITION BY SPAIN OF THE MUSSOLINI
REGIME

[Released to the press December 31]

The Department of State, on hearing the
German and Italian Fascist broadcasts that
Spain had recognized the Mussolini regime, im-
mediately instructed the American ^bnbassador
at Madrid to inquire of the Spanish Govern-
ment whether these reports were true.

The American Ambassador at Madrid has
replied as follows: A high official of the
Spanish Foreign Office has stated that the Ger-
man and Italian broadcasts which alleged recog-
nition by Spain of the Mussolini regime are
flagrant lies and that the Government of Spain
has not recognized and has no intention of
recognizing the Mussolini regime. This For-
eign Office official described the broadcasts in
question as propaganda designed to create dif-
ficulties between Spain and the United Nations.

American Republics

RESOLUTION REGARDING RECOGNITION OF NEW GOVERNIVIENTS INSTITUTED

BY FORCE

[Released to the press December 27]

The English text of a telegram to the Secre-
tary of State from Dr. Alberto Guani, Presi-
dent, Emergency Advisory Committee for
Political Defense, follows:

Montevideo, Uruguay,

December 2^, 19^3.
I have the honor of transmitting to Your
Excellency the text of the recommendation ap-
proved this date by the Emergency Consulta-
tive Committee for Political Defense :

"Whereas :

"(a) That notwithstanding the lack of suc-
cess in its purposes of annulling the contribution
which the American peoples are n'laking to the
war eifort and to the political defense of the
continent, in compliance with the agreements
in effect, it is evident that the Axis continues to
exert itself to carry out these designs, with
grave danger that totalitarian elements may
through force take possession of governments
of American Republics, separating them from
the principles of union and solidarity adopted

JANUARY 1, 1944

21

in the face of the common enemy and from
support to the cause of the United and Asso-
ciated Nations;

"(i) That rights and duties are derived from
the aforementioned agreements which conse-
crate the solidarity which should exist between
said Republics for the defense of the continent
against the dangers indicated in the preceding
paragraph ;

"(c) That the third consultative meeting of
the Ministers of Foreign Affairs, in creating
this Committee, assigned to it the mandate of
recommending measures with respect to the
problems relating to all aspects of the defense
of the continent against the political aggression
of the Axis ;

"7'Ae Emergency Consultative Committee for
Political Defense

"Resolves :

" 'To recommend to the American Govern-
ments which have declared war on the Axis
powers or have broken relations with them,
that for the duration of the present world con-
flict they do not proceed to the recognition of
a new government instituted by force, before
consulting among themselves for the purpose of
determining whether this government complies
with the Inter- American midertakings for the
defense of the continent, nor before carrying
out an exchange of information as to the cir-
cumstances which have determined the estab-
lishment of said government.'

"In communicating said resolution and by
express provision of the Committee, I have the
particular honor to express that it does not
refer to any particular case, but has been
adopted having in view the general interests of
continental political defense."

I greet Your Excellency with my highest and
most distinguished consideration.

Alberto Gtjani

The Secretary of State on December 27 sent
the following reply to Dr. Guani :

I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt
of Your Excellency's telegram of December 24
transmitting the text of a i-esolution approved
by the Emergency Advisory Committee for
Political Defense on December 23 in which it
resolved :

"To recommend to the American Govern-
ments which have declared war on the Axis
powers or have broken relations with them, that
for the duration of the present world conflict
they do not proceed to the recognition of a new
government instituted by force, before consult-
ing among themselves for the purpose of deter-
mining whether this government complies with
the Inter-American undertakings for the de-
fense of the continent, nor before carrying out
an exchange of information as to the circum-
stances which have determined the establish-
ment of said government."

I desire to inform you that this Government
wholeheartedly approves of the foregoing reso-
lution. In accordance with it, this Government
stands ready to consult and exchange informa-
tion with the other American Republics which
have declared war against or have severed dip-
lomatic relations with the Axis, in situations to
which the resolution applies.

CoRDELL Hull

General

NEW YEAR MESSAGE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE

[Released to tlie press December 31]

Tlie Secretary of State, in reply to a cor-
respondent's question whether he had in mind
a New Year message to the American people,
made the following statement :

"We have just ended a year which shook our
Axis enemies to their very foundations and
which witnessed on our side an upsurge of
united power that will carry us to victory. Our
confidence in victory must, however, be depend-
ent on the unremitting and all-embracing ef-
forts of every man and woman."

22

OfiPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTNI

Treaty Information

AUTOMOTIVE

Convention on the Regulation of Inter-
American Automotive Traffic

[Released to the press December 31]

On December 31, 1943, the Honorable Cordell
Hull, Secretary of State and representative of
the United States of America on the Governing
Board of the Pan American Union, signed in
his office the Convention on the Regulation of
Inter-American Automotive Traffic.

The convention was opened for signature at
the Pan American Union on December 15, 1943
and was signed on that date by the representa-
tives of nine of the American republics, namely,
Bolivia, Brazil, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, Guatemala, Haiti, Nicaragua, and
Peru.

The convention contains a preamble and 22
articles, with 2 annexes. In general, the pro-
visions are designed to stimulate and facilitate
motor travel between the countries of this
hemisphere by simplifying certain formalities
so far as practicable. The convention estab-
lishes certain uniform rules for international
automotive traffic, in relation to such matters
as registration, driving licenses, standards of
size and equipment, and the keeping of records
of international automotive traffic.

It is provided in article XIX that the con-
vention in Spanish, English, Portuguese, and
French shall be opened for signature by the
American republics, and also that it shall be
opened for the adherence and accession of
American states which are not members of the
Pan American Union. It is provided in article
XX that the convention shall be ratified in
conformity with the respective constitutional
procedures of the signatories, the instruments
of ratification to be deposited with the Pan
American Union. Article XXI provides that
the convention shall come into force between
the parties in the order in which they deposit

their respective ratificaftions. Article XXII
provides that the convention shall remain in
effect indefinitely but may be denounced by
any party, so far as such party is concerned, by
means of one year's notice given to "the Pan
American Union.

The convention was signed for the United
States subject to a reservation with respect to
article XV. Article XV provides that each
government may establish requirements deemed
necessary to record the passage of vehicles and
operators into and out of its territory and that,
if such records be maintained, they shall in-
clude a notation that the vehicle has complied
with certain provisions of the convention relat-
ing to standards of size and equiinnent. The
reservation indicates that nothing in article XV
shall be construed to require the use of personnel
and facilities for the purpose of determining
compliance with such provisions whenever, in
the opinion of the competent authorities, there
would result an impairment of essential services
or an undue hmdrance to the movement of auto-
motive traffic into and from the territory of the
United States. This reservation is consistent
with article IV of the convention, which pro-
vides that the contracting states shall not allow
to be put into effect customs measures which
will hinder international travel.

MILITARY AND NAVAL MISSIONS
Agreement With Iran

The American Legation at Tehran has trans-
mitted to the Department of State with its
despatch 748 of December 1, 1943 the signed
originals in English and Persian of a military-
mission agreement between the United States
and Iran, signed at Tehran November 27, 1943
by Louis G. Dreyfus, Jr., American Minister at
Tehran, and Mohammed Saed, Minister of
Foreign Affairs of Iran.

This agreement, which was concluded in con-
formity with the request of the Government of
Iran, is made effective as of October 2, 1942
and will continue in force for two years, but
may be extended beyond the two-year period

JANUARY 1, 1944

23

by mutual agi-eenient of the two Governments.
The purpose of the military mission to which
the agreement relates is to advise and assist the
Ministry of Interior of Iran in the reorganiza-
tion of the Imperial Iranian Gendarmerie.
The agreement contains provisions similar in
general to provisions contained in agreements
between the United States and a number of the
other American republics providing for the
detail of officers of the United States Army or
Navy to advise the armed forces of those
countries.

The Department

RESIGNATION OF THOMAS BURKE AS
CHIEF OF DIVISION OF INTERNA.
TIONAL COMMUNICATIONS

[Released to the press December 30]

The Secretary of State has sent the follow-
ing letter to Mr. Thomas Burke, who for the
past five and a half years has been Chief of tiu
Division of International Communications
and who has resigned that position in order to
enter private business.

December 30, 1943.
Dear Mr. Burke :

I have received your letter of December
twenty -first tendering your resignation as Chief
of the Division of International Communica-
tions effective upon the termination of such
leave of absence to which you may be entitled.

I very much appreciate the splendid services
which you have rendered during the past five
and a half years. I recognize, however, the
force of the reasons which have led you to con-
clude that you should transfer your activities
to another field and I therefore accept your
resignation with regret, to be effective at the
close of business on April 28, 1944, and I au-
thorize you to take leave of absence to begin at
the close of business on December 31, 1943.

With best wishes for your future happiness
and success, I am

Sincerely yours,

CORDELL HULI^

Publications

Department of State

Health and Sanitation Program: Agreement Between
the United States of America and the Dominican
Republic— Effected by exchange of notes signed at
Ciudad Trujlllo June 19 and July 7, 1943. Execu-
tive Agreement Series 346. Publication 2032. 6 pp
50.

Military Service: Agreement Between the United
States of America and Czechoslovakia— Effected by
exchanges of notes signed at Washington April 3,
1942 and September 29 and October 21, 1943 ; effec-
tive September 29, 1943. Executive Agreement
Series 341. Publication 2037. 6 pp. 50.

Military Aviation Mission: Agreement Between the
United States of America and Paraguay— Signed at
Washington October 27, 1943; effective October 27,
1943. Executive Agreement Series 343. Publication
2038. 10 pp. 50.

V. i. COVERNHENT PRrNTINC OFFICE: IB44

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office. Washington. D. C.
Price. 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PDBLISBED WEEKLY WITH THE APPEOVAL OF THE DIRECTOB OP THE BUEEAD OF THE BODGBT

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

"x^

J

J

H

"^ rm

J

Tin

JANUARY 8, 1944
Vol. X, No. 237— Publication 2047

C

ontents

The War Pag«

Lend-Lease Operations 27

American Republics

The New Government in Bolivia:

Resolution of the Emergency Advisory Committee

for Political Defense Regarding Recognition . . 28

Statement by the Secretary of State 29

Payment by Mexico Under the Special Claims Con-
vention of 1934 29

Visit to the United States of the President of Vene-
zuela 29

The Department

"The Department of State Speaks" 30

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.
Establishment Under Anglo-American Caribbean Com-
mission of a System of West Indian Conferences . 37

Treaty Information

Mutual Aid : Agreement With Liberia Relating to Con-
struction of a Port and Port Works on the Coast
of Liberia 38

Nationality: Convention on the Nationality of

Women 39

Navigation: Conventions Regarding Collisions at Sea,

Assistance and Salvage at Sea, and Bills of Lading . 39

Strategic Materials: Agreement Regarding the 1944

Cuban Sugar Crop 40

Publications 40

U. S, SUPFRIMTFMDENT OF DOCUMENTt
JArJ 21 1944

The War

LEND-LEASE OPERATIONS

On January 6 the President sent the following
letter of transmittal on lend-lease operations to
Congress :

"I am transmitting herewith, pursuant to law,
the Thirteenth Report of Operations under the
Lend-Lease Act.

"The coming year will be a year of decisive
actions in the war. By combining tlieir
strength, the United Nations have increased the
power of the common drive to defeat the Axis.
We have already beaten back our enemies on
every front on which we are engaged.

"At Teheran and Cairo, plans were agreed
.upon for major offensives, which will speed the
day of victory. With the closer unity there
achieved, we shall be able to strike ever-increas-
ing blows until the unconditional surrender of
the Nazis and Japanese.

"Mutual aid has contributed substantially to
the strength of the United Nations. The flow of
lend-lease assistance from the United States to
our allies and of reverse lend-lease assistance
from our allies to us has increased the power of
our united offensives. The lend-lease program
has made stronger the ties that bind the United
Nations together for common victory and in
common determination to assure a lasting peace.

"Each of the United Nations is giving what
it can to the accomplishment of our objectives —
in fighting manpower and in war production.
Some countries, like the United States and Can-

ada, located away from the fighting theaters of
war, are able to make available to other United
Nations large quantities of food and manufac-
tured arms. Others, like the Soviet Union and
China, require virtually everything they can
I'aise and produce in order to fight the enemy on
their own soil. And still others, like the United
Kingdom and Australia, can make available
substantial quantities of war material to their
allies but must necessarily retain most of their
war supplies and food for their own forces.

"Whether food and war supplies should be
transferred by one of the United Nations to an-
other or retained for its own forces depends on
the strategic military necessities of war.

"Our common objective is that all the planes
and all the tanks and all the food and other
equipment that all the United Nations tcjgether
can produce should be used as effectively as pos-
sible by our combined forces to hasten the defeat
of tlie enemy.

"The cost of the war to us, and to our allies, is
high in any terms. The more fully we can now
mobilize our manpower, our supplies, and our
other resources for the decisive tasks ahead, the
earlier will victory be ours and the lower the
final cost — in lives and in material wealth.

"The United Nations enter the new year
stronger and more firmly united than ever be-
fore. Germany and Japan will both soon learn
that to their sorrow."

27

American Republics

THE NEW GOVERNMENT IN BOLIVIA

Resolution of the Emergency Advisory C ommittee for Political Defense Regarding

Recognition

[Released to the press January 6]

The English text of a telegram to the Secre-
tary of State from Dr. Alberto Guani, Presi-
dent of the Emergency Advisory Committee for
Political Defense, and the Secretary's reply
thereto, follow:

Montevideo, Uruguay,

JwnvMi'y 5, 1944-

I have the honor to transmit to Your Excel-
lency the text of the recommendation approved
this date by the Emergency Consultative Com-
mittee for Political Defense:

"Whereas :

"(«) The Emergency Advisory Committee
for Political Defense in its resolution XXII,
approved aiid transmitted December 24, 1943,
recommended 'to the American Governments
which have declared war on the Axis powers
or have broken relations with them, that for the
duration of the present world conflict they do
not proceed to the recognition of a new govern-
ment instituted by force, before- consulting
among themselves for the purpose of determin-
ing whether this government complies with the
Inter-American undertakings for the defense
of the continent, nor before carrying out an
exchange of information as to the circumstances
which have determined the establishment of
said government';

"(&) Almost all of the governments to which
the recommendation was transmitted have
already advised the Committee of their accept-
ance, confirming the principles of Inter- Amer-
ican solidarity for the defense of the continent
upon which the said resolution is based and
recognizing that the resolution respects the free
decision of each Government ;

2S

"(c) Subsequent to the adoption of the said
resolution by the Committee developments re-
lating to the situation created through the estab-
lishment by force of a new government in Bo-
livia indicate, as the American Governments
will appreciate, the urgent need for the appli-
cation of the procedure which the Committee
has recommended;

"The Emergency Advisory Committee for

Political Defense

"Eesolves :

"To recommend to the Governments of the
American Republics which have declared war
on the Axis powers or have broken diplomatic
relations with them, that before proceeding to
recognize the new government of Bolivia they
carry out as soon as possible, through regular
diplomatic channels, both the consultations and
the exchange of information recommended in
resolution XXII of this Committee, for the pur-
poses therein indicated."

I greet Your Excellency [etc.]

Alberto Guani

January 6, 1944.
I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt
of Your Excellency's telegram of January 5
transmitting to me the text of the resolution
adopted by the Emergency Advisory Commit-
tee for Political Defense on that day resolving :

"to recommend to the Governments of the
American Republics which have declared war
on the Axis Powers or have broken diplomatic
relations with them, that before proceeding to
recognize the new Government of Bolivia they
carry out as soon as possible, through regular

JANUARY 8, 1944

29

diplomatic channels, both the consultations and
the exchange of information recommended in
Kesolution XXII of the Committee, for the pur-
poses therein indicated."

In reply, I desire to inform you that this Gov-
ernment is in hearty accord with this resolution,
as with the prior resolution to which it refers,
and that this Govermnent will promptly engage
in the recommended consultations and ex-
changes of infoi'mation with the other eighteen
interested Kepublics. In adopting these reso-
lutions, the Committee over which you have the
honor to preside has, in the judgment of this
Govenmient, rendered distinguished service to
the cause of hemispheric solidarity and security.

CoKDELL Hull

Statement by the Secretary of State

[Released to the press January 7]

It is my information that by the consultation
now in progress there is already taking place
considerable exchange of information regard-
ing the origin of the revolution in Bolivia. " This
assembling of facts should soon permit each
government to reach its own conclusions. The
information now available here increasingly
strengthens the belief t^at forces outside of
Bolivia and unfriendly to the defense of the
American republics inspired and aided the Bo-
livian revolution.

PAYMENT BY MEXICO UNDER THE SPE-
CIAL CLAIMS CONVENTION OF 1934

[Released to the press January 3]

The Ambassador of Mexico has presented to
the Secretary of State the Mexican Govern-
ment's check for $500,000 in payment of the
tenth annual instalment, due January 1. 1944,
in accordance with article II of the convention
between the United States of America and the
United Mexican States, signed at Mexico City
on April 24, 1934, providing for the en bloc set-
tlement of the claims presented by the Govern-
ment of the United States to the commission

established by the Special Claims Convention,
concluded September 10, 1923.

The Ambassador of Mexico also presented a
check covering interest due under article III of
the convention of April 24, 1934.

The Secretary of State requested the Ambas-
sador of Mexico to convey to his Government an
expression of this Government's appreciation.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE
PRESIDENT OF VENEZUELA

[Released to the press January 5]

His Excellency General Isaias Medina Anga-
rita, President of Venezuela, will arrive in
Washington on January 19 as a guest of the
United States Government.

President Medina and the members of his
party will remain in Washington for about four
days, and while here they will be received by
President Roosevelt at the White House, where
a dinner will be given in honor of the visiting
head of state. The Secretary of State and
others will also entertain the presidential party
while here. President Medina will also be re-
ceived at the Capitol, where it is expected that
he will be invited to address the Congress. A
special session of the Governing Board of the
Pan American Union will be held in his honor.

Following his visit to Washington President
Medina will spend a day in Philadelphia and
visit Independence Hall. He will be the guest
of honor at a luncheon given by Mayor Bernard
Samuel. From Philadelphia the President of
Venezuela will go to New York and remain
there for about a week.

The members of the Venezuelan presidential
party are as follows : Seiior Don Rodolfo Rojas,
Minister of the Treasury; Seiior Dr. Manuel
Silveira, Minister of Public Works ; Seiior Dr.
Gustavo Manrique-Pacanins, Attorney Gen-
eral; Comdr. Antonio Picardi, Chief of the
Naval Division of the Ministry of War and
Navy; Senior Don Jesiis Maria Herrera-Men-
doza, President of the Central Bank of Vene-

30

DEPARTMETSTT OF STATE BULLETTN

zuela; Senor Don Eugenio Mendoza, former
Minister of National Development; Senor Dr.
Manuel Perez-Guerrero, Acting Secretary to

the President ; Col. Alfredo Jurado, Aide to the
President; and Ensign Elio Quintero-Medina,
Aide to the President.

The Department

'THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE SPEAKS'

[Released to the press January S]

The text of the first of a series of four broad-
casts over the National Broadcasting Company
entitled "Tlie Department of State Speaks",
follows :

Participants

Edward R. Stettinius, Jr.
James Clement Dunn

Leo Pasvolskt

MiCHAEi, J. McDermott

Under Secretary of State

Adviser to the Secretary of
State on Political Rela-
tions, for the European
area

Special Assistant to the
Secretary, in charge of
post-war planning

Chief of the Division of
Current Information
RiCHAKD Habkness Representing the public

Washington ANNonNCEK : For the American
people, the National Broadcasting Company
launches tonight a limited series of programs
called "The State Department Speaks". To in-
troduce the series — to tell you the ideas behind
it — we present the Honorable Edward R. Stet-
tinius, Under Secretary of State. Mr. Stet-
tinius.

Stettinius: A few weeks ago the National
Broadcasting Company invited the Department
of State to participate in four broadcasts to tell
the American people more about our work in
the Government, and something about the prob-
lems involved in carrying out an American for-
eign policy. We in the Department of State
were very glad to accept this proposal because
we want to use every opportunity to keep the

public informed about what the Government
of the United States is doing to meet our inter-
national problems. It is your Government and
it is you who in the long run determine what
our foreign policy shall be. As most of you
know, the Department of State is the only de-
partment of your Government which deals di-
rectly with governments of foreign countries.
At its head is the President's senior Cabinet
officer, Secretary of State Cordell Hull.

During this evening's program and the other
I^rograms in this series, Mr. Richard Harkness,
NBC commentator, will undertake to represent
you, the public, in putting questions to the State
Department officials who appear on the pro-
gram. Mr. Harkness has warned us that he is
not going to be satisfied with any "handouts".
He says he is going to ask questions which he
thinks you people would ask, if you had the
chance. We have told Mr. Harkness that we
would try to answer them as fully as we can.

AVe shall make available to him as many of
the responsible officials of the Department as he
wants to talk to, and his list for the four pro;
grams already includes Secretary Hull, all the
Assistant Secretaries of State, several division
chiefs, special advisers, at least one Ambassa-
dor, and myself as Under Secretary. Because
the Department of State works closely with the
Congress in the formulation of foreign policy,
you will also hear from some of our congres-
sional leaders during the course of these broad-
casts. The National Broadcasting Company is
to be congratulated for this effort to bring closer

JANUARY 8, 194 4

31

together tlie State Department as a whole and
the millions of people it represents in their deal-
ings ^Yith foreign nations. Now Richard Hark-
ness will carry on with the first program of "The
State Department Speaks".

Harkxess: Thank you, Mr. Stettinius, and
good evening, ladies and gentlemen. This is
Richard Harkness. I'm speaking to you from a
large four-storied building on Pennsylvania
Avenue, in "Washington, next door to the White
House. If you're ever looking out of a window
in this building, and you see a man on the street
shudder when he looks toward it, you can bet
your life that man is an architect. For this
building — the Old Lady of Pennsylvania Ave-
nue they call it — is no aesthetic treat. Its pil-
lars and columns and cupolas, its whole ginger-
bread granite construction, goes back to a time
that is dead and gone. Amen. But don't get
me wrong! The Old Lady of Pennsylvania
Avenue has no hang-dog appearance ! For this
grand old building is the home of our Depart-
ment of State — the official address of the man
\\ho would succeed to the Presidency in case of
the death or incapacity of the President and
Vice President. Its rooms are shrines to many
stirring events that dot the pages of our na-
tional history — tragic reminders of others.

I'm sitting here in the office of the Secretary
of State. Across the way is the waiting-room
■Q'here Messrs. Nomura and Kurusu sat on that
fateful Sunday in 1941. Up on the walls of
this room are the portraits of some of our most
distinguished Secretaries of State — men who
have moulded and guided our foreign policy
down through the years. There's Stimson,
Secretary of State when the Japanese first
started their conquest in Manchuria in 1931 —
now our Secretary of War.

There's Kellogg, the author of the Kellogg
pact, who tried so hard to outlaw war forever.
There's Woodrow Wilson's Secretary of State
Lansing, and the venerable, bearded Charles
Evans Hughes, who served under Harding and
Coolidge. Yes, there are memories in this room,
many of them, and a spirit of dignity and in-

tegrity seems to be part of it — a spirit that is
the proud heritage of our Department of State.
Yes, this is the room where Secretary Hull meets
the press every day, but I'm the only newsman
here tonight. I'm here as your representative.
I'm here to find out what goes on within these
walls — to try to peek behind the veil of mystery
and secrecy which popular tradition says sur-
rounds the activities of the State Department.
But I can be successful as your representative
only if you help me. Write me the questions
you want answered about our State Department.
I can't promise to use them all, nor to acknowl-
edge them, but I'll use some of them, and, in
any case, your questions will help guide me in
laying out my interviews with the individuals
Mr. Stettinius mentioned a few moments ago.

And now let's get on with the first set of them.
I found through experience that one of the best
men to go to for information down here is
Michael J. McDermott, known affectionately
throughout the State Department and to every
newspaperman in Wasliington as "Mac". He is
the Chief of the Division of Current Informa-
tion. He's the guy who keeps us newsmen
posted on what's going on in foreign affairs and
he's always ready for us, day and night. Mac
is right here with me now, as are two other gen-
tlemen you will be glad to meet. But before I
talk to them, Mac, tell me, does your division
have any share in formulating the foreign
policy of the United States?

McDermott: Let me answer you this way,
Dick. Every man and woman in the United
States who is so inclined can have a share in
formulating our foreign policy, but in order to
do tliis, they need accurate information to guide
them in forming their opinions. We help to
make information on foreign affairs available
to them through press and radio fellows like
yourself, and so we help them judge and analyze
for themselves what is going on in the world.
And, as I said before, they in turn — I am talk-
ing now about the man in the street — decide in
the last analysis what our national foreign
policy shall be,

32

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETENl

Harkness : I see. In other words, you're say-
ing that the work of our free press and radio has
a lot to do with the actual formulation of our
foreign policy by giving the people the facts on
which they form their opinions.

McDermott: Eight, but I know what's on
your mind primarily tonight, Dick. You're in-
terested in getting some straight dope on the
Moscow Conference and what goes on in our
post-war planning work.

Harkness : You bet I am.

McDekmott: "Well, here are two gentlemen,
two exjDerts, who will be able to help you out.
Each of them has made a life study of inter-
national affairs. Mr. James C. Dunn has spe-
cialized particularly in international jaolitical
relations, and Mr. Leo Pasvolsky is known as an
outstanding expert on international economic
affairs. And so all I can say to you, Dick, is
go ahead and ask them anything you want. I
am sure they'll do their best to answer you.

Harkness: O. K. Mac, I think I'll start
with Mr. Pasvolsky, who, I understand, is a
Special Assistant to the Secretary of State in
charge of post-war planning. Is that right,
sir?

Pasvolsky : Yes, that's right.

Harkness: Well, do you mind telling me
something about what you post-war planners
do, and how you got started and what not ?

Pasvolsky : Certainly, Mr. Harkness. Wlien
war came in Europe we faced one of the most
difficult jobs of international relations in our
history. It entailed not only the conduct of
foreign affairs in a world at war, but also prepa-
ration for meeting the problems which this
country was bound to face after the fighting was
over.

Harkness: Are you saying, Mr. Pasvolsky,
that our State Department's preparations for
meeting post-war problems began upon the out-
break of war in Europe in 1939 ?

Pasvolsky: That's right. And, we were
actually at work early in 1940.

Harkness: How did you begin?

Pasvolsky: We started off with a group of

committees to study the future implications for
this country of what was happening elsewhere
in the world. In February 1941, the Depart-
ment created a special research unit for this
purpose. Of course, both the committee and
research work became real post-war planning
after December 7, 1941.

Harkness: Well, that's getting an early
start; tell me — what are the main subjects your
planning unit is working on today ?

Pasvolsky: First of all there is a group of
subjects relating to arrangements necessary for
the conclusion of the war. These comprise the
terms to be imposed on the enemy nations after
their surrender, including control of the enemy
countries after they have been occupied by the
United Nations forces, and the eventual defini-
tive peace terms.

Harkness : I see.

Pasvolsky: Another group of subjects re-
lates to liberated areas. Briefly, this entails ex-
ploring the problems of reestablislunent of in-
dependence in those countries which have been
deprived of their freedom by the Axis invaders.
Many of those countries, don't forget, will be
starving and disorganized. Tliey will need re-
lief and other help in reestablishing their eco-
nomic life.

Harkness: Of course. Go on, Mr. Pasvol-
sky.

Pasvolsky : A third group of subjects relates
to the all-important problem of providing for
the future maintenance of peace and security.

Harkness : Now you are reaching right into
the hearts of almost two billion people — two bil-
lion people who have learned now what total
war is and who never want to see another one.
What ofre our State Department's plans on how
to preserve the peace, Mr. Pasvolsky?

Pasvolsky : Well, we start with the basic as-
sumption that the elimination of war and the
establishment of security for all nations re-
quires cooperative effort on the part of the
peace-loving nations, based on order under law.

Harkness : Yes, but how are you going to get
nations to cooperate ? No one has ever yet suc-
ceeded in doing that for long.

JANUARY 8, 1944

33

Pasvolsky: We know that, Mr. Harkness,
only too well. But we are not and we must not
be discouraged. We believe that cooperation
between peace- and freedom-loving nations can
be achieved in time of peace as it has been
achieved in time of war. To do this these na-
tions must create certain facilities and instru-
mentalities for international action.

Harkness: Such as ?

Pasvolsky : Well, there must obviously be ar-
rangements for settling international disputes
by pacific means, rather than by recourse to war.
But above all, there must be arrangements for
suppressing aggression.

Hakkness : Now wait a moment, Mr. Pasvol-
sky. Seems to me that was tried once before,
with the League of Nations.

Pasvolsky: Yes, it was — up to a point. But
this time, as Secretary Hull has long main-
tained, there must be the clear certainty for all
concerned that breaches of the peace will not
be tolerated, that they will be suppressed — by
force, if necessary.

Harkness : Good ! You suggested a question
to me which I will ask you later, Mr. Pasvolsky,
but please continue. Sorry to interrupt.

Pasvolsky : Think nothing of it, ]\Ir. Hark-
ness, we're used to interruptions. The fourth
group of subjects in our post-war work covers
the problem of developing relations among na-
tions which will help improve their economic
and social conditions. This field includes so
many ramifications dealing with trade barriers,
tariffs, cartels, aviation, shipping, labor stand-
ards, migration, education, and so forth, that I
could keep you here for hours talking about
them. We are trying hard not to miss one prac-
tical idea or plan through which international
cooperation can help make this a better world
to live in. I might add, Mr. Harkness, that we
are not so foolish as to think we can solve these
problems in the State Department alone or
even in the Government as a whole. It's a
tough job which will take the best thought and
effort of all of us.

Harkness: I sure agree with you on that.
But tell me, what happens to all these plans of

your group? As soon as they're formulated
they immediately become part of our foreign
policy — is that it?

Pasvolsky : Oh, indeed no ! Not that easy !
It's more like the camel going through the eye
of the needle. Here's what happens, Mr. Harkr
ness. Each question is thoroughly explored
by the Department's expert staff, in cooperation
with experts of other departments and agencies.
All available information is analyzed and woven
into memoranda which set forth the pertinent
facts about the particular problem and the alter-
native methods open to us for solving the prob-
lem. The memoranda are examined and dis-
cussed by committees or less formal groups, and
the resulting conclusions are embodied in rec-
ommendations as to the most desirable of the
alternative solutions. Tliese recommendations
go to the Secretary of State and, through him,
to the President. But even then, before taking
final decisions, the Secretary and the President
discuss the matter with high officials of the Gov-
ernment and also with members of Congress and
with competent persons outside the Govern-
ment. These decisions become our basic line of
policy to be pursued in negotiations with other
governments.

Harkness: Safe and sane is the word for it,
Mr. Pasvolsky. Seriously though, it's good to
know, as just an ordinary everyday American,
that so much careful thought and consideration
are being given to the planning of our foi-eign
policy.

Pasvolsky : Of course, you mustn't forget one
important thing, Mr. Harlaiess. All the careful
plans in the world are of no use until they are
agi-eed to by the other nations involved, and
such agreement can come only after discussions
and negotiations with those nations.

Harkness : I can see that. Wouldn't you say
that one of the best examples of translating post-
war planning into action was the famous Mos-
cow Conference?

Pasvolsky : Without a doubt, Mr. Harkness.

Harkness : Fine ! Let's see then what hap-
pened to those plans of yours at Moscow. Mr.
McDermott, you went to Moscow, didn't you?

34

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTNi

McDermott: Yes, I did, but here's the man
who really can tell you what happened there:
Mr. James C. Dunn, Adviser to the Secretary of
State on Political Relations for the European
Area.

Harkness : O. K., Mr. Dunn. Let's get right
down to business. You went to Moscow your-
self, and I suppose you were in on all the ar-
rangements that had to be made before the Con-
ference could be held.

Dunn : Yes, I was.

Harkness: I imagine making the prepara-
tions for such a momentous meeting as the Mos-
cow Conference is not exactly child's play, Mr.
Dunn.

Dunn : You're certainly right about that, Mr.
Harkness. The Moscow Conference didn't just
up and happen over night. A lot of mighty
hard work went into the preparations for that
meeting of Mi-. Hull, Mr. Molotov, and Mr.
Eden. As Mr. Pasvolsky just explained, we
had behind us almost three years of general
preparations on post-war problems. That was
the bedrock on the basis of which we were able
to compress our final preparations into four or
five weeks.

Harkness: That's very interesting and sig-
nificant— you had four or five weeks' actual
preparation for the Conference. Let's see now,
your meeting in Moscow began on October 19 —
that means the act^ial decision to hold the Con-
ference must have been made sometime in early
September 1943. Am I about right, Mr. Dunn ?

Dunn: Yes — you're 100 percent correct on
that one, Mr. Harkness. The decision to hold
the Moscow meeting was made by President
Eoosevelt, Marshal Stalin, and Prime Minister
Churchill very shortly after the Quebec Con-
ference.

Harkness: That's an interesting piece of
news. What were the reasons for the Moscow
Conference? What did you expect to accom-
plish ? What did Russia want — and what did
we want ?

Dunn: Well, bringing it down to almost
ridiculous simplicity, the Russians were primar-

ily interested in matters of military aid and
cooperation to crush Nazi Germany as quickly
as possible. We, of course, were equally con-
cerned with this question. But, in addition to
that, we were vitally interested in finding out
Russia's attitude on cooperation in building a
cUu'able peace after the victory had been won.
Secretary Hull knew that that question had to
be faced and that the sooner it ums faced the
better for all of us — Russia, Britain, China, and
the United States. And that's why there was a
Moscow Conference and why the Secretary
traveled 25 thousand miles by air and sea to
make our contribution to its success.

Harkness : Well, what happened at the Con-
ference, Mr. Dunn?

Dunn : Secretary Hull, as soon as he arrived,
pointed out to Marshal Stalin and Foreign Min-
ister Molotov that the nations represented at
the Conference and their leaders faced a greater
responsibility for the future life, liberty, and
happiness for their own and all other peoples
than any nations or statesmen had ever faced
before.

Harkness : That's no kidding !

Dunn : He made it quite clear that he would
speak frankly in the national interests of the
United States, but he also said that he was con-
vinced that there was sufficient common ground
between the national interests of the three coun-
tries to laj' the basis for a better woi'ld.

Harkness: How did the Russians take that?

Dunn : I think they liked it.

Harkness: What woidd you say was the
greatest achievement of the Moscow Confer-
ence?

Dunn : I'd say it was the Four-Nations Dec-
laration, including, as the President and Secre-
tary Hull so strongly desired, the great Repub-
lic of China.

Harkness : What are some of the big points
in the Four-Nations Declaration ?

Dunn : Well, here are several of the main
points: In the first place, the four nations re-
affirm their determination to continue the fight
until their respective enemies have laid down

JANUARY 8, 194 4

35

their arms in unconditional surrender; sec-
ondly, the four nations will continue their pres-
ent united cooperation into the future to or-
ganize and maintain peace; and finally, a
general international organization should be
established as soon as possible, based on the
principle of the sovereign equality of all peace-
loving states, and open to membershijj of all
such states, large and small, for the mainte-
nance of international peace and security.

Haekness: Then, as I understand that im-
portant last point, this does not mean that the
"Big Four" nations exjsect to run the world
alone, according to their own desires.

Dunn : Absolutely not, Mr. Harkness ! And
tliat's a very important point. The President
and Secretary Hull had long held the convic-
tion that the only sure method of maintaining
the security of the United States in the future
and avoiding other terrible wars was the estab-
lishment of a general system of international co-
operation in which all nations, large and small,
would play their part. This basic principle be-
came the core of the preliminary draft of the
Four-Nations Declaration which the Secretary
of State took with him to the Moscow Confer-
ence.

Harkness: Wliat was that you said, Mr.
Dunn? Did I understand you to say that Sec-
retary Hull took the draft of the Four-Nations
Declaration with him to Moscow?

Dunn : Yes, that's correct — he did.

Harkness: Hmm! Mac, that's something
you didn't tell us. Well, anyway, Mr. Dunn,
you really mean without any reservations that
the Moscow Conference was a success.

Dunn: Yes, Mr. Harkness. The Moscow
Conference marked a dramatic and monumen-
tal milestone in the development of our foreign
policy, not because it settled all the difficult
issues but, rather, because it settled the most
important single question, which up to that
time no man could answer with certainty.

Hakkness: What was that?

Dunn : That question was whether the Soviet
Union, the United Kingdom, China, and our-
selves were determined to seek their, and the

world's, salvation through international coop-
eration, or whether they had other plans and
designs for the future.

Harkness: And the answer to that question
was what we wanted ?

Dunn: Yes, it was, I am happy to say.
These four nations committed themselves to a
policy of continuing cooperation. If they
hadn't done so, the international future would
indeed be a hopeless one. The dread certainty
of a third world war would have settled on us
even before World War II was finished. I be-
lieve that this is the true meaning of Moscow —
by their pledge of a continued cooperation both
among themselves and with the other peace-lov-
ing nations of the world, these nations have
given assurance that the world has at least the
possibility of a peaceful future.

Harkness: Thanks a lot for those interesting
slants on the Moscow Conference, Mr. Dunn.

I've got several other questions I want to
ask you, but right now I'd like to put one to
Mr. Pasvolsky before it slips my mind or he
gets away from me. ilr. Pasvolsky, a little
while ago you mentioned that the State Depart-
ment believes that in the future, breaches of the
peace must be suppressed by force, if necessary.
Now does that mean an international police
force ?

Pasvolsky: You know, a lot of people are
talking about an international police force, but
nobody has as yet figured out just what it means.
So I can't give you a yes or no answer. But I
would like to say this : There are many ways
in which police power can be exercised to sup-
press aggression. We are exploring several
possibilities, but we cannot tell at this stage
what precise arrangements the nations will be
able to agree on. That will depend on a lot of
things here and abroad. But one thing is cer-
tain: there will be no commitment involving
this country without the clear approval of the
American people.

Harkness : In other words, that is one of the
answers which is yet to be worked out and
agreed upon, is that right?

Pasvolsky: It certainly is.

36

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETHSH

McDermott: Dick, might I add a word
there?,

Harkness : Surely, Mac, go ahead.

McDermott: That discussion between you
and Mr. Pasvolsky illustrates pretty well one
of the toughest problems we have in the State
Department. In a sense you didn't get an an-
swer to your last question, and yet Mr. Pas-
volsky did explain why he couldn't answer more
fully.

Harkness : Yes, and quite satisfactorily for
me.

McDermott: The point is that we're up
against that sort of thing day and night in the
State Department, and quite often there are
equally good reasons why a particular question
cannot be answered.

Harkess : Well, why, for instance ?

McDermott : Well, it might be for reasons of
military security, or possible use and distortion
by enemy propaganda, or possible embarrass-
ment to one of our Allies or a country whose
friendship or at least neutrality is important to
us. Wliatever the reason, Dick, you can be sure
that we don't hold back simply for the sake of
being mysterious.

ILvrkness: I know that, Mac, and I think
most of us would feel the same way you do
about those "no comment" cases if the tables
were switched and we were in the Department's
place.

Mr. Dunn, let me ask you this : Some people
have been saying that we are indifferent as to
whether Fascism stays in Italy so long as Mus-
solini is out. Is there anything to that ?

Dunn : There most certainly is not. We in-
tend to see that Fascism in Italy is pulled up by
the roots. This point was covered definitely by
one of the important declarations issued at the
Moscow Conference.

Hakkness: That's right, it was. And I'm
glad you reminded us of it, because I happen to
think that declaration on Italy merits a mighty
important and solid place in our foreign policy.

Mac, getting back to something you said ear-
lier and wliich a lot of people are always saying
around the State Department. You say it's the

130 million American citizens who in the final
analysis decide our foreign policy. Now that
sounds swell, Mac, and makes us all seem very
important, but what is the average citizen sup-
posed to do — pick up the phone and call Secre-
tary Hull in Washington and tell him what he
wants ? How about it, Mac ? How can the aver-
age person help guide American foreign policy ?

McDermott : Very simply, Dick. We have a
free press and a free radio in this country, and
we have representative government, and a mail-
ing system that is very, very inexpensive. Any-
body who wants to play a part in forming our
foreign policy has merely to sit down and write
a letter to his favorite editor, or write to his
Congressman, or his Senator, or to the Presi-
dent, or to the State Department and say what
he thinks. Also don't forget almost every indi-
vidual belongs to some gi'oup, whether it's a
labor, business, agricultural, church, or educa-
tional group, and through these or similar
groups, he can make himself heard in an effec-
tive way.

Harkness : In other words, it's democracy at
work again. Right, Mac?

McDermott: Eight.

Harkness: Well, time flies, gentlemen, even
in Washington. Our first half hour here at the
State Department is almost up.

I think it's been profitable and I want to
thank all of you, Messrs. Stettinius, Dunn,
Pasvolsky, and McDermott, for making it so. j
We've learned a lot from all of you this evening ;
we've been taken behind the scenes in the State
Department's post-war planning; we saw how
that planning became foreign policy in action
at the famous Moscow Conference; and we've
had a chance to get some important questions
answered.

N^ext week, ladies and gentlemen, I have an-
other fine group of interviews lined up, with
Under Secretary Stettinius, Assistant Secre- j
tary Shaw, Ambassador Winant, who will talk 1
to us from London, and Ambassador Robert D.
Murphy. Our general topic will be "The Or-
ganization of the State Department and the
Foreign Service". Some .questions I intend

JANUARY 8, 1944

37

getting the answers to are : How much wealth
must a young man possess before he can hope
to get a position in our Foreign Service ? Is it
true that the graduates of one or two particu-
lar universities are favored as candidates over
others ? What kind of work is done by the men
and women in our Foreign Service? What
salaries do we pay them? And so fortli, and
so forth. If there are any questions that occur
to yow, won't you send tliem to me immediately ?
They'll help me to slant my interviews. And
now — till next Saturday evening at the same
time — this is Ricliard Harkness saying "Good-
night" from Washington.

Washington Announcer : Goodnight, Rich-
ard Harkness. Ladies and gentlemen, we have
just concluded the first in a limited series of

programs to be broadcast from the State De-
partment building in Washington, D. C. The
series, entitled "The State Department Speaks",
was launched as a public service by the NBC
University of the Air, to acquaint you, the
American people, with the inner workings of
one of the most important departments of your
goverimient. These four programs will be pub-
lished in booklet form and single copies may be
obtained free of charge by writing to "The
State Department Speaks", NBC, New York.
And write, too, if there's a question you'd like
to hear answered on this program. We can't
promise to answer all questions received, but
we'll do our best. So write tonight and be on
hand again next week at the same time
when — "The State Department Speaks".

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.

ESTABLISHMENT UNDER ANGLO-AMERICAN CARIBBEAN COMMISSION OF A
SYSTEM OF WEST INDIAN CONFERENCES

[Released to the press January 5]

The text of a joint communique by the United
States and British Governments on a system of
West Indian conferences is printed below :

"In recent years the United States Govern-
ment and His Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom have devoted special attention
to the improvement of social and economic con-
ditions in the territories under their jurisdic-
tion in the Caribbean. Nearly two years ago
the two Governments agreed to collaborate
closely in the solution of problems of common
concern in this area and to assist them in this
purpose they established the Anglo-American
Caribbean Commission.

"With the support and cooperation of the
Govermnents of the territories concerned and of
existing United States and British agencies and
organizations, much useful work has already

been accomplished and long-range plamiing
over a wide field has begim.

"In the field of research there was recently
established, as an advisory body to the Com-
mission, the Caribbean Research Council for the
coordination of scientific and teclmical work on
problems of the Caribbean area.

"It remained, however, to broaden the base
for the approach to Caribbean problems to in-
clude consultation with local representatives —
not necessarily officials — of the territories and
colonies concerned. The value of such counsel
is recognized, and provision has now been made
for its expression through a regular system of
West Indian conferences which, by agreement
between the United States Government and His
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom,
is to be inaugurated under the auspices of the
Anglo-American Caribbean Commission to dis-
cuss matters of counnon interest and especially

38

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULX,ETINi

of social and economic significance to Caribbean
countries. The Conference will convene from
time to time to consider specific subjects, that is,
when problems arise which are at once alive and
capable of being profitably discussed by such a
conference. The Conference will be a standing
body : it will have a continuing existence and a
central secretariat, although the representatives
will change according to the nature of the sub-
jects to be discussed.

"Each United States territory and each Brit-
ish colony or group of colonies in the Caribbean
area will be entitled to send two delegates to
each session of the Conference. This represen-
tation will be achieved in the manner most ap-
propriate to each area ; in the British colonies,
for example, one of each two representatives
will normally be an unofficial representative.
The chairman for each session of the Confer-
ence will be the United States co-chairman of
the Anglo-American Caribbean Commission if
the Conference meets in United States territory,
or the British co-chairman if the Conference
convenes in British territory. In the event of
the appropriate co-chairman being absent the
proceedings will be opened formally by his col-
league, after which the chair will be taken by
any member of the Commission of the same na-
tionality as the absent co-chairman. Other
members of the Caribbean Commission and ex-
perts invited by them will have the right to at-
tend all meetings of the Conference. Although
delegates from each territory, colony, or group
of colonics will be limited to two, they may at
certain sessions be accompanied by advisers.

"The Conference will be purely advisoi-y and
will have no executive powers unless such powers
are specifically entrusted to it by the govern-
ments of the territories and colonies which par-
ticipate. If it should become advisable for the
Conference to take action by voting, the question
of representation and the basis of voting repre-
sentation will be subject to further discussion
between the United States and British Govern-
ments.

"The Anglo-American Caribbean Commis-
sion will provide the secretariat for the Con-
ference and will be responsible for sending out
the necessary documents to the members of the
Conference. An official report of each session
of the Conference will be prepared for trans-
mission by the Anglo-American Caribbean
Commission to the Governments of the United
States and the United Kingdom and to the local
governments represented.

"Arrangements for convening the first session
of the Conference were discussed at the last
meeting of the Anglo-American Caribbean
Commission in August 1943, and it is hoped to
convene the first session of the Conference early
in 1944. The probable subjects of discussion at
this meeting will be the question of obtaining
supplies for the development programs which
are contemplated in the various territories and
colonies, the stabilization of prices of foods pro-
duced locally for local consumption, the main-
tenance of local food production after the war,
the continuance of research on and development
of fishery resources of the Caribbean, and ques-
tions pertaining to health protection and quar-
antine in the Caribbean area.

"Although these arrangements limit the con-
ferences to United States and British partici-
pation the Conference will be free to invite the
participation of other countries on occasion."

Treaty Information

MUTUAL AID

Agreement With Liberia Relating to Con-
struction of a Port and Port Works on the
Coast of Liberia

According to information received by the Sec-
retary of State from the American Minister at
Monrovia, there was signed on December 31,
1943 at Monrovia, by the American Minister and
the Secretary of State of Liberia, an agreement
relating to the construction of a port and port
works on the coast of Liberia.

JANtJARY S, 194 4

39

This agreement was made in pursuance of
principles laid down by the mutual-aid agree-
ment of June 8, 1943 ' between the United
States and Liberia, which was negotiated under
the authority of and in conformity with the
Lend-Lease Act of March 11, 1941.

Under this agreement, which became effec-
tive upon signature, the Government of the
United States makes certain funds available,
upon specified conditions, for the construction
of a port and port works at a mutually agreed-
upon site on the coast of the Kepublic of Liberia.

Provision is made for the payment, from
revenues of the port, of the administrative and
other costs of operating the port and for annual
payments in amortization of the funds made
available by the Government of the United
States. The agreement contains provisions re-
lating to joint operating control by the United
States and Liberia pending amortization of the
cost of the port, port works, and access roads.

NATIONALITY

Convention on the Nationality of Women

Cuba

By a letter dated December 21, 1943 the Di-
rector General of the Pan American Union \\\-
formed the Secretary of State that on Decem-
ber 15, 1943 there was deposited with the Pan
American LTnion the instrument of ratification
by Cuba of the Convention on the Nationality
of Women signed at the Seventh International
Conference of American States at Montevideo
on December 26, 1933 (Treaty Series 875).

According to information officially of record
in the Department of State the countries with
respect to which the Convention on the Na-
tionality of Women signed at Montevideo on
December 26, 1933 is now in force as the result
of the deposit of their respective instruments
of ratification are the LTnited States of America,
Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Cuba, Ecuador, Guate-
mala, Honduras, Mexico, and Panama.

' Bulletin of June 12, 1943, p. 515.

NAVIGATION

Conventions Regarding Collisions at Sea,
Assistance and Salvage at Sea, and Bills
of Lading

Egypt

With a despatch dated December 10, 1943 the
American Embassy near the Belgian Govern-
ment at London transmitted to the Department
a copy of a note dated December 1, 1943 from the
Belgian Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Ex-
ternal Commerce informing the American Am-
bassador that on November 19, 1943 the insti-u-
ments of adherence by Egypt to the following
three conventions were transmitted to the Bel-
gian Minister of Foreign Affairs and External
Commerce :

(a) International Convention for the Unifi-
cation of Certain Rules Relating to Collisions
at Sea, signed at Brussels September 23, 1910

{li) International Convention for the Unifi-
cation of Certain Rules with Respect to Assist-
ance and Salvage at Sea, signed at Brussels
September 23, 1910

(c) International Convention for the Unifi-
cation of Certain Rules Relating to Bills of Lad-
ing and Protocol of Signature, signed at Brus-
sels August 25, 1924

According to the above-mentioned note the
conventions under {a) and (&) were to enter
into force with respect to Egypt on January 1,
1944 under the provisions of articles 15 and 17,
respectively, of those conventions, and the con-
vention under {c) will enter into force with re-
spect to Egypt on May 19, 1944 under the provi-
sions of article 14 of that convention.

It is further stated in the note that in trans-
mitting the instrument of adherence by Egypt
to the convention regarding bills of lading, the
Egyptian Charge informed the Belgian Min-
ister of Foreign Affairs and External Commerce
that the Egyptian Government reserves the
right of unrestricted regulation of the national
coasting trade through its own legislation.

40

OEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN!

STRATEGIC MATERIALS

Agreement Regarding the 1944 Cuban Sugar
Crop

[Released to the press January 7]

As announced by the Department of State on
December 22,' a Cuban commission is in Wash-
ington to discuss with the Foreign Economic
Administration and other Govermnent agen-
cies the implementation of existing contracts on
the 1944 Cuban sugar crop and the acquisition
by tlie United States of molasses and alcohol.

Tlie representatives of the two Govermnents
announced on January 7, 1944 that an agree-
ment has been reached to produce, as part of
the Cuban sugar crop of 1944, invert molasses
equivalent to 800,000 short tons, raw-sugar
basis. This invei't molasses is to be purchased
by the Defense Supplies Corporation for the
production of industrial alcohol, at 2^^ cents a
pound total sugar content, f. o. b. tanlv car at
Cuban terminal or f. o. b. coastal point of
delivery.

As a result of the agreement, the Cuban sugar
crop can now be fixed at a minimum of 4,827,240
short tons. Of this total, 200,000 tons will be
used for local consumption in Cuba, and 800,000
tons of sugar in the form of invert molasses
will be used for production of alcohol for the
war effort. The remainder of the 4,827,240
tons, or 3,827,240 tons, as well as any additional
sugar that can be produced in Cuba by grind-
ing all available cane, will be acquired by the
Commodity Credit Corporation under the con-
tract signed in SeiDtember 1943.

Other phases of the negotiations are progress-
ing, and representatives of the two Govern-
ments expect to reach in the not distant future
satisfactory conclusions in the interests of both
countries and their joint efforts in the prosecu-
tion of the war.

Publications

' Bltxetin of Dee. 25, 1043, p. 449.

Department of State

First Session of the Council of the United Nations Re-
lief and Rehabilitation Administration: Selected
Documents — Atlantic City, New Jersey, November
10-December 1, 1943. Conference Series 53. Publi-
cation 2040. vi, 215 pp. 350.

Tlie Wartime Development of Organizations To Deal
With International Economic Operations and Prob-
lems : A Chronology, July 1, 1939-December 31, 1943.
(Prepared in the Division of Research and Publica-
tion of the Department of State.) 20 pp., mimeo.

Other Agencies

Convention land Documentary Material on Nature Pro-
tection and Wildlife Preservation in the Western
Hemisphere. Apr. 1943. [English, Spanish, Portu-
guese, and French.] (Pan American Union.) 88
leaves, processed. Available from P.A.U.

Mexico : Next Door Neighbor. [1943.] (Office of Co-
ordinator of Inter-American Affairs, Office for Emer-
gency Management.) Cover title, 24 pp., illus.
Available from CIAA.

Burma : Gateway to China [with selected bibliog-
raphy], by H. G. Deignan. Oct. 29, 1943. (Smith-
sonian Institution.) iv, 21 pp., plates, map. (Pub-
lication 3738; War Background Studies No. 17.)
Available for limited distribution upon request to
Smithsonian Institution.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, TJ. S. Government Printing Office, Washington. D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

POBUSHBD WEEKLY WITH THE APPEOVAL OF THE DIUECTOR OF THE BDEBiU OF THE BUDGET

. ^^3 -i- I n ^

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BU

J

J

H

■^ rm

J

riN

JANUARY 15, 1944
Vol. X, No. 238— Publication 2051

C

ontents

The Department Pase

Organization of the Department of State:

Announcement of Reorganization 43

Departmental Order 1218 of January 15, 1944 ... 45

Organization Chart 66

"The State Department Speaks" 68

Canada

Presentation of Letters of Credence by the Canadian

Ambassador 75

The War

Annual Message of the President to the Congress ... 76
Exchange of American and Japanese Nationals .... 77
Agreement With Canada for the Extension of the Fuel
Supply for the United States Army in Canada and
Alaska

The Proclaimed List: Cumulative Supplement 4 to

Revision VI

American Republics

Problems of Newsprint Production and Transporta-
tion to Other American Republics

Visit to the United States of the President of
Venezuela •

General
Accommodations in Washington for Special Guests of

« the Government

Inauguration of the President of Liberia

85

88

88

89

89

89
[over]

(J. S. SUPERIMTENDEMT OF DOCUMENTS

FEB 8 1944

0

OiltGTl iS— CONTINUED

Treaty Information Page
Agricultiu-e : Convention on the Inter- American Insti-
tute of Agricultural Sciences 90

Military Missions: Agreement With Venezuela .... 90

The Foreign Service

Death of William C. Burdett 91

Consulates 91

Legislation 91

Publications 91

The Department

ORGANIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Announcement of Reorganization

[Released to the press for publication January 15, 8 p.m.]

Fai'-reaching changes in the organization of
the Department of State to facilitate the con-
duct of the foreign relations of the United
States, in war and in peace, are announced by
the Secretary of State. All previous Depart-
mental orders and other administrative instruc-
tions concerning the organization of the
Department, the definition and assignment of
functions and responsibilities among the sev-
eral divisions and offices of the Department
and the designation of officers of the Depart-
ment are revoked and superseded.

The new organization of the Department is
described in detail in the following Depart-
mental order and organization chart of the
Department. It is designed to free the Assist-
ant Secretaries and principal officers of the
Department from administrative duties in order
that they may devote the greater part of their
time to matters of important foreign policy.
Clearer lines of responsibility and authority
have been established inside the Department
which simplify its structure and eliminate
overlapping jurisdictions and difi'usion of re-
sponsibility by means of a logical grouping of
functions and divisions in twelve major "line"
offices. The work of the higher officers of the
Department has also been coordinated more
closely through the creation of two principal

committees — a Policy Committee and a Com-
mittee on Post War Programs.

The Policy Committee will assist the Secre-
tary of State in the consideration of major ques-
tions of foreign policy, and the Committee on
Post War Programs will assist him in the for-
mulation of post-war foreign policies and the
execution of such policies by means of appro-
priate international arrangements.

The Secretary of State has also established
an Advisory Council on Post War Foreign Pol-
icy and so far has designated Mr. Norman H.
Davis, Mr. Myron C. Taylor, and Dr. Isaiah
Bowman as Vice Chairmen of this new Council,
which will be under his Chairmanship with the
Under Secretary as his deputy. The Secretary
has asked Mr. Davis, Mr. Taylor, and Dr. Bow-
man, who with others have been associated with
him in this field for the past two years, to assist
him in organizing and carrying forward the
work of this Council which will bring together
outstanding and representative national leaders
to advise the Secretary on post-war foreign-
policy matters of major importance.

In the organization chart it will be seen that
in order to avoid any lack of clarity regarding
the jurisdictions of the respective Assistant Sec-
retaries, the new organization assigns specific
fields of activity to each of the Assistant Secre-
taries and to the Legal Adviser. Coordination

43

44

among the Assistant Secretaries is provided by
the Policy Committee.

The twelve major "line" offices indicated in
the chart are new organizational units in the
Department. Within each major office are more
diversified divisional units than existed previ-
ously. This will result in broadening the base
of the Department's organizational structure
permitting the more flexible and efficient adjust-
ment of the Department's functions to rapidly
changing conditions. Further, the setting-up
of the new "line" offices will enable the Depart-
ment to bring in additional outstanding per-
sonnel at a high level.

Five of these offices— those dealing with the
major geographic areas (Europe, Far East,
Near East and Africa, and American Repub-
lics) and with special political affairs report di-
rectly to the Secretary and Under Secretary.
The four geographic offices will be charged with
the coordination of all aspects of our relations
with the countries in their respective jurisdic-
tions and not exclusively with political relations
as has been the tendency during the past few
years. The Special Political Affairs Office will
be concerned with political matters of world-
wide scope and importance such as international
security and organization.

In order to provide adequate attention at a
sufficiently high level the former Division of
International Communications has been broken
down into three new divisions dealing, respec-
tively, with aviation, shipping, and telecommu-
nications.

Tlie new plan also creates the Office of War-
time Economic Affairs and the Office of Eco-
nomic Affairs. The divisions shown under the
Office of Wartime Economic Affairs are respon-
.sible in their respective fields for liaison with
the FEA, WPB, War Shipping Administra-
tion, Treasury, War, and Navy Departments,
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Ad-
ministration, and other wartime economic
agencies. The divisions shown under the Eco-
nomic Affairs Office reflect a considerable re-

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

grouping, elimination, and consolidation of
functions which have hitherto been widely scat-
tered. The new Division of Commodity Prob-
lems and the new Division of Financial and
Monetary Affairs are good examples. Among
the responsibilities of the Commodities Division
are the policy aspects of the production and
control and the distribution in international
commerce of major commodities such as rubber,
tin and heav}' metals, petroleum and petroleum
products, coffee, wheat, and cotton. The Fi-
nancial and Monetary Affairs Division will be
concerned with the policy aspects of interna-
tional financial agreements and arrangements
of public and private investment, of industrial-
ization and development programs, and of
matters relating to the reorganization of Axis
firms. The new Division of Labor Relations
recognizes the growing importance of the in-
ternational aspects of labor and social problems
and the interest of labor in matters of broad
international policy.

The new Office of Public Information groups
together the various organizational units in the
Department which are concerned with public
information, both at home and abroad. This
new office will also carry on the foreign activi-
ties of the former Cultural Relations Division.
Also included in this Office of Public Informa-
tion is a new Motion Picture and Radio Division
not heretofore existent.

Administrative activities are simplified and
grouped together in the two new offices dealing
respectively with Departmental and Foreign
Service Administration.

The Department does not regard this new
organization chart and departmental order as
the final answer to all the Department's admin-
istrative problems. It does believe that this re-
organization will better adapt the administra-
tive framework of the Department to meet the
constantly changing war situation and the fore-
seeable post-war demands upon our foreign
policy.

JANUARY 15, 1944

45

Departmental Order 1218 of January 15, 1944

Purpose of Order Office of the Secretary op State

The purpose of tliis Order is to facilitate the
conduct of the foreign relations of the United
States, in war and in peace, by making adjust-
ments in the organization of the Department
of State.

Previous Orders Revoked

All previous Departmental Orders and other
administrative instructions concerning —

1. the organization of the Department of

Stat«;

2. the definition and assignment of functions

and responsibilities among the various
divisions and offices of the Department;
and

3. the designation of ranking officei-s of the

Department

are hereby revoked and superseded.
New Organization of the Department

A chart showing the new organization of the
Department of State is attached.^

The definition and assignment of functions
and responsibilities among the various Offices
and Divisions of the Department, and the desig-
nation of its ranking officers, shall henceforth
be as set forth below, subject to modification or
amendment by Departmental Order.

As hereinafter provided, all matters concern-
ing the organization of the Department, the
definition and assignment of functions and re-
sponsibilities among its several Offices and Divi-
sions, and the designation of its ranking officei-s
below the Assistant Secretary level, shall be
dealt with by the Office of Departmental Ad-
ministration. Problems which may arise in
connection with the new organization of the
Department shall be referred to the Director of
this Office.

• Printed on pp. 6&-67.

The following are hereby designated Special
Assistants to the Secretary of State with func-
tions and responsibilities as indicated:

1. Mr. Leo Pasvolsky. Mr. Pasvolsky, in

addition to such other functions and re-
sponsibilities as may be assigned to him
from time to time by the Secretary, shall
serve as hereinafter provided as Execu-
tive Director of the Committee on Post
War Programs.

2. Mr. Joseph C. Grew. Mr. Grew shall per-

form such duties as may be assigned to
him from time to time by the Secretary.

3. Mr. George T. Summerlin. In addition to

such other responsibilities as may be as-
signed to him from time to time by the
Secretary, Mr. Summerlin shall serve
as Chief of Protocol.

4. Mr. Michael J. McDermott. Mr. McDer-

mott shall serve as the Secretary's prin-
cipal assistant in matters concerning the
Department's relations with the press.

5. Mr. Thomas K. Finletter. Mr. Finletter

shall perform such duties as may be as-
signed to him from time to time by the
Secretary.

6. Mr. Joseph C. Green. Mr. Green shall

perform such duties as may be assigned
to him from time to time by tlie Secre-
tary.

The following additional designations are
made in the Office of the Secretary:

1. Mr. Cecil W. Gray is hereby designated

an Executive Assistant to the Secretary
of State with responsibility for the ad-
ministration of the Secretary's immedi-
ate office.

2. Mrs. Blanche R. Halla is hereby desig-

nated an Executive Assistant to the Sec- ,
retary of State with responsibility for

46

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETtNI

the review and coordination of all cor-
respondence prepared for signature by
the Secretary and Under Secretary.

3. Mr. George W. Kenchard and Mr. James

E. Brown are hereby designated Assist-
ants to the Secretary of State.

4. Mr. Carlton Savage is hereby designated a

General Consultant to the Secretary of
State.

5. Mr. Orme Wilson is hereby designated

Liaison Officer with responsibility for
assisting the Secretary and the Under
Secretary in their liaison with the War
and Navy Departments and such other
duties as may be assigned to him.
The routing symbol of the Office of the Secre-
tary will be S.

Office of the Under Secretart of State

1. The Under Secretary of State, Mr. Ed-
ward R. Stettinius, Jr., shall serve as the Secre-
tary's deputy in all matters of concern or in-
terest to the Department.

2. Mr. Eobert J. Lynch and Mr. Hayden
Kaynor are hereby designated Special Assist-
ants to the Under Secretary of State, with
such functions and responsibilities as may be
assigned to them by the Under Secretary.

The routing symbol of the Office of the Under
Secretary shall be U.
Assistant Secretaries and Legal Adviser

1. The Assistant Secretary, Mr. Adolf A.
Berle, Jr., shall have general responsibility in
matters of Controls and in matters of Trans-
portation and Communications.

Mr. Frederick B. Lyon and Mr. Eobert G.
Hooker, Jr. are hereby designated Executive
Assistants to Mr. Berle.

The routing symbol of Mr. Berle's office shall
be A-B.

2. The Assistant Secretary, Mr. Breckinridge
Long, shall have general responsibility for all
matters concerning the Department's relations
with the Congi-ess, with the exception of matters
relating to appropriations and the administra-
tion of the Department and the Foreign Service.

Mr. George L. Brandt and Mr. Felton M.
Johnston are hereby designated Executive As-
sistants to Mr. Long.

The routing symbol of Mr. Long's .office shall
be A-L.

3. The Assistant Secretary, Mr. Dean Ache-
son, shall have general responsibility in the field
of Economic Aifairs. Mr. Donald Hiss is here-
by designated an Executive Assistant and Mr.
Kermit Roosevelt, Jr., an Assistant to Mr.
Acheson.

The routing symbol of Mr. Acheson's office
shall be A-A.

4. The Assistant Secretary, Mr. G. Rowland
Shaw, shall have general responsibility for the
administration of the Department and the For-
eign Service and for matters of Public Informa-
tion both at home and abroad.

Mr. Laurence C. Frank and Mr. William E.
DeCourcy are hereby designated Executive As-
sistants to Mr. Shaw.

The routing symbol of Mr. Shaw's office shall
be A-S.

5. The Legal Adviser, Mr. Green H. Hack-
worth, shall have equal rank in all respects with
the Assistant Secretaries and he shall have gen-
eral responsibility for all matters of a legal
character concerning the Department, includ-
ing matters of a legal character formally dealt
with by the Treaty Division, which is hereby
abolished.

The routing symbol of Mr. Hackworth's of-
fice shall be Le.

Policy Committee

1. Tliere is hereby created the Department
of State Policy Committee which shall assist
the Secretary in the consideration of major
questions of foreign policy.

This Committee shall meet every Monday,
Wednesday and Friday at 9:30 a. m. in the
Secretary's Conference Room.

The Committee on Political Planning is
hereby abolished.

JANUARY 15, 1944

47

2. The Secretary shall be Chairman and the
Under Secretary shall be Vice Chairman of
the Policy Committee.

The Assistant Secretaries, the Legal Ad-
viser, and the Special Assistant to the Secre-
tary, Mr. Pasvolsky, shall be members of the
Committee ; and the Directors of Offices, as here-
inafter provided for, shall be ex officio members
of the Committee.

3. Responsibility for the preparation of
agenda, the keeping of minutes and the per-
formance of such other duties as may be as-
signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of
the Policy Committee shall be vested in an Ex-
ecutive Secretary who shall be assisted by such
staff as may be determined.

The routing symbol of the Policy Commit-
tee shall be PC.

Committee on Post War Programs

1. There is hereby created the Department of
State Committee on Post War Programs which
shall assist the Secretary in the formulation of
post-war foreign policies and the execution of
such policies by means of appropriate inter-
national arrangements.

2. The Secretary shall be Chairman, the
Under Secretary shall be Vice Chairman, and
the Special Assistant to the Secretary, Mr.
Pasvolsky, shall be Executive Director of the
Committee on Post War Programs. The Vice
Chairmen of the Advisory Council on Post War
Foreign Policy, the Assistant Secretaries, and
the Legal Adviser, shall be members of the Com-
mittee; and the Directors of Offices, as herein-
after provided for, shall be ex officio members
of the Committee.

3. The Executive Director of the Commit-
tee on Post War Programs shall have full au-
thority under the Seci'etary to organize the
Committee's work and to call upon the various
Offices and Divisions of the Department for
such assistance as may be required in carrying
out the Committee's responsibilities.

The routing symbol of this Committee shall
be PWC.

Office of Controls

Tliere is hereby created an Office of Controls
which shall have responsibility, under the gen-
eral direction of the Assistant Secretary, Mr.
Berle, for initiating and coordinathig policy
and action in all matters pertaining to the con-
trol activities of the Department of State.

The routing symbol of the Office of Controls
shall be CON.

The Office of Controls shall be composed of
the following divisions, with functions and re-
sponsibilities as indicated.

1. Passport Division.

The Passport Division shall have responsi-
bility for initiating and coordinating policy and
a6tion in all matters pertaining to: (a) the ad-
ministration of laws and regulations relating
to the control of American citizens and na-
tionals entering and leaving territory under the
jurisdiction of the United States; (b) limita-
tion of travel of American citizens in foreign
countries; (c) determination of eligibility to
receive passports or to be registered as citizens
or nationals of the United States in American
consulates of persons who claim to be Ameri-
can citizens, citizens of Puerto Eico, citizens
of the Virgin Islands, citizens of the Common-
wealth of the Philippines, or inhabitants of the
Canal Zone, Guam, or American Samoa, owing
permanent allegiance to the LTnited States; (d)
prevention and detection of fraud in passport
matters and the preparation of cases involving
fraud for prosecution in the courts ; (e) issuance
of passports, issuance of instructions to Ameri-
can diplomatic and consular officers concerning
matters relating to nationality, passports, reg-
istrations, and the protection of American
nationals in foreign countries, the release of per-
sons inducted into foreign military service, the
refund of taxes imposed for failure to perform
military service, the preparation of reports of
births of American citizens abroad and reports
of marriages; (f) administration of passport
work performed by the executive officers of
American Samoa, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto Rico,
the Virgin Islands, and by the United States

48

High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands ;
(g) supervision of the passport agencies in New
ifork, San Francisco, and Miami; and (h) di-
rection of clerks of courts in the United States
with regard to passport matters.

Mrs. Ruth B. Shipley is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. John J. Scanlan and Miss F.
Virginia Alexander, are hereby designated
Assistant Chiefs, of the Passport Division.

The routing symbol of the Passport Division
shall be PD.

2. Visa Division. i

The Visa Division shall have responsibility
for the initiation and coordination of policy and
action in all matters pertaining to: (a) alien
visa control ; (b) the assembling and examina-
tion of all information necessary to determine
the admissibility of aliens into the United States
in the interest of public safety; (c) the issuance
of exit and reentry permits; (d) recommenda-
tions to American Foreign Service officers for
their final consideration concerning individual
visa applicants; (e) the control of immigration
quotas; (f) the issuance of licenses within the
purview of paragraph XXV of the Executive
Order of October 12, 1917 relating to the Trad-
ing with the Enemy Act and title VII thereof,
approved June 15, 1917; and (g) collaboration
with interested offices and divisions of the
Department, as well as with other agencies of
the Government, concerning the control of sub-
versive activities and the transportation of
enemy aliens.

Mr. Howard K. Travers is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Eliot B. Coulter, Mr. Knowlton
V. Hicks, Mr. Eobert C. Alexander, Mr. Benja-
min M. HuUey and Miss Marjorie Moss are
hereby designated Assistant Chiefs, of the Visa
Division.

The routing symbol of the Visa Division shall
be VD.

3. Special War Prohlems Division.

The Special War Problems Division shall be
charged with the initiation and coordination of
policy and action in all matters pertaining to:

DEPARTME'NT OF STATE BULLETINl

(a) the whereabouts and welfare of, and trans-
mission of funds to, Americans abroad ; (b) the
evacuation and repatriation of Americans from
foreign countries; (c) financial assistance to
iVmericans in territories where the interests of
the United States are represented by Switzer-
land; (d) liaison with the American Red Cross
and the President's War Relief Control Board
for the coordination of foreign relief operations
of private agencies with the foreign policy of
this Government; (e) representation by this
Government of the interests of foreign govern-
ments in the United States; (f) representation
by a third power of United States interests in
enemj' countries; (g) supervision of the repre-
sentation in the United States by third powers
of the interests of otlxer governments with which
the United States has severed diplomatic rela-
tions or is at war; (h) the exchange of official
and non-official American and Axis Powers per-
sonnel; (i) civilian internees and prisonei'S of
war, and the accompanying of representatives of
the protecting powers and the International
Red Cross on prisoner-of-war and civilian-
enemy-alien camp inspections.

Mr. James H. Keeley, Jr. is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Edwin A. Plitt, Mr. Albert E.
Clattenburg, Jr., Mr. Eldred D. Kuppinger, Mr.
Bernard Gufler, and Mr. Franklin C. Gowen,
are hereby designated Assistant Chiefs, of the
Special War Problems Division.

The routing symbol of the Special War Prob-
lems Division shall be SWP.

4. Division of Foreign Activity Correlation.

The Division of Foreign Activity Correlation
shall have responsibility for the initiation and
coordination of policy and action in all matters
pertaining to such foreign activities and opera-
tions as may be directed.

Mr. George A. Gordon is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Frederick B. Lyon, Mr. George
P. Shaw, and Mr. Charles W. Yost are hereby
designated Assistant Chiefs, of the Division of
Foreign Activity Correlation.

The routing symbol of the Division of For-
eign Activity Correlation shall be FAC.

JANUARY 15, 1944

49

Office of Tkansportation and
Communications

There is hereby created an Office of Transpor-
tation and Comnuinications which shall have
responsibility, under the general direction of
the Assistant Secretary, Mr. Berle, for initiat-
ing and coordinating policy and action in all
matters concerning the international aspects of
transportation and communications.

The routing symbol of the Office of Transpor-
tation and Communications shall be TRC.

The Division of International Communica-
tions is hereby abolished.

The Office of Transportation and Communi-
cations shall be composed of the following di-
visions, with functions and responsibilities as
indicated.

1. Aviation Division.

The Aviation Division shall have responsi-
bility for initiating and coordinating policy
and action in matters pertaining to (a) inter-
national aviation, including the development of
aviation policy; (b) the coordination of re-
quests of the Department of State for air travel
priorities for civilian personnel and the presen-
tation of these requests to military authorities;
(c) representation of the Department on the
International Technical Committee on Aerial
Legal Experts and the United States National
Commission of the Permanent American Aero-
nautical Commission; and (d) liaison with the
Department of Commerce, the Civil Aeronau-
tics Administration and Board, War and Navy
Departments, and such other departments and
agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. Joe D. Walstrom is hereby designated
Assistant Chief, and he shall serve temporarily
as Acting Chief of the Aviation Division. Mr.
Stephen Latchford is hereby designated Ad-
viser on Air Law in this Division.

The routing symbol of the Aviation Division
shall be AD.

2. Shipping Division.

Tlie Shipping Division shall have responsi-
bility for the initiation and coordination of

policy and action in all matters pertaining to
(a) international shipping, excepting fimctions
relating to shipping requirements and alloca-
tions vested in the wartime economic divisions,
and including the development of shipping pol-
icy; and (b) liaison with the War Shipping Ad-
ministration, Maritime Commission, Navy De-
partment, Office of Censorship, and such other
departments and agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. Jesse E. Saugstad is hereby designated
Assistant Chief of the Shipping Division and
he shall serve temporarily as Acting Chief of
the Division.

The routing symbol of the Shipping Division
shall be SD.

3. Telecomrmmications Division.

The Telecommunications Division shall have
responsibility for the initiation and coordina-
tion of policy and action in matters pertaining
to (a) international aspects of radio, telegraph,
and cable communications, including the devel-
opment of telecommunications policy; and (b)
liaison with the Federal Communications Com-
)nission. War and Navy Departments, Office of
Censorship, and such other department;^ and
agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. Francis Colt deWolf is hereby designated
Chief of the Telecommunications Division.

The routing symbol of the Telecomnninica-
tions Division shall be TD.

Office of Wartime Economic Affairs

There is hei-eby created an Office of War-
time Economic Ttfairs which, in collaboration
with the Office of Economic Affairs hereinafter
provided for, shall have responsibility, under
the general direction of the Assistant Secretary,
Mr. Acheson, for the initiation and coordina-
tion of policy and action, so far as the Depart-
ment of State is concerned, in all matters per-
taining to the wartime economic relations of
the United States with other governments.

The Office of Wartime Economic Affairs and
it component Divisions shall be the focal points
of contact and liaison, within the scope of their

568539-

50

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

functions, with tlie Foreign Economic Admin-
istration, War Production Board, War Ship-
ping Administration, Treasury, War and Navy
Departments, United Nations Relief and Reha-
bilitation Administration, and such other agen-
cies as may be concerned. For this purpose,
there shall be full and free exchange of infor-
mation and views between the Office of Wartime
Economic Affairs and its component Divisions,
and the appropriate political and economic
offices and divisions of the Department.

Mr. Charles P. Taft is hereby designated Di-
rector of the Office of Wartime Economic Af-
fairs.

The routing symbol of the Office of AVartime
Economic Affairs shall be WEA.

The Office of Wartime Economic Affairs shall
be composed of the following divisions, with
functions and responsibilities as indicated.

1. Swpply and Resources Division.

The Supply and Resources Division shall have
responsibility, so far as the Department of State
is concei'ned, for the initiation and coordination
of policy and action in all matters pertaining
to: (a) the procurement and development
abroad of all materials needed for the prosecu-
tion of the war or the relief of enemy, enemy-
held or reoccupied territoiy (excepting Euro-
pean Neutrals and their possessions, and French
North and West Africa and projects in Latin
America) ; (b) Lend-Lease matters (excepting
French and British possessions), reciprocal aid
arrangements, as they relate to the procurement
and development of materials abi-oad, and
White Paper matters; (c) War Shipping mat-
ters; (d) the administration of Section 12 of
the Neutrality Act of November 4, 1919 govern-
ing the movement of arms, ammunition and im-
plements of war, the Helium Act of September
1, 1937 and the Tin Plate Scrap Act of February
15,1936; (e) representation, within the scope of
its responsibilities, of (he Department before the
Combined Boards and their operating, advisory
and other committees (excepting only in cases of
a special nature in which the Department's point

of contact is through membership on special
area committees) ; before the Foreign Economic
Administration, War Production Board, War
Shipping Administration, War Food Adminis-
tration, and other departments and agencies
concerned, in connection with requirement pro-
grams and requests for allocations for commodi-
ties and shipping submitted by other divisions
of the Department; and (f) liaison, within the
scope of the Division's responsibilities, with
such other departments and agencies as may be
concerned.

Mr. Paul F. Linz and Mr. Courtney C. Brown
are hereby designated Advisers in, and Mr.
Frederick Exton is hereby designated an As-
sistant Chief of, the Supply and Resources
Division, the routing svmbol of which shall be
SR.

2. Liberated Areas Division.

The Liberated Areas Division shall have re-
sponsibility so far as the Department of State
is concerned for tlie initiation and coordination
of policy and action in all wartime economic
matters pertaining to areas now occupied by the
enemj' and to Southern Italy and Sicily, includ-
ing: (a) preparation of requirement programs
for the liberated areas, and, as required by the
Director of the Office, programs for purchases
from those areas, and the importation of sup-
plies and materials into the United States; (b)
liscal matters, including banking matters; and
financial and property controls, including the
application of Executive Order No. 8389, as
amended, to property located in the United
States of governments of those areas and their
nationals, and questions relating to the Alien J
Property Custodian and to the property control •
measures of other United Nations; (c) in col-
laboration with the Division of Financial and
Monetary Affairs hereinafter provided for, re- ,
construction and rehabilitation of industrial 1
and agricultural structures including supply
and economic development ; (d) liaison, within
the scope of the Division's responsibilities, with
the Foreign Economic Administration, Civil

JANUAHY 15, 1944

51

Adairs Division of the War Department, the
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Ad-
ministration, and such departments and agen-
cies as may be concerned.

Mr. Herman Wells is hereby designated Chief
fif. and ilr. Dallas W. Dort, Mr. Ernest M.
Fisher, Mi'. Sydney L. W. INIellen, Mr. Edward
(I. Miller, Jr., Mr. Abbott Low Moffat, and Mr.
James A. Stillwell are hereby designated Ad-
visers in, the Liberated Areas Division.

The routing symbol of tlie Liberated Areas
Division shall be LA.

3. Anuricaii RcjnthJiof Reqxi'irements Divm&n.

Tlie American Republics Requirements Di-
vision shall have responsibility so far as the
Department of State is concerned foi- the initia-
tion and coordination of policy and action in
all wartime economic matters pertaining to the
other American republics and British and
Dutch colonies and possessions in the Caribbean
aiea including: (a) the preparation of require-
ment programs for, and the functioning of con-
trol of exports to, that area; (b) assistance in
regard to procurement programs, shipping
.schedules and other economic operations i-elat-
ing to the other American re])ubiics; (c) repre-
sentation of the Department before the Foreign
Economic Administration and other agencies
in connection with applications for projects for
the other American republics recommended by
tiie Division of Financial and Monetary Af-
fairs; and (d) liaison, within the scope of its
responsibilities, with such other departments
and agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. Charles F. Knox, Jr., is hereby desig-
nated Chief, and Mr. Jerome J. Stenger and
Mr. Richard AV. Eftiand are liereby designated
Assistant Chiefs, of the American Republics
Requirements Division.

The routing symbol of the ^Vinerican Re-
publics Requirements Division shall be RAR.

4. EaMcrn Hemisphere Division.

The Eastern Hemisphere Division shall have
responsibility so far as the Department of State
is concerned foi- the initiation and coordination

of policy and action in all wartime economic
matters pertaining to countries of the Eastern
Hemisphere, except those presently occupied by
the enemy, and Southern Italy and Sicily; and,
in the Western Hemisphere, to all French pos-
sessions, Iceland. Greenland, Canada, and Brit-
ish Colonies and Po.ssessions, except in the
Caribbean area and in South America, includ-
ing (a) economic blockade of enemy and
enemy-occupied territories; (b) formulation of
requirement programs and of purchase pro-
grams constituting the counterpart of i-equire-
inent programs; (c) Lend-Lease matters aris-
ing in connection with French and British pos-
sessions; (d) representation of the Department,
within tlie scope of the Division's responsibil-
ities, before tlie United States Commercial
Company and sjjecial area committees organized
with representatives of the French, Belgian,
British Dominion, and other governments,
where tlie problems arise from a diverse group
of articles and materials rather than one or a
few conunodities; and (e) liaison, within the
scojie of its responsibilities, with such depart-
ments and agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. Henry R. Labouisse, Jr.. is hereby desig-
nated Chief of, and Mr. Livingston T. Mer-
chant, Mr. P'rederick AMiiant and Mr. II. King-
ston Fleming are hereby designated Advisers
in. the Eastern Hemisphere Division.

The routing symbol of the Eastern Hemi-
sphere Division shall be EH.

f). Diriaion of Worhf Tindf I nfcUigenct'.

The Division of World Trade Intelligence
shall have so far as the Department of State is
concerned res[)onsibility for liie initiation and
coordination of policy and action in all matters
pertaining to (a) the administration of the Pro-
claimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals and
related lists; (b) the administration of Execu-
tive Order No. 8389, as amended, issued under
Sec. 5 (b) of the Trading with the Enemy Act
and relating to the regulation of transactions in
foreign exchange and foreign-owned property
(excepting with respect to Liberated Ai-eas),
and the application of the recommendations of

52

the Inter-American Conference on Systems of
Economic and Financial Control, excepting
matters relating to the replacement or reorgani-
zation of Axis firms; (c) the collection, eval-
uation and organization of biographical data;
(d) liaison, within the scope of its responsi-
bilities, with the Treasury Department, Foreign
Economic Administration, Office of the Co-
ordinator of Inter- American Affairs, and such
other departments and agencies as may be
concerned.

Mr. Francis H. Russell is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. George W. Baker and Mr. James
H. Swihart are hereby designated Assistant
Chiefs, of the Division of World Trade Intel-
ligence.

The routing symbol of the Division of World
Trade Intelligence shall be WT.

OrncE OF Economic Atfairs

There is hereby created an Office of Eco-
nomic Affairs which, in collaboration with the
Office of Wartime Economic Affairs, shall have
responsibility, under the general direction of
the Assistant Secretary, Mr. Acheson, for the
initiation and coordination of policy and ac-
tion in all matters pertaining to international
economic affairs, other than those of a wartime
character.

The Office of the Adviser on International
Economic Affairs, the Office of the Peti'oleum
Adviser, and the Division of Economic Studies
are hereby abolished and their functions and
responsibilities shall henceforth be carried on
in the Office of Economic Affaii-s.

Mr. Harry C. Hawkins is hereby desigiiated
Director of the Office of Economic Affairs.

The routing symbol of this Office sliall be
ECA.

Mr. Charles B. Rayner is hereby designated
Adviser on Petroleum Policy in the Office of
Economic Affairs and is charged with advisory
responsibilities in regard to the foreign petro-
leum policies of the United States and other
govenmients, the foreign organizations and

DEPAETMElSTT 01* STATE BtTLLETINl

activities of the American and foreign petro-
leum industries, and the petroleum resources,
production, refining, marketing, and transpor-
tation facilities of foreign countries.

Mr. Leroy D. Stinebower and Mr. Frederick
Livesey are hereby designated Advisers in the
Office of Economic Affairs and Mr. Honore
Marcel Catudal is hereby designated Special
Assistant to the Director of the Office, and they
shall be charged with such responsibilities as
may be assigned to them by the Director.

Mr. Leo D. Sturgeon is hereby designated
Adviser on Fisheries in the Office of Economic
Affairs.

The Office of Economic Affairs shall be com-
posed of the following divisions, with func-
tions and responsibilities as indicated.

1. Division of Commercial Policy.

The Division of Commercial Policy shall have
responsibility for the initiation and coordina-
tion of policy and action in all matters pertain-
ing to: (a) the protection and promotion of
American commercial and agricultural interests
in foreign countries under the terms of Re-
organization Plan No. II as authorized by the
Reorganization Act of April 3, 1939; (b) the
formulation, negotiation, and administration of
commercial treaties, of reciprocal trade agi'ee-
ments under the Act of June 12, 1934, and of
such other commercial agreements as may be
assigned to it by the Director of the Office of
Economic Affairs; (c) the tariff, general trade,
and international commercial policy of the
United States; and (d) liaison, within the scope
of its responsibilities, with the Department of
the Treasury, the Department of Commerce,
the Department of Agriculture, the United
States Tariff Commission, and such other de-
partments or agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. William A. Fowler is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Honore Marcel Catudal and Mr.
Woodbury Willoughby are hereby designated
Assistant Chiefs of the Division of Commercial
Policy, the routing symbol of which shall be TA.

JANtJART 15, 1944

;53

2. Division of Financial and Monetainj Afairs.
The Division of Financial and Monetary Af-
fairs shall have responsibility for the initiation
and coordination of policy and action in all
matters pertaining to (a) general international
financial and monetai-y policy; (b) public and
private foreign investment; (c) industrializa-
tion and development programs, including
matters relating to the reorganization of Axis
firms and requirements for long-range develop-
ment projects; (d) international financial
agreements and arrangements ; (e) certification,
under Section 25 (b) of the Federal Reserve
Act, of the authority of designated persons to
dispose of various foreign properties deposited
in this country; (f) liaison, within the scope of
its responsibilities, with the Treasury Depart-
ment, Export-Import Bank, Departments of
Commerce, Justice, and Agriculture, Foreign
Economic Administration, Alien Property
Custodian, Ofiice of the Coordinator of Inter-
American Affairs, and such other departments
or agencies as may be concerned.

The Financial Division is hereby abolished
and its functions and responsibilities trans-
ferred to the Division of Financial and Mone-
tary Affairs.

Mr. Emilio G. Collado is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. John S. Hooker and Mr. Dudley
M. Phelps are hereby designated Assistant
Chiefs of the Division of Financial and Mone-
tary Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Finan-
cial and Monetary Affairs shall be FMA.

3. Commiodities Division.

The Commodities Division shall have respon-
sibility for the initiation and coordination of
policy and action in all matters pertaining to :
(a) the production and control and the distri-
bution in international commerce of major com-
modities such as rubber, tin and the heavy
metals, petroleum and petroleum products, cof-
fee, sugar, wheat and cotton; (b) international
commodity arrangements; (c) international
fisheries, including fisheries surveys for the pur-

pose of providing food fish for the American
armed forces and for our Allies; and (d) within
the scope of its responsibilities, liaison with
intergovernmental agencies concerned with in-
ternational commodity problems, with the De-
partment of Agi-iculture, the Office of the Petro-
leum Administrator for War, and such other
departments and agencies as may be concerned.

Mr. Eobert M. Carr and Mr. James C. Sap-
pington, 3d, are hereby designated Assistant
Chiefs of the Commodities Division, and Mr.
Carr shall serve temporarily as Acting Chief of
the Division.

The routing symbol of the Commodities Divi-
sion shall be CD.

4. Division of Labor Relations.

The Division of Labor Relations shall have
responsibility for initiating and coordinating
policy and action in matters pertaining to (a)
the effects on the foreign relations of the United
States of policies and practices in foreign coun-
tries concerning wage and hour standards,
working conditions and similar matters of in-
terest and concern to labor in the United States
and abroad; (b) the interest of labor in the
United States in matters of broad international
policy; (c) international arrangements for the
promotion of full employment, health, economic
and social welfare in general; and (d) within
the scope of its I'esponsibilities, liaison with the
Department of Labor and other departments
and agencies concerned, and with international
agencies.

Mr. Otis Mulliken is hereby designated As-
sistant Chief of the Division of Labor Relations,
and he shall serve temporarily as Acting Chief
of the Division.

The routing symbol of the Division of Labor
Relations shall be LRD.

Office of American Republic Affairs

There is hereby created an Office of American
Republic Affairs which shall have responsibil-
ity, under the general direction of the Secretary

54

DEPARTME'NT OF STATE BULLETTN

and Under Secretary, for the initiation and, in
particular, the coordination of policy and action
in regard to all aspects of relations with Argen-
tina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa
Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic. Ecuador. El
Salvador, Guatemala. Haiti, Honduras, Mexico,
Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay,
and Venezuela. In addition, the Office of
American Republic Affairs shall have respon-
sibility for supervising so far as the Department
of State is concerned the program of the Inter-
departmental Committee for Cooperation With
the Other American Republics.

All other offices and divisions in the Depart-
ment shall assure full participation by the Of-
fice of American Republic Affairs and its com-
ponent divisions, as liereinafter provided for,
in the fonnuhition and execution of policj' af-
fecting relations with the countries under the
jurisdiction of this Office.

Mr. Lawrence Dn;:gan is hereby designated
Director, and Mr. Philip W. Bonsai is hereby
designated Deputy Director, of the Office of
American Republic Affairs.

Tlie routing symbol of the Office of American
Republic Affairs shall be ARA.

The Office of American Republic Affairs shiill
be composed of the lul lowing divisions, which
shall have primary responsibility for the func-
tions of the Office in regard to relations witli
the countries indicated in each case.

1. Division of Mexican Affairs. Mexico.
Mr. Joseph F. Mctiurk is hereby designated

Chief of the Division of Mexican Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Mex-
ican Affairs shall be MA.

2. Divi-sion of Caribhean mul Central American

Affairs. Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Re-
public, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti,
Honduras, Nicaragua, and Pananin, and, in
collaboration with the appropriate divi-
sions in the Office of European Affairs, rela-
tions with European possessions in the area,
the Guianas and British H(mduras.

The Caribbean Office is hereby abolished and
its functions and responsibilities, including liai-

son with the American Section of the Anglo-
American Caribbean Commission, are hereby
transferred to the Division of Caribbean and
Central American Affaii'S.

Mr. Ellis O. Briggs is hereby designated
Chief, and Jlr. John M. Cabot and Mr. John F.
Gauge are hei"eby designated Assistant Chiefs,
of the Division of Caribbean and Central Amer-
ican Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Carib-
bean and Central American Affairs shall be
CCA.

3. Divi.-iion of Brazilian Affairs. Brazil.

Mr. AValter N. Walmsley, Jr., is hereby
designated Chief of the Division of Brazilian
Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Brazil-
ian Affairs shall be BA.

4. Division of Bolivarian Affairs. Colombia,

Ecuador, and Venezuela.

Mr. Gerald Keith is hereby designated Chief
of the Division of Bolivarian Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Boli-
varian Affairs shall be BOL.

h. Division, of River Plate Affairs. Argentina,
Paraguay, and Uruguay.

Mr. J. Kenly Bacon is hereby designated As-
sistant Chief of the Division of River Plate Af-
fairs, and he sliall serve temporarily as Acting
Chief of the Division.

The routing symbol of the Division of River
Plate Affairs shall be RPA.

6. Division of West Coast Affairs. Bolivia,
Chile, and Peru.

ilr. Cecil B. Lyon is hereby designated As-
sistant Chief of the Division of West Coast Af-
fairs and he shall serve temporarily as Acting
Chief of the Division.

The routing symbol of the Division of West
Coast Affairs shall be AVCA.

Office of European Affairs
There is hereby created an Office of Euro-
pean Affairs which shall have responsibility,

JANtJART 15, 1944

65

under the general direction of the Secretai-y and
the Under Secretary, for tlie initiation and the
coordination of policy and action in regard to
all aspects of relations with the following coun-
tries: Albania. Australia, Austria, Belgium,
Bulgaria, Canada, Czechoslovakia, Denmark,
Estonia, Finland, France, Free City of Danzig,
Germany, Great Britain (including Britisli ter-
ritories and possessions except India and those
in Africa), Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy,
Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Netherlands,
New Zealand, Norway. Poland, Portugal, Ru-
mania, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Union of
South Africa, Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics, Yugoslavia, and European possessions in
the Far East (in conjunction with the Office of
Far Eastern Affaii-s).

All other offices and divisions in the Depart-
ment shall assiue full participation by the Of-
fice of European Affairs and its component di-
\isions as hereinafter provided for in the for-
mulation and execution of policy affecting rela-
tions with the countries under the jurisdiction
of this Office.

Mr. James C. Dunn is hereby designated Di-
rector, and Mr. H. Freemnn Matthews is h6reby
designated Deputy Director, of the Office of
Euroi^ean Affairs, and Mr. Raymond E. Mur-
phy is hereby designated Special Assistant to
the Director of the Office of European Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Office of European
Affairs shall be EUR.

The Office of European Affairs shall be com-
posed of the following divisions which shall
have primary responsibility for carrying out
the functions of the Office in regard to relations
with the countries indicated in each case.

1. Division of British C onvmonwealth Affairs.

British Commonwealth of Nations and

possessions, ('xce[)t India and possessions

in Africa.

Mr. John D. Hickerson is hereby designated

Chief, and Mr. Theodore C. Achilles is herebj'

designated Assistant Chief, of the Division of

British Commonwealth Affairs.
The routing sj'mbol of the Division of British

Commonwealth Affairs shall be BC.

2. Division of Eastern European Affairs.
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Po-
land, and other areas of Eastern Europe.

Mr. Charles E. Bohlen is hereby designated
Chief of the Division of Eastern European Af-
fairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of East-
ern European Affairs shall be EE.

3. Division of Central European Affairs. Ger-
many, Austria, Czechoslovakia.

Mr. James AV. Riddleberger is hereby desig-
nated Chief of the Division of Central Euro-
pean Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Cen-
tral European Affairs shall be CE.

4. Division of Southern European Affairs.
Albania, Bulgaria, Hungary, Italy, Ru-
mania, San Marino, Yugoslavia. The Di-
vision shall also have responsibility for
matters relating to the Vatican.

Mr. Hugh S. Fuilerton is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Cavendish W. Camion is hereby
designated Assistant Cliief of the Division.

The routing symbol of the Division of South-
ern European Affairs shall be SE.

.5. Division of Northern European Affaii-s.
Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Netherlands,
Norway, Sweden, and possessions of these
countries.

Mr. Hugh S. Cumming, Jr., is hereby desig-
nated Chief of the Division of Northern
European Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of North-
ern European Affairs shall be NOE.

6. Division of Western European Affairs.
Andorra, Belgium, France, Liechtenstein,
Luxembourg, Monaco, Portugal, Spain,
Switzerland, and possessions of those coun-
tries.

Mr. Paul T. Culbertson is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. W. Perry George and Mr. James
C. H. BonBright are lierebj' designated Assist-
ant Chiefs, of the Division of Westeni Euro-
pean Affairs.

56

DEPAHTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

The symbol designation of the Division of
Western European Affairs shall be WE.

Office of Special Political Affairs

There is hereby created an Office of Special
Political Affairs which shall have responsi-
bility, under the general direction of the Secre-
tary and Under Secretary, for the initiation and
coordination of policy and action in special
matters of international political relations.

The Division of Political Studies is hereby
abolished and its functions and responsibilities
transferred to the Office of Special Political
Affairs.

All other offices and divisions in the Depart-
ment shall assure full participation by the Office
of Special Political Affairs and its comi^onent
divisions as hereinafter provided for in the for-
mulation and execution of policy affecting the
responsibilities of this Office.

Mr. James C. Dunn is hereby designated
Actin,g Director of the Office of Special Political
Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Office of Special
Political Affairs shall be SPA.

The Office of Special Political Affairs shall be
composed of the following divisions, with func-
tions and responsibilities as indicated.

1. Division of International Security and
Orffanisation.

The Division of International Security and
Organization shall have responsibility for the
initiation and coordination of policy and action
in matters pertaining to: (a) general and re-
gional international peace and security arrange-
ments and other arrangements for organized in-
ternational cooperation; (b) liaison with inter-
national organizations and agencies concerned
with such matters; and (c) liaison within the
scope of its responsibilities with the War and
Navy Departments and such other departments
and agencies of the Government as may be
concerned.

Mr. Harley A. Notter is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Durward V. Sandifer, Mr. C.

East on Eothwell and Mr. O. Benjamin Gerig
are hereby designated Assistant Chiefs, of the
Division of International Security and Organ-
ization.

The routing symbol of the Division of Inter-
national Security and Organization shall be
ISO.
2. Division of Territorial Studies.

The Division of Territorial Studies shall have
responsibility for: (a) analyzing and apprais-
ing developments and conditions in foreign
countries arising out of the war and relating to
post-war settlements of interest to the United
States; (b) maintaining liaison in this field with
other departments and agencies of the Govern-
ment ; and (c) formulating policy recommenda-
tions in regard to these matters in collaboration
with other divisions in the Department.

Mr. Philip E. Mosely is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. David Harris and Mr. Philip W.
Ireland are hereby designated Assistant Chiefs,
of the Division of Territorial Studies.

The routing symbol of the Division of Terri-
torial Studies shall be TS.

Office of Far Eastern Affairs

There is hereby created an Office of Far East-
em Affairs which shall have responsibility, un-
der the general direction of the Secretary and
the Under Secretary, for the initiation and, in
particular, the coordination of policy and action
in regard to all aspects of relations with the
following countries: China, Japan, and Thai-
land, and (in conjunction with the Office of
European Affairs, and other interested offices
and divisions) the possessions and territories
of Occidental countries in the Far East and in
the Pacific area. The Office also shall have
charge of such matters as concern the Depart-
ment in relation to American-controlled islands
in the Pacific and, in particular, of such matters
as concern the Department in relation to the
Philippine Islands.

JANUARY 15, 1944

57

All other offices and divisions in the Depart-
ment shall assure full participation of the Of-
fice of Far Eastern Affairs and its component
divisions, as hereinafter provided for, in the
formulation and execution of policy affecting
relations with tlie countries under the jurisdic-
tion of this Office.

Mr. Stanley K. Hornbeck is hereby designated
Director, and Mr. Joseph W. Ballantine is here-
by designated Deputy Director, of the Office of
Far Eastern Affairs. Mr. Alger Hiss is hereby
designated Special Assistant to the Director of
the Office of Far Eastern Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Office of Far East-
ern Affairs shall be FE.

The Office of Far Eastern Affairs shall be
composed of the following divisions which shall
have primary responsibility for carrying out
the functions of the Office in regard to relations
with the countries indicated in each case.

1. Division of Chinese Affairs. China and ad-

jacent territories.

]\Ir. Jolm Carter Vincent is hereby designated
Chief of, and Mr. Edwin F. Stanton is hereby
designated Consultant in, the Division of
Chinese Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Chinese
Affairs shall be CA.

2. Division of Japanese Affairs. Japanese Em-

pire, Japanese Mandates, and, in coopera-
tion with the Division of Eastern European
Affairs, matters relating to the Soviet Far
East.
Mr. Erie R. Dickover is hereby designated
Cliief of the Division of Japanese Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Japan-
ese Affaire shall be JA.

3. Division of Southwest Pacific Affairs.

Thailand, and, in cooperation with other
interested offices and divisions, Indo-China,
Malaya, British North Borneo, Netherlands
East Indies, Portuguese Timor and British
and French Island Possessions in the
Pacific.

Mr. Laurence E. Salisbury is hereby desig-
nated Acting Chief of the Division of South-
west Pacific Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of South-
west Pacific Affairs shall be SP.

4. Division of Phili-ppine Affairs. Philippine
Islands and other American-controlled
islands of the Pacific.

The Office of Philippine Affairs is hereby
abolished and its functions and responsibilities
are hereby transferred to the Division of Philip-
pine Affairs.

Mr. Frank P. Lockliart is hereby designated
Chief of the Division of Philippine Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Philip-
pine Affairs shall be PI.

Office of Eastern and African Affairs

There is hereby created an Office of Eastern
and African Affairs which shall have respon-
sibility, under the general direction of the Sec-
retary and the Under Secretary, for the initia-
tion and, in particular, the coordination of policy
and action in regard to all aspects of relations
with the following countries: Afghanistan,
Burma, Ceylon, Greece, India, Iran, Iraq,
Lebanon, Palestine and Trans-Jordan, Saudi
Arabia and other countries of the Arabian Pen-
insula, Syria, Turkey, Egypt, Ethiopia, Liberia
and all colonies, protectorates, and mandated
territories in Africa, excluding Algeria.

All other offices and divisions in the Depart-
ment shall assure full participation by the Office
of Eastern and African Affairs and its com-
ponent divisions as hereinafter provided for in
the formulation and execution of policy affect-
ing relations with the coimtries under the juris-
diction of this Office.

Mr. Wallace S. Murray is hereby designated
Director, and Mr. Paul H. Ailing is hereby
designated Deputy Director, of the Office of
Eastern and African Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Office of Eastern
and African Affairs shall be OEA.

568539—44-

58

DEPARTME'NT OF STATE BULLETENl

The Office of Eastern and African Affairs
shall be composed of the following divisions
•which shall have primary responsibility for
carrying out the functions of the Office in re-
gard to relations with the countries indicated in
each case.

1. Division of Near Eastern Afairs. Egypt,

Greece, Iraq, Lebanon, Palestine and
Trans-Jordan, Saudi Arabia and other
countries of the Arabian Peninsula, Syria
and Turkey.
Mr. Gordon P. Merriam is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Foy D. Kohler is hereby desig-
nated Assistant Chief, of the Division of Near
Eastern Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Near
Eastern Affairs shall be NEA.

2. Division of Middle Eastern Affairs. Afghan-

istan, Burma, Ceylon, India and Iran.

Mr. George V. Allen is hereby designated
Chief of the Division of Middle Eastern Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Middle
Eastern Affairs shall be MEA.

3. Division of African Affairs. Ethiopia, Li-

beria and all other territories in Africa.

Mr. Henry S. Villard is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Charles W. Lewis is hereby des-
ignated Assistant Chief, of the Division of
African Affairs.

The routing symbol of the Division of Afri-
can Affairs shall be AFA.

Office of Departmental Administration

There is hereby created the Office of Depart-
mental Administration which shall have re-
sponsibility, under the general direction of the
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Shaw, for all matters
of administration and organization of the De-
partment of State, including (a) budget devel-,
opment and control and fiscal management;

(b) administrative and procedural planning;

(c) personnel administration; (d) communica-
tions and records; (e) geographic and carto-
graphic research ; (f) protocol; (g) administra-
tive aspects of international conferences and

the fulfillment of international obligations;
and (h) liaison with the Civil Service Commis-
sion, Bureau of the Budget, General Account-
ing Office, and such other agencies as may be
concerned.

Mr. John C. Ross is hereby designated Direc-
tor of the Office of Departmental Administra-
tion.

Mr. Arthur W. Macmahon is hereby desig-
nated Consultant in the Office of Departmental
Administration. Mr. Wilbur C. Irving is
hereby designated Special Assistant to the Di-
rector of Departmental Achninistration.

The routing symbol of this Office shall be
ODA.

The Office of Departmental Administration
shall be composed of the following divisions,
with functions and responsibilities as indicated.

1. Division of Budget and FiTiance.

The Division of Budget and Finance shall
have responsibility in the following matters:
(a) supervision of the budgetary and fiscal af-
fairs of the Department, including the Foreign
Service (subject to legal requirements), in-
cluding the acquisition and distribution of
funds, auditing, accounting, fiscal management,
purchasing, and related activities; (b) formu-
lation of budgetai-y and fiscal policies and con-
trols in cooperation with staff and program
offices and divisions; (c) liaison with Congres-
sional Appropriations Committees, Bureau of
the Budget, General Accounting Office, Treas-
ury Department, Government Printing Office,
and other departments and agencies on budg-
etary, fiscal or procurement matters.

The Office of Fiscal and Budget Affaii's
and the Division of Accounts are hereby abol-
ished and their functions and responsibilities
transferred to the Division of Budget and
Finance.

Mr. Harry M. Kurth is hereby designated
Chief, Mrs. Ella A. Logsdon is hereby desig-
nated Assistant Chief, and Mr. Donald W. Cor-
rick is hereby designated Acting Assistant
Chief, of trie Division of Budget and Finance.

JANUARY 15, 1944

59

The routing symbol of the Division of Budget
and Finance shall be BF.

2. Division of Administrative Management.
The Division of Administrative ilanagement

shall have responsibility for all matters per-
taining to: (a) general administration and
organization ; (b) effective administrative coor-
dination between oiSces and divisions within the
Department; (c) inter-office and inter-divisional
definitions of responsibility; (d) the drafting
and issuance of Departmental Orders and Ad-
ministrative Instructions ; (e) effective adminis-
trative relationships between the Department
and other departments and agencies and inter-
governmental agencies; and (f) such other
duties as may be assigned by the Director of the
Office of Departmental Administration.

Mr. Millard L. Kenestrick is hereby desig-
nated Assistant Chief of the Division of Ad-
ministrative Management.

The routing symbol of the Division of Ad-
ministrative Management shall be AM.

Tlie Office of the Chief Clerk and Adminis-
trative Assistant is hereby abolished and, except
as may hereafter be determined, its functions
and responsibilities transferred to the Division
of Achninistrative Management.

3. Division of Departmental Personnel.

Tlie Division of Departmental Personnel
shall have responsibility in the following mat-
ters: (a) assisting the Director of the Office of
Departmental Administration in the formula-
tion and effectuation of policies and practices
which assure sound personnel management
throughout the Department and proper utiliza-
tion and training of employees of the Depart-
ment; and (b) administration of the Civil
Service rules and regulations and the execution
of the provisions of the Classification, Retire-
ment, and Employees' Compensation Acts, in-
volving recruitment, classification, personnel
relations, efficiency ratings, Selective Service,
and related personnel functions; and liaison
with the Civil Service Commission and such
other departments and agencies as may be
concerned.

Mr. Wilbur C. Irving is hereby designated
Acting Chief of the Division of Departmental
Personnel.

The routing symbol of the Division of De-
partmental Personnel shall be DP.

4. Division of Comm'wnications and Records.

The Division of Communications and Records
shall have responsibility in the following mat-
ters: (a) dispatch and receipt of all tele-
graphic correspondence of the Department;
encoding and decoding of messages exchanged
in the conduct of foreign relations; (b) review
of all outgoing correspondence ; coordination of
the correspondence for consideration and
initialing before signing, and submission to the
appropriate officers for signature ; and furnish-
ing of information concerning diplomatic
precedence, accepted styles of correspondence,
and related matters; (c) classification, record-
ing, distribution, and preservation of corre-
spondence, and the conduct of research therein ;
(d) commenting upon, censoring and grading
of reports and other infomiation received from
the Foreign Service on commercial, agricultural
and economic matters, and the distribution of
such information to the Departments of Com-
merce and Agriculture and to such other
departments and agencies as may appropriately
receive it; and (e) liaison, within the scope
of its responsibilities, between the Department
and, in particular, the Departments of Com-
merce and Agriculture, and such other depart-
ments and agencies as may be concerned.

The Office of Coordination and Review is
hereby abolished and its functions and respon-
sibilities transferred to the Division of Com-
munications and Records.

Mr. Raymond H. Geist is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. G. Harold Keatley, Mr. Paul T.
Meyer, Miss Sarah D. Moore, and Miss Helen
L. Daniel are hereby designated Assistant
Chiefs, of the Division of Communications and
Records.

The routing symbol of the Division of Com-
munications and Records shall be DCR.

60

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

5. Division of Geogrraphy and Cartography.

The Division of Geography and Cartogi'aphy
shall have responsibility in the following mat-
ters: (a) the assembling, analysis, interpreta-
tion and presentation in the form of maps,
charts, or reports, of data of a geographic, geo-
detic or cartographic nature on land and water
areas throughout the world in connection with
current and post-war considerations and nego-
tiations concerning international or inter-re-
gional relations involving questions of political,
economic, historic or commercial geography;
and the furnishing of related geographic in-
formation or advice; (b) determination or revi-
sion of population statistics in connection with
the fixing of immigration quotas for specific
areas or countries, when occasion arises; (c)
maintenance of the Department's collection of
maps, atlases and gazetteers; and (d) liaison
with the United States Geological Survey, Coast
and Geodetic Survey, Hydrographic OflSce, and
other departments and agencies in matters of
geography, geodesy and cartography.

The Office of the Geographer is hereby abol-
ished and its functions and responsibilities
transferred to the Division of Geography and
Cartography.

Mr. Samuel W. Boggs is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Otto E. Guthe and Mrs. Sophia
A. Saucerman are designated Assistant Chiefs,
of the Division of Geography and Cartography.

The routing symbol of the Division of Geog-
raphy and Cartography shall be DGC.

6. Division of Protocol.

The Protocol Division shall have resjjonsibil-
ity in the following matters: (a) arranging for
presentation to the President of ambassadors
and ministers accredited to this Government;

(b) correspondence concerning their acceptabil-
ity to this Government and correspondence con-
cerning the acceptability to foreign govern-
ments of like officers of the United States;

(c) questions regarding rights and immunities
in the United States of representatives of for-
eign governments; (d) arrangements for all

ceremonials of a national or international char-
acter in the United States or participated in by
the United States abroad ; (e) arrangements for
and protection of distinguished foreign visitors;
(f) questions concerning customs and other
courtesies abroad; (g) making arrangements
for the casual or ceremonial visits of foreign
naval vessels and of foreign military organiza-
tions to the United States and visits of the same
character of United States naval vessels and
military organizations abroad; (h) arrange-
ments for the entry of troops of Allied Nations
and their baggage, arriving at United States
ports en route to training centers in this hemi-
sphere and en route to foreign duty; (i) ar-
rangements for release, as international cour-
tesy, of certain war materials, ammunitions,
models, et cetera, used in fulfilling contracts for
Allied Nations ; ( j ) matters with respect to visits
of aliens to industrial factories and plants
where war contracts are being executed; (k)
questions affecting the Diplomatic Corps under
the commodities rationing program ; (1) matters
of ceremonial in connection with the White
House and the Department of State; (m) prep-
aration of the Diplomatic List ; (n) maintenance
of a record of all officers and employees of for-
eign governments m the United States and its
possessions; (o) questions of exemption of such
foreign government officials from military
training and service; (p) preparation of exe-
quaturs, certificates of recognition, and notes
granting provisional recognition to foreign
consular officers in the United States, and corre-
spondence relating thereto ; (q) preparation of
the List of Foreign Consular Offices in the
United States; (r) questions concerning the
medals and decorations conferred by foreign
goverrmients upon officers of the United States ;
and (s) preparation of communications from
the President to the heads of foreign states.

Mr. Stanley Woodward is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Raymond D. Muir is hereby
designated Acting Ceremonial Officer, of the
Protocol Division.

JANUARY 15, 1944

61

Tlie routing symbol of the Division of Pro-
tocol shall be PEO.

7. Division of International Conferenoes.

The Division of International Conferences
shall have responsibility in the following mat-
ters : (a) planning and executing arrangements
for i^articipation by this Government in in-
ternational organizations, conferences, con-
gresses, expositions and conventions at home
and abroad, including the organization of dele-
gations to international conferences and col-
laboration in the preparation of instructions to
such delegates; (b) fulfillment of the interna-
tional obligations of the United States with
respect to membership and expenditures for in-
ternational treaty commissions, committees,
bureaus, and other official organizations; (c)
collaboration in carrying out agreements, reso-
lutions and recommendations of official inter-
national meetings; (d) supervision of appro-
priations for conference activities; and (e)
liaison, within the scope of its functions and
responsibilities, with permanent international
organizations.

Mr. Warren Kelchner is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Clarke L. Willard is hereby
designated Assistant Chief, of the Division of
International Conferences.

The routing symbol of the Division of Inter-
national Conferences shall be IC.

Board of Foreign Service Personnel, Board of
Examiners for the Foreign Ser\ice, and
Foreign SER\^CE Officers Training School
Board

The duties of the Board of Foreign Service
Personnel, under Executive Order 5642 of June
8, 1931, are : to submit to the Secretary of State
for approval, lists of Foreign Service officers
prepared in accordance with law by the Divi-
sion of Foreign Service Personnel in which they
are graded in accordance with their relative
efficiency in value to the Service; to recom-
mend promotions in the Foreign Service and to

furnish the Secretary of State with lists of For-
eign Service officers who have demonstrated
special capacity for promotion to the grade of
minister; to submit to the Secretary of State,
for approval and transmission to the Presi-
dent, the names of those officers and employees
of the Department of State who are recom-
mended for appointment by transfer to the po-
sition of Foreign Service officer; to submit to
the Secretary of State the names of those For-
eign Service officers who are recommended for
designation as counselors of embassies or lega-
tions; to recommend the assignment of Foreign
Service officers to posts and the transfer of such
officers from one branch of the Service to the
other ; to consider controversies and delinquen-
cies among the Service personnel and to recom-
mend appropriate disciplinary action where
required ; to determine, after considering recom-
mendations of the Division of Foreign Service
Personnel, when the efficiency rating of an
officer is unsatisfactory, in order that the Secre-
tary of State may take appropriate action.

The duties of the Board of Examiners for
tlie Foreign Service, under Executive Order
5642 of June 8, 1931, are to conduct the exam-
inations of candidates for appointment to the
Foreign Service.

The duties of the Foreign Service Officers
Training School Board are to exercise direction
over the Foreign Service Officers Training
School.

The Assistant Secretary, Mr. Shaw, shall con-
tinue to serve as a Member and Chairman, and
Assistant Secretaries, Mr. Berle and Mr. Ache-
son, shall continue to serve as Members, of these
Boards.

Office of Foreign Service Administration

There is hereby created an Office of Foreign
Service Administration which shall have re-
sponsibility, under the general direction of the
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Shaw, for all aspects
of the administration of the Foreign Service of
the United States,

62

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Mr. John G. Erhardt is hereby designated
Director of the Office of Foreign Service Admin-
istration.

The routing symbol of the Office of Foreign
Service Administration shall be FSA.

The Office of Foreign Service Administration
shall be composed of the following divisions,
with functions and responsibilities as indicated.

1. Division of Foreign Service Personnel.

The Division of Foreign Service Personnel
shall have responsibility in the following mat-
ters: (a) recruitment, appointment, and train-
ing of the classified, auxiliary, and clerical per-
sonnel of the Foi-eign Service of the United
States; (b) maintenance of the required effi-
ciency standards of the Service and custody of
the confidential records of all personnel; (c)
recommendation to the Board of Foreign Serv-
ice Personnel of administrative action regarding
assignments, transfers, promotions, demotions,
disciplinary action, and separations from the
Service, based upon conclusions drawn from an
evaluation of efficiencj^ reports, inspection re-
ports, and official authentic information from
chiefs of diplomatic missions and consular estab-
lishments, from competent officers of the De-
partment, and from other informed sources;
(d) preparation, under the supervision of the
Chairman of the Board of Foreign Service Per-
sonnel, of biannual rating lists in which all
Foreign Service officers are gi-aded in accord-
ance with their relative efficiency and value to
the Service, and from which list recommenda-
tions for promotions are made in the order of
ascertained merit within classes; (e) consulta-
tion with chiefs of missions, principal consular
officers, and the heads of divisions and offices of
the Department in regard to the proper func-
tioning of field offices; (f) reception of officers
and clerks of the Foreign Service on home leave
of absence and discussion with them of their
work and problems; (g) information with re-
spect to entrance into the Foreign Service; (h)

records of the Board of Examiners for the For-
eign Service and matters connected with the
holding of examinations.

Mr. Nathaniel P. Davis is hereby designated
Chief of the Division of Foreign Service
Personnel.

The routing symbol of the Division of For-
eign Service Personnel shall be FSP.

2. Division of Foreign Service Administration.
The Division of Foreign Service Administra-
tion shall have general responsibility for all
matters concerning the administration of the
Foreign Service of the United States except
such matters as are or may be assigned to other
divisions in the Office of Foreign Service Ad-
ministration or to the Division of Budget and
Finance in the Office of Departmental Admin-
istration. Specifically, the Division of Foreign
Service Administration shall have responsibil-
ity in the following matters : (a) the drafting of
regulations and the coordinating of instructions
in regard thereto; (b) the preparation and jus-
tification of budget estimates for the Foreign
Service; (c) the control of expenditures from
the various appropriations for the Foreign
Service; (d) analysis of cost of living at the
various posts in connection with equitable dis-
tribution of allowances and clerical salaries;
(e) the granting of leaves of absence; (f) the
administration of the law governing the pay-
ment of annuities to retired Foreign Service
officers and their widows; (g) the establish-
ment, operation, or closing of diplomatic and
consular offices; (h) the administration and
maintenance of government property abroad,
including supervision of contracts; (i) the
furnishing of equipment and supplies with
maintenance of inventories; (j) the operation
of the diplomatic pouch service and the super-
vision of diplomatic couriers; (k) supervision
of the despatch agencies and of matters relat-
ing to the designation of military, naval, and
other attaches abroad (1) recommendation of

JANtTARY 15, 194 4

63

legislation affecting the Foreign Service and
keeping the Foreign Service informed con-
cerning new statutes; (m) maintenance and
revision of the Foreign Service regulations;
(n) handling of emergency wartime problems
such as the evacuation of staffs and dependents
from dangerous areas; (o) Selective Service;
(p) general administrative assistance to mis-
sions sent abroad by other departments and
agencies; (q) claims made by Foreign Service
personnel for personal losses caused by the war ;
(r) the documentation of merchandise; (s)
matters relating to the estates of American
citizens dying abroad ; (t) notarial services per-
formed by consular oiBcers; (u) reports of
death of American citizens; (v) extradition
cases handled in collaboration with the Office
of the Legal Adviser; (w) services for the
Veterans' Administration ; (x) certain matters
relating to diplomatic and consular rights and
privileges.

The Foreign Service Buildings Office and the
Office of Foreign Service Furnishings are here-
by abolished, and their functions and responsi-
bilities are hereby vested in the Division of
Foreign Service Administration, as follows:
(a) the housing and furnishing of diplomatic
and consular establishments abroad; (b) the
protection and maintenance of properties
owned or to be acquired by the United States
for such purpose; and (c) programs of expend-
itures for the acquisition, construction, altera-
tion, or furnishing of such properties.

Mr. Monnett B. Davis is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Harry A. Havens, Mr. Francis
E. Flaherty, Mr. Hugh C. McMillan, and Mr.
E. Paul Tenney are hereby designated Assist-
ant Chiefs, of the Division of Foreign Service
Administration.

The routing symbol of the Division of For-
eign Service Administration shall be FA.

Mr. Frederick Larkin is hereby designated
Chief, and Mr. Leland W. King, Jr., is hereby
designated Assistant Chief, of Foreign Service
Buildings Operations in the Division of For-
eign Service Administration.

Office of Public Infohmation

For the purpose of assuring full understand-
ing of the foreign policy and relations of the
United States, within this country and in other
countries, there is hereby created an Office of
Public Information which shall have responsi-
bility, under the general direction of the As-
sistant Secretary, Mr. Shaw, for the public
information program and policy of the De-
partment of State. The Office of Public In-
formation shall be responsible for development
and coordination of policy and execution of
programs in all matters pertaining to: (a) the
Department's relations with private groups and
organizations interested in the formulation of
foreign policy; (b) the collection and anal3'sis
of materials relating to public attitudes on
current foreign policy questions; (c) relations
with the domestic and foreign press, radio, and
newsreels; (d) research on international affairs
and publication of official documents; (e) the
cultural exchange program of the United States
Government with foreign countries, coordina-
tion of international cultural and educational
programs of Federal agencies, and facilitating
relationships between United States private,
professional, scientific, and educational organi-
zations and similar groups in other countries;
and (f) liaison within the field of responsibili-
ties with the Office of War Information, the Of-
fice of the Coordinator of Inter-American
Affairs, and such other Government depart-
ments and agencies as may be concerned.

The Division of Cultural Relations is hereby
abolished and its functions and responsibilities
transferred to the Office of Public Information.

Mr. John S. Dickey is hereby designated Di-
rector of the Office of Public Information, Mr.
diaries A. Thomson is hereby designated Ad-
viser, and Mr. Richard W. Morin, Mr. S. Shep-
ard Jones and Mr. James E. McKenna are
hereby designated Special Assistants to the
Director of that Office.

The routing symbol of this Office shall be
OPI.

64

DEPARTMENT OP 'STATE BULLETIN

The Office of Public Information shall be
composed of the following divisions, with func-
tions and responsibilities as indicated;

1. Division of Current Information.

The Division of Current Information shall
have responsibility in matters pertaining to (a)
liaison between the Department and the domes-
tic and foreign press, including the conduct of
the press conferences of the Secretary, the
Under Seci'etary, and other officials of the De-
partment; (b) liaison between the Department
and other agencies of the Government, partic-
ularly the Office of War Information, Office of
Censorship, Coordinator of Inter- American Af-
fairs and the War Department in connection
with the dissemination abroad of information
regarding the war effort, except through the
media of motion pictures and radio; and (c)
preparation and distribution within the De-
partment and to the Foreign Service of daily
press summaries, bulletins and clippings and
general information bearing upon foreign re-
lations and the activities of this Government
generally.

Mr. Kobert T. Pell and Mr. Homer M. Bying-
ton, Jr., are hereby designated Assistant Chiefs
of the Division of Current Information, and
Mr. Byington shall sei"ve temporarily as Acting
Chief of the Division.

The routing symbol of this Division shall
be CI.

2. Division of Research and Publication.

The Division of Research and Publication
shall have responsibility in matters pertaining
to: (a) conduct of historical research studies in
international relations, including studies of the
Department's wartime policies and operations;
(b) preparation for the Secretary of State, the
Under Secretary and other officers of the De-
partment of historical information pertaining
to current problems; (c) compilation of the
United States Statutes at Large, Foreign Rela-
tions of the United States, Treaties and Other
International Acts of the United States of

America, The Territorial Papers of the United
States, The Department of State Bulletin,
special volumes on foreign policy, and other
publications; (d) collection, compilation and
maintenance of information pertaining to
treaties and other international agreements, the
performance of research and the furnishing of
information and advice, other than of a legal
character, with respect to the provisions of such
existing or proposed instruments; procedural
matters, including the preparation of full
powers, ratifications, proclamations and proto-
cols, and matters related to the signing, ratifi-
cation, proclamation and registration of treaties
and other international agreements (except
with respect to proclamations of trade agree-
ments, which shall be handled in the Division of
Commercial Policy) ; and custody of the orig-
inals of treaties and other international agree-
ments; (e) maintenance of the Department's
Library; (f) editing of publications of the De-
partment; codification of regulatory docu-
ments; maintenance of the Department's mail-
ing lists; custody and control of the distribu-
tion of the Department's publications and
processed material; and procurement for and
allocation to various Government agencies of
foreign publications received through Amer-
ican Foreign Service officers; and release of
unpublished documents to private individuals;
(g) handling of "public comment" corre-
spondence in collaboration with other interested
divisions; (h) administration of the Printing
and Binding Appropriation for the Depart-
ment; and (i) liaison for the Department with
The National Archives and the Government
Printing Office, and representation of the De-
partment on the National Historical Publica-
tions Commission and on the National Arcliives
Council.

The Office of the Editor of the Treaties is
hereby abolished and its functions and respon-
sibilities transferred to the Division of
Research and Publication.

Mr. E. Wilder Spaulding is hereby desig-
nated Acting Chief, Mr. Bryton Barron is

JANUARY 15, 1944

65

hereby designated Acting Assistant Chief, Dr.
Graham H. Stuart is hereby designated Con-
sultant, and Mr. Clarence E. Carter is hereby
designated Editor of Territorial Papers, in the
Division of Eesearch and Publication.

The routing symbol of this Division shall
beEP.

3. Motion Pictv/re amd Radio Division.

The Motion Picture and Radio Division shall
have responsibility in matters pertaining to:
(a) liaison between the Department and other
departments and agencies, particularly the
Office of War Information, the Coordinator of
Inter- American Affairs, War Deiaartment, and
Office of Censorship, in matters involved in the
dissemination abroad, through the media of
motion pictures and radio, information regard-
ing the war effort; and (b) the development
and execution of cultural programs through
these media.

Mr. John M. Begg is hereby designated As-
sistant Chief of the Motion Picture and Radio
Division, and he shall serve temporarily as Act-
ing Chief of the Division.

Tlie routing symbol of this Division shall
be MPR.

4. Science, Education and Art Division.

The Science, Education and Art Division
shall have responsibility in matters pertaining
to international cooperation in the fields of sci-
ence, education and art including (a) exchanges
of materials in these fields, including books,
periodicals, and other printed matei'ials in the
various fields of learning and art; (b) develop-
ment of American libraries and schools in for-
eign countries; (c) administration of cultural
institutes; (d) administration of programs for
aiding special research and teaching projects in
American colleges and universities abroad; (e)
cooperation with American private agencies
and associations participating in international
cultural activities; and (f) liaison with the
Office of Education, the Coordinator of Inter-
American Affairs, and such other departments
and agencies as may be concerned.

568539—44 1

The routing symbol of this Division shall
be SEA.

5. Central Translating Division.

The Central Translating Division shall have
responsibility for all the translating and
interpreting work of the Department of State,
including (a) translation from English of
certain publications of the Government for
distribution to the other American republics,
and, in cooperation with other divisions and
offices of the Department and the Interdepart-
mental Committee on Cooperation With the
American Republics, the formulation and ad-
ministration of progi'ams for the distribution of
such translations ; (b) translation from English
of addresses, as required, such translations to
serve as the accepted official translated version
of those public ufterances; (c) review of mate-
rial published in Spanish and Portuguese by
other Government departments and agencies,
and review of Spanish, Portuguese and French
script for motion pictures and radio programs
to be distributed through official channels in the
other American republics; (d) translation of
communications addressed to the President by
heads of foreign states and other material re-
ferred by the White House, and of diplomatic
notes and miscellaneous material; and (e) the
critical examination of foreign texts of draft
treaties to which the United States is to be a
party, with a view to the closest adjustment
thereof to the English text.

The Central Translating Office and the Trans-
lating Bureau are hereby abolished and their
functions ti'ansferred to the Central Translating
Division.

Mr. Guillermo A. Suro and Mi'. Emerson B.
Christie are hereby designated Assistant Chiefs
of the Central Translating Division, and Mr.
Suro shall serve temporarily as Acting Chief of
the Division.

The routing symbol of this Division shall

beTC.

CoitDELL Hull

DEPARTME'NT OF STATE BULLETIN

JANUARY 15, 1944

ORGANIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

ADVISERS AND CONSULTANTS

ROBERT WOODS BLISS

FREDERICK LIVESEY

Adviser, OfflCfl of Economic Altoirs
ARTHUR W. M4CMAH0N

ConsuHonl on Administration
CHARLES B- RAYNER

Adviser on PelrolBum Policy
LEflOY D STINEBOWER

AdMiser, Office of Economic Affairs
CHARLES A THOf^^SON

Adviser, Office of Public Information

.STAFF

Executive Assisionis

CECIL W. GRAY
BLAl-iCHE R HflTJ^

Assistants

GEORGE W RENCHARD

JaWES E BROWN_|°

General Consultant

CARLTON 5AVAGF_

LiolsonOfficer-WoraNovy
ORME WILSON

SECRETARY
CORDELL HULL

UNDER SECRETARY
EDWARD R. STETTINIUS JR.

POLICY COMMITTFF

THE SECRETARY -CMAIRMflN
UNDER SECRETARY- VICE Wmutli
ASSISTANT SECRETARIES
LEGAL ADVISER

SPECIAL ASSISTANT. MR PASVOLSKY
DIRECTORS OF OFFICES, EX OFFICIO
EXECUTIVE SECRETARY

SPECIAL ASSISTANTS

LEO PASVOLSKY
JOSEPH c GREW
GEORGE TSUMMERLIN
MICHAEL J McDERMOTT
THOMAS K FINLETTTR
JOSEPH C GREEN

ROBERT J LYNCH
HAYDEN RAYNOR

ASSISTANT SECRETARY
ADOLF A. BERLE JR.

COMMITTEE ON
POSTWAR PBnr.BAMg

THE SECRETARY-CHAIRMAN

UNDER SECRETARY -VICE CHAIRMAN

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR, MR PASVOLSKY

VICE CHAIRMEN OF ADVISORY COUNCIL

ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

LEGAL ADVISER

DIRECTORS OF OFFICES, Ex OFFICIO

STANLEY WQOOWaSO

68

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"THE STATE DEPARTMENT SPEAIvS'

[Released to the press January 15]

The text of the second of a series of four
broadcasts over the National Broadcasting
Company entitled "The State Department
Speaks" follows:

Participants

Edwaed R. Stettinius, Je. Under Secretary of State

G. HowLAND Shaw Assistant Secretary of

State

John G. Winant United States Ambassa-

dor to London (speak-
ing from London)

RoBEBT D. MuBPHY United States Ambassa-

dor at Large; Amer-
ican member of the
Advisory Council for
Italy

RicHAHD Habkness Representing the public

Wasidngton Announcer : For the American
people, the National Broadcasting Company
presents the second of a limited series of pro-
grams called "The State Department Speaks".
We go now to the State Department Building
on Pennsylvania Avenue here in Washington,
D.C.

Hakkness: Good evening, ladies and gentle-
men. This is Eichard Harkness — your repre-
sentative in this timely series of i^rograms de-
signed to tell you something about your State
Department — how it works, the work it does,
and the people who run it. Here in the Secre-
tary of State's office on the second floor of the
old State Department Building, I am ready to
interview for you such well-known people as
Edward K. Stettinius, Jr., Under Secretary of
State; G. Howland Shaw, Assistant Secretary
of State; John G. Winant, American Ambas-
sador to Great Britain, who will speak to us
from London ; and Ambassador Robert D. Mur-
phy, who has just returned to this country from
some very exciting experiences abroad.

To begin with, thanks to you listeners for
your cards and letters suggesting questions I

should ask on these programs. They've been
most helpful. Keep them coming !

Now let's try getting some of your questions
answered. First, those questions having to do
with the set-up of the State Department and
its work. And here are two men who can speak
with authority — Under Secretary Stettinius
and Assistant Secretary Shaw.

Mr. Stettinius, I understand you have some-
thing interesting to tell us tonight concerning
two important announcements which Secretary
Hull made today.

Steitinius : Yes, Mr. Harkness, I have.

Harkness: Good! But before we go into
that, I'd like to get a brief picture of the State
Department's work. Mr. Shaw, you're the
Assistant Secretary of State in charge of the
administration of the Department and of our
Foreign Service. Suppose you give us that
picture, Sir.

Shaw : In brief, Mr. Harkness, the business of
the State Department is to represent this coun-
try in our dealings with foreign governments in
matters covering many of the most momentous
problems of the day.

Harkness : Like the Moscow Conference, for
instance ?

Shaw : Yes — and such things as the negotia-
tion of bases for our armed forces, the conclu-
sion of many treaties and commercial agree-
ments. But in addition the State Department
does a great deal of work having little or noth-
ing to do ■v^ith foreign governments. Actually,
most of our daily business is with Americans
who come in to ask us to do all sorts of things for
them. We maintain daily contacts with Con-
gress and keep in touch with American public
opinion as a whole. Furthermore, normally a
large part of our work is with other depart-
ments of our Government : for instance, getting
information on foreign markets which the De-
partment of Commerce distributes to American
businessmen; getting data on foreign labor con-
ditions for the use of our Labor Department;

JANUARY 15, 1944

69

getting information abroad for the use of our
Agriculture Department to be used in world-
crop forecasting. Today in war we work espe-
cially closely with these departments and other
agencies of the Government in economic-war-
fare work, the acquisition of needed materials
from abroad, and a multitude of other wartime
activities.

Harkness : Well, I suppose it is the State De-
partment Foreign Service that actually carries
out many of these jobs in foreign countries.

Shaw : That's right. But it's called the For-
eign Service of the United States and not the
Foreign Service of the Department of State.
Our Foreign Service officers receive their com-
missions, not from the Secretary of State, but
from the President of the United States. They
serve the Government of the United States as a
whole. These men are the eyes and ears of our
Government in foreign lands, the advocates of
its interests, and the interpreters of its ideals.

Harkness : Serving our country abroad would
seem to me to require a pretty able American.

Shaw : It certainly does. Our work today de-
mands able men with many different skills —
men with many kinds of experience. Their war-
time duties have been particularly exacting as
I'm sure Ambassador Winant and Ambassador
Murphy will tell you later.

Harkness : All right. Now, Mr. Shaw, many
of our listeners have sent questions asking
whether to get a job in our Foreign Service you
have to come from the so-called "right" social
background, have the right size bank account,
have gone to the right schools, and be a native
of the eastern section of the United States. Is
there any truth in that. Sir?

Shaw : No, there is not. Let me answer you
point by point, Mr. Harkness, and with concrete
facts. Let's start with that eastern seaboard
myth. Of the last three groups of 117 persons
to enter the Foreign Service, 19 came from the
Far West; 33 from the Middle West; 16 from
New England; 33 from the Middle Atlantic
States, and 16 from the South. So you see they
were pretty well scattered geographically
throughout the country. And that's true not

only of the last three groups to enter the Service
but of the men who came in during the past 10
years. Moreover, these men came from not just
one or two schools, but from over 50 different
universities and colleges. And — so far as ear-
lier schooling was concerned — at least half of
them received their education in our public
high schools. Many of our men have worked
their way through school. One young man who
entered the Foreign Service recently prepared
for his examinations by studying nights in
the Detroit Public Library. To support him-
self he worked during the day on the assembly
line of an automobile plant.

Harkness: That's interesting and good to
hear. But, Mr. Shaw, how about the general
opinion that a man needs a private income and —
well — the so-called "right" kind of social back-
ground to enter the Foreign Service?

Shaw: Neither one of these statements is
true, Mr. Harkness. The vast majority of men
in the Foreign Service today have no independ-
ent income whatever and must rely entirely on
their government pay. Now about this "social
background" business. The truth is that we
want the Service to be broadly representative of
American life. I can answer that question
again in terms of the last groups of new men to
enter our Foreign Service : the fathers of these
young men followed such varied occupations as
railroad conductor, carpenter, minister of reli-
gion, schoolmaster, banker, jeweler, laborer,
lawyer, sales manager, clerk, and physician.

Harkness : Well, that list seems to spike an-
other rumor, Mr. Shaw. But how did you go
about selecting Foreign Service officers ?

Shaw : Through a good stiff examination.

Harkness : Just how tough is it ?

Shaw : Well, only about one out of seventeen
passes the test. If they've got the stuff', we want
them in the Foi'eign Service. If they haven't
got the stuff, we don't want them, no matter
what else they have — money, degrees, or name.

Harkness : That's good American doctrine.

Shaw : Yes, and it results in giving us men
who are a cross-section of all America, and that's
just what we're after.

70

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Haekness: Before we went on the air, Mr.
Shaw, you said something about not doing any
recruiting for the Foreign Service just now be-
cause the men you would want are going into
the armed services. What are your plans for
the future on this?

Shaw: I am glad you brought that up, Mr.
Harkiiess, because just as soon as the war is over
we will be needing new men in the Service and
we will look first to the returning soldiers to fill
our ranks.

Harktsiess: Thank you, Mr. Shaw. Right
now I want to call in London to ask one of our
most distinguished ambassadors abroad to tell
us something about his job of representing 130
million people. Can you hear me, Ambassador
Winant in London ?

Winant: Thank you, I can, Mr. Harkness.

Harkness: Well, to begin with, would you
tell us something about your work and the peo-
ple you have to work with as American Am-
bassador in London?

Winant: It has been customary over long
periods of time for governments to communi-
cate with one another through embassies. I
have charge of the United States Embassy in
London. The two men I work most closely
with are the Prime Minister, Mr. Churchill, and
the Foreign Secretary, Mr. Eden. We work
together as freely and as frankly as any three
people can work together. There is no un-
necessary formality, but always an honest ef-
fort to get the job done, whatever the job may
be.

Harkness: I have a hunch that yours is a
mighty tough and complex job, and I wish you
could tell us briefly something about it.

Winant: In wartime, with Great Britain
and the United States coordinating production
and supply and fighting under a common com-
mand, the area of coverage and the volume of
business have been enormously expanded.
Modern warfare, which involves entire popu-
lations of countries, has forced the establish-
ment of civilian war agencies which are repre-
sented and coordinated within the London

Embassy organization for the European theater
of operations.

The backbone of the Embassy organization
are the career Foreign Service officers. They
are selfless, efficient, and hardworking. Aside
from handling relationships between govern-
ments, our assignments include obtaining bases
and other facilities for our Army and Navy,
dealing with supplies through Lend-Lease and
reverse Lend-Lease so that the right food and
the right weapons are in the right place at the
right time, whether they are to be used by our
Allies' forces or our own. They include pro-
duction problems and civil-use problems; eco-
nomic warfare, which means finding ways and
means of depriving the enemy of supplies he
vitally needs ; and psychological warfare, which
includes laying down by leaflet and radio a
barrage of truth against enemy propaganda;
information services ; and other necessary activ-
ities to meet war needs.

There are inconveniences and some hardsliips,
especially for those men in the Foreign Service
who have been for years away from home, but
there is not a man here who does not see that
life lies back of the work he is doing and is not
grateful for the chance to serve the fighting men.

We have tried hard to be useful to the soldiers,
the sailors, and the airmen who today are your
true ambassadors to England, just as the true
embassies are the brave homes they come from.
It is on the relationship that they are building
that the future of the world must largely rest.

A tribute in the London Daily Express to the
American airmen who died on a recent raid over
Germany will give you some understanding of
the respect and friendship of the British people
for our fighting men. The newspaper said :

"It was, alas, easy to tell yesterday where the
hearts of the British people turned in regard to
America — to the homes of the lost airmen from
Maine to California, to the forests and the
prairies, the city apartments and the homesteads
in the clearings. The loss of sixty flying for-
tresses over Schweinfurt struck us as if it were
our own. Wherefore came these gallant crews

JANUARY 15, 1944

71

among us ? "Why did they wing their way to our
side? These splendid young Americans flew in
aid of the common cause of basic decency in the
world just as their soldiers stand alongside ours
in Italy or in the Solomons for no other purpose.
They came on a rendezvous with us to rid the
earth of Nazi terror as we shall be found
shoulder to shoulder with them cleansing it of
the Jap horror. That is what lasts."

Harkness : Thank you, Ambassador Winant.
Good night.

Winant : Good night to you all.

Harkness : And now back to the second rank-
ing officer of the Department of State. Mr.
Stettinius, you became Under Secretary of State
early last fall, did you not?

Stettinius: Yes, Mr. Harkness, in October.

Haekness : And how long did it take you. Sir,
to find your way around in this new position?
I know that, right after you took office. Secre-
tary Hull left for the Moscow Conference, which
meant that you became Acting Secretary of
State right away.

Stettinius: Yes, that's right. And under
very strenuous circumstances which, I can assure
you, gave me an excellent opportunity to become
quickly acquainted with the work of the Depart-
ment and its people.

HIaekness : What were your reactions ? You
came into the Department as an experienced
businessman and Government official, and I as-
sume you brought a fresh viewpoint with you.

Stettinius : I came here as Under Secretary,
first with a profound admiration for Secretary
Hull and, secondly, with an open mind about
the task ahead. It was then my judgment — it
is now my definite knowledge — that the State
Department is a basically sound institution.
It has as its leader one of the gi-eat Americans
of our time, Cordell Hull ; it has an experienced
and loyal staff; and it represents a country
whose purposes are honorable and aboveboard.
In my opinion any foreign office which possesses
these assets is basically sound.

Habkness: Am I to understand then, Mr.
Stettinius, that you are completely satisfied

with everything about the present State Depart-
ment set-up?

Stettinius : No, I am not. And I might add
that neither is Secretary Hull nor our associates.
Like many businesses, the State Department has
had to convert its normal operations to war
conditions. That always means making rapid
administrative changes and the result is there
are bound to be rough spots. And, to complete
the circle of change, the Department must pre-
pare itself to turn its full facilities again to the
problems of the peace.

Harkness: Well — Are you getting ready for
that time?

Stettinius: Yes, we are. One of the first
things I undertook for the Secretary was to
study with Assistant Secretary Shaw and other
officers how affairs within the Department
should best be organized to carry the terrific
load of foreign-policy work which faces us in
the months and years ahead. I am very happy
to say that Secretary Hull today announced a
reorganization plan of the Department.

Harkness : That's just what I've been wait-
ing for, Mr. Stettinius, since Secretary Hull
stated that he had asked you to discuss some of
the highlights of the plan tonight. Won't you,
please, tell us a little about it ?

Stettinius : Well, of course, everyone will
realize that we need as efficient and smooth-
running a State Department as possible for the
great tasks before us.

Harkness: Of course. What does the re-
organization accomplish ?

Stettinius: The new organization corrects
some current difficulties, but its chief purpose is
to prepare us to meet most effectively the heavy
responsibilities which are ahead both for win-
ning the war and making a secure peace.

The new organization accomplishes several
objectives: First, it readjusts the responsibil-
ities of the top officers of the Department so
that they may devote the biggest part of their
energies to vital world affairs.

Harkness : Well, you mean then they are be-
ing relieved of some of the administrative

72

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

details which have tied them down up to now?

Stettinius: That's right; and, secondly, the
new organization establishes clearer lines of re-
sponsibility and authority inside the Depart-
ment. To do this we have revamped and re-
grouped many of the activities.

In the third place, the work of the higher
officers of the Department will be more closely
coordinated.

Harkness : Well, now. Sir, is there anything
you can say concretely about this?

Stettinius : Yes, one of the most important
steps being taken is the establishment of two
principal committees composed of high officers
of the Department. Secretary Hull will be
Chairman and I, Vice Chairman of these com-
mittees. One will be a Policy Committee which
will be concerned with the full scope of our in-
ternational affairs.

Harkness: Aiid what is the second of these
principal committees. Sir?

Stettinius : That is to be called the Commit-
tee on Post War Programs. It will formulate
and submit to the President recommendations
pertaining to post-war foreign policy.

Harkness : That means, I take it, that all for-
eign-policy matters, both current and future
plans, will now be cleared and coordinated
through these two committees.

Stettinius : That is correct, but I wish to em-
phasize that the final important purpose of the
reorganization is to establish new divisions to
deal with new problems of an international
nature.

Harkness : I notice that on the chart you have
there before you, Mr. Stettinius, one of these
new divisions is that of Labor Affairs — would
that be a concrete illustration of that last point
you made ?

Stettinius: Precisely — but with our limited
time, we'd better not get started on these details
here tonight, Mr. Harkness.

Harkness : Well, I wish we could, but I cer-
tainly want to thank you, Mr. Stettinius, for
that important piece of news and your com-
ments on its significant features. But we al-
most forgot to touch on that other important

announcement which will be of interest to our
audience.

Stettinius : Today Secretary Hull created an
Advisory Council on Post War Foreign Policy
to be composed of outstanding and representa-
tive national leaders. This Council will advise
the Secretary of State on post-war foreign-pol-
icy matters of major importance.

Harkness : Secretary Hull has already named
several outstanding citizens to serve on this
Council, hasn't he ?

Stettinius : Yes. He has appointed Mr. Nor-
man H. Davis, Chairman of the American Ked
Cross ; Ambassador Myron C. Taylor ; and Dr.
Isaiah Bowman, President of Johns Hopkins
University, as Vice Chairmen of the Council.

Harkness: Before we tackle Ambassador
Robert D. Murphy may I ask a final question,
Sir, on the reorganization : Will it work ?

Stettinius : It must work, Mr. Harkness, and
I can assure you that it is Secretary Hull's firm
intention and mine to leave no stone unturned,
as time goes on, to see that our State Depart-
ment is fully equipped to discharge its respon-
sibilities to the American people in the days
ahead.

Harkness : Thank you, Mr. Secretary.

Now, ladies and gentlemen, hero's Ambassa-
dor Eobert D. Murphy — the man you'll remem-
ber reading about as having arranged for Gen-
eral Mark Clark's secret visit to North Africa
before the landing of Eisenhower's armies. Mr.
Murphy, can you tell us something about that
visit — the time the General had the bad luck to
lose those now famous pants of his ?

Murphy: Well, a couple of weeks before our
troops landed, it was decided that General Clark
and several other officers would make a secret
visit to North Africa to get some first-hand
ideas of what reception our forces would get
from the French when they landed. We made
very careful preparations with certain patriotic
Frenchmen for this visit. As you all know,
General Clark and his staff came ashore in the
dead of night at an isolated spot and success-
fully completed their mission in spite of a threat
of discovery by local police officials.

JANUARY 15, 1944

73

Haekness : Well, how about those pants ?

Muepht: Oh, about the pants. It was in
making his get-away to the submarine that the
General had to leave his pants on the beach.
When we went down to remove all evidences of
the visit after the General had gotten away,
I found, among other things, his pants.

Harkness: What do you do with a pair of
general's pants?

Murphy: Just what I would have done with
the pants of any other friend under similar cir-
cumstances— I had them cleaned and pressed,
and radioed the General that they'd be there for
him when he came back.

Harkness : And as we all know, the General
did come back. But this time he had plenty of
company with him — Eisenhower and his gal-
lant armies. I would like to get from you,
Mr. Murphy, some of the background of that
landing. In our pre-broadcast chat, you said
that during 1940, 1941, and 1942, when our mili-
tary preparations needed time and our power
structure was weak, you worked to inspire
French faith in us. Why the lack of French
faith in us then ?

Murphy : Because, in 1941, many Frenchmen
in North Africa honestly believed that the
United States would never succeed in preparing
for war in time to stop Germany. We eventu-
ally got this idea out of their heads, but military
preparation takes a long time and those anxious
months seemed endless to us.

Harkness: The proof that you laid a firm
foundation came with the successful landing of
our troops in November, 1942. But I recall that
you were severely criticized for dealing with
so-called "Vichyites" in North Africa before
the invasion. Now, you know on this program
there are no holds barred. I want to ask you :
Did you deal with such people ?

Murphy : Yon bet we did, Mr. Harkness !
When you're working inside a cage with a tiger,
your technique has to be quite different from
that of the independent and carefree ciitic
standing safely outside. Remember always
that we were operating in a zone of strong
enemy influence. It was inevitable at times

that we were obliged to cultivate and associate
with people for whose politics we had no sym-
pathy. That association did not mean that we
approved the point of view of certain French
elements who happened to exercise authority at
the time — but these Frenchmen were indis-
pensable in preparing for the landing of our
forces in Africa, and so we dealt with them.
I would like to point out, however, something
that has not always been cleai'ly understood up
to now and that is that certain so-called "Vichy-
ites" remained loyal to Vichy on the surface
only so they could help us in preparing the
way for the arrival of our troops and the
eventual liberation of France.

Harkness : That's an important point.

Murphy: But in any case I will cheerfully
admit that for the purpose of saving the lives of
the American boys whom I saw come over the
beaches of North Africa I would deal with any
person desirable or undesirable. I knew that
once our power was established, my Government
would cooperate with the French in the reestab-
lishment of democratic institutions. But first
things come first. I knew I could not face the
mothers and wives of our soldiers who might be
killed by reason of any reluctance on our part
which would have prevented the practical ar-
rangements under which our soldiers were
protected.

Harkness: Well, I think our listeners who
have sons and brothers and husbands in the front
line tonight well understand that viewpoint.
What was your work after the invasion took
place, Mr. Murphy ?

Murphy: I was then assigned to the Allied
Commander-in-Chief, General Eisenhower, as a
member of his staff.

Harkness: That was the first time that a
Foreign Service officer ever became a member of
a military staff, wasn't it?

Murphy : I believe it was.

Haekness : Eisenhower must be a great fel-
low to serve with.

Murphy: Indeed he is. I can't praise him
too highly. His cool and sound judgment, his
genial personality were the dominating factors

74

DEPARTMENT OP STATE BULLETIN

behind the extraordinary cooperation between
the Allies in North Africa during the most criti-
cal moments of the war.

Haekness : Mr. Murphy, I want to ask you
about the Darlan affair. You remember there
were a lot of people over here saying that we
were backing the wrong horse after our troops
had landed in dealing with Vichyite Darlan
instead of Free French de Gaulle. They felt
that General de Gaulle was being shunted aside,
to put it bluntly.

Mubphy: Yes, I know about that reaction
and I don't mind telling you that I was flabber-
gasted by it.

Harkness : You were ? Wliy ?

Murphy : You must remember that the whole
aim of our foreign policy in North Africa at
that time was to save as many American lives as
possible, and to do everything in our power to
gain a quick and inexpensive victory. True,
General de Gaulle was already in the war, and
he and his men deserve every credit for having
maintained French honor and for carrying on
the fight during those bitter months. But don't
forget this — at the time of the American land-
ing, Admiral Darlan had at his command 300,000
soldiers and sailors in Africa while General de
Gaulle then had only a handful by comparison.
That's why we worked with Admiral Darlan.
And I can tell you that he rendered very practi-
cal assistance to the Allied cause. Perhaps the
best proof of this is found in the fact that,
whereas our Army leaders expected the casualty
list of the North African landing to run to
15,000, it actually was well under 2,000, including
Army and Navy.

Haekness: Well, that answers quite a few
questions straight from the shoulder, Mr. Mur-
phy. Thanks. I might point out to our lis-
teners that Ambassador Robert D. Murphy is
one of the few civilians ever to be awarded the
Distinguished Service Medal. General Eisen-
hower pinned it on him for the excellent mili-
tary job he did as head of our Foreign Service
in North Africa.

Haekness : Let's see how our time is. I think
we have time left for just one more question for
you, Mr. Stettinius. Last week on this pro-
gram we discussed the Moscow Conference, and
that broadcast stirred up a large number of
questions from our listeners concerning post-
war cooperation with Soviet Kussia. You have
been a long-standing friend of Soviet Russia,
Mr. Stettinius, and you as Lend-Lease Adminis-
trator helped to get war materials to Russia.
What do you think about cooj^eration with
Soviet Russia after the war?

STETiiNitrs: I have worked closely with the
Soviet officials here for over three j'ears and
I have nothing but admiration for the brav-
ery, resourcefulness, and determination of the
people of the Soviet Union. I feel we have
everything to gain and nothing to lose from a
continuing and close cooperation between the
Soviet Union and the United States both now
and after the war. Anything else would be
nothing less than tragic blundering for both
of us.

Haekness : Well, time's almost up, so thanks
to all of you gentlemen — ^Mr. Stettinius, Mr.
Shaw, Ambassador Murphy, and Ambassador
Winant, who burned the midnight oil in London
to be with us this evening. Next week the
State Department officials in the witness chair
will include Mr. Adolf Berle, Mr. Dean Ache-
son — ^both of whom are Assistant Secretaries of
State, and Mr. Harry C. Hawkins, Director of
the new Office of Economic Affairs.

I hope all of you ladies and gentlemen listen-
ing in will be with us then. Meanwhile, send
me your questions. And now — this is Richard
Harkness saying "Good night" from Washing-
ton.

Washington Announcer : Good night, Rich-
ard Harkness. Ladies and gentlemen, we have
just concluded the second of four programs to
be broadcast from the State Department Build-
ing in Washington, D.C. The series, entitled
"The State Department Speaks", is presented as

JANUARY 15, 1944

75

a public service by the NBC University of the
Air to acquaint you, the American people, with
the inner workings of one of the most impor-
tant departments of your Government. I'hese
four programs will be published in booklet form
and j'ou may have a copy free of charge by
writing to "The State Department Speaks",
NBC, New York. Write, too, if you have a
question you think would help Richard Hark-
ness frame his interviews, and be on hand again
next week at the same time when — "The State
Department Speaks."

Canada

PRESENTATION OF LETTERS OF CRE-
DENCE BY THE CANADIAN AMBASSA-
DOR

[Released to the press January 12]

The remarks of the newly appointed Ambas-
sador of Canada, the Honorable Leighton Mc-
Carthy, K.C., upon the occasion of the presen-
tation of his letters of credence, January 12,
1944, follow :

Me. PuEsroENT :

I have the great honour to present to you the
letters by which His Majesty the King has
accredited me as the first Canadian Ambassador
to the United States.

This occasion marks another stage in the de-
velopment of the relations between our two
countries which have for so long been based
upon trust, friendship, and respect.

It emphasizes also the closeness and the im-
portance of our cooperation in this war during
which our industrial and fighting strengths have
been coordinated in a manner never surpassed
by two neighbouring states. This collaboration
in war is, I am confident, an earnest of our deter-

mination to work together in the peace that will
follow our common victory.

May I thank you, Mr. President, for the
friendly encouragement and assistance you have
extended to me as Minister and bespeak its con-
tinuance in my new capacity.

The President's reply to the remarks of Mr.
McCarthy follows :

Mr. Ambassador:

I am happy indeed to welcome you, an old
friend, as Canada's first Ambassador to the
United States and to receive from your hands
the letters by which His Majesty the King has
accredited you in this new capacity.

On this significant occasion, as you have made
clear, we may rejoice in the broad scope and ef-
fectiveness of our collaboration in war. In
Italy as in the Aleutians, in the skies of Europe
as, later, in the skies of Asia, and on all the
oceans our comradeship in arms will have
forged enduring bonds in the struggle against
mutual enemies both east and west.

At home as well, we have unlocked the doors
to economic cooperation continental in scope for
the prosecution of the common cause. We too
are determined that such cooperation will con-
tinue in the peace to come for the benefit of both
our peoples and the world in general.

Through long years Canada and the United
States, each confident of the good will of the
other, have worked out their problems as neigh-
bors, faithful always to the principle that the
best solution of each problem is the solution
which is to the mutual advantage of both. The
solid achievements of the past are the best possi-
ble earnest of even greater achievements in
future.

I assure you, Mr. Ambassador, that you may
count on the continued support and friendship
of the authorities of this Government who hope,
as I do, that your several years as Minister here
will be succeeded by many equally successful
years as Ambassador.

The War

ANNUAL MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS

[Excerpt i]

[Released to the press by the White Houss January 11]

This Nation in the past two years has become
an active partner in the world's greatest war
against human slavery.

We have joined with like-minded people in
order to defend ourselves in a world that has
been gravely threatened with gangster rule.

But I do not think that any of us Americans
can be content with mere survival. Sacrifices
that we and our Allies are making impose upon
us all a sacred obligation to see to it that out
of this war we and our children will gain some-
thing better than mere survival.

We are united in determination that this war
shall not be followed by another interim which
leads to new disaster — that we shall not repeat
the tragic errors of ostrich isolationism — that
we shall not repeat the excesses of the wild
twenties when this Nation went for a joy-ride
on a roller coaster which ended in a tragic crash.

When Mr. Hull went to Moscow in October,
^nd when I went to Cairo and Tehran in No-
vember, we knew that we were in agreement
■with our Allies in our common determination to
fight and wm this war. But there were many
vital questions concerning the future peace, and
they were discussed in an atmosphere of com-
plete candor and harmony.

In the last war such discussions, such meet-
mgs, did not even begin until the shooting had
stopped and the delegates began to assemble at
the peace table. There had been no previous
opportunities for man-to-man discussions which
lead to meetings of minds. The result was a
peace which was not a peace.

'The complete text of the message of Jan. 11, 1944
s printed as H. Doe. 377, 78th Cong.

• 76

That was a mistake which we are not repeat-
ing m this war.

And right here I want to address a word or
two to some suspicious souls who are fearful
that Mr. Hull or I have made "commitments"
for the future which might pledge this Nation
to secret treaties, or to enacting the role of
Santa Claus.

To such suspicious souls — using a polite ter-
minology— I wish to say that Mr. Churchill,
and Marshal Stalin, and Generalissimo Chiang
Kai-shek are all thoroughly conversant with the
provisions of our Constitution. And so is Mr.
Hull. And so am I.

Of course we made some commitments. We
most certamly committed ourselves to very large
and very specific military plans which require
the use of all allied forces to bring about the
defeat of our enemies at the earliest possible
time.

But there were no secret treaties or political or
financial commitments.

The one supreme objective for the future,
which we discussed for each nation individually,
and for all the United Nations, can be summed
up in one word : Security.

And that means not only physical security
which provides safety from attacks by aggres-
sors. It means also economic security, social
security, moral security — in a family of nations.

In the plain down-to-earth talks that I had
with the Generalissimo and Mai-shal Stalin and
Prime Minister Churchill, it was abundantly
clear that they are all most deeply interested in
the resumption of peaceful progress by their
own peoples — progress toward a better life. All
our Allies want freedom to develop their lands

JANXTAHT 15, 1944

77

and resources, to build up industry, to increase
education and individual opportimity, and to
raise standards of living.

All our Allies have learned by bitter experi-
ence that real development will not be possible
if they are to be diverted from their purpose
by repeated wars — or even threats of war.

China and Russia are truly united with
Britain and America in recognition of this es-
sential fact:

The best interests of each nation, large and
small, demand that all freedom-loving nations
shall join together in a just and durable system
of peace. In the present world situation,
evidenced by the actions of Germany, Italy, and

Japan, unquestioned military control over dis-
turbers of the peace is as necessary among
nations as it is among citizens in a community.
And an equally basic essential to peace is a
decent standard of living for all individual men
and women and children in all nations. Free-
dom from fear is eternally linked with freedom
from want. . . .

The foreign policy that we have been follow-
ing— the policy that guided us at Moscow,
Cairo, and Tehran — is based on the common-
sense principle which was best expressed by
Benjamin Franklin on July 4, 1776: "We must
all hang together, or assuredly we shall all hang
separately."

EXCHANGE OF AMERICAN AND JAPANESE NATIONALS

[Released to the press January 13]

Reports have reached the Department of
State, as they appear to have reached many of
the Department's correspondents, that Ameri-
can passengers from tlie Philippine Islands who
returned on the Gripsholm in the recent ex-
change of nationals with Japan were selected
for repatriation by the Department of State.
These reports are not true.

The facts are these :

It was only after long and difficult negotia-
tions that the Government of the United States
succeeded in making with the Japanese Govern-
ment arrangements for the exchange of Amer-
ican and Japanese civilian nationals which has
just been completed.

The exchange included for the most part
civilians who were in Japan, Manchuria, China,
Hong Kong, and Indochina. The Japanese
Government contended that the provisions of
the exchange arrangements were not applicable
to Americans who were in the Philippines,
Wake, and Guam when those territories were
occupied by the Japanese. Only after months
of negotiations did the Japanese Government
finally indicate that it would return to the
United States in the second exchange a small

number of civilians from the Philippine
Islands. The Japanese Government exercised
complete control over the departure of those
desiring repatriation and actually refused to
permit the repatriation of a number of Amer-
icans whose inclusion in the exchange Swiss
representatives in charge of American interests
endeavored to arrange on humanitarian
gi'oimds.

The Government of the United States, recog-
nizing that all American citizens have an equal
right to consideration, did not select individual
Americans for inclusion in the exchange or dis-
criminate in any other way between individual
Americans desiring repatriation.

Since all Americans could not be accom-
modated in one exchange, the Swiss representa-
tives in charge of American interests in Japan
and occupied China were given broad humani-
tarian directives for their guidance in compil-
ing passenger lists for the Gnpsholm. These
directives gave preference to (1) those under
close arrest; (2) interned women and children;
(3) the seriously ill; and (4) interned men,
with preference being given, other things being
equal, to married men long separated from their
families in the United States. The Japanese

78

DEPAftTMENT OF STATE fiTTLLETtN

Government did not permit e\'en these broad
directives to be applied in the Philippine
Islands, and even in other areas it prevented
their full application in respect to certain in-
dividuals.

Since the successful conclusion of the second
exchange of nationals with Japan, the Depart-
ment of State has endeavoi'ed to arrange for a
third exchange. The Japanese Government has
so far refused to discuss further exchanges, con-
tending that it desires fii-st to receive "clarihca-
tion on certain points respecting the treatment
of Japanese nationals in the United States".
Spanish representatives in charge of Japanese
interests in the United States have been re-
quested to supply the information requested by
the Japanese Government. As of this moment,
however, the Department of State is not in a
position to offer encouragement for the early re-
patriation of American citizens in Japanese cus-
tody. Tlie Department wishes to emphasize
that responsibility for this situation rests not
with the United States Government but with the
Government of Japan. In time of war an ex-
change of nationals with an enemy is fraught
with difficulties. This is particularly true of
those of the magnitude of the exchanges that the
United States has twice been able to arrange
with Japan and hopes to be able to arrange in
the future. Such exchanges cannot be accom-
plished by unilateral action. No matter what
efforts aic put forth by the United States Gov-
ernment, and they have been many and contiim-
ous, an exchange cannot take place unless the
enemy is willing to cooperate and deliver on its
part the Americans in its custody.

Since the successful termination of the sec-
ond exchange of nationals with Japan, the De-
partment has received numerous letters concern-
ing the desire of individuals in the United
States to expedite the repatriation of their rela-
tives and friends still in Japanese custody.
Some of these letters request preferential treat-
ment for specific individuals. These inquiries
and requests are handled as expeditioush' as pos-
sible and every effort is made to insure that all

persons who have expressed an interest in a par-
ticular individual still in Japanese custody are
currently informed of developments regarding
his or her possible repatriation.

Relatives and friends in the United States of
Ahierican nationals still in Japanese custody
may be assured that their Government will not
relax its efforts to induce the Japanese Govern-
ment to agree to the release for repatriation of
all such Ajnericans and to insure that all be
given equal consideration in such arrangements
as may be made for their repatriation. Mean-
while, the Government is persevering in its ef-
forts, some of which are summarized in the fol-
lowing statement, to relieve the situation of
i\jnerican nationals still detained by Japan.

Summary of Steps Taken by the Department
OF State in Behalf or American Nationals
IN Japanese Custody

1. Treatment of prl.so-ners of war and civilian
internees

Upon the outbreak of war between the United
States and Japan, the United States Govern-
ment, in an endeavor to insure humane treat-
ment for American nationals in Japanese hands,
confirmed its intention to observe the Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention (convention rela-
tive to the treatment of prisoners of war, signed
at Geneva on July 27, 1929 and ratified by the
United States in 1932),' and to apply its pro-
visions to prisoners of war and, so far as its
provisions might be adaptable, to civilian in-
ternees. The Japanese Govermnent, which had
signed but had not ratified the convention,
thereupon notified the United States Govern-
ment that it would apply the provisions of the
convention, mutatis Tmifa7idis, to the treatment
of American prisoners of war and to the treat-
ment of American civilian internees so far as
its provisions might be adaptable to civilian
internees.

The United States Government has also
obtained assurances from the Japanese Govem-

' Treaty Series 846.

JANUARY 15, 19 44

79

nient that it is applying the Geneva Red Cro?s
Convention (convention for the amelioration
of the condition of the wounded and the sick of
armies in the field, which was also signed at
Geneva on July 27, 1929 and which was ratified
by the United States in 1932 and by Japan in
193i).^

The conventions named above provide a liu-
manitarian standard of treatment for prisoners
of war. Specifically, they provide that prison-
ers of war shall be treated humanely and hekl
in honorable captivity — not imprisoned as crim-
inals. They establish as the standard for the
shelter and diet of prisoners of war, the cor
responding treatment of the garrison troops
of the detaining power, and they establish fun-
damental rights regarding correspondence,
medical care, clothing, pay for labor, satisfac-
tion of intellectual, recreational, and religious
needs, and the continued enjoyment of full civil
status. For persons generally referred to as
"protected personnel" — that is, doctors, nurses,
and other sanitary (medical) personnel and
chaplains — they provide certain special ricrhts
and protection.

The Department of State is constantly alert
to insure obseiTance of the conventions. When-
ever it is learned through the Swiss Govern-
ment, which represents American interests in
Japan and Japanese-occupied territories,
through the International Red Cross, or other-
wise, that the teniis of the conventions are not
being observed, the United States Government
draws to the attention of the Japanese Govern-
ment that Government's obligations under the
Red Cross Convention and imder its agreement
to apply to the treatment of interned American
nationals in Japanese hands the provisions of
the Prisoners of War Convention.

2. Exchange of civilian,^

Negotiations between the United States Gov-
ernment and the Japanese Government lasting
more than a year culminated in a second ex-

' Treaty Series 847.

change of civilians resulting in the repatriation
of approximately 1,240 nationals of the United
States, including a small number from the Phil-
ippine Islands, and 260 nationals of the other
American republics and Canada. In the first
exchange, which took place in the summer of
1942, over 1,300 United States officials and non-
officials were repatriated from the Far East.

Tlie Japanese Government refused to apply
the provisions of the civilian-exchange airange-
ments to American civilians who were captured
in the Philippine Islands, Guam, and Wake Is-
land. After protracted negotiations it finally
agreed to permit the repatriation of only a
small number of American civilians from the
Philippines in the second exchange. The re-
patriates were thus drawn almost entirely from
Japan, Japanese-occupied China, Hong Kong,
and Indochina.

The Swiss representatives in the Far East,
under broad directives issued by the United
States Govei-nment, compiled the list of those
to be repatriated, giving preference to the fol-
lowing categories of American civilians in
Japanese hands : ( 1 ) those under close arrest ;
(2) interned women and children; (3) the
seriously ill ; and (4) interned men, with prefer-
ence being given, other things being equal, to
married men long separated from their families
in the United States.

The second exchange of American and Japa-
nese nationals having been completed by the
return of the motorship Gripsholm to the United
States on December 1, 1943, the De^Jartment is
now endeavoring to negotiate a third exchange
of American and Japanese nationals and will
continue its endeavors to induce the Japanese
Government to agree to the general release for
repatriation of all American civilians in its
custody. The Department hopes eventually to
obtain Japanese agreement to further exchanges
at an accelerated rate so that all American
civilians remaining in Japanese custody, num-
bering about 10 thousand, may have an oppor-
tunity to be repatriated at the eai-liest practi-
cable date.

80

DEPABTMENT OF STATE BULUETINI

3. Repatriation of sick and wovmded prisoners

of war

Article 68 of the Prisoners of War Convention
provides that :

"Belligerents are bound to send back to their
own country, regardless of rank or number,
seriously sick and seriously injured prisoners of
war, after having brought them to a condition
where they can be transported.

"Agreements between belligerents shall ac-
cordingly settle as soon as possible the cases of
invalidity or of sickness entailing direct re-
patriation, as well as the cases entailing possible
hospitalization in a neutral country. "Wliile
awaiting the conclusion of these agreements,
belligerents may have reference to the model
agreement annexed, for documentary purposes,
to the present Convention."

The model agreement defines the degree of
incapacity that shall be considered sufficient to
qualify a prisoner of war for repatriation. This
Government proposed to the Japanese Govern-
ment that the model agreement be observed on a
reciprocal basis and made insistent demands
that the Japanese Government honor the obli-
gation imposed by the convention to repatriate
sick and wounded prisoners. The Japanese.
Government replied, after long delay, that it
could not make a favorable response to the
United States Govenunent's pi-oposal. The De-
partment of State has formulated, in consulta-
tion with other agencies of the Government,
further proposals in an effort to induce the
Japanese Government to enter into negotiations
for the exchange of sick and wounded prisoners
of war, and these proposals are being trans-
mitted to the Japanese Government in connec-
tion with proposals for the continuation of the
repatriation of civilians.

4. Repatriation of sanitary personnel
Article 9 of the Ked Cross Convention pro-
vides, in part :

"The personnel charged exclusively with the
removal, transportation, and treatment of the
wounded and sick, as well as with the adminis-

tration of sanitary formations and establish-
ments, and the chaplains attached to armies,
shall be respected and protected imder all cir-
cumstances. If they fall into the hands of the
enemy they shall not be treated as prisoners of
war."

Article 12 of the same convention provides, in
part:

"The persons described in Articles 9, 10 and
11 may not be detained after they have fallen
into the power of the adversary.

"Unless there is an agreement to the con-
trary, they shall be sent back to the belligerent
to whose service they are attached as soon as a
way is open for their return and military ex-
igencies permit.

"^Vliile waiting to be returned, they shall con-
tinue in the exercise of their functions under
the direction of the adversary; they shall be
assigned preferably to the care of the wounded
and sick of the belligerent to whose service they
are attached."

Pursuant to the provisions of article 12 of
the Red Ci'oss Convention, it was proposed to
the Japanese Government that the repatriation
of the personnel protected under the convention
be begim, since facilities for their return to the
United States could be made available on the
vessels employed for the exchange of civilian
nationals. In order, however, not to deprive
American prisoners of war of the care that they
may require and might not otherwise receive,
the United States Grovernment also proposed
to the Japanese Government, on a basis of reci-
procity, that the right of repatriation be waived
for protected personnel needed and permitted in
prisoner-of-war camps or hospitals to render
spiritual and medical assistance to compatriots
who were in the care of that personnel at the
time of capture. This Government further
proposed that the selection of protected per-
sonnel to be repatriated be made by the senior
officer of the unit captured.

The Japanese Government agreed in prin-
ciple to the repatriation of protected personnel
in connection with exchanges of civilians but

JANtJABY 15, 1944

81

reserved to itself the decision whether the re-
tention of that personnel was necessary for the
care of American prisoners of war and civilian
internees under Japanese control. The De-
partment accordingly requested the Swiss Gov-
ernment to endeavor to arrange for the accom-
modation of American protected personnel in
future American-Japanese civilian exchange
operations.

Although it repatriated five nurses from
Guam at the time of the first civilian exchange,
the Japanese Government apparently did not
find that it had in its power surplus American
protected personnel available for repatriation
in the second exchange as no such personnel was
included in the lists for that exchange. How-
ever, the Department intends, when conducting
negotiations for further exchanges of civilians,
to convey again to the Japanese Government
the expectation of the United States Govern-
ment that protected personnel whose repatria-
tion proves possible will be included in future
exchange operations.

5. Exchange of aile-hodied prisoners of war

As indicated in a statement to the press dated
May 25, 1943,^ there is no customarily accepted
practice among nations or provision of interna-
tional law or conventions for the return or ex-
change during hostilities of able-bodied mem-
bers of the armed forces of one belligerent who
may be captured by the forces of an opposing
belligerent. In the circumstances, there is no
immediate prospect of obtaining the release and
return to the United States of able-bodied mem-
bers of the American armed forces taken pris-
oners of war by the Japanese.

6. Shipment of relief supplies to the Far East
Early in 1942 the American Red Cross, in

conjunction with the interested agencies of the
United States Government, made efforts to find
a means acceptable to the Japanese Government
of forwarding to our prisoners of war and ci-

' BuiXETiN of May 29, 1M3, p. 472.

vilian internees in the Far East necessary sup-
plies of food, medicine, clothing, and comforts
such as are regularly sent to American citizens
in corresponding circumstances in other enemy-
held areas. A neutral vessel to carry such sup-
plies to Japan was obtained and chartered in
the summer of 1942. The Japanese Govern-
ment, however, refused to give its safe-conduct
for the voyage of the vessel to the Far East. In
response to repeated representations the Jap-
anese Government indicated that it was unwill-
ing for strategic reasons to grant any non-
Japanese vessel safe-conduct to move in Jap-
anese waters and that it had no intention of
sending one of its own vessels to any neutral
area in order to pick up relief supplies for
United States and Allied prisoners of war and
civilians as was suggested by the United States
Government. Upon the receipt of this Japanese
reply the United States Government pointed
out its expectation that the Japanese would
modify their position as soon as strategic rea-
sons would permit and suggested for the interim
the immediate appointment of International
Eed Cross delegates to Japanese-occupied ter-
ritory who might receive and distribute funds
in behalf of American nationals. This sugges-
tion was eventually accepted by the Japanese
only for Hong Kong and certain areas in occu-
pied China. They have not accepted it so far
for the Philippine Islands, Malaya, and the
Netherlands Indies. Efforts to induce the Jap-
anese Government to abandon its position
against the use of neutral ships to carry relief
supplies into its waters were continued and new
avenues of approach were fully canvassed, in-
cluding the possibility of sending relief supplies
in transit through Soviet territory. One sug-
gestion proposed the sending of supplies by air
to some point where the Japanese might lift
them, with particular reference to medical sup-
plies which might be scarce in Japan. No reply
to this particular proposal was ever received.
Another proposal was that the American Eed
Cross would provide a cargo ship to go to some

82

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

point in the Pacific wlieie a Japanese crew
might take it over in order to conduct it to the
ports where relief cargo should be discharged.
This proposal was rejected by the Japanese.
Numerous other proposals were considered but
were either abandoned because of obstacles
interposed by other enemy governments or were
found to be otherwise impossible of accom-
plishment.

In March 1943 the Japanese Government, in
response to repeated representations stressing
its responsibility to cooperate in solving the
problem, stated that strategic reasons still pre-
vented neutral vessels from plying the Pacific
waters but that it would explore other means of
permitting the delivery of relief supplies. In
the following month the Japanese Government
stated that it might consent to receive supplies
overland or by sea from Soviet territory. There
have ensued since that time long and compli-
cated negotiations with the Japanese and Soviet
Govei-nments. Each detail of the negotiations
had to be dealt with through a long and com-
plicated i)rocedure involving the liandling of
communications at Tokyo, Bern, Washington,
and Moscow and in reverse direction through
the same chamiels. Despite these difficulties, it
has now been possible with the Soviet Govern-
ment's cooperation to create a stockpile of pris-
oner-of-war relief supplies on Soviet territory.
Moreover, the Soviet Government has given as-
surances that it will facilitate the transit
through the Soviet Union of such relief supplies
on a continuing basis when a satisfactory ar-
rangement for the onward shipment of these
supplies is reached between the Japanese and
American Governments. In spite of the Depart-
ment's repeated endeavors to bring this matter
to a conclusion, the Japanese Government has
not thus far indicated the means by which it is
prepared to receive these supplies. The Depart-
ment is continuing its etiorts in this regard, and
it is hoped that a definite arrangement can soon
be made whereby relief supplies will move on a
continuing basis to all American nationals de-
tained by the Jnpanese.

While the foregoing negotiations have been
in progress it has fortunately been possible to
take advantage of the two exchanges of civilians
with the Japanese Government, one in July 1942
and the other in October 1943, to send to our
nationals in the Far East an important quantity
of relief supplies b)' means of the exchange
vessels.

Reports of the distribution of relief supplies
which left the United States on the first ex-
change vessel in 1942 were in due course received
from the Far East. There was placed on the
motor vessel Gripsholm when it left this country
to effect the second exchange of civilian na-
tionals another large cargo of assorted relief
supplies, American Red Cross standard food
parcels, next-of-kin parcels, and mail for dis-
tribution to American prisonei-s of war and
American civilians interned in the Philippine
Islands, occupied China, Hong Kong, Japan, the
Netherlands East Indies, and Malaya. Valued
at over $1,300,000 and weighing 1,600 short tons,
these supplies included 140,000 food parcels of
approximately 13 pounds each; 2,800 cases of
medical supplies, including surgical instru-
ments, dressings, 7,000,000 vitamin capsules,
etc.; 950 cases of comfort articles for men and
women; 24,000,000 cigarettes; from 20,000 to
25,00(1 next-of-kin parcels; and important sup-
plies of clothing for men and women. This
entire cargo was transferred to the Japanese
exchange vessel at Mormugao and dispatched
eastward.

In addition to the shipment of relief supplies
on the exchange vessels and the other measures
mentioned above, the Department of State and
the American Red Cross are continuing to give
close attention to all other phases of the subject.

7. Proi^i'iion of fnaiicial assistanee to Ameri-
can ■nationals in the Far East
Since the Trading With the Enemy Act as
amended iirohibits, among other things, indi-
vidual remittances to enemy and enemy-occu-
pied or enemy-controlled territory, imless
licensed, and since the issuance of such licenses
is contrary to the policy of the Government, the

JANUARY 15, 1944

83

Department of State, shortly after this coun-
try's entry into the war, made provision for the
extension of financial assistance from public
funds in the form of loans to Americans in such
territories through representatives of the Swiss
Government representing American interests
there. An infoi'mation sheet explaining how
such assistance is extended and how funds so
ad\'anced may be reimbursed to the United
States Government is printed below. With cer-
tain exceptions in territories occupied or con-
trolled by Japan, the enemy governments have
permitted payments to be made to qualified
American nationals in the manner described.
The Japanese authorities, however, have thus
far refused to permit the Swiss Government's
representatives, in certain areas under Japa-
nese control, to extend financial assistance to
American nationals in those areas on the same
basis as elsewhere. The Department, therefore,
has had to find other means of making funds
available to Americans in such areas.

At Hong Kong, where the Swiss Government
has not been permitted by the Japanese Gov-
ernment to act in behalf of American nationals,
the International Red Cross delegate has been
authorized to provide assistance to qualified
American nationals there from public funds
made available for the purpose by the Depart-
ment.

Inmiediately after the fall of the Philippine
Islands, the Department endeavored to arrange
for the extension of financial assistance to qual-
ified American nationals there. In June 1943,
the Japanese Government permitted the trans-
fer of $25,000, representinji a contiibution by
the American Red Cross, to be made to the
Executive Committee of the Santo Tomas in-
ternment camp at Manila, and later allowed
the transfer of a second Red Cross contribution
of $2r),000 for the relief of American nationals
interned in Manila.

It was not until July 1943 that the Japanese
Government indicated that it would agree in
principle to permit payments to American na-
tionals interned in other parts of the Philip-
pine Islands, and to allow further payments to

tlie internees at Manila. Accordingly, the De-
partment in August 1943 authorizetl the Swiss
Goverrmient to make remittances, in accordance
with the need and the number of eligible indi-
viduals, to the executive committees of the
American intermnent camps in the Philippine
Islands beginning with the month of August or
us soon as feasible thereafter. Funds delivered
to the executive committees under this author-
ization may be used (1) for the purchase of
available supplies considered necessai7 to sup-
plement the diet provided by the Japanese au-
thorities, (2) to pay for essential services ob-
tained outside camp, (3) to provide each inter-
nee with a small amount of money for personal
use, and (4) to advance funds, against promis-
sory notes if possible, to indigent internees for
delivery to such members of their families as
may be at liberty.

The Japanese Government has recently con-
sented to monthly transfers of United States
Government funds to the Executive Committee
of the Santo Tomas internment camp to be used
for the relief of American nationals at Santo
Tomas, Los Banos, Baguio, and Davao which,
according to latest available information, are
the only civilian internment camps now main-
tained by the Japanese in the Philippine
Islands. These transfers are now being effected
from such funds on deposit with tlie Swiss
Government for the purposes mentioned above.

The Department's standing instructions to
the Swiss representatives in charge of American
interests in enemy-held areas are that funds
provided by this Goverimment may be made
available to .^imerican prisoners of war as well
as to interned American civilians for necessary
personal expenditures in accordance with their
established needs over and above the food,
shelter, and other necessities provided them by
the detaining power. Such assistance has al-
ready been made available through the local
International Red Cross delegates to American
prisoners of war near Shanghai and Hong Kong.
The Department of State is pressing for the ex-
tension to American prisonei's of war in the
Philippine Islands of the system of financial

84

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

assistance referred to above which the Japanese
have agreed to make available to civilian in-
ternees.

Procedure To Be Followed in Extending
Financial Assistance to American Na-
tionals IN Territories Where the Interests
OF THE United States Are Represented by
Switzerland

The Department of State has completed ar-
rangements for financial assistance to American
nationals in territories where the interests of the
United States are represented by Switzerland.^
Those able to qualify for such assistance will be
entitled to receive from the Swiss representa-
tives monthly payments corresponding to their
established needs and the prevailing cost of liv-
ing in the country concerned. All recipients
will be limited to the monthly payments estab-
lished for their place of residence, regardless of
their ability or the ability of others interested
in their welfare to repay amounts greater than
the sums advanced. It is realized that a limita-
tion upon the amount that American nationals
may expend in enemy territory, even from their
own resources, will entail some hardship. The
conservation of foreign exchange, however, is
an essential factor in the present economic pol-
icy of the United States and it is expected that
Americans everywhere will willingly share with
those in the armed forces the sacrifices that must
be made in winning the war.

Based upon the latest ascertained cost of liv-
ing in the various countries concerned, the maxi-
mum monthly payment for the head of a house-
hold will range from $60 to $130, with smaller
allowances for additional members of the house-
hold. The monthly payments are subject to
revisions from time to time to meet changing

' Switzpilaiid represents the interests of the United
States in Germany, Italy, and Japan, in territories
occupied by those countries, and in Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Rumania.

living cost. In addition, the Swiss representa-
tives are authorized to make special advances
ior such extraordinary expenditures as may be
essential to the health or safety of American
nationals for medical, surgical, or dental care,
for hospitalization, for reasonable legal defense
against political or criminal charges, or for a
decent though modest burial where such is not
provided by friends or relatives locally nor by
the local authorities.

Wherever prisoners of war and interned
civilians are supported by the detaining power,
it is expected that payments made to them will
generally not exceed a small sum sufficient to
provide spending money for miscellaneous per-
sonal needs not supplied by the detaining power.
However, no j^ayments will be made to officers
or to persons of equivalent status held as prison-
ers of war, who receive pay under the conven-
tion relative to the treatment of prisoners of
war, signed at Geneva on July 27, 1929.

Swiss representatives charged with the rep-
resentation of the interests of the United States
will explain to the recipients that such financial
assistance should not be considered as public
bounty but as loans from public funds to Amer-
ican nationals finding themselves in an ab-
normal position by reason of the war. It is
accordingly expected that all sums advanced
will be repaid either by the recipients them-
selves or by relatives, friends, business associ-
ates, employers, or legal representatives in the
United States.

Receipts embodying promises to repay with-
out interest the sums advanced will be taken
for all payments. Private deposits to reim-
burse the Government for sums advanced shall
be made with the Department of State. Persons
wishing to make such deposits should mdicate
the names of the beneficiaries and should remit
by postal money orders or certified checks pay-
able to "The Secretary of State of the United
States".

JANUARY 15, 1944

85

AGREEMENT WITH CANADA FOR THE EXTENSION OF THE FUEL SUPPLY FOR
THE UNITED STATES ARMY IN CANADA AND ALASKA ^

The Ainerwan. Minuter to Canada to the Cama-
d'tan Secretatnf of State for External Affairs

No. 818

Sik:

Ottawa, Canada,

December 28, 1942.

I have the honor to refer to our exchange of
notes of June 27 and June 29, 1942,= regarding
the desire of the United States Government to
take steps for extending the fuel supply for the
U.S. Army in Canada and Alaska. At that
time the United States Government proposed,
and the Canadian Government approved, the
so-called Canol Project which included, ijiter
alia, the drilling of wells in the vicinity of Nor-
man Wells, and the laying of a pipeline from
Norman Wells to AVhitehoree, capable of deliv-
ering 3,000 barrels of oil daily.

The developments of our joint war effort have
in the opinion of my Government made it vitally
necessary to discover additional sources of i)e-
troleum in northwestern Canada and Alaska,
capable of producing from 15,000 to 20,000 bar-
rels per day, to supplement the supply which
will be obtained from Norman Wells. This will
require the drilling of exploratory, or in oil
parlance "wildcat" wells in this northern region.
As such operations should be conducted iu a
number of widely separated locations in the
Northwest Territories, where oil is believed to
exist, it is suggested that the area in Canada
within which such operations are authorized be
bounded on the north by the Arctic Ocean, on
the east by the 112th meridian, on the south
by the 60th parallel, on the west by the Conti-
nental Divide and the Alaska-Canadian Border.

The operations imder immediate contempla-
tion,— as a result of which, however, it may
prove desirable to enlarge or expand the Canol
Project — are for the sole purpose of discovering

' To be printed in the Executive Agreement Series.
' Not printed.

oil fields capable of producing the required
20,000 barrels per day. No plans have as yet
been worked out covering the refineries, stor-
age or distribution systems beyond those al-
ready authorized and aj^proved by the Canadian
Government.

In view of all the circumstances involved, and
the increasingly urgent need of additional fuel
for militarj^ purposes in the far noi'th, the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America hopes
that the Canadian Government will approve
these exploratory operations with the under-
standing that the United States Army authori-
ties be allowed during the war to drill through
contract with one or more companies either
Canadian or American, to develop through con-
tract with one or more Canadian companies, and
to make use of any petroleum sources that may
be discovered, subject to Canadian regulations
governing such operations and to the further
understanding that operations would be subject
to the provisions of our exchange of notes of
June 27 and June 29 above referred to, insofar
as such provisions are not inconsistent with the
provisions of this note and are capable, with
necessary adaptations and modifications, of be-
ing applied to such operations. My Govern-
ment will of course keep the Canadian Govern-
ment fully informed of any future plans for
carrying out these operations.

Accept [etc.]

For the Minister :

Lewis Clark
Second Secretary of Legation

The Canadian Secretary of State for External
Affairs to the American Minister to Canada

No. 2 Ottawa, January 13, 19^3.

Sir,

I have the honour to inform you that the
Canadian Government accepts the proposals

86

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

set forth in your note of December 28, 1942, No.
818, concerning the drilling of exploratory oil
wells in the Northwest Territories.

Accept [etc.]

N. A. Robertson

for Secretary of State for External Affairs.

The American Minister to Canada to the
Secretary of State

No. 4015

Sm:

Ottawa, Canada,
January 19, 191^3.

I have the honor to refer to my despatch No.
3996, January 14, 1943,' transmitting certified
copies of an exchange of notes on the drilling
of exploratory oil wells in the Northwest Terri-
tories.

In the foregoing connection, there is quoted
below the text of a letter from Dr. Keenleyside,
Assistant Under-Secretary of State for Exter-
nal Affairs, who explains that in order to fa-
cilitate the drafting of regulations and to avoid
the possibility of intervention on the part of
anyone whose interest is not identical with that
of the two governments, it would be desirable to
have defined the particular districts in which
the "wild catting" is to take place.

"Januart 18, 1943.

"I wish to refer again to your note of Decem-
ber 28, 1942, No. 818 on the proposals for drill-
ing exploratory oil wells in the Northwest Ter-
ritories. The question has arisen as to the best
means of avoiding the possibility of the inter-
vention of any one whose interest is not identi-
cal with that of the Canadian Government, or
of the United States Government, and who
might make application for oil and gas rights
in that part of the Northwest Territories under
discussion.

"It would facilitate the drafting of regula-
tions if the United States authorities would
indicate more definitely the particular districts,
within the very large area described in your

note No. 818, paragraph 2, which seem to be
the most promising. These districts could then
be reserved for exploration by nominees of the
United States Government."
Respectfully yours,

For the Minister :
J. Graham Parsons
Third Secretary of Legation

' Not printed.

The American Charge in Canada to the Ca/)ia-

dian Assistant Under Secretary of State for

External Affairs

Ottawa, February 17, 19p.
De.ui Mr. Keenleyside:

I sent to the State Department for its com-
ments the text of your letter to Mr. Moffat of
January 18, 1943,^ regarding a more strict de-
limitation of the districts in which wildcatting
would be done in the Northwest Territories in
order that such districts might be reserved for
exploration by nominees of the United States
Government.

I have now received a reply to the effect that,
while we are wholly in accord with your sug-
gestion, it is nevertheless believed to be desirable
that in any regulations which may be adopted
there be nothing which would forbid operations
anywhere within the broad general area men-
tioned in our note of December 28, 1942. I quote
below, for your information, the pertinent parts
of a letter of February 6, 1943, to the Secretary
of State from the Secretary of War on this sub-
ject :

"This office is wholly in accord with the sug-
gestion contained in Dr. Keenleyside's letter of
January 18, 1943 that certain areas should be
reserved for exj)loration by nominees of the
United States in order to prevent the possible in-
tervention of any one whose interest is not
identical with that of the Canadian Government
or of the United States Government.

At the present time it is expected that the
greater part of the wildcatting will be carried
on in the district contiguous to the Mackenzie
River, approximately 25 miles each side thereof,
and extending fi-om Fort Wrigley on the south

JANUARY 15, 1944

87

to Good Hope on the north. It is hoped that
sufficient sources of oil to fulfill our require-
ments will be discovered within this area.
However, there are under consideration and
surveys are being made of two major districts
which, on the basis of presently available geo-
logical data, are considered to be the most
promising for oil exploration. These areas are
defined as follows:

a. District of Mackenzie — ^An area contig-

uous to the Mackenzie River, approxi-
mately 75 miles each side thereof, and
extending from Great Slave Lake on
the south to the Arctic Ocean on the
north.

b. Yukon Territory — All that portion of

the Yukon Territory lying north of
the 66th parallel.

It is believed that, in accordance with the
suggestion of the Canadian authorities, it would
be advantageous to both governments to have
the two major areas as described above reserved
for oil exploration by the United States in con-
nection with the Canol Project, to the exclusion
of other interests.

Although it is expected that our activities
will be confined within these two areas it would
be considered inadvisable to have them strictly
limited thereto. It is therefore the desire of
this department that any regulations which
may be adopted be of such a nature as to permit
operations anywhere within the broad general
area described in our letter of November 18,
1942."

Sincerely yours,

Lewis Clark

The Canudian Assistant Under Secretary of
State for External Affairs to the Amei^an
Charge in Camxjda

Ottawa, March 13, 19^3.
Dear Mb. Clark :

With reference to your letter of February
17th, on the matter of a more strict delimitation

of the districts in the Northwest Territories in
which wildcatting rights might be reserved for
nominees of the United States Government, I
have now received a reply from the Department
of Mines and Resources on the subject.

The tw'o areas mentioned in your letter are
contiguous, namely :

1. District of Mackenzie — An area contig-

uous to the Mackenzie River, approxi-
mately 75 miles each side thereof, and
extending from Fort Pi'ovidence on
the south to the Arctic Ocean on the
north. Within the delta of the Mac-
kenzie River, the line of reference shall
be the East Channel.

2. Yukon Territory — All that portion of

the Yukon Territory lying north of the
66th parallel.

It is proposed to apply the same regulations
in these two areas as were worked out for the
three areas already reserved by Orders-in-Coun-
cil P.C. 1138 dated 12th February 1943, and P.C.
4140 of May 18th, 1942, as a result of consulta-
tion between Mr. Sidney Paige, Consulting
Geologist attached to the office of Colonel
Wyman, and Dr. Camsell. These regulations
were published in the Canada Gazette on
February 20th, 1943, and provide :

First, (clause 1) that no one can prospect
without first obtaining permission ;

Second, (clause 14) that the Minister
should have the right to refuse to issue
a permit when, in his opinion it might
retard the search for and the develop-
ment of the oil resources or interfere
with the production of petroleum for
the use of His Majesty or of any coun-
try associated or allied with His
Majesty in the conduct of the present
war.

This should afford ample protection against
nuisance staking and ensure that any explora-
toi-y and development work that may be carried
on by bona fide companies other than those
nominated by the United States Government
will be made available for our war needs.

88

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

I trust that this arrangement will be satisfac-
tory to all parties.

Yours sincerely,

H. L. IVEENLETSIDE

THE PROCLAIMED LIST: CUMULATIVE
SUPPLEMENT 4 TO REVISION VI

[Released to the press for publication January 15, 9 p.m.]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunction
with the Acting Secretary of the Treasury, the
Attorney General, the Acting Secretary of

Commerce, the Administrator of Foreign Eco-
nomic Administration, and the Coordinator of
Inter- American Affaii-s, on January 15 issued
Cumulative Supplement 4 to Revision VI of
the Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals, promulgated October 7, 1943.

Part I of Cumulative Supplement 4 contains
89 additional listings in the other American
republics and 52 deletions. Part II contains 72
additional listings outside the American re-
publics and 38 deletions.

American Republics

PROBLEMS OF NEWSPRINT PRODUCTION AND TRANSPORTATION TO OTHER

AMERICAN REPUBLICS

fReleased to the press January 12)

The United States Government is vitally in-
terested in solving the problems of newsprint
production and transportation, which have ad-
versely affected friendly publications in other
American republics. This problem continues to
receive constant and careful attention with a
view to arrangements equitable to all parties
concerned. At the present time, an effort is
being made to facilitate production for ship-
ment to other American republics so that news-
paper services may not be interrupted.

Shipment of newsprint from the United
States and Canada to the other American re-
publics is on a quota basis. The determination
of equitable distribution is made by the appi'o-
priate local government authorities in consulta-
tion with the publications and with the advice
of the American diplomatic mission in each
country. Distribution lists are transmitted
from the countries of the other American re-
publics showing the amount to be received by
each consignee within the quota and the name of

the supplier. Licenses are issued accordingly
and manufacturing scheduled.

The quotas for the other American republics
originated in the following manner. Due to
the shipping shortage that existed during Au-
gust 1942 and several months thereafter through
the exigencies of war, it was necessary to place
a shipping quota on every exiDortable commod-
ity, which also included newsprint. In order to
determine a quota that could be shipped with
the highest priority and that would move stead-
ily, the newsprint requirements for each country
were reduced and shipments temporarily cur-
tailed to those countries which had large news-
print stocks on hand. Many friendly news-
papers were on the point of suspending through
lack of newsprint and the quota thus applied
assured a regular supply.

With the cessation of the necessity to utilize
certain shipping for war purposes, more ton-
nage became available to the other American
republics. In the meantime, however, an acute
shortage developed in pulpwood, which has ad-

JANUARY 16, 1944

89

Tersely affected the supply of pulp and paper in
general and newsprint in particular. The news-
print quotas for the other American republics,
originally based on shipping considerations, are
now governed by actual manufacturing poten-
tials, the requirements of consumers heretofore
not using United States and Canadian news-
print, and the general drain upon paper prod-
ucts as a result of substituting paper for metal
in many manufactured commodities.

The quotas for newsprint to the consumers in
the other American republics represent a con-
siderable reduction from normal requirements.
With few exceptions, any failure to obtain their
quotas of newsprint regularly would cause the
suspension of some friendly publications in cer-
tain countries.

An attempt is being made to create a 90 da3's'
stock position for newsprint for publications in
the other American republics, as any undue de-
lay in delivery for any reason whatsoever would
cause serious dislocations to the newspapers in
the countries affected.

With very few and well-identified exceptions,
the newspapers of other American republics
have editoriallj^ supported the Allied war effort
and have cooperated in an equitable curtailment
in the size of their editions. In view of the im-
portant foreign-relations aspects of the situa-
tion and the importance of the major portions of
the publications in the other American repub-
lics in keeping their public infoi-med with re-
gard to the war and relations in general with the
United Nations, it is essential that no effort be
spared to maintain newsprint supplies to those
publications.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE
PRESIDENT OF VENEZUELA

His Excellency General Isaias Medina An-
garita. President of the Republic of Venezuela,
is expected to arrive in Washington as a guest of
President Eoosevelt on January 19. The pro-
gram for the visit was annomiced by the Depart-
ment of State in a press release (no. 14) on
January 14.

General

ACCOMMODATIONS IN WASHINGTON FOR
SPECIAL GUESTS OF THE GOVERN-
MENT

[Released to the press January 11]

The Blair-Lee House, which is Govermnent-
owned and located at 1653 Pemisylvania Ave-
nue, across from the Department of State, is
being rehabilitated to provide additional facil-
ities for visiting delegates to conferences,
holders of travel gi-ants, distinguished profes-
soi"S, and othei's for whom adequate accommo-
dations have not previously been available.

The Blair House, which adjoins the Blair-
Lee House, is particularly to be reserved to ac-
commodate heads of state and ranking officials
of Cabinet status who come to Washington.

INAUGURATION OF THE PRESIDENT
OF LIBERIA

The inauguration of William V. S. Tubman
as President of Liberia and of C. L. Simpson as
Vice President took place January 3, 1944 in
Monrovia, Liberia. Admiral William A. Glass-
ford, who had been designated by President
Roosevelt to attend the inauguration as his per-
sonal representative, was cordially received and
decorated by President Tubman with the Star of
Africa.

President Tubman, in his inaugural address,
recommended, among other things, the develop-
ment of a jjrogressive policy of government,
allowing for a larger representation by the peo-
ple in the administration of the government;
liberal appropriations for public-health and
educational purposes ; development of the coun-
try's agricultural economy; expedition of the
i-oad-building program; suffrage for women;
and selective negro immigration from tlie
United States and the West Indies. The Presi-
dent declared that Liberia's foreign policy was
in line with complete and unreserved opposition

90

DEPAETMEira OF STATE BTJLLETENl

to the militarism of the Nazis, Fascists, and
Japanese. He urged that close and friendly
relations between Liberia and the United Na-
tions be encouraged and expressed his belief in
the principles for which the Atlantic Charter
stands.

Treaty Information

AGRICULTURE

Convention on the Inter-American Institute
of Agricultural Sciences

A Convention on the Inter- American Institute
of Agricultural Sciences was opened for signa-
ture at the Pan American Union on January
15, 1944 and was signed on that date for the
United States of America, Costa Rica, Nica-
ragua, and Panama. The convention will re-
main open for signature by the other American
republics and, under the provisions of article
XV thereof, will come into force three months
after the deposit of not less than five ratifica-
tions with the Pan American Union.

The convention gives permanent status to the
Inter- American Institute of Agricultural Sci-
ences, which was established as a corporation
under the laws of the District of Columbia on
June 18, 1942 to encourage and advance the de-
velopment of agricultural sciences in the Ameri-
can republics. Under the certificate of incor-
poration and the by-laws of the Institute, as
well as under the convention, the representatives
of the 21 American republics on the Governing
Board of the Pan American Union are members
of the Board of Directors of the Institute.

The Institute is already functioning with
funds supplied by the Government of the United
States of America through the Office of the
Coordinator of Inter-American AflPairs. On
March 19, 1943 the cornerstone of the first
permanent building of the Institute at its field

headquarters in Turrialba, Costa Rica, was laid
by President Rafael Angel Calderon Guardia
of Costa Rica and Vice President Henry A.
Wallace of the United States of America. Dr.
Earl N. Bressman, formerly of the Office of the
Coordinator of Inter- American Affairs and of
the Department of Agriculture, has been ap-
pointed Director of the Institute, and Mr. Jose
L. Colom of the Pan American Union has been
appointed as its Secretary.

MILITARY MISSIONS
Agreement With Venezuela

[Released to the press January 13]

In conformity with the request of the Govern-
ment of Venezuela, there was signed on Janu-
ary 13, 1944 by the Honorable Cordell Hull,
Secretary of State, and His Excellency Seiior
Dr. Don Diogenes Escalante, Ambassador of
Venezuela in Washington, an agreement pro-
viding for the detail of a military aviation mis-
sion by the United States to serve in Venezuela.

The agreement will continue in force for four
years from the date of signature, but may be
extended beyond that period at the request of
the Government of Venezuela.

The agreement contains provisions similar
in general to provisions contained in agree-
ments between the United States and certain
other American republics providing for the de-
tail of officers of the United States Army or
Navy to advise the armed forces of those
countries.

STRATEGIC MATERIALS

Agreement With Canada for the Extension of
the Fuel Supply for the United States
Army in Canada and Alaska

The texts of communications concerning an
agi-eement between the Govenmaents of the
United States and Canada for the extension of
the fuel supply for the United States Army in
Canada and Alaska appear in tliis Bulletin
mider the heading "The War".

JANUARY 15, 1944

91

The Foreign Service

DEATH OF WILLIAM C. BURDETT

[Released to the press January 14]

The State Department regrets to announce the
death of the Honorable William C. Burdett,
American Minister to New Zealand, at his post
in AVellington Januaiy 13. Mi\ Burdett had
been ill for some time and was admitted to the
United States Naval Hospital in New Zealand on
December 19 following a cerebral hemorrhage.

Mr. Burdett entered the American Foreign
Service as a career officer in 1919 and rose to the
rank of Minister. He had taken up his duties
as United States Minister to New Zealand only a
few months ago. Prior to entering the Foreign
Service he served with distinction in the United
States Army in the Philippine Insurrection in
1900-1903 and again during the World War.
He was wounded during the World War and was
awarded the Distinguished Service Cross. Mr.
Burdett is survived by his wife, two daughters,
and two sons — one of whom is in the Foreign
Service and the other in the United States air
forces.

The Secretary of State has sent to Mi's. Bur-
dett the following- message :

"I am deeply grieved to learn of the death of
your distinguished husband. I feel that I have
lost an old and true friend. Mr. Burdett has
served his country with distinction both in the
Armed Forces and in the American Foreign
Service. In both services Mr. Burdett has
shown outstanding courage and during this war
chose an active post despite his impaired health.
He has truly given his life in the service of his
country. A man of deep human sympathy and
kindness, Mr. Burdett was loved and admired by
all of us who had the pleasure of working with

him in the Department of State and in the For-
eign Service. Few officers in the history of the
Foreign Service have inspired such universal
affection and loyalty among their colleagues.
All of us mourn his death and send you and your
family our heartfelt sympathy."

CONSULATES

The American Consulate at Bone, Algeria,
was closed eflPective January 12, 1944.

Legislation

Thirteenth Report to Congress on Lend-Lease Opera-
tions: Message From the President of the United
States Transmitting the Thirteenth Report of Opera-
tions Under the Lend-Lease Act, for the Period Ended
November 30, 1943. H. Doe. 375, 78th Cong. 71 pp.

Emergency Funds for the President, Navy and War,
1940-42, and the Emergency Fimd for the President,
National Defense, 1942-44 : Communication from the
President of the United States transmitting a report
of the status as of November 30, 1943, of the emer-
gency fund for the President, etc. H. Doc. 378, 78th
Cong. [Department of State, pp. 3, 8-9.] 9 pp.

Message of the President to the Congress, recommend-
ing the passage of a national service law and other
acts. H. Doe. 377, 78th Cong. 8 pp.

Publications

Department of State

Foreign Service List, September 30, 1943. Publication
2036. iv, 132 pp. Subscription, 50«i a year (65^ for-
eign) ; single copy, 20(f.

Diplomatic List, January 1944. Publication 2044. ii,
122 pp. Subscription, $1 a year ; single copy 10^.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals:
Cumulative Supplement No. 4, January 14, 1944, to
Revision VI of October 7, 1943. Publication 2046. 55
pp. Free.

D. S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, D. S. Government Printinj; Office, Washington. D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - . . Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH TUB APPEOVAL OF THE DIEECTOB OF THE BUBEAn OF THE BDDQEI

J

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULL

H

:^ rm

J

riN

c

JANUARY 22, 1944
Vol. X, No. 239— Publication 2053

ontents

Page
95

96

97

The War

War Refugee Board

Statement by the Secretary of State Regarding the Re-
quest Contained in the Declaration of January 14,
1944 by the Polish Government-in-ExLle

The Construction of a General International Organiza-
tion : Address by Assistant Secretary Berle ....

The Department
"The State Department Speaks" 100

American Republics

Adherence by Colombia to the Declaration by United

Nations 108

Presentation of Letters of Credence by the Ambassador

of Colombia 108

Distinguished Visitors From Other American Re-
publics 110

The Foreign Service

Resignation of Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr 110

Legislation Ill

Publications.

Ill

U, S. SUPERiMTfNDENT OF DOCUMENTS
FEB 8 1944

The War

WAR REFUGEE BOARD

[Released to the press by the White House January 22, 9 p.m.]

The President on January 22, by Executive
Order 9417/ set up a War Kefugee Board con-
sisting of the Secretary of State, the Secretary
of the Treasury, and the Secretary of War, to
take action for the immediate rescue from the
Nazis of as many as possible of tlie persecuted
minorities of Europe — racial, religious, or po-
litical— all civilian victims of enemy savagery.

The Executive order declai'es that "it is the
policy of this Government to take all measures
within its power to rescue the victims of enemy
oppression who are in inuninent danger of
death and other-wise to afford such victims all
possible relief and assistance consistent with the
successful prosecution of the war".

The Board is charged with direct responsi-
bility to the President in seeing that the an-
nounced policy is carried out. The President
indicated that while he would look directly to
the Board for the successful execution of this
I^olicy, the Board, of course, would cooperate
fully with the Intergovernmental Committee,
the United Nations Belief and Rehabilitation
Administration, and other interested interna-
tional organizations.

The President stated that he expected to ob-
tain the cooperation of all members of the
United Nations and other foreign governments
in carrying out this difficult but important task.
He stated that the existing facilities of the
State, Treasury, and War Departments would
be employed to aid Axis victims to the fullest
extent possible. He stressed that it was urgent

^ 9 Federal Register 935.

that action be taken at once to forestall the plan
of the Nazis to exterminate all the Jews and
other persecuted minorities in Europe.

It will be the duty of a full-time Executive
Director of the Board to arrange for the prompt
execution of the plans and programs developed
and the measures inaugurated by the Board.

The text of the Executive order follows:

ExEctnrvE Order

Establishing a War Refugee Board

Whereas it is the policy of this Government
to take all measures within its power to rescue
the victims of enemy ojjpression who are in
imminent danger of death and otherwise to af-
ford such victims all possible relief and assist-
ance consistent with the successful prosecution
of the war ;

Now, THEREFORE, by Virtue of the authority
vested in me by the Constitution and the stat-
utes of the United States, as President of the
United States and as Commander in Chief of
the Army and Navy, and in order to effectuate
with all possible speed the rescue and relief of
such victims of enemy oppression, it is hereby
ordered as follows:

1. There is established in the Executive Office
of the President a War Refugee Board (herein-
after referred to as the Board). The Board
shall consist of the Secretary of State, the Secre-
tary of the Treasury and the Secretary of War.
The Board may request the heads of other agen-
cies or departments to participate in its delib-
erations whenever matters specially affecting

95

96

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETEN

such agencies or departments are under con-
sidei-ation.

2. The Board shall be charged with the re-
sponsibilty for seeing that the policy of the
Government, as stated in the Preamble, is car-
ried out. The functions of the Board shall in-
clude without limitation the development of
plans and programs and the inauguration of
effective measures for (a) the rescue, transpor-
tation, maintenance and relief of the victims of
enemy oppression, and (i) the establislmient of
havens of temporary refuge for such victims.
To this end the Board, through appropriate
channels, shall take the necessary steps to enlist
the cooperation of foreign governments and ob-
tain their participation in the execution of such
l^lans and programs.

3. It shall be the duty of the State, Treasury
and War Departments, within their respective
spheres, to execute at the request of the Board,
the plans and programs so developed and the
measures so inaugurated. It shall be the duty
of the heads of all agencies and departments to
supply or obtain for the Board such informa-
tion and to extend to the Board such supplies,
shipping and other specified assistance and fa-
cilities as the Board may require in carrying out
the provisions of this Order. The State De-
partment shall appoint special attaches with
diplomatic status, on the recommendation of the
Board, to be stationed abroad in places where
it is likely that assistance can be rendered to
war refugees, the duties and responsibilities of
such attaches to be defined by the Board in con-
sultation with the State Department.

4. The Board and the State, Treasury and
War Departments are authorized to accept the
services or contributions of any private per-
sons, private organizations. State agencies, or
agencies of foreign governments in carrying
out the purposes of this Order. Tlie Board
shall cooperate with all existing and future
international organizations concerned with the
problems of refugee rescue, maintenance, trans-
portation, relief, rehabilitation, and resettle-
ment.

5. To the extent possible the Board shall
utilize the personnel, supplies, facilities anA
services of the State, Treasury and War De-
partments. In addition the Board, within the
limits of funds which may be made available,
may employ necessary personnel without re-
gard for the Civil Service laws and regulations
and the Classification Act of 1923, as amended,
and make provisions for supplies, facilities and
services necessary to discharge its responsibili-
ties. The Board shall appoint an Executive
Director who shall serve as its principal execu-
tive officer. It shall be the duty of the Execu-
tive Director to arrange for the prompt execu-
tion of the plans and programs developed and
the measures inaugurated by the Board, to
supervise the activities of the special attaches
and to submit frequent reports to the Board on
the steps taken for the rescue and relief of war
refugees.

6. The Board shall be directly responsible to
the President in carrying out the policy of this
Government, as stated in the Preamble, and the
Board shall report to him at frequent intervals
concerning the stej^s taken for the rescue and
relief of war refugees and shall make such
recommendations as the Board may deem
appropriate for further action to overcome any
difficulties encountered in the rescue and relief
of war refugees.

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY OF
STATE REGARDING THE REQUEST
CONTAINED IN THE DECLARATION OF
JANUARY 14, 1944 BY THE POLISH
GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE

[Released to the press January 17]

At his press and radio news conference on
January 17 the Secretary of State said that hav-
ing received officially the request of the Polish
Government contained in its public statement
of January 14, this Government, through its
Ambassador in Moscow, informed the Soviet M
Government of its willingness, if agreeable to ™
the Soviet Government, to extend its good offices

JANUARY 2 2, 1944

97

■with a view to arranging for the initiation of
discussions between the two Governments look-
ing to a resumption of official relations between
them. The Secretary said that without going
into the merits of the case it is our hope that
some satisfactory means may be found for the
resumption of friendly relations between these
two fellow members of the United Nations.

The Secretary added that no reply has been
received from the Soviet Government.

For the convenience of correspondents the text
of the Declaration of the Polish Government as
received by the Department is printed below :

The Polish Government have taken cogni-
zance of the Declaration of the Soviet Govern-
ment contained in the Toss communique of
January 11, 1944, which was issued as a reply
to the Declaration of the Polish Government
of January 5.

The Soviet communique contains a number of
statements to which a complete answer is af-
forded by the ceaseless struggle against the
Germans waged at the heaviest cost by the
Polish Nation under the direction of the Polish
Government.

In their earnest anxiety to safeguard the
complete solidarity of the United Nations
especially at a decisive stage of their struggle
against the common enemy, the Polish Govern-
ment consider it to be preferable now to re-
frain from further public discussions. While
the Polish Government cannot recognize uni-
lateral decisions or accomplished facts which
have taken place or might take place on the
territory of the Polish Republic, they have re-
peatedly expressed their sincere desire for a
Polish-Soviet agreement on terms which would
be just and acceptable to both sides. To this
end the Polish Government are approaching the
British and United States Governments with a
view to securing through their intermediary the
discussion by the Polish and Soviet Govern-
ments with the participation of the British and
American Governments of all outstanding ques-
tions, the settlement of which should lead to a
friendly and permanent cooperation between
Poland and the Soviet Union. The Polish Gov-
ernment believe this to be desirable in the inter-
est of the victory of the United Nations and har-
monious relations in post-war Europe.

THE CONSTRUCTION OF A GENERAL INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION

Address by Assistant Secretary Berle ^

[Released to the press January 17]

For more than a century great wars have led
to great hopes for a system of permanent peace.
So it was when Napoleon's Empire was over-
thrown in 1815 ; so again in the last World War,
when President Wilson proposed, and the rest
of the world assented to, the plan of the League
of Nations. And so it is today: even before
the victory is won, plain people everywhere
search for the hope that the peace when it comes
may be just and lasting.

It has now been realized that permanent
peace is not to be had for the wishing.

Apparently no nation by itself can maintain
peace for itself — let alone for the rest of the
world — by any course of conduct carried on
by itself alone. If peaceful intentions and law-
abiding behavior could bring permanent peace
to any nation, many countries in the five con-
tinents would not be at war now. Ambassador
Litvinov remarked that peace is indivisible,
and Secretary Hull observed only recently that

' Delivered before the United Nations Forum at Con-
stitution Hall, Washington, Jan. 17, 1944.

98

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETLM

all of the United Nations have a common in-
terest in national security, in world order under
law, in peace — and he added :

"The future of these indispensable common
interests depends absolutely upon international
cooperation. Hence, each nation's own primary
interest requires it to cooperate with the
others."

The Government of the United States from
the outset of this war has recognized that a
system of permanent peace must be a major
objective and has maintained continually and
forcefully that this must be accomplished
through arrangements of general international
cooperation. Slowly but soundly the founda-
tions of that system are being laid.

A first step was taken on the deck of a war-
ship in the North Atlantic. President Roose-
velt and Prime Minister Churchill, in August
1941, declared for the United States and for
Great Britain as one of the "common principles
in the national policies of their respective coun-
tries on which they base their hopes for a better
future for the world" that after the final de-
struction of the Nazi tyramiy, they hoped to
see established a peace which would afford to
all nations the means of dwelling in safety
within their own boundaries, and which would
afford assurance that all the men in all the
lands might live out their lives in freedom from
fear and want.^

This was a pledge of cooperation between the
United States and Great Britain that the high
purpose of cooperation toward a system of peace
would be jointly undertaken.

On January 1, 1942 the company of the United
Nations pledged themselves to a joint effort,
"having subscribed to a common program of
purposes and principles" embodied in the Atlan-
tic Charter. In the same spirit, other nations
have associated themselves with the cause of the
defense of civilization. Today all save the law-

' Executive Agreement Series 236,

breakers and aggressors, whose defeat is daily
growing nearer, have declared as a major war
aim the construction of a cooperative system
for assuring peace.

After nearly two years' study, by authority of
the President, Secretary Hull proposed at Mos-
cow that the United States, Soviet Union, Great
Britain, and China should take a new step
toward giving form and substance to plans for
the preservation of peace. These four great
powers jointly declared :

"That their united action, pledged for the
prosecution of the war against their respective
enemies, will be continued for the organization
and maintenance of peace and security. . . .

"That they recognize the necessity of estab-
lishing at the earliest practicable date a general
international organization, based on the prin-
ciple of the sovereign equality of all peace-
loving states . . . large and small, for the
maintenance of international peace and security.

"That for the purpose of maintaining inter-
national peace and security pending the re-
establishment of law and order and the inaugu-
ration of a system of general security, they will
consult with one another and as occasion re-
quires with other members of the United Nations
with a view to joint action on behalf of the com-
mimity of nations." ^

These clauses of the Declaration of Moscow
outline the framework of the structure which is
being built by history. For, besides reaffirming
the principle and the pledge of united action to-
ward it, this Declaration is specific.

It declares for a general international organ-
ization— as against a system of spheres of
influence, or of alliances, or of balance of power,
or of the other shifts and makeshifts which
through the centuries have been tried and have
failed.

The membership of this international organ-
ization is to be open to all peace-loving states,

' BxnxHiTiN of Nov. 6, 1943, p. 309.

JANUARY 22, 1944

99

large and small, on a basis of the sovereign
equality of each.

Because the building of such an organization
is long and difficult, a method is set up to handle
questions arising before its completion. This
is the understanding that the four powers, with
others as occasion requires, will consult with
one another with a view to joint action for
the purpose of maintaining peace. Such con-
sultation is not an empty phrase. We have
seen it succeed many times in the great com-
munity of the American republics.

The way is thus cleared for a later step still
to be taken : the construction of a general inter-
national organization.

Even that has begun to shape itself in some
respects: The United Nations Conference on
Food and Agriculture and the signing by 44
nations of an agreement creating the United
Nations Relief and Eehabilitation Administra-
tion both developed organizations dealing with
important economic phases of universal inter-
est. We must expect that other vitally neces-
sary areas of common action will be dealt with,
so that the conditions can be created in which
peace can subsist, and so that the strength
which is necessary to assure justice and
restrain lawlessness will be available to this
community of nations whose formation has
begun.

Gladly we note that this pledge by the United
States and three of its principal Allies to form
an international organization at the earliest
practicable time has received substantially
unanimous approval by the Congress of the
United States. This was accomplished by the
Senate approval of the Declaration of Moscow,
which thus not only approved the arrange-
ments made at that historic conference but like-
wise approved the understanding that a per-
manent international organization would be
built. Authority has thus been given by Con-
gress and overwhelmingly ratified by public
opinion to proceed further on this huge task.
In doing this, both Congress and the Ameri-

can public made it plain that they saw in this
development the brightest light which now
shines through the murk of war. Safety,
cooperation, the possibility of international
justice, the dawn of freedom from fear — these
are in the minds of the millions of Americans
in and out of uniform who see the policy of
working soberly and carefully and with all
safeguards for our national rights and inter-
ests toward a healthy international life.

The problems — and they are vast — in carry-
ing this policy forward, are known to you all.
The men who have most experience with inter-
national affairs are least likely to lay the blue-
prints, or to forecast all the answers to all the
questions. The methods of representation by
which a great community of nations, each sov-
ereign and equal, will be represented, present
one problem. The possibility of revitalizing
international law and providing means of in-
ternational justice is another. The method by
which nations can cooperate in dealing with
threatened breach of peace is still another. In
the field of economics it is clear that there must
be international monetary arrangements, that
ways must be cleared for commerce, that inter-
national transport and communications by land
and sea, air or ether, must be a matter of ar-
rangement. The specific problems of labor, long
recognized through the participation of this
Government in the International Labor Office,
find place in the picture.

It has been the policy of this Administration
to search for sound, kindly solutions for these
manifold problems — solutions which can and
will be supported by our people as being in their
own interest and in the interest of all nations.

But this is not a partisan task. Men of all
parties, and of all gi'oups within parties, like
our guests here tonight, have worked unceas-
ingly and disinterestedly. In this huge strug-
gle to assure that victory shall also mean hope,
there are no parties : there are Americans who
seek for our people and for all peoples to go
forward on the road of civilization.

100

DEPARTMEOSTT OF STATE BULLETIN

The Department

"THE STATE DEPARTMENT SPEAICS"

[Released to the press January 22]

The text of the third of a series of four broad-
casts over the National Broadcasting Company
entitled "The State Department Speaks", fol-
lows:

Participants

Adow a. Berle, Jr.
Dean Acheson
Harry C. Hawkins

Charles P. Taft

KiCHAED HaBKNESS

Assistant Secretary of State
Assistant Secretary of State
Director, Office of Economic

Affairs
Director, Office of Wartime

Economic Affairs
Representing the public

Washington Announcer : For the American
jjeople, the National Broadcasting Company
presents the third of a series of four programs
called "The State Department Speaks". We
take you now to the State Department Building
on Pennsylvania Avenue here in Washington,
D.C.

Harkness : Good evening, ladies and gentle-
men. This is Richard Harkness, your repre-
sentative on this series of programs arranged
by the National Broadcasting Company with
the cooperation of the State Department and
designed to reveal in simple terms the work of
our Department of State. On the first program
of this series we heard about the Moscow Con-
ference and the post-war planning work of the
State Department. We were told that in the
final analysis the foreign policies of this coun-
try are determined by you and me and our
neighbors next door. Last Saturday the sec-
ond program brought us word of a reorganiza-
tion of the State Department and gave us a
close-up of the work of the Department and
the United States Foreign Service in protect-
ing and promoting American interests abroad —
in war and in peace. Tonight we are going to
try to find out about a few of the things which

some peojDle say cause wars — in other words, we
are going to ask some searching questions about
economic relations between nations. We are
going to find out what relation, if any, there
is between bread and butter and peace and
war ; and we have with us four gentlemen who
are outstanding experts on the subject: First,
there's Mr. Adolf A. Berle, Jr., Assistant Sec-
retary of State. How do you do, Mr. Berle.

Berle : Good evening, Mr. Harkness.

Harkness : And Mr. Dean Acheson, also an
Assistant Secretary. Welcome to our program,
Mr. Acheson.

Acheson : Thank you, Mr. Harkness. I'm
glad to be here.

Harkness : Then we have Mr. Harry C. Haw-
kins, Director of the State Department's Of-
fice of Economic Affairs, and Mr. Charles P.
Taft, who is the Director of the Department's
Office of Wartime Economic Affairs. Good eve-
ning, gentlemen.

Hawkins and Taft: Good evening, Mr.
Harkness.

Harkness : All right — let's get on.

Mr. Acheson, you are the Assistant Secretary
of State in charge of economic affairs.

Acheson : That's right, Mr. Harkness.

Harkness : Well, suppose we start off by ask-
ing you a question that must be in the minds of
many of our listeners, and that is : Why is the
Department of State interested in such a dry,
imlikely sounding subject as economics?

Acheson : I think we can convince you that
it's not a dry, unlikely subject, Mr. Harkness.
And I'm sure we can demonstrate how impor-
tant international economics are to all Amer-
icans— the farmer in Iowa, the banker in San
Francisco, the miner in Pennsylvania — in war
and in peace.

Harkness : Good ! But first, tell me your
definition of "economics". I don't want any

{

JANUARY 22, 1944

101

dictionary definition, as you can well under-
stand.

AcHf:soN : Surely, Mr. Harkness. I use the
word "economics" as an over-all term for pro-
ducing things, moving them, and using them.
The international wartime economic problem
of the United Nations is to bring these things
to bear against the Axis with maximum effec-
tiveness. Our own and our Allies' armies and
peoples have to be fed, clothed, and furnished
with thousands of articles — "things", I called
them a moment ago — all the equipment of a
soldier, all the equipment of a ship, and all the
equipment and food and clothing that people
require in their ordinary daily lives.

To produce all these things and to move them
to the right places, in the right amounts, at the
right times — all under stress of a gigantic war
effort^ — to do all this we need the help of other
governments and peoples. It's the purpose of
our foreign economic policy in wartime to work
things out with other countries in such a way
that we and our Allies get the help we need and
that our enemies don't get it. I'd like to make
this point clear : In all these problems, the State
Department works closely with the Foreign
Economic Administration. Between them,
they carry out almost all of the foreign eco-
nomic operations of the United States Govern-
ment.

Harkness : How do you go about doing this ?

Acheson: Well, you've two different situa-
tions to keep in mind, Mr. Harkness. First,
you've the countries which are allied or asso-
ciated with us in this war. Secondly, there are
the neutral countries. With the first or allied
group, we have arranged for a mutual stepping-
up of all essential production, for cutting down —
so far as possible — all non-essential production,
and finally, for refusing to send anything to
places where it might reach the enemy.

Harkness: That's in the case of allied na-
tions, Mr. Acheson. Now — how about the neu-
tral countries?

Acheson: Here our task is much more diffi-
cult. These countries, unlike our Allies and
associated nations, are not joined with us in the

.570315 — 44 2

fight against the Axis. But we have things
which they want badly, and they have things
which ice want badly — so this gives us the
chance to drive a bargain.

Harkness: Yes, bul what do we do about
keeping these neutral countries from supplying
the enemy with materials he needs?

Acheson: Well, that's where we have to do
some mighty hard bargaining, and such hard
bargaining is a part of our campaign of eco-
nomic warfare.

Harkness : Mr. Acheson, please ! Before we
go any further, suppose you explain that much
used term "economic warfare". Wliat does it
mean?

Acheson : It means simply hurting the enemy
by preventing him from getting the things he
needs. Economic warfare is carried on in
many ways : By the Navy, which prevents ships
from taking things to the enemy; by the air
forces, which destroy enemy factories; and by
the civilian agencies, which interfere with the
enemy's getting supplies from neutral coun-
tries. One method by which the civilians work
is these war-trade bargains — this hard bargain-
ing with the neutrals which I mentioned a
moment ago.

Harkness: What is the general nature of
those bargains? I realize you can't go into
the particulars because of possible aid to the
enemy, but maybe —

Acheson: Well, take a material which is
essential to the German arms industry and
which it gets from a nearby neutral country.
Our air foi-ces and the R. A. F. bomb the Ger-
man arms factories. This interferes with
home production. But that isn't enough. We
must see to it that the lost production of those
bombed-out factories is not replaced from neu-
tral countries; and, too, we must also see to it
that materials on which German factories
depend don't get to Germany from other coun-
tries.

Harkness: Well, that's understandable, Mr.
Secretary, but you still haven't told us what
you do in that case. How do you stop the ma-

102

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

terial getting from a neutral country to Ger-
many?

Acheson: Well, let's take a concrete exam-
ple. If a neutral country which supplies ma-
terial to Germany needs food or oil or anything
else from us we say to them, "You can have the
things you need from us only if you stop send-
ing such and such a war material to Germany."

Hakkness: Well, suppose they tell you that
they have to sell the war material to Germany
in order to live ?

Acheson : In that case, we are willing to buy
it from them. Sometimes we really want the
material, and sometimes we don't, but we don't
care about that — the big point is to keep the
valuable war material away from the enemj'
whether we need it or not.

Hakkness: I see. Well, Mr. Acheson, let's
leave the economic-warfare measures for a little
bit and consider what our State Department is
doing in the economic field for the period after
the war. Isn't it true that we have begun while
the war is still on to deal with post-war
problems?

Acheson: Yes, you just can't wait until the
last gun is fired to begin preparing for the
economic conditions which you know will be
present when the war ends. "WHien that day
comes, the populations of countries which have
been occupied by the enemy will once more be
free, but they will be free in a pitiable condition.
The enemy is now using their work, their rail-
roads and factories and farms, and their prod-
ucts for his own benefit. It's his selfish system
that's in operation there. You can see then
that, on the day the enemy is driven out, the
whole system will fall to pieces, and it will take
some time to put it together again so that it
will operate for the benefit of the liberated peo-
ples. If a band of thugs moved into your house
and wrecked it, you wouldn't expect to find
things in working order the day the police drove
them out.

Hakkness : That's true.

Acheson: So inevitably some time must
elapse before production in these occupied coun-

tries can get going again. This will be an ex-
tremely critical time. During this period the
people of these countries must have the things
which are necessary to keep them alive and to
hold them together. If they don't get these
materials, the result will be wide-spread starva-
tion and disease; starvation and disease will
produce rioting and disorder; and you can't
build a peace in the midst of chaos. To prevent
this, the United Nations must agree now upon
ways and means to help those countries get on
their feet again.

Hakkness: Well, Mr. Secretary, there has
been quite a bit of agreement on these ways and
means already, hasn't there ?

Acheson: Yes, indeed, the United Nations
Relief and Rehabilitation Administration is one
of the best examples. That organization —
called UNRRA for short — was created last No-
vember after negotiations carried on by the
State Department. Forty-four United and As-
sociated Nations signed the agreement which
set it up. The Council of this organization had
its first meeting at Atlantic City a couple of
months ago.

Hakkness : Yes, I know. I covered that con-
ference for NBC, and, as I recall, you were
elected Chairman of the First Session of the
Council of the UNRRA organization.

Acheson : That's correct. You'll recall, also,
Mr. Harkness, that we adopted a realistic pro-
gram^ for bringing relief and rehabilitation to
the areas which are being liberated from the
Axis.

Hakkness: Yes, I know you did, and that
brings something to mind, Mr. Acheson. Some
people are referring to this program as a case
of the United States playing Santa Claus again.
Is there any truth in that. Sir?

Acheson : In my opinion, there is not ! There
is always a strong temptation to place discus-
sions of this sort upon a purely materialistic
basis and to say we ought to do this from a hard-
headed point of view and that it will pay good
dividends. That is true, but it always seems to
me that that is not the way in which we Ameri-
can people approach a question, or the way in

JANUARY 22, 194 4

103

whicli a question is really illuminated. Unless
people have interest in other peoples of the world
we are going to have disaster. In order to feel
happy with itself a people must take action of
this sort, and it is only when they are willing
to do so that a people have a right to leadership
in the world. And finally we are not doing
more than our part since a?^ the United Nations
are contributing to this work on an equitable
basis.

Harkness: Thank you, Mr. Acheson — we'll
get back to you in a few moments. Now a ques-
tion or two for Mr. Taft. Mr. Taft, you are the
new Director of Wartime Economic Affairs.
I take it that means you handle the State De-
partment's end of the economic-warfare work
which Mr. Acheson mentioned earlier.

Taft: Right.

Haukness : I imagine you have a lot of head-
aches on that job?

Taft : Right again, and tliey vary more than
you can possibly imagine.

Harkness: Give me a few examples, Mr.
Taft, won't you?

Taft: Well, to pick one at random, there is
the so-called "black list" work. The black list
is another weapon of economic warfare. It is
an especially important weapon in these days
of total war. Long before they began their mil-
itary aggression, the Nazis had organized a net-
work of Nazi sympathizers in other countries
to bore from within. They were very active in
the countries of this hemisphere, and, what's
worse, many of them were making their living
off of American trade.

Harkness: Just what do you mean by that,
Mr. Taft?

Taft: Just that. A large number of Ger-
man Nazi firms in South America were living
off of the business which they had with the
United States. At the same time these firms
were contributing a large share of their profits
for propaganda and other subversive activities
against the United States and hemispheric
unity.

Harkness: Well, how would these pro-Nazi
businessmen go about their subversive activ-
ities?

Tait: Let me give you just one actual case.
There was one big company in one of the South
American countries. This company was the
agent for a large United States concern and
received from the United States firm a sizeable
advertising appropriation.

Harkness: And what did they do with it?

Tafp: They used this money to advertise the
United States company's products. But they
made sure never to place this advertising money
with any papers except those which were Nazi
mouthpieces.

Harkness : You know, Mr. Taft, that sounds
almost like dime detective fiction.

Taft : It may sound that way, Mr. Harkness,
but our files are filled with thousands of cases
of similar Nazi practices.

Harkness: Well, how does the black list deal
with such people?

Taft: When we learned about that firm I
just mentioned, we put them on our published
black list — more formally known as the Pro-
claimed List. By this action the firm lost its
agency and all its United States business ac-
counts. It couldn't buj' from us or sell to us,
nor could it use our banks or our mails. And
while that firm remains on our black list any-
one who deals with it runs the risk of being put
on the list himself.

Harkness: Well, Mr. Taft, that's one kind
of economic warfare which all of us can under-
stand— including the Nazis and their Fifth Col-
umnists. Oh, by the way — how many names
are on that black list today?

Taft: Over fifteen thousand.

Harkness: Good enough. Thank you, Sir.
And now, here's something I want to say:

Ladies and gentlemen, before we came on the
air tonight, a man said to me that, in his opin-
ion, there might have been no World War II
if the statesmen who made and carried out the
peace terms after World AVar I had paid as
much attention to economic matters as they did
to such things as political boundaries.

That man was Harry C. Hawkins, Director
of the Office of Economic Affairs of the Depart-
ment of State.

104

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETEM

All right, Mr. Hawkins — explain, please!
Hawkins: Gladly, Mr. Harkness. Let me
start by saying that I think it is critically im-
portant that we Americans never lose sight of
some of the truths the past 25 years have taught
us. The most important of these truths is that
no political and military structure for main-
taining peace can stand for long if the nations
of the world are engaged in trade warfare.

Haekness: What do you mean by "trade
warfare" between nations, Mr. Hawkins?
You're speaking of normal times now and not
of economic warfare such as Mr. Acheson just
described, are you not ?

Hawkins: Yes, Mr. Harkness, I am speak-
ing of the so-called "normal times", but I really
meant what I said when I used the term "trade
warfare". Many of the trade-warfare methods
used by the nations against each other in the
twenties and early thirties were only slightly
less unfriendly in effect than many of the
economic-warfare measures which we're using
against our enemies today !

Harkness: Well, that's calling a spade a
spade. But what were some of these peacetime
trade-warfare measures?

Hawkins: Well, in one form or another,
they were trade barriers against goods coming
from another country. High tariffs and quotas
are common forms of trade barriers. And
there are also discriminations of various kinds.
I mean by that the deals made between some
nations to the detriment of others. And these
other countries often retaliated, of course.

Hj\ekness : Wliat countries were to blame for
all this?

Hawkins: Well, it's impossible to assess de-
grees of blame, but we were no better than the
rest. AVe caused our full share of the trouble.

Harkness: Well, just how do these trade-
warfare measures work against international
peace ?

Hawkins: They create serious economic
headaches in other countries by depriving the
producers in those countries of an outlet for
their products. Wlien countries can't sell their

products abroad they have to stop buying from
abroad, and so it goes until every country is
refusing to buy every other coimtry's goods.
International bitterness and non-cooperation
are the result.

Harkness: Well, wait a minute, Mr. Haw-
kins— this international bitterness, you speak
of — it doesn't necessarily mean war, does it ?

Hawkins : No — not of itself. But, when na-
tions are trading economic blows that create
unemployment and breadlines and are contin-
ually hitting each other's vital interests, they
are not likely to cooperate to keep the peace.

Harkness: I suppose not — ^but — let's get
down to cases, Mr. Hawkins. Do you believe
that in order to have peace, we must do away
with all trade barriers? that we've got to have
world-wide free trade?

Hawkins : No, I do not. Trade cooperation
does not mean free trade. It does mean that
nations must get together and work out their
international economic policies in a spirit of
mutual understanding. It does mean the re-
duction of excessive trade barriers and doing
away with trade discriminations between na-
tions.

Harkness: Well, so far we've been speak-
ing of the relationship between sound trade
policies and peace, Mr. Hawkins. But there's
another point that a great many of our listen-
ers want discussed. That is, how much, if any,
economic sacrifice do these policies mean for
In other words, how much is post-war

\

USi

trade cooperation going to cost us ?

Hawkins: I don't think it'll cost us any-
thing. On the contrary, I think we'll benefit by
it. In the first place we'd benefit immeasurably
in dollars and cents if these policies turned out
to be insurance against another war. It's well
to ask ourselves the sobering question whether
this nation could afford another war within the
next 25 years.

Harkness: What do you think about that?

Hawkins : Well, personally, I don't think it
could and still remain anything like the na-
tion it is now. But let's look at the more im-
mediate dollars-and-cents aspects. Let's look

JANUARY 2 2, 1944

105

at it from the viewpoints of the farmer, the
businessman, and the worker.

Take the needs of our agriculture as a whole.
Our home market alone cannot provide an ade-
quate standard of living for our farmers — they
must be able to share in the world market.

Next — take our manufacturing industries.
They are going to need peacetime markets on
a scale we have never had before. Our indus-
trial leaders know that only the great world
market has potentialities corresponding to our
need.

And finally, what is labor's stake in our in-
ternational trade policies? Many of our labor
leaders have made it clear that they are looking
ahead and that they see security and opportu-
nity for labor in terms of expanding activity of
industry based upon reciprocity in international
trade.

Hakkness : Let me ask a question there, Mr.
Hawkins. Wliat's so terrific about this world
market that seems to mean so much to our
agricultural, business, and labor leaders?
What potentialities does it have?

Hawkins: Well, Mr. Harkness, the world
outside the United States has a population of
more than two billion people — that's 15 times
the population of this country ! Many millions
of these people are customers whose living
standards and purchasing-power are compara-
ble to our own.

Harkness: Yes, but the vast majority are
poor as church mice, aren't they?

Hawkins : True, the great majority are ex-
tremely poor — by our standards — but, though
their individual ability to buy our products is
limited, in the aggregate their purchases are
very large.

Harkness : In other words — farmers, indus-
try, and labor — they're all interested in a world
market. All right — what's necessary in order
to develop this world market?

Hawkins : Willingness to be paid.

Harkness: Willingness to be paid? Wliat
do you mean? Why would we refuse to be
paid for what we sell ?

Hawkins: Well, we do just that when we
shut out goods from other countries. The only
way in which people in other nations can get
the dollars to buy our goods is by selling us
their goods. If we refuse to buy their goods,
they won't have any dollars with which to
buy the things we want to sell them.

Harkness : Well, that's certainly as clear as
anyone could state it. But on the other hand,
won't these imports put our own producers out
of business? What about the low wages and
low living standards abroad? How can our
producers stand up against that kind of com-
petition ?

Hawkins : This is a point that does need con-
sideration, but it needs thoughtful considera-
tion, not snap judgments based on the easy
acceptance of catch phrases.

Competitive ability depends mainly on effi-
ciency of production. Low living standards
and low wages do not necessarily mean efficient
production. In fact, misery and efficiency do
not usually go together.

The fact is that although many of our indus-
tries pay the highest wages in the world, the
unit cost of their product is so low that they
can compete successfully in foreign markets
where wages are far lower. Low wages are, in
fact as well as in logic, usually accompanied by
low efficiency. What counts in the competitive
world market is total cost per unit of product,
not simply labor cost per hour.

Harkness: Then, to sum up what you have
said

Hawkins : All that I have said comes to about
this: From whatever angle we view the post-
war situation, trade policies of nations, pai'-
ticularly the larger ones, are of key importance.
Our farmers, our manufacturers, our workers,
all of us as taxpayers and consumers, have a big
stake in an expanding world market. And as
I've said, trade policies will be an important
factor in determining whether we will this 1 ime
win and retain the peace or blunder headlong
into another bitter, costly world war.

Harkness: Thank you, Mr. Hawkins.

106

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

And now we turn to Mr. Adolf Berle, who is
an Assistant Secretary of State. Mr. Berle, I'd
like to get your views on the relationship of
peace and sound international economic prob-
lems. Won't you sum up the situation as you
see it ?

Berle : Well, we've got to remember that it's
the everyday activities of men and women which
set the big patterns of human behavior. The
phrase "foreign relations" describes the end re-
sult of a great mass of underlying factors. You
are friends with, and work with, other coun-
tries because you trade with them on a mutually
satisfactory basis; because your people travel
freely and happily there, and their people come
freely and happily here; because your ships,
your airplanes, your telegraph, your radio, and
your journalists can render a real service both
abroad and at home.

These are not merely the private adventures
of private traders. Their sum total adds up to
the result of friendship or coolness; or, in ex-
treme cases, of peace or war.

And so, it's the business of the State Depart-
ment to try to see that these various activities
are so handled that the best interests of the
United States are protected and promoted and
that, in so doing, we do not threaten or injure
the safety and prosperity of other friendly
coimtries.

Hahkness : That's an interesting summing up
of the situation, Mr. Berle. I'd like to ask if
you can mention some of the specific problems
which are ahead and are receiving attention.

Berle: Well, for example, there are labor
problems of an international nature. The De-
partment's new Division of Labor Relations has
been working with the Department of Labor
and other interested groups on these matters.
Of interest in this connection is the meeting
of the International Labor Organization which
is to be held on April 20th next at Philadelphia.

Tlien — to continue — in telecommunication,
for instance, there aren't any boundaries be-
cause the radio message wouldn't know a bound-
ary if it saw one. Traffic through the air is no

longer a novelty — and every country in the
world has an interest in air-transport problems.
Some of these questions are wholly new in the
world's history because they arise out of new j

discoveries. Their solutions ultimately have to ^^
be fitted into the pattern of world organization
as it finally emerges. Is the idea of sea power,
which stabilized the world for some time, still
sound in terms of modern air power? Will in-
ternational relations be the same when anyone
in any country can talk to anyone in any other
country as freely as we used to talk together in
the same town?

No country — except in rare circumstances —
can afford to be either on the giving or the re-
ceiving end of a breadline — permanently. So
the principle has to be to find the ways by which
the interests of our country can be promoted
and at the same time give increased oppor-
tunity to other countries to improve their own
international life.

These are all parts of the same problem.
They come from the fact that economic life
throughout the world is pretty closely con-
nected. If the elements work together for
general well-being, we have peace. If they
struggle against each other, no peace is likely
to be lasting.

Harkness: Thank you, Mr. Berle. Now
let's get on to some other questions sent in by
our listeners.

Harkness: Mr. Hawkins, earlier you spoke
about the interest we had in enlarging our mar-
kets abroad for American exports. Don't we
also have to make sure that we can get certain
essential commodities from abroad ? To be spe-
cific, I mean oil. You hear a lot of talk these
days about dwindling American oil reserves.

Hawkins: That's right, Mr. Harkness. We
cannot continue to use our American oil even
at the rate we have used it in the past without
exhausting our supplies. We know that we will
have to look abroad for oil. Of course, the
primary immediate use for oil is in waging
war. But in the years to follow, we mil need
oil for expanded commercial aviation, greater

JANUARY 2 2, 1944

107

industrial output, more automobiles, more fuel-
oil furnaces, more oil-burning ships, and so on.

Harkess: Well, what are we going to do
about it?

Hawkins: The Atlantic Charter provides
that all countries shall have access on equal
terms to the world's raw materials. That
doesn't apply just to foreign countries. It ap-
plies to us as well. Americans are already de-
veloping great oil fields abroad. The State De-
partment welcomes and wants to encourage this
development. The Department will certainly
see to it that the interests of American nationals
in foreign oil resources will get an even break.

Harkness : Thank you, Mr. Hawkins.

Mr. Acheson, do you agree with Mr. Hawkins
that our oil supply is so precious that we need
to augment it as much as possible with foreign
oil to conserve what we have over here ?

Acheson: Yes, I most certainly do.

Harkness: All right. Sir — then answer thin
question. A great many of our listeners ask
why, if our oil supplies are so scanty, do we
send this precious fuel to Spain ?

Acheson : Well, Mr. Harkness, this is one
of the cases we were discussing a few minutes
ago — where we bargain with neutral countries
for products which both we and our enemies
want. Do you recall that?

Harkness: Yes.

Acheson: Well, that's the reason for our
sending oil to Spain.

Harkness: Oh, I get it! But there's another
answer I want — to satisfy many more of our
listeners. These people are fearful that the
oil we are sending to Spain is getting into the
hands of Germany. What have you to say about
that,Mr. Taft?

Taft: I will be glad to answer that, Mr.
Harkness. By way of background I should say
that the oil which is going from this hemisphere
to Spain does not come from continental United
States but from the Caribbean area and is car-
ried not in our ships but in Spanish ships. So
far as its getting into the hands of the enemy —

we have taken full precautions to see that this
does not occur. The tankers are checked at the
port of lading and again at the port of dis-
charge by our own observers. In addition to
most formal assurances from the Spanish Gov-
ernment that the oil so furnished will not be
re-exported from Spain, we maintain in Spain
a staff of observers whose sole duty it is to check
the distribution and use of this oil. These con-
trols have been in effect since 1942, and we have
received no evidence indicating diversion to
enemy destinations or enemy uses. Of course,
you understand that quantities of oil which go
to Spain in this manner fall far short of that
country's normal supply.

Harkness : All right, Sir. Well, I guess we've
managed to answer quite a number of the ques-
tions sent in by our listeners, and I want to thank
you gentlemen for appearing here to participate
in this show : Mr. Acheson, Mr. Berle, Mr. Haw-
kins, and Mr. Taft. Next week our line-up of
outstanding personalities will include Secretary
of State Cordell Hull, Speaker Kayburn of the
House of Representatives, Senators Connally
and Vandenberg, and Assistant Secretary of
State Breckinridge Long. I hope all of you
people listening in will be with us then. And
now — this is Richard Harkness saying "Good
night" from Washington.

Washington Announcer: Good night,
Richard Harkness. Ladies and gentlemen, we
have just concluded the third of four programs
to be broadcast from the State Department
building in Washington, D.C. The series, en-
titled "The State Department Speaks", is pre-
sented as a public service by the NBC University
of the Air to acquaint you, the American people,
with the inner workings of one of the most im-
portant departments of your government.
These four programs will be published in book-
let form and you may have a copy free of charge
by writing to this program, in care of NBC,
New York. We suggest that you write at once.
And be on hand again next week at the same
time when— "The State Department Speaks".

108

American Republics

ADHERENCE BY COLOMBIA TO THE
DECLARATION BY UNITED NATIONS

[Released to the press January 17]

The texts of communications exchanged by
the Secretary of State and the Minister of For-
eign Relations of Colombia regarding Colom-
bia's adherence to the Declaration by United
Nations follow:

December 22, 1943.

I have the honor to inform Your Excellency
that the Government of Colombia has decided
to adhere to the Declaration by the United Na-
tions signed at Washington on January 1, 1942.
This Government has sent full powers for sign-
ing this document to His Excellency Alfonso
Lopez, titular President of the Republic, who
is at present in New York. In taking this step,
which constitutes a logical and natural evolu-
tion of her preceding international attitudes,
Colombia ratifies her willingness to cooperate
by all means within her power with the free
nations of the world, involved, like herself, in
a decisive combat against the totalitarian polit-
ical system. In defense of the right and lib-
erty of the peoples unjustly attacked on various
occasions by the German Reich, my country has
been compelled to proclaim a state of belliger-
ency towards that Power and desires to bind
itself closely to the bloc of nations united in
the solidary effort against the common enemy
and to collaborate more closely with the United
States and the other belligerent nations of
America in the defense of this continent. I
request Your Excellency to take the necessary
steps so that our plenipotentiary can sign the
declaration to which I have referred, and I ask
likewise that this action be made known to the
Governments interested. I express cordial
wishes for the victory of the United Nations

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN'

and for the increasing prosperity and greatness
of the United States and I repeat to Your Ex-
cellency at this opportunity the assurances of
my highest consideration.

Carlos Lozano t Lozano

December 27, 1943.

I have received your telegram of December
22, 1943 stating that in defense of the right and
liberty of peoples unjustly attacked by the Ger-
man Reich, Colombia has been compelled to
proclaim a state of belligerency toward that
nation; that Colombia desires to bind itself
closely to the nations united against the com-
mon enemy and to collaborate more closely with
the United States and the other belligerent na-
tions of America in the defense of this con-
tinent; and that the Government of Colombia
has decided to adhere to the Declaration . by
United Nations and has sent full powers for
signing this document to His Excellency, Pres-
ident Alfonso Lopez, who is now in New York.

Colombia's action in thus formally aligning
itself with the United Nations brings to thirty-
four the number of freedom-loving nations
which have pledged themselves to employ their
full resources in the struggle against the com-
mon enemy. On behalf of this Government, as
depository for the Declaration by United Na-
tions, I take great pleasure in welcoming Co-
lombia into the ranks of the United Nations.

Appropriate arrangements are being made
for President Lopez to sign the Declaration.

Please accept [etc.] Cordell HtTLL

PRESENTATION OF LETTERS OF CRE-
DENCE BY THE AMBASSADOR OF CO-
LOMBIA

[Released to the press January 17]

A translation of the remarks of the newly
appointed Ambassador of Colombia, Dr. Don
Gabriel Turbay, upon the occasion of the
presentation of his letters of credence, January
17, follows:

JANtTARY 2 2, 1944

109

Mr. President :

I have the honor to hand to Your Excellency
the letters accrediting me as Ambassador Ex-
traordinary and Plenipotentiary of Colombia
and those of recall of my predecessor and distin-
guished friend, Mr. Alberto Lleras Camargo,
who has requested me to present to Your Excel-
lency on this occasion his most respectful
regards and his deep appreciation for the cour-
tesies received from your Government during
the time of his mission in the United States.

The President of Colombia has likewise, upon
handing me the letters of credence, especially
instructed me to express to Your Excellency, at
this most welcome opportunity, his cordial sen-
timents of admiration and his best wishes for
your welfare and for the greatness of your
country.

I recently had the honor to represent my
country before your Government and during
that time it was exceptionally pleasing to me to
receive the constant aid and the most cordial
cooperation of Your Excellency in the task of
creating new ties between our two countries
based on a community of interests and ideals
which time and the present international cir-
cumstances have served to fortify and to make
stronger and more indestructible with each
succeeding day.

Today I again represent my Government and
bring the message of solidarity of the Colom-
bian people to the people of the United States
at a moment when Colombia has become one of
the United Nations in this tremendous struggle
against a common enemy who for four bloody
years has vainly sought the predominance in
the world of the postulates of violence and force.

I can announce to Your Excellency that the
duties and obligations which my country will
assume as a signatory of the Declaration of the
United Nations will be fulfilled by our nation
resolutely and with inflexible energy, whatever
may be the sacrifices which it may have to bear,
inspired by its traditional love for the cause
of liberty and of democracy.

It will be a permanent concern of my diplo-
matic labor to contribute, with Your Excel-

lency's support, toward translating into reality
all those prospects of political, military, and
economic cooperation which will most effec-
tively lead to the triumph of the United Nations
in harmony with the gigantic efforts which
the Government of the United States is making
to win it and in conformity with the desires
and purposes of my Government.

It is, Mr. President, a special pleasure for me
to commence my work anew under the auspices
of a like faith in an early and decisive victory
of the democratic arms and in the advent of a
just and stable peace which will succeed in
preserving the principles of Christian civiliza-
tion in the future organization of the world.

Permit me. Excellency, to add my wishes to
those of the Government and of the people of
Colombia for the prosperity of the United
States and for Your Excellency's personal happi-
ness.

The President's reply to the remarks of Dr.
Don Gabriel Turbay follows:

Mr. Ambassador :

It is with particular pleasure that I receive
from you tlie letters whereby His Excellency the
President of the Republic of Colombia accredits
you as Ambassador Extraordinary and Pleni-
potentiary near the Government of the United
States. In doing so I am privileged to welcome
you as a personal friend whose earlier incum-
bency of the Ambassadorship of Colombia is
still remembered with highest and most cordial
regard.

I also accept the letters of recall of your
esteemed predecessor who, during his period of
residence near this Government, unfailingly
carried on with that spirit of friendship and
cooperation which so truly typifies the Republic
of Colombia.

By the declaration of a state of belligerency
with Germany and by adherence to the United
Nations Declaration, Colombia has reaffirmed
its historic devotion to the maintenance of those
principles to which the United Nations are ded-
icated. It is by unity of thought and action

no

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BrrLLETTNI

that the United Nations will, after accomplish-
ing the utter defeat of those brutal and selfish
powers which sought to enslave the world,
achieve enduring peace and justice for man-
kind.

The steadfast and invaluable aid which Co-
lombia has extended in behalf of our common
cause has, I may assure you, been deeply appre-
ciated by the Government and people of the
United States. I shall personally regard it al-
ways as a privilege to facilitate your labors here,
and I know you will likewise have the unfailing
collaboration of the other officials of this Gov-
ernment in dealing with the multiple mutual
problems which arise as we travel together the
road to victory and peace, confident that the
bonds of true friendship which so happily exist
between our two Governments and peoples shall
always remain solid and indestructible.

I assure Your Excellency of a most cordial
welcome as you resume your duties as Ambassa-
dor, and I would ask you to convey to my good
friend His Excellency, President Lopez, my
deep appreciation for his kind gi-eetings and
assure him of my sincere best wishes for him per-
sonally and for the increasing happiness and
good fortune of the Colombian people.

DISTINGUISHED VISITORS FROM OTHER
AMERICAN REPUBLICS

[Released to the press January 22]

Dr. Andre Dreyfus, dean of the Faculty of
Philosophy, Science, and Letters, and profes-
sor of general biology at the University of Sao
Paulo, Brazil, has arrived in the United States
as guest of the Department of State. Dr.
Dreyfus, who is a distinguished geneticist, will
spend some weeks in New York where he will
work with Dr. Theodore Dobzhansky, professor
of zoology at Columbia University. During
his stay in the United States, Dr. Dreyfus will
also visit leading universities in various sections
of the country.

The Foreign Service

RESIGNATION OF ANTHONY J. DREXEL
RIDDLE, JR.

[Eeleasid to the press by the White House January 22]

The President has accepted the resignation
of Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., as Ambas-
sador-Minister to the Allied governments
established in London.

Mr. Biddle is accepting a commission in the
Army and will be assigned as liaison officer on
the staff of the Supreme Allied Commander in
London for relationships with the Allied Gov-
ernments in London. It is understood that Mr.
Biddle's work as Ambassador-Mmister will be
carried on by the Charge d'Affaires while he is
in the military service and that no replacement
for Mr. Biddle meanwhile will be appointed.

In accepting Mr. Biddle's resignation as
Ambassador-Minister, the President wrote un-
der date of January twenty-second:

"I have your letter of resignation as Ambas-
sador-Minister to the Allied Governments estab-
lished in London, and I accept it with very
mixed feelings — such acceptance to go into ef-
fect at the time you take the oath of office as an
Officer of the Army.

"From members of the different Goverimients
to which you were accredited, as well as from
their Chiefs of Staff, I have had nothing but
the highest praise for your work.

"Your position has been one which is unique
in all history to serve as Ambassador and Min-
ister with so many different Govermnents
simultaneously.

"In view of the fact that we are, I hope, ap-
proaching the period when these Governments
must look forward to the reestablishment of
their countries, I think it is very wise for us
to take up the military side of the restoration
problems and it is, therefore, entirely right and
proper that you should act as liaison officer be-
tween them and our own armies.

JANUARY 22, 1944

111

"With all the good luck in the world and do
keep me in close touch.

As ever yours,
Franklin D Eoosevelt"

The letter of resignation follows :

"My Deak Mb. President :

"In tendering my resignation as Ambassador
Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to the Gov-
ernments of Poland, Norway, The Netherlands,
Belgium, Czechoslovakia and Luxembourg es-
tablished in London, in order to take up my new
assignment in the United States Army, I want
to send you on behalf both of my wife and
myself, this expression of our deep apprecia-
tion of your friendship and confidence which
we have enjoyed over the past number of years.

"I want to express my deep appreciation also
for the assistance and advice which you so gen-
erously provided me during the years of my
service abroad. Your close touch with foreign
affairs and your clear grasp of the trend of
world developments have been for me a con-
stant source of inspiration and encouragement.

"My new assignment in the United States
Army has given me real satisfaction and gratifi-
cation and I want to express to you and to
Secretary Hull my profound gratitude for your
understanding in releasing me from the Foreign
Service of the United States in order to join the
armed forces.

"With my warmest regards and every good
wish,

"I am,

Faithfully yours,
Anthony Biddle, Jr"

Legislation

Authorizing the United States To Participate in the
Worls of the United Nations Relief and Rehabili-
tation Administration :
Hearings Before the Committee on Foreign Affairs,
House of Representatives, 78th Cong., Ist and
2d sess., on H. J. Res. 192. December 7, 8, 9, 10,
15, 16, 17, 1943, and January 11, 1944. 349 pp.
H. Rept. 994, 78th Cong., on H.J. Res. 192 [Favorable
report.] 15 pp.
To Assist in Relieving Economic Distress in Puerto
Rico and the Virgin Islands: Hearings Before the
Committee on Insular Affairs, House of Representa-
tives, 78th Cong., 1st sess., on S. 981. October 1,
12, and 19, 1943. Part 2, with appendix, ii, 98 pp.

Publications

Depaetment of State

Reciprocal Trade : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Iceland — Signed at Reykjavik
August 27, 1943 ; effective November 19, 1943. Execu-
tive Agreement Series 342. Publication 2042. 28 pp.
1(H.

Other Agencies

Emergency Advisory Committee for Political Defense :
Annual Report Submitted to the Governments of the
American Republics. July 1943. With an Appendix
Containing the Recommendations Approved From
April 15, 1942 to July 15, 1943. xii, 287 pp. English
edition distributed by the Pan Amei-ican Union.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, V. S. Government Printing OflBce, Washington. D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - _ - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPBOVAL OF THE OIBBCTOB OF THE BDBEAC OF THE BUDOEI

J

1 o.

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

B

^\^

J

J

H

"^ nn

J

riN

JANUARY 29, 1944
Vol. X, No. 240— Publication 2058

C'

ontents

The War

Japanese Atrocities:

Statement by the Secretary of State

Statement by Joseph C. Grew

Suspension of Oil Shipments to Spain

Soviet Reply to the United States Inquiry Regarding

the Polish Declaration of January 14, 1944 . . .

Severance of Relations by Argentina With Germany and

Japan

The Puppet Government in the Philippines

The Department

"The State Department Speaks"

American RiIpublics

The United States and Panama: Article by Philip W.

Bonsai

Non-Recognilion of the Present Revolutionary Junta in

Bolivia A

Implementation of Existing Contracts on 1944 Cuban

Sugar Cropv

The Foreign Service

Confirmations

Death of Edward Thomas Williams: Statement by the
Secretary of State •

General

Dedication of the "International House" at New
Orleans: Address by George S. Messersmith . . .

[OVER]

Page
115

115
116

116

116
117

117

125
132
132

132
132

133

U. S. SUPERINTEMOENT OF DOCUMENT*

FEB 29 1944

Contents

—CONTINUED

Treaty Information pu*

Alaska Highway:

Agreement With Canada Regarding the Southern

Terminus of the Higliway 134

Agreement With Canada Authorizing the Constmc-

tion of FHght Strips Along the Highway . . . . 135
Agreement With Canada Authorizing the Construc-
tion of the Haines-Champagne Highway. . . . 136
Agreement With Canada Regarding the Use of Con-
necting Roads 136

Customs Privileges: Agreement With Canada Regard-
ing Importation Privileges for Government Officials

and Employees 138

Telecommunications: Agi'eement With Canada Regard-
ing the Construction and Operation of Radio
Broadcasting Stations in Northwestern Canada . 139
Water Power: Agreement With Canada for the Tempo-
rary Raising of the Level of Lake St. Francis . . 142

Legislation 142

Publications ' 142

The War

JAPANESE ATROCITIES

Statemeut by the Secretary of State

At his press and radio news conference on
Januiiry 28 the Secretary of State dechued, in
reply to an inquiry in regard to the Japanese
mistreatment of American prisoners of war in
tlie Far East :

"According to the I'eports of cruelty and in-
humanity, it would be necessary to summon, to
assemble together all the demons available from
anywhere and combine the fiendishness which
all of them embody in order to describe the con-
duct of those who inflicted these unthinkable
tortures on Americans and Filipinos . . ."

The Secretary added in reply to other in-
quiries that the Department of State liad been
constantly endeavoring to obtain as complete in-
formation as possible with respect to the situa-
tion of prisoners of war and civilian internees
in the Far East, that whenever information re-
garding any case of cruelty had been received a
protest had been made to the Japanese Govern-
ment, but that the United States had not re-
ceived from the Japanese Government satis-
factory replies to the protests which had been
made.

Statement by J oseph C. Grew '

In response to an inquiry in regard to Japa-
nese atrocities on American and Filipino sol-
diers in the Philippine Islands, Mr. Grew said :

"No language can possibly express my feelings
and the feelings of evei-y American today. Our
burning rage and fury at the reported medieval
and utterly barbarous acts of the Japanese mili-
tary in the Philippines are far too deep to find

' Mr. Grew, formerly American Ambassador to Japan,
Is now Special Assistant to the Secretary of State.

expression in words, and the country will be
shaken from coast to coast. My broadcast over
CBS on August 30, 1942 just after returning
from Japan and my book Report from Tokyo
tried to express my views then, and those views
have now become intensified. My feelings
make me, and I should think every other Ameri-
can this morning, want to fight this war on the
home front with grimmer determination than
ever before."

115

116

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETINI

SUSPENSION OF OIL SHIPMENTS
TO SPAIN 1

[Released to the press January 28]

The loadings of Spanish tiinkei-s with petro-
leum products for Spain have been suspended
through action of the State Department, pend-
ing a reconsideration of trade and general rela-
tions between Sixain and the United States in
the light of trends in Spanish policy. The
Spanish Government has shown a certain reluc-
tance to satisfy requests deemed both reasonable
and important by the State Department and
concerning which representations have contin-
uously been addressed to the Spanish Govern-
ment for some time past. Certain Italian war-
ships and merchant vessels continue interned in
Spanish ports; Spain continues to permit the
export to Germany of certain vital war mate-
rials such as wolfram; Axis agents are active
both in continental Spain and in Spanish Afri-
can territory as well as in Tangier; some por-
tion of the Blue Division appears still involved
in the war against one of our allies; and reports
have been received indicating the conclusion of
a financial arrangement between the Spanish
Government and Germany designed to make
available to Germany substantial peseta credits
which Germany unquestionably expects to
apply to augmenting espionage and sabotage
in Spanish territory and to intensifying
opposition to us in the peninsula.

This action has been taken after consultation
and agreement with the British Government.

SOVIET REPLY TO THE UNITED STATES
INQUIRY REGARDING THE POLISH
DECLARATION OF JANUARY 14, 1944

At his press and radio news conference on
January 26 the Secretary of State declared that
the Soviet Government had replied to the
inquiry whether the good offices of the United

' See also Bulletin of Mar. 6, 1943, p. 201, and of
Mar. 13, 1943, p. 218.

States with a view to arranging for the initia-
tion of discussions between the Polish and
Soviet Governments looking to a resumption of
official relations between them would be agree-
able to the Soviet Government. He added that
the Soviet Government, after expressing
appreciation of the offer made by the United
States, had stated that it felt that conditions
had not yet reached the stage where such good
offices could be utilized to advantage.

SEVERANCE OF RELATIONS BY ARGEN-
TINA WITH GERMANY AND JAPAN

[Released to the press January 29]

A translation of a telegram which has been
received by President Roosevelt from President
Ramirez of Argentina follows :

Buenos Aires, January 26^ 1944-
I have the honor to inform Your Excellency
that in the exercise of constitutional powers 1
have proceeded to sign the decree of breach of
diplomatic relations with the Governments of
Germany and Japan. While advising Your
Excellency of this decision which the Argentine
Government adopts for the protection not only
of its sovereignty but also of continental de-
fense, 1 repeat to you the assurances of the firm
jiui'iDose that animates us of strengthening more
and more the friendly relations which so hap-
pily have always existed between our two
countries.

General Pedro P. Ramirez

The following message has been sent by Pres-
ident Roosevelt to President Ramirez :

January 28, 1944.
1 wish to express to Your Excellency my
pleasure in learning of the decision of your
Government to sever diplomatic relations with
Germany and Japan. It is especially welcome
to hear that Argentina has thus affirmed its
intention to assist fully in the defense of the
continent.

Franklin D RoosE^'ELT

JAIfTJARY 29, 1944

117

IRelpased to the press Jamiary 20]

At his press and radio news conference on
January 26 the Secretaiy of State made the
following statement :

"It will be most gratifying to all the Allied
Nations, including especially the American re-
publics, to learn that Argentina has broken dip-
lomatic relations with Germany and Japan.
This action was taken because the Argentine
Government realizes that the Axis countries are
using Argentina as a vast operating base for
espionage and other activities highly dangerous
to the security and internal peace of the hemi-
sphere. It must be assumed from her action
that Argentina will now proceed energetically
to adopt the other measures which all the Amer-
ican republics have concerted for the security of
the continent."

THE PUPPET GOVERNMENT IN THE
PHILIPPINES

[Released to the press January 29]

The Department of State has received
through official channels a denial of the allega-
tions contained in a Japanese news agency re-
poi't broadcast January 8. The enemy broad-
cast stated that the Holy See recognized the
so-called Republic of the Philippines.

The Department has been informed that, con-
sistent with the policy of refusing to accord
recognition until after peace has been concluded
to states and regimes which have arisen in the
course and as the result of wai', the Holy See has
not recognized the Japanese puppet regime in
the Philippines.

'THE STATE DEPARTMENT SPEAKS'

[Released to the press January 29]

The text of the fourth of a series of four
broadcasts over tlie National Broadcasting
Company entitled "The State Department
Speaks", follows :

Participants

CORDEXL HtTLI.

Sam Raybubn
Tom Connallt

Arthur II. Vandenbebg
Breckinridge Long

RiCHABD HARKNESS

Secretary of State

Sjiealier of tlie House of
Representatives

United States Senator,
Cliainnaii of Committee
on Foreign Relations of
United States Senate

United S^tates Senator,
Member of Committee on
Foreign Relations of
United States Senate

Assistant Secretary of
State

Representing tlie public

Washington Announcer : For the American
people, the National Broadcasting Company
presents the fourtli and last of a special series of
programs called "The State Department
Speaks". We take you now to the State De-
partment Building on Pennsylvania Avenue
here in Washington, D. C.

Harkness: Good evening, ladies and gentle-
men. This isEichard H;irkness. Tonight, as
your representative, I find myself in distin-
guished company indeed. Seated around this
table in the Secretary of State's office are Secre-
tary of State Cordeil Hull, Speaker Sam Ray-
burn, Senators Tom Connally and Arthur H.
Vandenberg, and Assistant Secretary of State
Breckinridge Long. As you can judge from
this list, our subject this evening is the im-
portant one of the relationship of Congress and
the State Department in the formulation and
execution of our foreign policy— the role played

118

DEPAKTMEINT OF STATE BULLETEN

in these processes by the elected representatives
of the people in the Senate aiid the House of
Representatives. Mr. Secretary, won't you
say something on this subject?

Hull: From my long experience in both
chambers of the Capitol, I know how rightly
jealous the Congress is of its constitutional pre-
rogatives, how properly insistent it is upon its
full share in the making of foi'eign policy. I
need not tell my thi-ee old friends and former
colleagues, who are here with me tonight, nor
the rest of the members of the House and the
Senate, how conscious I am at all timea of what
I felt when I was located at the other end of
Pennsj'lvania Avenue. For the past 11 years
it has been my pleasure to meet with them often,
individually or in groups, here in the Depart-
ment or at the Capitol, to counsel together
franklj' and fully on questions concerning the
well-being of our country.

Under our system of government, the safe-
guarding and promotion of the nation's inter-
ests is a joint responsibility of the Executive
and the Legislature. Neither can be effective
without the other, and the two together can be
effective only when there exists between them
mutual trust and confidence. In peace and in
war, the two branches of the Government are
joint trustees for the country's destiny.

All of us are facing today truly unprece-
dented war tasks.

In this struggle, the Executive and the Con-
gress have one thought, and one only: To do
everything that may be needed to bring the war
to a victorious end as rapidly as possible.
America stands today in the panoply of vast
power dedicated solely and whole-heartedly to
the utter defeat of our enemies. Dark days are
still ahead, but there is in our hearts complete
confidence that the unremitting efforts and
heavy sacrifices of our heroic armed forces and
of a nation united at home will bring us com-
plete victory in this war for self-preservation
from the forces of embattled evil.

Equally unprecedented tasks will confront
our nation and its Government in the difficult

days that will follow the cessation of hostilities.
In some ways, the post-war tasks will be scarcely
less exacting than those which face us now.

Our supreme task in the future will be to
make sure that all this does not happen again.

I firmly believe that this great goal is possible
of attainment. To attain it, our nation and the
other peace-loving nations must be firmly re-
solved never to permit differences between them
to reach the point of armed conflict, but rather
to adjust them by peaceful means. We and the
other 2^eace-loving nations must be equally re-
solved and prepared to use force if necessary —
promptly, in adequate measure and with cer-
tainty— to prevent or repress acts of aggression
by nations which may refuse to be peace-abiding
members of the family of nations. Finally, we
and the other peace-loving nations must be re-
solved to cooperate commercially and otherwise
in order that there may be created, for all
nations and all peoples, greater opportunities
and better facilities for political, economic, and
social advancement. Such cooperation is essen-
tial if there is to be any hope of eliminating
the causes of international conflicts.

The Congress, by non-partisan action, and the
Executive, through acts and utterances, have
placed on record this country's determination
that the supreme task of the future shall be suc-
cessfully accomplished. All of us are acutely
aware of the fact that behind this determination
is the united will of our people. All of us know
that we can be true to the trust reposed in us
only if M-e find efl'ective means of making sure
that what is happening today does not happen

asjam.

It is not enough for our nation alone to stand
firmly behind the kind of program for peace-
keeping that I have briefly described. The
achievement of such a iDrogram requires united
action by many nations. It must be our task to
exert to that end every ounce of our influence.

This will require patience, and tolerance, and
good-will, and readiness to play our full part,
and every other attribute of enlightened leader-
ship. There will be many difficulties to over-

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

119

come. They can be overcome if our people con-
tinue to see clearly that the price of failure is
national disaster and if the Congress and the
Executive continue to work together.

Harkness: Thank you, Secretary Hull.
Now, I know that all of us, including j'ourself,
will listen with great intei'est to what your dis-
tinguished friends have to say ; and then maybe
you'll be kind enough to come back to say an-
other few words. And now, ladies and gentle-
men, ma J' I present the first of our guests from
Capitol Hill — the respected and esteemed
Speaker of the House of Kepresentatives — for
30 years member of Congress for the fourth dis-
trict of Texas — the Honorable Sam Raybum.

Rayburn : For over a century foreign policy
was something which held comparatively little
interest for most of the American people.
Events of the past 30 years have changed this
public indiffei'ence to intense and deep interest
in our foreign affairs. Twice in that time we
have poured our blood and our wealth into
overseas wars in the defense of our security.
Every da}' the morning paper tells us of some
hitherto obscure part of the world where Amer-
ican fighting men — our relatives and friends —
have landed and are in grips with the enemy.

We now know, and we must never again for-
get, that we are directly and vitally involved
in world affairs ; that henceforth foreign policy
concerns not a few diplomats alone but the
entire nation and all groups within the nation.

We are, and we intend to remain, a govern-
ment of the people, and our foreign policy must
therefore be backed by the will and convictions
of the people.

Harkness : Mr. Speaker, as one who occupies
the highest position of responsibility and honor
in the House of Representatives, would you
please give us j'our views on the role of the
Congress in formulating and carrying out our
foreign policy ?

Ratbtjen: If a successful foreign policy
depends upon the continuous participation and
support of the whole nation, the Congress as

elected representatives of tlie people has,
indeed, an important part to play.

I should like to call to mind some of the
actions taken by the Congress, in cooperation
with the Executive, in the dark years from 1939
through 1941 to resist the aggi-essor's designs:
The repeal of the arms embargo in 1939, the
armament program and the Selective Service
Act of 1940, the lend-lease legislation in 1941.
These measures have all plaj'ed an important
part in forging the weapons which yesterday
threw back and today are beating down our ene-
mies. These all were major acts of foreign
policy. They were, moreover, measures of for-
eign policy which under our fonn of govern-
ment could only be undertaken and effectively
applied through the cooperation of the Execu-
tive and both houses of the Congress.

Harkness: What about the future, Mr.
Speaker ?

Rayburn : The Congress is now giving atten-
tion to the future problems of maintaining the
peace and security for which we fight. A few
months ago the House of Representatives, by
an overwhelming and bipartisan majority,
adopted the Fulbright resolution urging the
participation of this country in international
peace machinery. This striking declaration of
the House of Repi'esentatives played its full
part, I am sure, along with the Connally reso-
lution of the Senate and the momentous Four-
Nation Declaration adopted at the Moscow
Conference, in making clear to the world that
this nation stands united behind a foreign pol-
icy of effective international cooperation.

The Senate, of course, has its important con-
stitutional function of giving its advice and
consent to treaties regulating our relations with
other countries. But the House of Representa-
tives has a position in the field of foreign af-
fairs which, perhaps, is not as well understood
as it should be. The House, which is elected
every 2 years, is uniquely representative of the
opinions, the hopes and the fears of the Ameri-
can people in their home communities.

120

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BXJLLETITT

I have already mentioned some recent exam-
ples of major foreign-policy measures in which
the House of Representatives participated by
exercising its legislative powers. There are
many others. For example, all tariff bills must
originate in the House, and this has meant
that such well-known foreign-economic-policy
measures as the Reciprocal Trade Agreements
Act are first considered in the House Committee
on Ways and Means. Similarly, the Committee
on Appropriations of the House maintains the
closest touch with the Department of State and
aspects of our foreign affairs. It is this Com-
mittee which determines in the first instance how
much, and for what purposes funds are to be
made available to the Department of State and
other executive agencies doing foreign-affairs
work. These are some of the less widely known
phases of the House of Representatives part in
the conduct of our foi'eign relations.

Best known to all is the work of the House
Committee on Foreign Affairs. It is this Com-
mittee which considered such measures as the
repeal of the arms embargo, lend-lease, the
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Ad-
ministration, the Fulbright resolution, and
other highly important matters of foreign
l^oiicy.

In the coming months and years the United
States will have many vital decisions to make
on the nature of the arrangements which are
to be established for the future maintenance
of peace. If these arrangements are to be ac-
cejjted, if we are to make them effective, they
must represent the views and have the sustained
support of the American people as a whole.
The Congress of the United States — the elected
rei^resentatives of the American people — will
do its share, I am confident, in making the will
of the American jaeople effective in the promo-
tion of international peace and well-being.

Haekness: Thank you. Speaker Rayburn.
Now, I think we sliould try to get a little in-
sight into the State Department's relations with
Congress — from the man who handles that part

of the State Department's work — Assistant Sec-
retary of State Breckinridge Long. I'm right
on that, am I not, Mr. Long? You are in chai-ge
of congressional relations?

Long: Yes, Mr. Harkness, I am. But I
sliould add that this is an aspect of the Depart-
ment's work which also receives a great deal of
personal attention from the Secretary himself.

Harkness: Well, won't you go right ahead,
Mr. Long — tell us — how close are the Depart-
ment's relations with Congress?

Long: Well, as a matter of practice the of-
ficers of the Department are continuously in
touch with members of Congress in several
ways. First is what might be termed routine
business. This consists of matters their con-
stituents are interested in as individuals, includ-
ing every conceivable need for assistance affect-
ing the interests of citizens abroad. Then, sec-
ondly, there are the matters of foreign policy in
which the members of Congress have an official
interest as legislators.

Also, there are the more formal relationships
with the congressional committees. These are
tlie most important phases of all the dealings
between the Congress and the Department for,
you see, the congressional committees make
sure that proposed legislation which might have
an effect upon our foreign relations is referred
to the Secretary of State for an expression of
views before any proposal is acted upon. These
views are submitted by the Department gener-
ally in writing for the consideration of the par-
ticular congressional committee involved.

Harkness: I see; now, how about treaties?

Long: With treaties the Department has a
twofold experience. To begin with, the De-
partment negotiates treaties. They are solemn
obligations entered into by our Government
witli other governments and concern our sov-
ereign rights as a nation. Once negotiated on
behalf of the President, they are submitted by
the President to the Senate. The Department's
second phase then begins. We are then pre-
pared, if requested, to meet with the Foreign
Relations Committee of the Senate and present

JANUARY 29, 1944

121

our vievrs and information in support of the
provisions of the proposed treaty. Sometimes
this is a long procedure. An important treaty
necessarily involves a lot of discussion.

H.AKKNESs: Yes, Tve all know that in years
gone by a number of treaties have been bitterly
contested in the Senate. What other contacts
do you have with Congress, Mr. Long?

Long : Well, I might mention those occasions
when the officers of the Department discuss in-
formally questions of foreign policy with the
congressional committees having jurisdiction
over foreign affairs.

Hakkjjess: You say they discuss these ques-
tions informally with the congressional com-
mittees. What do you mean by that, Mr.
Long?

Long : By that I mean we have these discus-
sions not in open hearings but in executive ses-
sions of the committees with no stenographer
present. As j^ou know we can't always divulge
publicly every aspect of our dealings with for-
eign governments during negotiations, but we
well recognize that appropriate members of the
Congress should be kept informed. To every
practicable extent, we lay the cards on the table
and tell the members of committees off the rec-
ord the things which would be helpful to their
understanding of a particular foreign policy.
Under these circumstances we in the State
Department have frequently appeared before
Senator Connally's Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions, of which Senator Vandenberg is a mem-
ber. Our associations with this committee ai'e
cordial, and I think the results have been very
good.

Harkness: Mr. Long, I'd like to ask you
this — you've served abroad as an ambassador
and you're now representing the State Depail-
ment in its relations with Congress. Which of
these two jobs requires the most diplomatic
talent?

Long: Mr. Harkness, "diplomatic talent", as
you express it, I think is mostly common sense,
mixed up with ordinary courtesy, based on an

understanding of our country's national inter-
est. Our dealings with members of the Con-
gress are on that basis, and we find that they too
have "diplomatic talent".

Harkness-: That's a nice compliment to your
congressional friends, Mr. Long. Thank you.
Sir. Now let's hear from another legislator —
the distinguished Republican Senator from
Michigan, Arthur H. Vandenberg. Senator, as
a minority member of the Senate Foreign Rela-
tions Committee, what are ymir views on the
relationship of Congress and the State Depart-
ment in the formulation and execution of
foreign policy?

Vandenberg : The State Department and the
Senate are in a constitutional partnership in
many aspects of American foreign policy. No
one needs to be historically reminded that the
Senate has a direct veto on all treaties. They
require a two-thirds Senate ratification; and
failure of such ratification can and has changed
the course of history.

In a broader sense the State Department and
Congress as a whole — the House as well as the
Senate — are in a constitutional partnership.
For example, only the whole Congress, by ma-
jority vote in each branch, can declare war.
Again, the House is particularly charged with
control of the nation's purse strings — and ap-
propriations are often vital to implement
foreign policy (even though we have abandoned
some of our old ideas of "dollar diplomacy").

It is perfectly obvious, on the face of the
record, that there should be the closest pos-
sible relationship, therefore, and the fullest
possible candor between the State Department
and the Congress in general and the Senate in
particular.

I realize that diplomacy cannot always func-
tion in a town meeting and that there are many
delicate international negotiations which can-
not always be broadcast even to 531 members of
the Senate and the House, particularly in time
of war. But I profoundly believe that national
policy— a "people's foreign policy"— will be

571258 — J4-

122

DEPARTMETSTT OF STATE BULLETENl

surer and safer in proportion as these constitu-
tional partners may draw closer together in the
discharge of their mutual functions.

I am happy to join in congratulating Secre-
tary Hull and Chairman Connally of the Senate
Foreign Relations Committee on the progress
that has been made in this direction. Senator
Connally has brought in many representatives
of the State Department to give the Foreign
Relations Committee first-hand confidential in-
formation regarding foreign situations during
the past year. It has been most helpful. It ia
the working of a practical partnership. I am
particularly happy that Assistant Secretary
Long is here tonight. He has often represented
the State Department upon these occasions ; and
he is one of our favorite visitors.

Haekness : Have you any concrete example,
Senator, of the tangible value of these closer
relationships ?

Vandenberg : Yes. The usefulness of this
liaison is perhaps best illustrated by the recent
history of the United Nations Relief and Re-
habilitation Agreement between the United
States and 43 foreign powers. At first it was
proposed to promulgate this as a simple execu-
tive agreement. The Senate promptly — and
rightly — rose up on its high horse and said it
was a treaty whicli had to be ratified by the
Senate. Instead of fighting out this sterile
deadlock, a Senate Foreign Relations subcom-
mittee sat down with representatives of the
State Department; in mutual contacts they re-
wrote the agreement to satisfy the Senate it was
no longer in the treaty class ; it is now being sub-
mitted to both branches of Congress as part of
a joint resolution of authority for appropria-
tions. We are pulling together instead of pull-
ing apart. That's a fine sample of the partner-
ship cooperation which our "foreign policy"
requires.

Haekness : Yes, I agree, Sir.

Vandenberg: I would be less than frank,
however, if I did not say that there is still much
progress needed in this direction. After care-
fully studying the State Dejjartment's so-called

"White Paper" — detailing our relations with
Tokyo for 11 months preceding Pearl Harbor —
I am bound to say that neither Congress nor
the country, nor the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee itself, had the remotest information
or idea about the realities that were sweeping
us toward inevitable war. Congress cannot leg-
islate intelligently in any such vacmim. I am
sure Pearl Haibor wasn't one tenth as much of
a surprise to the President and the State De-
partment as it was to the House and Senate and
the country. I hasten to repeat that I fully
understand that many of these subsequent dis-
closures could not have been made before. But
I also repeat that the nearer we can approach
more complete information and understanding
among the constitutional partners who must
deal with "foreign policy" the safer our course
will be.

I commend the State Department's praise-
worthy efforts in this vital direction. The need
will infinitely multiply as we approach the peace
settlements of this world war. I hope and pray
for a community of interest and action, regard-
less of politics, which will be.st serve America
and stabilized civilization everywhere. Mean-
while, please let me toss an orchid to Secretary
Hull, who is one of the truly great characters
in modern statesmanship.

Haekness: All right. Senator Vandenberg —
thank you. Sir. Now, let's hear from one of the
best-known men on Capitol Hill — the Chair-
man of the Senate Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions— Senator Tom Connally of Texas.

Connally: The most important fact about
our being met together here tonight in the
Department of State is that it is not an unusual
meeting. If there were something unusual
about members of the Congress meeting with
the Secretary of State for discussion of our for-
eign affairs our nation would, indeed, be in a
peculiar state.

The integrity of our form of government
rests upon the separation of the legislative and
the executive powers. But the welfare of our
country demands the intelligent cooperation of

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

123

these two coordinate and independent branches
of our Government. While their functions are
independent, yet their objectives are the com-
mon good, and cooperation to that end is
appropriate.

Let our people always remember that an inef-
fective government is only less undesirable than
a tyrannical government. Tyranny is to be
abhorred, but history teaches that tyranny
goads a frantic people to freedom. Ineffective
government on the other hand not infrequently
invites the tyranny of either the demagogue or
the conqueror.

Harkness : Senator Connally, it seems to me
that M-hat you've just said is the story of much
of Europe during the past 10 j'ears or so.

CoNNALXiY : I firmly believe it.

Harkness: Well, do you feel, Sir, that we've
had effective cooperation between the Congress
and the Executive in the handling of our for-
eign affairs?

Connally: If you mean, Mr. Harkness, have
we had such cooperation throughout our his-
tory I would say that, with the exception of
several tragic failui'es, we have generally had
reasonable cooperation between the Congress
and the Executive. It was this effective coop-
eration within our Government that has made
it possible for our coimtry to play an effective
part in the common cause of the United Nations.
Our task, our cause, today is the utter defeat
of the Axis. Beyond that is our common ulti-
mate goal — the establishment throughout the
world of a just and enduring peace.

Let's make no mistake about it. Neither task
will be easy. It will not be easy to bring our
enemies to their knees. The blood and treas-
ure which are yet to be poured out in this cause
cannot be measured. But we are committed
and determined to see it through.

Harkness: That's the way we all feel about
it. Senator Connally, but where do we stand in
your opinion concerning the ultimate task of
making sure, as Secretary Hull just put it,
"that all this does not happen again" ?

Connallt: Well, as I just remarked, Mr.
Harkness, this also will not be an easy task.
But, Heaven forbid any man should ever say
that the sublime objective of world peace is im-
possible ! It is not impossible. And it is worth
a sublime effort.

Senator Vandfenberg has mentioned the con-
stitutional responsibilities of the Senate in the
approval of treaties. He has been most gra-
cious in his references to my part in bringing
representatives of the State Department and the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee together
for valuable exchanges of views and informa-
tion on the foreign situation. Let me say that,
heavy as are the tasks of the Chairman of the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee, they will
be borne cheerfully as long as the burden can be
shared with colleagues who in this work, re-
gardless of party, have no other interest than
the best interest of our country. No member
of our committee has approached our common
tasks with a gi'eater spirit of helpfulness and
national service than has Senator Vandenberg.

Last fall, as Chairman of the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee, I presented to the Senate
on behalf of the committee a resolution designed
to make clear the intention of the Senate that
this country should cooperate with its comrades-
in-arms in securing a just and honorable peace
and that the United States, acting through its
constitutional i^rocesses, should join with free
and sovereign nations in the establishment and
maintenance of international authority with
power to prevent aggression and to preserve the
peace of the world. After thorough discussion
on the floor of the Senate, the resolution was
adopted by an overwhelming vote.

The Senate of the United States has thereby
announced to the world its determination that
we intend to participate with other peace-seek-
ing nations to keep the peace which we now
fight to gain.

Harkness: Thank you, Senator Connally.
And now back to Secretary Hull.

Mr. Secretary, I wonder if you would com-
ment on Senator Vandenberg's statement that

124

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

neither the Congress nor the country had the
remotest information or idea about the realities
that wei'e sweeping us toward war. I noticed
he also said that he fully understood that many
of the subsequent disclosures — such as were
made in the State Department's "Wliite
Paper" — could not have been made before.

Hull: Senator Vandenberg is a very old
friend, and I am always interested in what he
has to say. I fully agree with his statement
that many of the disclosures subsequently made
could not be made before without jeopardizing
our national safety. But we certainly disagree
on his first statement. My view is this: The
tragedy of our pre-Pearl-Harbor situation lay
not in lack of warning as to the steadily ap-
proaching dangers to this hemisphere and this
country. The President and I and other respon-
sible officials did everything we could by utter-
ance and acts to make clear and emphasize these
growing dangers.

If these repeated warnings failed to impress
some of our people, I can only explain such fail-
ure by the fact that, during that period, too
many of our people profoundly believed that no
serious danger from foreign wars did or could
threaten this country and that about all the
nation had to do to keep out of war was to stay
at home and mind its own business. It was as
impossible to convince these people against this
profound conviction they entertained at the
time as it would have been to convince them
against any other profound belief held by them.

I am sure that we are all now agreed that
in this experience lies our greatest lesson for
the future. Speaker Kayburn, Senator Con-
nally, Ssnator Vandenberg, and I are in com-
plete agreement that effective cooperation
between the executive and the legislative
branches of the Government and imflagging
alertness on the part of our people to dangers
as they threaten are all indispensable to our
national safetj^ and well-being.

Before this final program ends, I should like
to say a few words of appreciation for the
courtesy of the National Broadcasting Company
in arranging, through this series, for my asso-
ciates and myself to speak to the people of this

country on matters of such grave concern to
all of us. I want to compliment Mr. Harkness
for his conduct of the programs. I am deeply
grateful to Speaker Eayburn and to Senators
Connally and Vandenberg for their contribu-
tion to the discussion this evening.

I sincerely hope that these programs will
have helped the American people to a better
understanding of what our foreign policy is
about and of how it is conducted. There is no
greater danger confronting a democracy in the
conduct of its foreign affairs than indifference
on the part of the people to the great issues at
stake and the resulting absence of clear think-
ing and constructive criticism. The first duty
of responsible American citizenship is enlight-
ened interest in public affairs, both domestic
and foreign, and constant alertness to every
manifestation of danger.

Harkness : Thank you once again. Secretary
Hull, and thanks also to our other distinguished
guests. Speaker Eayburn, Senators Connally
and Vandenberg, and Assistant Secretary of
State Breckinridge Long.

As all of you know, this is the last of this spe-
cial limited series of programs arranged for
broadcast by the NBC University of the Air to
reveal to the American people something of the
work, procedure, and policies of our Depart-
ment of State. Judging by our mailbox, the
series has been most successful. And to all of
you Americans who listened each week with
such keen interest, to the many who wrote us
letters of praise and constructive criticism, I
want to say for NBC and the State Depart-
ment— thanks a million. It's a real pleasure to
serve you. Now — this is Richard Harkness
saying "Good night" from Washington.

Washington Announcer : Good night, Rich-
ard Harkness. Ladies and gentlemen, we have
just concluded the last of four jDrograms broad-
cast as a public service under the title "The
State Dei^artment Speaks". These four pro-
grams will be published in booklet form and
you may have a copy free of charge by wi-iting
to "The State DeiJartment Speaks" in care of
NBC, New York. But to be sure of your copy
you must write at once.

American Republics

THE UNITED STATES AND PANAMA

BijPhiUp W. Bonsai'-

Panama is the newest of the American repub-
lics; it is also the smallest from the point of view
of population. The country's area is about that
of the State of Maine ; the people number about
half a million. Yet the Kepublic, through its
history and its present-day institutions and
characteristics, has demonstrated that its peo-
ple deservedly enjoy the rights of nationhood.
History, geography, and_ economics have con-
spired to place the citizens of Panama and of the
United States on the Istlimus in peculiarly close
contact.

The Canal Zone, which frames the Canal, is
a 10-mile-wide strip, bisecting the Republic
(except where the nation's two principal cities,
Panama and Colon, form virtual enclaves in the
Zone). The boundary between the Canal Zone
and the Republic of Panama in the terminal
areas at either end of the Canal consists of city
streets. Panama and Balboa, Colon and Cris-
tobal, though they fly different flags, are urban
units. The Canal itself is the most valuable
single economic and military asset of the United
States. Its importance in time of war as well
as in time of peace cannot be exaggerated.
Therefore, the relations between Panama and
the United States afford a peculiarly significant
demonstration of the success or failure of the
patterns for international living adopted by the
two nations as members of the community of
American republics.

When, on May 3 of 1943, President Roosevelt
signed a joint resolution passed by the House
and Senate authorizing the performance of cer-

' The author of this article is the Deputy Director of
the Office of American Kepublic Affairs of the Depart-
ment of State.

tain commitments entered into by the executive
branch of our Government with the Republic
of Panama,- he formalized the final step in a
10-year process in which the two countries may
find justified satisfaction and pride. Thanks to
prolonged, but frank and good-tempered, nego-
tiation and with the approval of the duly elected
representatives of the two peoples, the policy
of the good neighbor has been given full ex-
pression in solemn covenants and in other ar-
rangements governing the relations of Panama
and the United States.

II

When in 1903 Panama became independent,
and thus achieved an aspiration actively cher-
ished by many Isthmian citizens since the over-
throw of Spanish power 80 years before, the new
republic promptly entered into that treaty re-
lationship with the United States which made
possible the construction of the Canal.' That
treaty, signed two weeks after the birth of the
republic, governed the dealings of the two
countries during the heroic days of the build-
ing of the Canal, through the first World War,
and on to the very eve of the present conflict.

In passing upon the terms of the document
signed by John Hay and Philippe Bunau-
Varilla it is necessary to bear in mind the re-
spective situations of the parties. Panama had
just won her independence. Neither her citi-
zens nor those of the former sovereign of the
territory had as yet achieved any outstanding
record for civil stability. As a matter of fact,
Colombia was emerging more or less exhausted

' 57 Stat. 74. '

' Convention of Nov. 18, 1903, Treaty Series 431.

125

126

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETEN:

from the last of the gi-eat civil struggles in the
course of which her admirable democratic struc-
ture was forged. The Panamanians had not yet
created, much less tested, the constitutional in-
stitutions upon which the domestic peace and
prosperity of the new nation were to depend.
. On the other hand, the United States was a
novice in inter-American affairs, as well as in
any real degree of participation in international
affairs on a world-wide scale. The frontier as a
focus for the national energies was only begin-
ning to lose its place. The people were drawing
breath and looking at the world beyond their
borders. The enterpi'ise of the construction of
the Canal fired the imaginations and enlisted
the devotion of those who had freed Cuba and
cherished a vision of the place the United States
might assume in world affairs during the dawn-
mg century. The first steps in the assumption
of that place were necessarily without the bene-
fit of experience, although they made up in vigor
what they lacked in careful direction. In fact,
the decade which began with 1898 witnessed a
complete transformation in the international
outlook of the United States through the as-
sumption of international responsibilities.

The construction of the Canal, therefore, in-
volved the reaching of an agreement between
a powerful, gi'owing nation in which the im-
perialists were in full control of foreign policy,
on the one hand, and, on the other, a small new
nation with entirely different traditions, insti-
tutions, and languag-e. The resulting agi-ee-
ment was the convention of 1903. Viewed in
its proper setting and considered in the light of
the political principles of the times it cannot be
considered ungenerous. It was realistic. Its
provisions for the health and sanitation of the
Canal, of the terminal cities, and of the adjacent
areas, recognized one of the principal factors,
if not the principal factor, in the failure of the
French Canal Company and assured to the
United States powers suiBcient to eliminate that
factor. The wisdom of these provisions can-
not be questioned. They were Essential to the
success of the entire enterprise, and the Pana-
manians had more, if possible, to gain from them
than did the United States.

However, from the political point of view,
the treaty was onerous from the beginning and
became more so to a people aspiring to integral
sovereignty. The very first article stated that
"The United States guarantees and will main-
tain the independence of the Republic of Pan-
ama." With the recollection of I'ecent civil dis-
turbances fresh in their minds, the American
negotiators insisted that the United States
should have the right to intervene at any time
''for the maintenance of public order in the
cities of Panama and Colon and the territories
and harbors adjacent thereto in case the Repub-
lic of Panama should not be, in the judgment
of the United States, able to maintain such
order." Intervention was to be undertaken
purely in our discretion, without discussion or
even an appeal for assistance from the Pana-
manian Government.

The treaty also gave us the right, should we
consider it desirable for the purpose of the con-
struction, maintenance, operation, sanitation,
and protection of the Canal, to take Panamanian
land and water areas located outside the Canal
area without consulting the Panamanian Gov-
ernment. The existence of this right, and par-
ticularly the provision that it could be exercised
at our initiative alone, was considered — and
rightly considered — by Panamanians to be a
constant threat to their territorial integrity.

It is obviously beyond the scope of this article
to trace in detail the relations between the two
countries as they were affected by the exercise
of the two treaty rights described above. That
task has already been ably performed, notably
by Dr. William David McCain, now archivist of
the State of Mississippi, in his concise, schol-
arly volume entitled The United States and th&
Republic of Panama. Yet the exercise of those
rights brought home to the two parties certain
truths and illustrated certain lessons in inter-
national relations which must be emphasized.

The right to maintain public order in the
principal cities of the Republic was inserted in
the treaty on behalf of the United States for the
purpose of protecting the Canal and the instal-
lations in the Canal Zone from the possible
effects of armed violence, whether by organ-

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

127

ized military elements or by mobs from the
Republic. It may also have been thought that,
even though such violence did not extend to the
territory of the Zone, the consequent disruption
of normal activity in the Republic could not but
be prejudicial to Canal interests. In practice,
however, these fears proved to be largely
unfounded. The institutions of the Republic
were consolidated without great turmoil; mili-
tarism never became a factor in local politics.
The United States did intervene from time to
time. Yet, due to the increasing prosperity and
enlightenment of the citizens of the Republic,
the original cause for the assertion of this right
on behalf of the United States soon ceased to
exist to any really important or predictable
extent.

It is, of course, true that the right was also
exercised from time to time to remedy condi-
tions arising from the presence in the cities of
the Republic of persons from the Canal Zone,
both members of the armed forces and Canal
employees and laborers. The resulting diffi-
culties, particularly in times of congestion on
the Isthmus as during the last war, strained the
law-enforcement agency of the Republic. Yet
the eventual remedy was found not in interven-
tion by the United States but rather in a grow-
ing realization on the part of the Panama
authorities of the importance of the mainte-
nance of orderly conditions in the areas of
Panama and Colon frequented by visitors.

It is a fair conclusion tliat the dangers which
were to have been warded off through the exer-
cise of the right of intervention have proved to
be in fact non-existent. Yet that right did
impose upon the United States a heavy obliga-
tion and upon the citizens of the Republic a
serious handicap in the development of their
political institutions. From the very early days
our representatives on the Isthmus considered
the maintenance of orderly, stable govei'nment
in the Republic to be one of their principal
duties. In other words, they undertook to pass
upon the relative merits of the "ins" and the
"outs" and to use the threat of intervention to
maintain "constitutional" order. It caimot be
questioned that this type of paternalism was

often — perhaps regularly — exercised from the
sincerest and most high-minded motives.
Nevertheless, the end result was stultifying to
the civic progress of the Republic.

Political responsibility in Panama became
lodged in the Legation of the United States —
not in the voices and the actions of the citizenry.
The relative merits of the contending parties
were sometimes argued with more warmth be-
fore the American Minister than before the elec-
torate. The party in power relied upon the
American Minister as its staunchest support
in internal affairs. The leaders of the "outs"
devoted a large part of their energies and of
their eloquence to denouncing in Washington
the sins of the party ruling in Panama. Every
act of the Minister and of the Department of
State affecting Panama was interpreted in terms
of local politics. The civic virtues of comba-
tiveness and aggressiveness in support of hon-
estly held principles must indeed be hardy
gi'owths to flourish, when it is generally believed
that responsibility for — and certainly power
over — local political conditions is lodged in the
representative of a foreign government enjoy-
ing, at his own discretion, a right of armed
intervention.

Equally burdensome to the Panamanians was
the right reserved to the United States to seize
lands and waters additional to those comprised
in the Canal Zone for Canal purposes. Wlaile
the lands actually added to the Zone after 1903
were imdoubtedly needed for jjurposes clearly
related to the Canal, the very existence of this
right, exercisable at our will and without re-
course, was a permanent menace not only to the
integrity of the nation but also to the undis-
turbed enjoyment of their private property by
its citizens. One case, that of Taboga Island,
will illustrate the feeling of helpless insecurity
and bitterness engendered by this provision of
the treaty of 1903.

Taboga is an island with an area of about two
square miles located in the Bay of Panama. It
is beautiful and healthful; it has a small resi-
dent population and, in addition, has long been
a health and vacation resort for the inhabitants
of the capital of the Republic.

128

DEPABTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

On November 14, 1918, three days after the
Armistice, marking the complete victory of the
Allied and Associated Powers, the United States
notified Panama, a faithful ally in the late
struggle, that the greater part of Taboga Island
would be taken over for defense purposes. This
wholly arbitrary and ill-considered action
caused a tremendous wave of indignation. A
formal protest was sent to the Department of
State; after 20 days the protest was rejected,
and the rejection was later reiterated. In Jan-
uary 1919, however, the Panamanian Govern-
ment was informed that the United States would
not take possession at once and was "anxious to
adopt a liberal policy" with regard to the in-
habitants. It is hard to see how this can have
been any great relief to the people concerned.
Finally, in June of 1920, over a year and one
half after the original notification, our authori-
ties decided that, instead of the 1,160 acres they
had originally stated to be necessary for the de-
fense of the Canal, some 37 acres would be suffi-
cient !

Perhaps exaggeratedly, but nevertheless un-
derstandably, Panamanians entertained the
view that the existence of this right might at
any time result in the extinction of the Republic
as a separate territorial entity, should the
United States determine that the whole Isthmus
was needed for the construction, operation,
maintenance, and protection of the Canal.

Ill

There is no evidence that a(ny responsible
Panamanian at any time desired to impede the
operation or the protection of the Canal. Gen-
erally speaking, the citizens of Panama have
demonstrated — and this was true in the last
war and not less so today — a thorough con-
viction of the identity of interest of Panama
and the United States in international affairs.
Their objection has been to the taking of meas-
ures to promote that interest by the United
States on Panamanian soil without any recog-
nition of the inherent right of Panama as a
sovereign nation to participate in the formu-
lation and carrying out of such measures.

The existence of a connnunity of interest be-
tween the two countries — and more particularly
a growing recognition of the fact that Panama
was ready and able actively to further that in-
terest— resulted finally in agreement on a re-
statement of the terms of the relationship. An
aboitiv'e attempt in that direction had been
made as early as 1926. Shortly after his in-
auguration. President Franklin D. Roosevelt
and the then President of Panama issued a
statement to the effect that they intended to
initiate negotiations for a convention to place
the relations between the two countries on a new
footing. These negotiations began late in 1934
and culminated on March 2, 1936, after more or
less constant discussions between the parties,
in the signature of a new treaty.^ The Senate
of the United States, however, delayed three
years before giving its advice and consent to the
ratification of the document.

Fundamentally, the new treaty was based
upon the willingness of the two Governments
"to cooperate, as far as it is feasible for them
to do so, for the puq^ose of insuring the full and
perpetual enjoyment of the benefits of all kinds
which the Canal should afford the two nations
that made possible its construction as well as
all nations interested in world trade". That
cooperation was to lead to the taking of meas-
ures designed to "insure the maintenance, sani-
tation, efficient operation and effective protec-
tion of the Canal, in which the two countries are
jointli/ and vitally interested " [italics sup-
plied] . Thus, Panama became a partner in the
Canal enterpi-ise in its largest sense instead of a
more or less passive beneficiary in some respects
and a victim in other respects of the bisection of
Panamanian territory by the Canal Zone.

Under the new treaty the guaranty of the
maintenance of Panamanian independence by
the United States was superseded by the estab-
lishment of normal relations of peace and
friendship such as then prevailed between the
United States and the rest of the world. The
right of the United States to intervene for the
purpose of maintaining order in Panama was

" Treaty Series 945.

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

129

iibolished. Likewise, the right of the United
States to take additional lands and waters in
Panamanian territory was replaced by a pro-
vision which stated, in effect, that, while the
two Governments did not anticipate the neces-
sity for the taking of additional lands for Canal
purposes,, nevertheless, the two Governments
recognized "their joint obligation to insure the
effective and continuous operation of the Canal
and the preservation of its neutrality, and con-
sequently, if, in the event of some now unfore-
seen contingency, the utilization of lands or
waters additional to those already employed
should be in fact necessary for the maintenance,
sanitation or efficient operation of the Canal,
or for its effective protection, the Governments
of the United States of America and the Re-
public of Panama will agree upon such meas-
ures as it may be necessary to take in order to
insure the maintenance, sanitation, efficient
operation and effective protection of the Canal,
in which the two countries are jointly and
vitally interested".

The new treaty further provided that "In
case of an international conflagration or the
existence of any threat of aggression which
would endanger the security of the Republic of
Panama or the neutrality or security of the
Panama Canal", the two Governments would
take appropriate measures together and would
also consult together regarding measures which
one of the two Governments might feel it essen-
tial to take but which would affect the territory
of the other Government concerned.

The principal reason for M-hich this treaty
was delayed for over 3 years in our Senate was
luiquostionably the existence of doubt in the
minds of certain Senators as to whether the
new treaty would adequately protect our major
interests in the Canal area. It was only after
a clarifying exchange of notes between the De-
partment of State and the Panamanian Em-
bassy in Washington, early in 1939, that these
doubts were removed.^ The Panamanian Gov-
ernment stated that, in cases of extreme urgency,

' Treaty Series 945, p. 63.

consultation between the two Governments as
to desirable measures might occur after rather
than before the taking of necessary measures of
defense by one Government which would affect
the territory of the other. This interpretation
was an obviously essential one in view of the
nature of modern warfare and the record of
international lawlessness of the aggressor
nations.

IV

The relationsliip established by the new treaty
was soon brought to the test. As it became more
and more certain that the Axis powers had de-
signs involving ruthless and complete world con-
quest, our military and naval authorities were
ff>rced to the conclusion that the defense of the
Canal could no longer be insured by installa-
tions located in the Canal Zone. A plan of
defense was drawn up which involved the occu-
pation of a very large number of points in
Panamanian territory for airfields, gim em-
placements, searchlight locations, detector sta-
tions, etc. This plan was submitted to and dis-
cussed with the Panamanian Government, the
Chief Executive of which held highly national-
istic views, and was accused in some quarters
of being sympathetic to the Fascist ideology.
Nevertheless, the President of Panama in March
of 1941 indicated his willingness to make avail-
able to the United States the needed defense
sites.'' In view of the emergency situation with
which the two Governments were confronted, it
was agreed that the sites themselves would be
turned over prior to the conclusion of the agree-
ment covering their use.' As a matter of fact,
when that agreement was finally signed, our
armed forces had already for over a year been
in possession of several dozen of these sites. The
outbreak of war found the Canal, thanks to the
joint action of the two Governments, strongly
protected.

The feeling of mutual trust and confidence
between Panama and the United States was

' Bulletin of Mar. 8, 1941, p. 265.
' Ibid., May 23, 1942, p. 448.

130

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTNI

very much heightened by the willingness and
expedition with which Panama carried out her
treaty obligations. These obligations were not
a light iDurden. They involved the throwing
open of practically the entire country to our
armed forces. Not only were the troops and
the military equipment and installations of a
foreign country located at a large number of
points throughout the Republic, but the roads
of Panama were crowded with the movements of
our men; the sky over the territory of the
nation was at all times crossed and recrossed by
our combat planes. ,

Then came December 7, 1941. The hours
immediately after the bombs of treachery fell
on Pearl Harbor were a time of test and trial
when the souls of men and nations in this hemi-
sphere stood revealed by their spontaneous
unreflected acts. The Government and people
of Panama moved swiftly to perfect the defenses
of their coujitry threatened by the common
aggressor. Several hundred Axis nationals,
including many Japanese, were promptly
rounded up and immobilized. War was
declared on the three Axis powers with all pos-
sible expedition. Other security measures
were taken including the closest possible coop-
eration with United States Army authorities in
blackouts and other precautionary steps. In
spite of the imminent danger of attack, there
was no panic, no demand for special protection
which might have detracted from the necessities
of tlie military situation.

It is hard to exaggerate the significance of
the enthusiastic actions and attitudes not only
of the Government but of the people of Pan-
ama in support of the joint war effort. It was
the help of ardent partners in a common enter-
prise. It is not necessary, in order to stress
the meaning of this situation, to suppose one in
which the half-million inhabitants of the Re-
public and their Government were frankly hos-
tile to the power controlling and guarding the
50-miles-long by 10-miles-wide area enclosing
the Canal. It is sufficient to imagine a situa-
tion in which the Government and people of
the Isthmian nation had attitudes ranging from

indifference to sullen resentment at the contin-
ued assertion by the United States of such rights
as were included in the treaty of 1903 and relin-
quished in that of 1936. The under-cover agents
of our enemies would obviously under those
conditions have had a ferl^ile field in which to
work. Today, those agents, if any remain at
large, are held in check by the energy and alert-
ness displayed by the authorities and the people
on either side of the Canal on behalf of the cause
which Panama, as one of the United Nations,
considers her own.

V

Panama's behavior, both during the uneasy
months following the outbreak of war in Eu-
rope in the late summer of 1939 and after De-
cember 1941 when each day dawned with the
threat of attack, proved beyond the shadow of
a doubt that the proponents of the treaty of
1936 were right both theoretically and practi-
cally. Those who had feared that the relin-
quishment of the two rights contained in the
treaty of 1903, namely, the right of the United
States to intervene in Panama for the mainte-
nance of order and the right of the United
States to take further lands for Canal purposes
without consulting the Republic, would weaken
the defenses of the Canal in case of emergency
were shown to have been completely wrong.
Panama has been an active, aggressive ally.
Her hearty cooperation has bulwarked the
safety of the Canal to a degree which unilateral
action by the United States could never have
achieved.

Under these conditions, the Foreign Office of
Panama raised and the Depai'tment of State
gave consideration to two situations the con-
tinuance of which appeared to the people of
Panama inconsistent with the relationship
which the two Governments had wished to es-
tablish. In the first place, the United States
had built and was to own and opei-ate until 1957
the waterworks and sewerage systems in Pan-
ama and Colon. The citizens and other resi-
dents of the Republic paid to employees of this
Government amounts for water consumed in
accordance with rates fixed by this Government.

;i

JANTJAET 2 9, 1944

131

These rates were designed to amortize the in-
vestment involved by 1957.

Secondly, the Panama Railroad Company, a
corporation wholly owned by the Government of
the United States enjoyed the use of valuable
real estate in Panama and Colon which it rented
for private business and residential purposes to
persons largely citizens of Panama who had
erected improvements thereon. These lands
had an appraised value in excess of $11,000,000.
However, they had cost the railroad company
only a very insignificant sum. In fact, the bulk
of them, comprising the business center of Colon,
the Republic's second city, had been granted to
the compan}', then a privately owned corpora-
tion, by the Republic of Colombia in a series of
concessions the last of which was dated 1867 for
a period expiring in 1966, at which time the land
was to revert to Colombia, the then-sovereign
of the territory. In 1903, Panama gained her
independence and succeeded to the sovereign
rights of Colombia. By the treaty with the
United States of that same year, the new Re-
public gi'anted to the United States the rever-
sionary right to the lands, the use of which was
enjoyed by the Panama Railroad Company,
both then and now wholly owned by our Gov-
ernment.

Thus many citizens of the Republic were
paying ground rent fixed by one agency of the
Government of the United States and water
rates fixed by another agency of that same Gov-
ernment. The continued existence of this sit-
uation was obviously irksome to these citizens
and to the Government and people of the nation.
After careful discussion of the two matters,
agreement was reached, subject to the approval
of the Congress of the United States, whereby
the waterworks and sewers were to be turned
over to Panama at once instead of waiting until
1957 and the real estate described above was to
be transferred to Panama without compensa-
tion.^ In the course of the hearings held by
the Foreign Affairs Committee of the House

^ The Congress authorized such action in Public Law
48, 78th Cong. ; 57 Stat. 74.

and the Foreign Relations Committee of the
Senate, it was clearly set forth that in connec-
tion with the waterworks transfer, full protec-
tion of health and sanitation conditions was con-
templated. It was also brought out that in the
case of the real estate, Panama would receive
only lots which the Secretary of War had deter-
mined were not needed for tlie operation of the
railroad or for Canal purposes. The railroad
will continue to enjoy the use of land in the
territory of the Republic necessary for those
purposes in which, in the words of the treaty
of 1936, "the. two countries are jointly and
vitally interested".

It was also emphasized at these hearings that,
in the cheerful and prompt execution of her
treaty obligations for the defense of the Canal,
Panama had not demanded, as a condition prec-
edent, the agreement regarding the waterworks
and the real estate described above. In fact,
the defense sites had been cccupied by the armed
forces of the United States over a year before
these matters were settled as between the two
Governments and over two years before that
settlement was ratified by the Congress of the
United States.

In the course of the discussion of this legis-
lation, its opponents made the statement that
friendship cannot be bought. With that state-
ment, as a general proposition, there can be no
quarrel. As between nations, and in the absence
of grave emergencies such as the devastation of
war or of natural calamities, a settled policy of
hand-outs debauches both the giver and the
receiver. On the other hand, the rectification
of situations no longer consistent with new prin-
ciples of national policy and the satisfaction of
legitimate aspirations have produced, in the
case of the relations of Panama and the United
States, the highest moral and material benefits.

These two countries may, without exaggera-
tion, claim to have given the world a demon-
stration of the relations which can and should
prevail between a power, which, in the face of
the political and economic realities of today, will
long be burdened with world responsibilities
and a small nation the territory of which em-

132

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BTniLETm

braces one of the chief instruments for the car-
rying out of those responsibilities. Not only
have Panama and the United States eliminated
force as a factor in their relations, they have
banished the temptation to the use of force and
the fear of its use from the consideration of
the many questions which their geographic pro-
pinquity and their joint and vital interest in the
functioning of the Canal must continue to
present.

NON-RECOGNITION OF THE PRESENT
REVOLUTIONARY JUNTA IN BOLIVIA

[Released to the press January 24]

This Government has been aware that sub-
versive groups hostile to the Allied cause have
been plotting disturbances against the American
Governments operating in defense of the hemi-
sphere against Axis aggression.

On December 20, 1943 the Bolivian Govern-
ment was overthrown by force under circum-
stances linking this action with the subversive
groups mentioned in the preceding statement.

The most important and urgent question aris-
ing from this development in Bolivia is the fact
that this is but one act committed by a general
subversive movement having for its purpose
steadily expanding activities on the continent.
These developments, viewed in the light of the
information the American republics have been
exchanging among themselves, dispose nega-
tively of the matter of this Government's recog-
nizing the present revolutionary Jmita at La
Paz.

The inter- American system built up over the
past 10 years has had for one of its purposes
the defending of the sovereign republics of the
hemisphere against aggression or intervention
in their domestic affairs by influences operating
outside the hemisphere and outside their indi-
vidual frontiers. This Government is confident
that the freedom-loving people of the American
republics, including those of Bolivia, who have
the good-will of the Government and people of
the United States, will understand that this de-

cision is taken in furtherance of the aforesaid
purpose.

IMPLEMENTATION OF EXISTING CON-
TRACTS ON 1944 CUBAN SUGAR CROP

(Released to the press January 28]

A United States delegation, representing
various Government agencies and headed by
Sidney H. Scheuer, Executive Director of the
Bureau of Supplies, Foreign Economic Admin-
istration, will leave for Habana at the end of
this week to continue discussions with represent-
atives of the Cuban Government on remaining
phases of purchase agreements for the 1944
Cuban sugar crop and the acquisition by the
United States of molasses and alcohol.^ The
discussions will be concerned primarily Avith
blackstrap molasses and alcohol phases of 1944
crop disposition. Representatives of the two
Governments expect to reach mutually satisfac-
tory agreejnents in the interests of both coun-
tries and the joint war effort.

The Foreign Service

CONFIRMATIONS

On January 28, 1944 the Senate confirmed the
nomination of John Campbell White to be
American Ambassador to Peru.

DEATH OF EDWARD THOMAS WILLIAMS
Statement by the Secretary of State

[Released to the press January 2D]

We in the Department have learned with
great regret of the death of Mr. Edward
Thomas Williams, who was connected with the
Foreign Service and the Department for many
years and who was an outstanding authority on
China and Chinese subjects. Mr. Williams

' See the Bulletin of Jan. 8, 1944, p. 40.

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

133

served as Secretary of Legation at Peking and
was Charge d'Affaires there at the time when
our Government recognized the Chinese Kepiib-
lic in 1911. He later became Chief of the Divi-
sion of Far Eastern Affairs in the Department.
After retirement he was called back to serve
his Government in 1918-19 as technical dele-
gate to the Peace Conference at Paris and again
in 1921-22 as a special assistant of the Depart-
ment for the Conference on the Limitation of
Armament and Pacific and Far Eastern
questions.

In all his assignments Mr. Williams ren-
dered to his Government service of an out-
standing character and contributed much to the
promotion of closer relations between the peo-
ple of the United States and peoples of the Far
East. Possessing a quiet sense of humor and
an extraordinary capacity for making friends,
Mr. Williams enjoyed the high esteem of a large
circle of associates for his integrity, his warmth
of personality, and his scholarly attainments.
His loss will be deeply mourned by all who had
the privilege of knowing him.

General

DEDICATION OF THE "INTERNATIONAL HOUSE" AT NEW ORLEANS

Address by George S. Messersmith ^

[Released to the press January 28]

New Orleans, as gateway to the South and the
terminal of sea routes connecting this country
with Mexico and other republics of Central and
South America, is indeed an appropriate city to
establish an international club dedicated to the
furtherance of good relations between our own
citizens and those of foreign countries. The
aim of New Orleans' "International House" to
interpret American friendliness to visitors from
other countries and to add a measure of welcome
to the traditional hospitality of our people is in
line with the steady efforts of the American
Government to help to build, with the other na-
tions of this hemisphere, democratic communi-
ties in which freedom and the benefits of enlight-
ened civilization may be common to all.

It is fitting that the statesmanship of our
President and Secretary of State and the leader-
ship and responsive collaboration which states-
men in the other American republics have
vouchsafed in the cause of hemispheric solidar-

' Delivered in Washington over the Columbia Broad-
casting System, Jan. 28, 1944. Mr. Messersmith is
the American Ambassador to Mexico.

ity should inspire among our citizens and busi-
ness leaders zeal and determination to cooperate
in the gi'eat work of advancing good interna-
tional relations. Those relations can best be
fostered by cherishing a genuine patriotism and
love of country together with high civic pride
that expresses itself in generous and helpful acts,
particularly on behalf of the stranger whose
lasting impressions are gathered not so much
from the magnificeiice and evidences of well-
being displa3-ed before him as from the kindness
and courtesy of the people among whom he has
come to sojourn.

Business and social intercourse among the
citizens of different countries is a closer bond
than that attained by the making of most solemn
treaties. Declarations and treaties are binding
upon governments which have made them and
serve to further the collective common aim ; but
that aim is strengthened and implemented by
the friendly relations established among the
people themselves.

There has been no time in our history when
our attitude toward our neighbors and their

134

DEPAKTMENT OF STATE BTJLLETTNI

attitude toward us mean so much. What is our
cause has indeed become the cause of the whole
civilized world; and the friends beyond our
shores who are laboring with us to preserve our
freedom and theirs may expect a hearty and
cordial welcome when they come to visit us.

The city of New Orleans, which is the gate-
way of the great Mississippi Valley, has a long
history of achievement in the development of
our national life; and this project of making
available to travelers from foreign countries
a center known as "International House" is an-
other forward step in the leadership and enter-
prise of that great city. From undertakings
such as this, which has been planned to promote
a closer relation with our neighbors, numerous
mutual advantages will be obtained, not only in
connection with commerce and the interchange
of goods but also in the wide scope of educa-
tional, cultural, and social developments, which
have so great a diversity among other nations
as well as our own.

Probably the outstanding result of the pres-
ent world conflict will be to awaken in the
minds of people all over the world a conscious-
ness of the degree to which one nation is de-
pendent for its welfare, happiness, and security
on others who have put forth efforts in the com-
mon fight to preserve the same ideals and aspira-

tions. Wlien by our mutual effort we shall have
preserved freedom and the institutions which
we cherish, it is natural that we shall seek closer
ties with the friends in other countries who have
jomed us in the struggle and who will build
with us in the peace.

Besides it is a proof of growing enlighten-
ment among our people with respect to world
affairs that a great community like New Orleans,
conscious of its obligations to further the inter-
national relations and foreign policy of its
Government, takes steps in a very positive way
to bring that about, by uniting its representa-
tive fellow citizens in a program of promoting
the well-being and prosperity of our neighbors
as well as of our own country.

When we speak of the United Nations en-
gaged in the gi'eatest conflict the world has ever
known, let us not forget the millions of indi-
viduals in the midst of battles and at home who
comjoose the invuicible strength by which we
shall win. Upon those same individuals of
many nationalities, creeds, and tongues finally
depends a stable and lasting world peace. This
can be achieved by a universal effort to promote
international good-will and friendship. It is
indeed gratifying that the citizens of New Or-
leans and the Mississippi Valley in establishing
"International House" are endeavoring to help
bring this about.

Treaty Information

ALASICA HIGHWAY

Agreement With Canada Regarding the South-
ern Terminus of the Highway ^

The following notes were exchanged by the
American Minister to Canada and the Canadian
Secretary of State for External Affairs :

No. 668 Ottawa, Canada,

May 4, 1942.
Sir:

During the course of a conversation on April
24, 1942, Mr. Keenleyside, Assistant Under Sec-

retary of State for External Affairs, raised the
question of the southern terminus of the Alaska
Highway now under construction, and inquired
in particular if my Government felt that the
stretch of road between railhead at Dawson
Creek and Fort St. John fell within the terms
of the American offer as contained in my note
of March 17, 1942.=

The wording of the pertinent recommenda-
tion of the Permanent Joint Board on Defense,
which was incorporated in my note of March
17th, dealt with "the construction of a highway

' To be printed in the Executive Agreement Series.

'Executive Agreement Series 246.

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

135

along the route that follows the general line
of airports, Fort St. John -Fort Nelson -Wat-
son Lake - Whitehorse - Boundary - Big Delta,
the respective termini connecting with existing
roads in Canada and Alaska".

As thei-e seemed from Mr. Keenleyside's query
to be some ambiguity as to whether the word
"termini" limited the length of the road to be
constructed, or merely described where existing
roads, irrespective of tlieir size or carrying
capacity, ended, the appropriate minutes of the
Permanent Joint Board on Defense were con-
sulted. These contain the following sentence:

"The proposed highway would have its south-
ern terminus on the Edmonton, Dunvegan, Brit-
ish Columbian Railway, which has available
carrying capacity substantially in excess of the
possible carrying capacity of the road. Its
northern terminus would be at a point about
sixty miles south of Fairbanks on the Richard-
son Highway, which connects Fairbanks with
Valdes."

In view of the foregoing, which clarifies the
intent of the Permanent Joint Board on De-
fense, my Government believes that its offer to
undertake the building and wartime mainte-
nance of the highway does in fact include the
stretch of road from Dawson Creek to Fort St.
John. As a matter of record, it would welcome
a confirmation of its belief from the Canadian
Government.

Accept [etc.] Pierrepont Moffat

No. 66

Snj:

Ottawa, Canada,

May 9, 191,2.

With reference to your note of May 4, 1942,
No. 668, regarding the southern terminus of the
Alaska Highway, and to our previous exchange
of notes regarding the construction of a high-
way to Alaska, I have the honour to inform you
that the Canadian Government is prepared to
agree that tlie stretch of highway between Daw-
son Creek, British Columbia, and Fort St. John,
British Columbia, be included in the proposed

road, and that the railhead at Dawson Creek
be accepted as the southern terminus of the
highway.

Accept [etc.]

N. A. Robertson

for Secretary of State for External Affairs.

Agreement With Canada Authorizing the Con-
struction of Flight Strips Along the High-
way ^

The following notes were exchanged by the
American Minister to Canada and the Canadian
Secretary of State for External Affairs :

No. 744 Ottawa, Canada,

August 26, 191,2.
Sir:

With a view to increasing the value of the
Alaska Highway, the American authorities are
anxious to undertake the construction of eight
flight strips to be located along the road. The
tentative sites for these strips are as follows :

No. 1 At Dawson Creek
No. 2 About 50 miles south of Ft. Nelson
No. 3 About 75 miles west of Ft. Nelson
No. 4 Approximately 40 miles east of

Lower Post
No. 5 Approximately 55 miles west of

Lower Post
No. 6 Approximately 60 miles southeast

of Whitehorse
No. 7 Approximately 30 miles northwest

of Whitehorse
No. 8 About midway between Burwash

Landing and Snag

Although the flight strips will in all cases be
located along the highway, they will be so placed
in direction as to benefit by the prevailing wind.
My Government believes that the construc-
tion of these eight flight strips along the high-
way, wliich will result in its greater usefulness,
falls within the scoj^e and under the terms of
the jjroject as agreed to in our exchange of notes

' To be printed in the Executive Agreement Series.

136

DEPAETMEISTT OF STATE BULLETIN!

of March 17-18, 1942,^ but inasmuch as men-
tion thereof was not specifically made in the
text, it would welcome a confirmation from you
of its belief.
Accept [etc.] Piereepont Moffat

No. 134 Ottawa, September 10, 19^2.

Sir,

In reply to your Note of August 26, 1942, No.
744, I have the honour to inform you that the
Canadian Government agrees to the construc-
tion of eight flight strips to be located along
the route of the Alaska highway at approxi-
mately the points mentioned in your Note.

Accept [etc.]

H. II. Weong

for Secretary of State for External Affairs.

Agreement With Canada Authorizing the
Construction of the Haines-Champagne
Highway ^

The following notes were exchanged by the
American Minister to Canada and the Canadian
Secretary of State for External Affairs:

No. 798 Ottawa, Novemher 28, 19J^.

Sir:

I have the honor to refer to my conversation
with Mr. Keenleyside of November 11, 1942, in
which, on behalf of the Government of the
United States of America. I requested the
approval of the Canadian Government for the
construction by appropriate American agencies
of the Canadian section of a road fi'om Haines
Point, Alaska, to Champagne, Yukon Terri-
tory, where it would join the Alaska (Alcan)
Highway which is now being constructed ac-
cording to agreement between our two
Governments.

As I pointed out, the construction of this cut-
off road would give the United States Army
additional facilities for distributing supplies in
Yukon and Alaska by truck, and would mate-
rially supplement the quantity of freight that

' Executive Agreement Series 246.

* To be printed in the Executive Agreement Series.

can now be moved into the Whitehorse area
over the narrow gauge White Pass and Yukon
Railway.

The Canadian Government was good enough
to inform me orally on November 19, 1942, that
it authorized the construction of that part of
the Haines-Champagne road which lies in Can-
ada and I have been directed to express the
appreciation of the United States Government
for this new mark of Canadian coojjeration.

My Government has now instructed me to
propose to the Canadian Government that the
Haines-Champagne cut-off road shall hence-
forth be considered an integral part of the
Alcan Highway, subject in all applicable re-
spects to the terms of the agreement reached
in our exchange of notes of March 17-18, 1942.^

Accept [etc.] Piereepont Moffat

No. 171 Ottaava, December 7, 1942.

Sir,

I have the honour to refer to your note No.
798 of November 28, 1942, in which you propose,
on behalf of your Government, that the Haines-
Champagne cut-off road shall henceforth be
considered an integral part of the Alcan High-
way, subject in all applicable respects to the
terms of the agreement reached in our exchange
of notes of March 17-18, 1942.^ This jiroposal
appears to be covered by the decision of the
War Committee on November 18, 1942, that per-
mission be given to the United States to con-
struct the Highway on the understanding that
terms would be worked out between the two
countries similar to those in effect for the Alaska
Highway.

Accept [etc.]

N. A. Robertson

for Secretary of State for External Affairs.

Agreement With Canada Regarding the Use
of Connecting Roads -

The following notes wei-e exchanged by the
American Charge in Canada and the Canadian
Under Secretary of State for External Affairs :

JANUARY 2 9, 194 4

137

Ottawa, Canada, April 10, 19Ji3.
My De.\r Mr. Robertson :

The question has been raised in Washington
as to whether the two phrases, found in the
American-Canadian exchange of notes of March
17-18, 1942, regarding the post-war use of the
Alaska Highwaj',^ sipply equally to the use of
the existing Canadian highways which would
have to be used in order to reach the southern
terminus of the Alaska Highway from the
United States.

You will recall that the notes provide that
at the conclusion of the war "that part of the
highway which lies in Canada shall become in
all respects an integral part of the Canadian
highway system, subject to the understanding
that there shall at no time be imposed any dis-
criminatory conditions in relation to the use of
the road as between Canadian and United
States civilian traffic."

Elsewhere the Canadian Government agreed
"to waive import duties, transit or similar
charges on shipments originating in the United
States and to be transported over the highway
to Alaska, or originating in Alaska and to be
transported over the highway to the United
States."'

Although it was originally intended that most
of the traffic over the Alaska Highway would be
routed to Dawson Creek, British Columbia, by
rail, it has, as you know, been found expedient
to send certain vehicles and transport certain
supplies by highway from the United States to
Dawson Creek en route to Alaska. My Govern-
ment feels that it is a natural inference from the
language quoted above that United States ve-
hicles should be allowed to use the roads leading
from the boundary to the Alaska Highway
under conditions similar to those governing the
use of the Highway itself.
Sincerely yours,

Lewis Clark
Charge (T Affaires ad interim.

' Executive Agreement Series 246.

Ottawa, April 10, 191,3.
My Dear Mr. Clark :

I have received your letter of April 10th, on
the question as to whether the two phrases found
in the American-Canadian exchange of notes of
March 17-18, 1942, regarding the post-war use
of the Alaska Highway,' apply equally to the
use of the existing Canadian highways which
would have to be used in order to reach the
southern terminus of the Alaska Highway from
the United States.

The notes provide that at the conclusion of the
war "that part of the highway which lies in Can-
ada shall become in all respects an integral part
of the Canadian highway system, subject to the
understanding that there shall at no time be
imposed any discriminatory conditions in rela-
tion to the use of the road as between Canadian
and United States civilian traffic."

Elsewhere in the exchange of notes the Cana-
dian Government agi-ees "to waive import du-
ties, transit or similar charges on shipments
originating in the United States and to be trans-
ported over the highway to Alaska, or originat-
ing in Alaska and to be transported over the
highway to the United States."

You have stated in your letter that although
it was originally intended that most of the traf-
fic over the Alaska Highway would be routed
to Dawson Creek, British Columbia, by railway,
it has been found expedient to send certain ve-
hicles and transport certain supplies by highway
from the United States to Dawson Creek en
route to Alaska. My Government agrees that
it is the natural inference from the language
quoted above that United States vehicles should
be allowed to use the roads leading from the
boundary to the Alaska Highway under condi-
tions and for purposes similar to those govern-
ing the use of the highway itself. (It may
prove necessary, however, for administrative
reasons, to designate certain specific roads to be
used in this way. It would not be practicable.

138

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BXJLLETTNl

for example, that United States trucks should
be able to enter Canada at any point and still
receive bonding privileges on the assumption
that they intend eventually to proceed along the
Alaska Highway to United States territory.)
Yours sincerely,

Norman A. Robertson
Under Secretary of State

for External Affairs

CUSTOMS PRIVILEGES

Agreement With Canada Regarding Importa-
tion Privileges for Government Officials and
Employees ^

The following notes were exchanged by the
Canadian Secretary of State for External Af-
fairs and the American Minister to Canada:

No. 113 Ottawa, July 21, 194^.

SlE,-

I have the honour to refer to the sugges-
tions made by the Legation some years ago,
and renewed in the Legation's Memorandum of
December 4, 1941, regarding the granting of the
privilege of free import after first arrival to
several categories of United States officials in
Canada who do not at present receive it.-

2. After careful consideration, the Canadian
Government has decided that it would be willing
to grant this privilege to Consuls and Vice
Consuls of career but not to any other United
States officials in Canada who do not at present
receive it. The Canadian Government's pro-
posal is, of course, conditional on reciprocity.
In view of the fact that Canada does not have
any Consuls or Vice Consuls in the United
States, and is not likely to have a large number
of them for many years, it is desired that the
privilege of free impoi't after first arrival be
given to Canadian Trade Commissioners and
Assistant Trade Commissionei-s in the United
States, as well as to Canadian Consuls and Vice

' To be printed in the Executive Agreement Series.
' Not printed.

Consuls of career, if and when any should be
appointed.

3. The Canadian Government has also had
under consideration another aspect of the Cus-
toms Regulations, namely, the right of free en-
try on first arrival for United States Govern-
ment emploj'ees who are not expressly given
that privilege by the Regulations under Tariff
Item 706 e.g. clerks of the United States Lega-
tion and of Consulates, officers and employees
of the United States Customs offices, etc. In
practice such persons are given free entry on
first arrival by entering them as "Settlers". I
understand that in the United States a similar
pi-ocedure is used to grant free entry on first
arrival to non-diplomatic employees of the Ca-
nadian Government.

4. We propose that the privilege of free entry
on first arrival should be expressly extended to
all employees (of United States nationality) of
the United States Government sent to posts in
Canada and to all employees (of Canadian na-
tionality) of the Canadian Government sent to
posts in the United States. This free entry on
first arrival should cover private automobiles,
but not spirituous liquors.

5. I should be glad to learn whether the pro-
posals set forth above are acceptable to tlie
United States Government. If they are, I
should like to know whether j'our Government
desires to have a formal exchange of notes suit-
able for publication, or whether this Note and
your reply will be sufficient.

Accept [etc.]

N. A. Robertson
for Secretary of State for External Affairs.

No. 783 Ottawa, October 29, 1942.

Sir:

I have the honor to refer to your note No. 113
of July 21, 1942, regarding the extension of the
free importation privilege to American consuls
and vice consuls of career on a basis of reci-
procity, which would include on the part of
Canadians in the United States, trade commis-
sioners and assistant trade commissioners, since

JANtTARY 29, 1944

139

the Canacli:in Government does not now have
consuls or vice consuls in the United States.

It has been noted that the Canadian Govern-
ment is also willing, on a basis of reciprocity,
to affirm its previous practice of granting free
entry on first arrival to United States Govern-
ment employees, other than diplomatic and con-
sular officers, which would include clerks of the
United States Legation and Consulates and offi-
cers and employees of the United States Cus-
toms offices. It has also been noted that the
Canadian Goverimient is unwilling to have free
entry on first arrival for these employees
include spiritous liquors.

I have now been instructed to inform you that
my Government is prepared to accord, recip-
rocally, to Canadian consuls and vice consuls,
should such officers be assigned to the United
States, and to Canadian trade commissioners
and assistant trade commissioners who are Ca-
nadian nationals and not engaged in any pri-
vate occupation for gain, the privilege of im-
porting articles, the importation of which is
not prohibited, for their personal use free of
duty upon their first ari'ival, upon their I'eturn
from leave of absence spent abroad and during
the time they are stationed in the United States.
Furthermore, my Government is prepared to ad-
mit free of dutj^, on a reciprocal basis, all arti-
cles, except spiritous liquors and articles the
importation of which is prohibited, imported on
first arrival for their personal use by Govern-
ment employees of Canada other than diplo-
matic and consular officers, trade commission-
ers and assistant trade commissioners who are
Canadian nationals and not engaged in any pri-
vate occupation for gain.

I shall appreciate receiving confirmation that
the Canadian Government is prepared, recip-
rocally, to grant the same privileges to like
American officers and employees, and, if this be
the case, I suggest that this note and your reply
thereto be considered as concluding the agree-
ment on this subject between our two Govern-
ments, which shall remain in efiFect until termi-
nated by either Goverment.

Accept [etc.] Piebbepont MorFAT

No. 155 November 9, 1942.

Sir,

I have the honour to refer to your note No.
783 of October 29, 1942, regarding importation
privileges for government officials and em-
I^loj'ees.

The Canadian Government agi'ees with the
understandings set forth in your note which,
with this note, shall be considered as concluding
an agreement between our two Governments,
which shall remain in effect until terminated by
either Government.

Accept [etc.]

Laurent Beaudrt

for Secretary of State for External Affairs.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Agreement With Canada Regarding the Con-
struction and Operation of Radio Broad-
casting Stations in Northwestern Canada ^

The following notes were exchanged by the
American Charge in Canada and the Canadian
Under Secretary of State for External Affairs :

Ottawa, Novemter 5, 19If3.

Dear Mr. Robertson :

I understand that the Northwest Service
Command, United States Army, feels a need for
small broadcasting stations at several isolated
garrisons in the Northwest Conunand. These
stations would be similar to those established
at various posts in Alaska and in the United
Kingdom which are supplied with non-com-
mercial entertainment program material by the
Special Service Division, Army Service Forces.

Although there would be no aspect of compe-
tition with the Canadian Broadcasting System
due to the isolated locations, a special problem
has arisen in complying with Canadian laws and
policies. As the stations would be operated by
military personnel under the direct control of
the local commanding officer, effective supei*-
vision of the operation could be exercised only
through military channels. In order to ensure

' To be printed in the Executive Agreement Series.

140

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTJLLETI'N:

compliance with Canadian laws and to assnre
that the stations would be operated in such a
manner as to serve the local populace in strict
accordance with the desires of the appropriate
Canadian authorities, a proposed draft of au-
thorization which would be issued by the Sec-
retary of War if the Canadian Government were
to approve the proposal, is enclosed lierewith. I
have been directed to bring this matter to your
attention with the request that the Canadian
Government approve the installations as out-
lined in the enclosure hereto. At the same time
I have been directed to say that any stations
placed in operation under the authority, if
granted, would be closed at any time on the re-
quest of the Canadian Government and, in any
event, upon the removal of the garrison or the
establishment of regular broadcasting facilities.
In addition, the United States War Department
has said that it would be immediately responsive
to the desires of the Canadian Government in
any questions arising out of the operation of the
jjroposed stations.

I understand informally that this desire of
the Northwest Service Command has been made
known to you through Brigadier General W. W.
Foster, and that the War Committee of the Cab-
inet has approved it in principle. If there is
any further information you desire in order to
reach a final decision in this matter, I should
appreciate being informed.
Yours sincerely,

Lewis Claek
Charge d"" A f aires ad interim

[Enclosure]

Stibject: Military Radio Broadcasting Stations
To: Commanding General

Northwest Service Command

c/o Postmaster

Seattle, Washington.

1. Reference is made to yonr letter of 28 September
1943, addressed to the Special Service Division, Infor-
mation Branch, Radio Section, Los Angeles, California,
subject : "Military Radio Broadcasting Stations." '

With the consent and during the pleasure of the Cana-
dian Government, you are authorized to establish
armed forces radio broadcasting stations at White-
horse, Fort Nelson, Watson Lake, Simpson, Norman
Wells, and Northway.

2. The operation of these radio broadcasting stations
will be subject to the following conditions :

(a) All applicaljle provisions of the Canadian Broad-
casting Act of 1936, the Radio Act of 1938, and regula-
tions made thereunder shall be observed.

( b ) Program material will be restricted to transcrip-
tions prepared for armed forces of the United Nations
by the Special Service Division, Army Service Forces,
local talent programs of a strictly entertainment char-
acter, and such Canadian programs as may be made
available by Canadian Government agencies.

(c) Every assistance will be rendered Canadian Gov-
ernment authorities in the provision of wire circuits
and other facilities which may be required for the
delivery of news or other programs desired by them.

(d) A diligent and continuing survey of public reac-
tion to programs will be maintained to the end that no
criticism of any character will be permitted to dt'velop.

(p) The local commanding officer will be held strictly
accountable for the exerci.se of good taste and propriety
in the selection of program material and for the com-
plete avoidance of commercialism, sectarianism, and
editorializing on political or controversial subjects.

3. Technical details such as power and the choice of
frequency, etc. will be arranged through the direct
channel established between the Controller of Radio,
Ministry of Transport and the Office of the Chief Signal
Officer in the same manner as for all other Army radio
facilities in Canada.

By order of the Secretary of War :

"Not printed.

Ottawa, November 35, 1943.

Dear Mb. Atheeton:

I should like to refer to Mr. Clark's letter
of November 5, 1943, in which permission is
requested by the United States Government to
construct and operate certain radio broadcasting
stations in Northwestern Canada.

I am pleased to inform you that the Cana-
dian Government agrees to the construction and
operation, by the Goverimient of the United
States, of radio broadcasting stations at Wliite-
horse, Watson Lake, Fort Nelson, Simpson and
Norman Wells, subject to the following condi-
tions :

i

JANUARY 2 9, 1944

141

(1) that the stations will be operated directly

by the United States Government, and
for the sole purpose of bringing enter-
tainment and information to United
States and Canadian military and civilian
personnel ;

(2) that the radio stations will be subject to

the provisions of the Canadian Broad-
casting Act. 1936, the Radio Act. 1938,
the Regulations made under these Acts,
and to all other applicable laws and regu-
lations in force in Canada ; provided that
no fee or tax shall be paid by the United
States Government to the Canadian Gov-
ernment in coimection with the operation
of these stations;

(3) that each station will be operated in ac-

cordance wi(h the terms of an annual
renewable permit to be issued by the
Department of Transport;

(4) that authorization for the operation by the

United States Government of the stations
may be cancelled at any time by the Cana-
dian Government, and in any case such
authorization for operatioji shall cease
with the termination of the war;

(5) that the stations may be used for the broad-

casting of Canadian progi'ammes and in
particular of Canadian news pro-
grammes, it being understood that the
amount of time to be set aside for Cana-
dian programmes will be subject to agree-
ment between the Special Commissioner
for Defence Projects in the Northwest,
and the Commanding Officer of the
United States Northwest Service Com-
mand ;

(6) that the United States Government will

make available to the Canadian Govern-
ment its wire services for the transmis-
sion of Canadian news and Canadian pro-
grammes to the stations;

(7) that the sites, frequencies, power, call let-

ters and other technical details concern-
ing the stations shall be subject to the
approval of the Department of Trans-

port and shall be arranged directly
through the channel already established
between the Controller of Radio of the
Department of Transport, Ottawa, and
the office of the Chief Signal Officer,
"Washington, in the same manner as for
all other radio facilities of the United
States Armed Forces in Canada. Any
or all necessary changes in the foregoing
particulars shall be dealt with through
the same channel ;

(8) that the stations will be dealt with after the

war in accordance with the exchange of
notes of January 27, 1943, between Can-
ada and the United States, covering post-
war disposition of United States defence
facilities in Canada.^

(9) that any land or leasehold required by the

United States Government as sites for
the stations shall be acquired by the
Canadian Government in its name, and
shall be made available to the United
States Government without charge.

I trust that the foregoing arrangements will
be acceptable to the United States Government.
Yours sincerely,

N. A. Robertson
Under Secretary of State

for External Affairs

Ottawa, January 17, lO^Ji..

Dear Mr. Robertson:

Your letter of November 25, 1943 granting,
under certain conditions, our request to con-
struct and operate radio broadcasting stations
in Northwestern Canada was torwarded imme-
diately to Washington.

We have now been authorized to say that the
stipulations made by the Canadian Government
are acceptable to the United States War De-
partment.

Yours sincerely,

Lewis Clark

' Not printed.

142

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN'

WATER POWER

Agreement With Canada for the Temporary
Raising of the Level of Lake St. Francis

By an exchange of notes dated October 5 and
9, 1943, the Government of the United States
and the Government of Canada agreed to con-
tinue in force anitil October 1, 19'44, the agree-
ment of November 10, 1941 for the temporary
raising of the level of Lake St. Francis during
low water periods.

The agreement of November 10, 1941, which
was to remain in foi'ce until October 1, 1942 and
was continued in force until October 1, 1943
by an exchange of notes dated October 5 and 9,
1942, was concluded for the purpose of con-
serving the supply of power in the lower St.
Lawrence.^

The exchange of notes dated October 5 and 9,
1943 will be printed in the Executive Agreement
Series.

Supplemental Estimate of Appropriation, Department
of State, 1945 : Communication from the President of
the United States transmitting supplemental estimate
of appropriation, in the amount of $1,618,000, for the
Department of State, for the fiscal year 1945, in the
form of an amendment to the Budget for the said
fiscal year. H. Doc. 388, 78th Cong. 2 pp.

Creating a Special Committee on Post-War Economic
Policy and Planning. H. Rept. 1021, 7Sth Cong., on
H. Res. 408. [Favoraljle report.] 1 p.

Independent Offices Appropriation Bill, 1945. H. Rept
1023, 78th Cong., on H. R. 4070. [Foreign Service
Pay Adjustment, p. 8; Inter- American Highway, p.
15.] 27 pp.

To Assist in Relieving Economic Distress in the Virgin
Islands : Hearings before the Committee on Insular
Affairs, House of Representatives, 78th Cong., 1st
sess., on S. 981 and H.R. 3777. October 21 and 27;
November 2, 10, and 17; December 2 and 6, 1943.
Part 3, Virgin Islands. 149 pp.

Publications

Legislation

An Act To amend the Nationality Act of 1940. Ap-
proved January 20, 1944. [H. R. 2207.] Public Law
221, 78th Cong. 2 pp.

Retirement and Disability Fund, Foreign Service :
Message from the President of the United States
transmitting a report by the Secretary of State, show-
ing all receipts and disbursements on account of
refund.s, allowances, and annuities for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1943, in connection with the Foreign
Service retirement and disability system. H. Doc.
383, 78th Cong. 6 pp.

'Executive Agreement Series 291.

Department of State

Publications of the Department of State (a list cumu-
lative from October 1, 1929). January 1, 1944. Pub-
lication 2045. iv, 27 pp. Free.

Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between
the United States of America and Mexico — Effected
by exchange of notes signed at Mexico City June 30
and July 1, 1943. Executive Agreement Series 347.
Publication 2049. 5 pp. 50.

Purchase by the United States of Exportable Surpluses
of Dominican Rice, Corn, and Peanut Meal : Agree-
ment Between the United States of America and the
Dominican Republic Approving Memoranflum of
Understanding Dated May 20, 19-13— Effected by ex-
change of notes signed at Ciudad Trujillo June 10,
1943. Executive Agreement Series 350. Publication
2050. 11 pp. 5<f.

0. S. COVERNMENT FRIHTIHQ OFFICEi It44

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APFBOVAL OF THE UIHECTOB OF THE BOBEAD OF TBB BDDOBT

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

u

J

J

H

'^ nri

J

Tin

c

FEBRUARY 5, 1944
Vol. X, No. 241— Publication 2064

ontents

The War Pago

United States Objectives in India and the Far East;

Statement by the President 145

Japanese Atrocities : United States Protests and Repre-
sentations to Japan 145

Declaration of War by Liberia Against Germany and

Japan 151

Contributions for ReHef 151

General

The Wartime Development of Organizations To Deal
With International Economic Operations and
Problems — A Chronology: July 1, 1939, to Decem-
ber 31, 1943 152

Treaty Information

Water UtUization: Treaty With Mexico Relating to
the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and
Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande 161

Agriculture: Convention on the Inter-American Insti-
tute of Agricultural Sciences 162

Automotive: Convention on the Regulation of Inter-
American Automotive Traffic 162

Telecommunications: Inter- American Radiocommuni-
cations Convention and North American Regional
Broadcasting Agreement 162

Publications 163

Legislation 163

U.S,SUPnm^TENDENTOFO0CUMENfl

,3 29 1944

The War

UNITED STATES OBJECTIVES IN INDIA AND THE FAR EAST

Statement by the President

[Released to the press by the White House February 1]

The American objectives in India or elsewhere
in continental Asia are to expel and defeat the
Japanese, in the closest collaboration with our
British, Chinese, and other Allies in that
theater.

Our task in expelling the Japs from Burma,
Malaya, Java, and other territory is military.
We recognize that our British and Dutch
brothers-in-arms are as determined to throw the
Japs out of Malaya and the Dutch East Indies
as we are determined to free the Philippines.
We propose to help each other on the roads and
waters and above them, eastward to these jDlaces

and beyond to Tokyo. No matter what indi-
vidual or individuals command in given areas,
the purpose is the same.

There will, of course, be plenty of problems
when we get there. Their solution will be
easier if we all employ our utmost resources of
experience, good-will, and good faith. Nobody
in India or anywhere else in Asia will misunder-
stand the presence there of American armed
forces if they will believe, as we do at home, that
their job is to assure the defeat of Japan, with-
out which there can be no opportunity for any
of us to enjoy and expand the freedoms for
which we fight.

JAPANESE ATROCITIES
United States Protests and Representations to Japan

[Released to the press January 31]

Immediately after the attack on Pearl Harbor
the Depai'tment of State took up with Japan the
matter of according proper treatment for Ameri-
can nationals in Japanese hands. Although
Japan is not a party to the Geneva Prisoners of
War Convention the Department obtained from
the Japanese Government a comiiiitment to
apply the provisions of that convention to
American prisoners of war, and, so far as adapt-
able, to civilian internees held by Japan. Since
the very beginning of the war, by repeated pro-
tests and representations through the protecting
power, the Department has again and again
called to the Japanese Government's attention
failures on the part of Japanese authorities to
live up to their Government's undertakings.

Horrified at the accounts of repatriates who
returned on the first exchange voyage of the
Gri'psholin, accounts with which the public is
familiar through the statements of Mr. Grew
and other repatriates, the Department made
these accounts the basis of a vigorous and com-
prehensive protest to the Japanese Government.

The American people are familiar with the
protest addressed to Japan following the Japa-
nese Government's barbarous action in execut-
ing our aviators who fell into Japanese hands
after General Doolittle's raid over Tokyo. In
that protest the -Department again called upon
the Japanese Government to carry out its agree-
ment to observe the provisions of the conven-
tion and warned the Japanese Government in no
uncertain terms that the American Government

145

146

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

will hold personally and officially responsible
for their acts of depravity and barbarity all of-
ficers of the Japanese Government who have
participated in their commitment and, with the
inexorable and inevitable conclusion of the war,
will visit upon such Japanese officers the punish-
ment they deserve for their uncivilized and in-
human acts against American prisoners of war.

When it received from the military authori-
ties reports of the brutal atrocities and depraved
cruelties inflicted by the Japanese upon Ameri-
can prisoners of war in the Philippines the De-
partment again called upon the Japanese Gov-
ernment to honor its undertaking to apply the
provisions of the Geneva Prisoners of War Con-
vention and to observe in its treatment of Amer-
ican nationals held by it the international com-
mon law of decency.

These protests are but three of the many that
have been sent by the Department to Japan.

In order that the public may be familiar with
the Department's efforts to obtain from Japan
fulfilment of its undertakings to treat American
nationals in its hands in accordance with hu-
mane and civilized principles, there is printed
below a statement giving the dates of the prin-
cipal representations and protests made by the
Department, with a brief resume of their pur-
pose. The latest of these, representations com-
prehensively citing categories of abuse and of
neglect to which American prisoners in the
hands of the Japanese have been subjected and
calling for amelioration of the treatment ac-
corded to American nationals, both prisoners of
war and civilian internees, went forward on
January 27.

January 13. The exchange of names of prison-
ers of war in accordance with article 77, Ge-
neva Prisoners of War Convention, and of
interned civilians in accordance with the same
article when applied to the treatment of
civilians, was proposed.

January 31. Request that representatives of the
Swiss Government entrusted with the protec-
tion of American interests in Japan and

191^

Japanese-occupied territory be permitted to
visit all camps where Americans are held, in
accordance with article 86, Geneva Prisoners
of War Convention. Similar facilities re-
quested for representatives of the Interna-
tional Red Cross Committee in accordance
with international usage.

Fehmary 3. Proposal to exchange names of
civilian internees and prisoners of war re-
peated.

February 7. Request for permission to visit
camps repeated.

Fehi'uaiy 13. Proposal that in application of
clauses of Geneva Convention which relate to
food and clothing, racial and national customs
be taken into account.

Fehi'uary IJf. Japanese Government informed
that United States Government may have to
reconsider its policy of extending liberal
treatment to Japanese if assurances are not
given by the Japanese Government that lib-
eral principles will be applied to Americans.
Request that Swiss representative be permit-
ted to visit part of Philippines occupied by the
Japanese forces.

March 3. Request that nurses and other sanitary
personnel be repatriated in accordance with
article 12 of the Geneva Red Cross Conven-
tion.

March 11. Asked for immediate report of the
names of American sick, wounded, and dead.

March 19. Made proposals with regard to the
labor of civilians, provision of food accord-
ing to national tastes, visits by friends, rela-
tives, doctors, etc., visits by protecting power
and International Red Cross to civilian in-
ternment camps.

April 3. Asked for permission for the appoint-
ment of an International Red Cross represen-
tative for the Philippines.

April 11. Request for improvement in treatment
of civilians at Kobe.

May H. Confirmation requested of message re-
ceived from International Red Cross that
Japanese authorities are applying Geneva
Red Cross Convention.

I

FEBRUARY 5, 1944

147

1942

May H. Asked if Swiss representatives were
permitted to interview prisoners of war with-
out witnesses in accordance with article 86 of
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.

May 19. Asked for information concerning
whereabouts of Americans from Wake
Island.

May 19. Eequested information concerning
whereabouts of Americans in Philippine
Islands.

May '20. Repeated request for lists of American
wounded, sick, and dead.

May 20. Requested improvement of conditions
under which civilian internees were held.

May 21. Requested visits to camps by Swiss rep-
resentatives and api^lication of Geneva Pris-
oners of War Convention in outl_ying areas in
accordance with Japanese Government's
undertaking-

June 4. Repeated request far permission for
Swiss and International Rad Cross representa-
tives to visit camps.

June 11. Repeated request for permission for
Swiss representatives to interview prisoners
of war without witnesses.

June 10. Pressed for appointment of Interna-
tional Red Cross delegate in the Philippines.

July Ik- Requested Japanese Government to re-
port names of prisoners and internees held in
Philippines and British and Netherlands ter-
ritories under Japanese occupation in accord-
ance with article 77, Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention.

July 15. Repatriation of seriously sick and
wounded prisoners of war on the basis of the
Model Agreement attached to the Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention proposed.

July 17. Requested Swiss to endeavor to have
conditions in Kobe civilian camps improved.

August 7. Protest against the sentences imposed
on Americans who attempted escape from
Shanghai prisoner-of-war camp. These sen-
tences were contrary to article 50, Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention. Protest was
made at the same time against the refusal of
the Japanese authorities to permit the Swiss
representatives to visit these men.

191^

August 12. Permission again requested for
Swiss and International Red Cross repre-
sentatives to visit all camps.

August 27. Again requested that visits to camps
be permitted.

September 11. Additional request for the trans-
mission of names of prisoners of war. Asked
if prisoners might mail cards immediately
after their arrival at camp in accordance with
article 36, Geneva Prisoners of War Conven-
tion.

September 22. Lists of the camps, their location,
and population requested.

September 26. Japanese asked to accept mail
addressed to persons not reported as interned
because Japanese authorities had not properly
reported names of persons held.

September 29. Requested ranks of oiBcers who
unsuccessfully attempted to escape be re-
stored. Protection of Geneva Prisoners of
War Convention for American aviators re-
portedly being held mcommunicado de-
manded.

September 29. Requested reporting of names of
400 American civilians known to have been on
Wake Island and whose names have not yet
been reported as prisoners or internees.

October 6. Pressed for reply concerning pro-
posals for repatriation of seriously sick and
wounded.

November 12. Pressed Japanese to provide at
their expense medical care for internees in ac-
cordance with article 14, Geneva Prisoners of
War Convention, when adapted to the treat-
ment of civilian internees.

November 17. Protest against six cases of atroc-
ities perpetrated by Japanese authorities.

November 17. Requested additional food at
Negishi camp.

November 17. Weekly transmission of names of
American prisoners of war and civilian in-
ternees requested in accordance with article 77,
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.

December 7. Names of captured aviators and
permission to visit them requested.

December 7. Requested that (1) internees at
Sumire be allowed to have visitors, (2) vis-

148

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTJLLETENl

19Ji2

itors may speak languages other than Jap-
anese, (3) Swiss representative be allowed to
speak to internees without witnesses.

December 12. Extended protest regarding tor-
ture, neglect, physical violence, solitary con-
finement, illegal prison sentences, mistreat-
ment, and abuse that led to deaths of some
Americans; failure to permit visits to camps
• by Swiss and International Ked Cross Com-
mittee representatives; and other violations
of the Geneva Prisoners of War Convention
and the laws of humanity.

Deccmier 17. Protest against Japanese decision
to apply Geneva Convention only to extent
that its provisions do not change the effect of
Japanese laws in force.

December 19. Protests against failure of Jap-
anese to afford facilities to permit the receipt
and distribution of relief supplies in accord-
ance with article 37 of the Geneva Prisoners
of War Convention.

IQJfS

January 2. Requested that names of Americans
held in an internment camp in Java be pro-
vided in accordance with article 77, Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention, that Swiss rep-
resentatives visit the camp in accordance with
article 86, Geneva Prisoners of War Conven-
tion, and that International Red Cross rep-
resentatives be permitted to visit the camp in
accordance with general international usage.

January 4- Protest concerning conditions at
Shinigawa prisoner-of-war camp. Protest
covers insufficient diet (article 11, Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention) and request
that Japanese grant Americans reciprocal
treatment with resi^ect to mail privileges and
wages for labor.

February 4. Requested a liberalization of maxi-
mum canteen purchases permitted in any
month be granted on the basis of reciprocity.

February 5. Protest against Japanese failure to
provide canteens in accordance with article
12, Geneva Prisoners of War Convention,

191^S
failure to permit free exercise of religion in
accordance with article 16, requirement that
non-commissioned officers perform other than
supervisory labor contrary to the provisions
of article 27, limitation on correspondence
with the protecting power contrary to article
44. Increased facilities with regard to mail
requested on a basis of reciprocity.

Fehm<iry 12. Protest against failure of Japa-
nese to provide heat at Urawa camp in ac-
cordance with article 10, Geneva Prisoners of
War Convention.

February 15. Protest against Japanese refusal
to permit Swiss representatives to interview
internees without witnesses in accordance
with article 86, Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention.

February 16. Protest against the Japanese fail-
ure to provide proper medical attention to
prisoners of war in accordance with article
14, Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.

February 18. Protest against program of gen-
eral internment of American nationals in the
Far East.

Ftbinmry 20. Protest against refusal of Japa-
nese authorities to permit American internees
to receive foodstuffs sent from the outside in
accordance with article 37, Geneva Prisoners
of War Convention. Japanese Government
requested reciprocally to permit Americans
to receive visitors.

Feb'tuary 25. Request that Japanese supply the
names of Americans held in the Sham-Sui-Po
prisoner-of-war camp, Kowloon, in accord-
ance with article 77, Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention.

March 1. Further protest with regard to fail-
ure of Japanese authorities to permit inter-
views without witnesses being present. Re-
quest that the Japanese authorities recip-
rocally provide underwear for American in-
ternees.

March 1. Protest against refusal of Japanese
authorities in Thailand to apply Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention in accordance
with Japanese Government's undertaking.

FEBRUARY 5, 1944

149

19I^3

March 6. Protest against refusal of Japanese
Government to permit representatives of pro-
tecting power to visit and to communicate
with American civilian internees at Singa-
pore in accordance witli articles 44 and 86,
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.

March 8. Request for permission for Swiss rep-
resentatives to visit American prisoners of
war in labor detachments.

March 11. Japanese Government reminded that
United States Government expects that
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention will be
applied to the treatment of American pris-
oners held by the Japanese forces in Thailand.

March 12. Japanese Government pressed to re-
store military rank of American officers who,
as a penalty for trying to escape, were de-
prived of their rank contrary to article 49,
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.

March 15. Additional protest against failure of
Japanese authorities to transmit the names of
prisoners of war and civilian internees in ac-
cordance with article 77, Geneva Prisoners of
War Convention.

March 16. Protest against refusal of Japanese
authorities to instal canteens where food-
stuffs may be purchased in accordance with ar-
ticle 12, Geneva Prisoners of War Convention,
and to permit interviews between internees
and Swiss delegate without witnesses.

March 18. Protest against another instance
when Japanese did not permit Swiss repre-
sentative to interview internees without wit-
nesses.

March 26. Reciprocal treatment again requested
with regard to mail forwarded by civilian in-
ternees and prisoners of war.

March 30. Protest against failure of Japanese
Government to report names of all American
civilians who were taken into custody at Wake
Island.

April 3. Further protest against Japanese fail-
ure to provide clothing in accordance with ar-
ticle 12, Geneva Prisoners of War Conven-
tion.

1943

Aprils. Reciprocal treatment requested for in-
terned persons to live together as family
units.

April 12. Protest against the Japanese action in
sentencing to death American airmen for acts
committed during military operations. Pro-
test made at the same time against Japanese
refusal to gi-ant these men the safeguards with
respect to judicial proceedings set up in ar-
ticles 60, 61, 62, 65, and 66, Geneva Prisoners
of War Convention.

May 22. Protest against refusal of the Japanese
Government to permit representatives of the
protecting power to act in behalf of American
interests in Hong Kong.

May 25. Protest against Japanese refusal to per-
mit visits to camps near Shanghai by repre-
sentatives of the Swiss Consulate General.

May 25. Protest against continued Japanese re-
fusal to permit conversations between prison-
ers of war and Swiss representatives without
witnesses.

May 25. Protest against refusal of Japanese
Government to permit advances of official
United States Government funds to needy
American nationals detained by Japan.

May 25. Further protest with regard to the fail-
ure of the Japanese Government to report
names of all civilians last kijown to have been
on Wake Island.

May 27. General protest against the Japanese
failure to provide standards of housing, diet,
clothing, medical care, etc., for Americans,
that are in accordance with the Geneva Pris-
oners of War Convention.

May 31. Request that Swiss visit civilians in-
terned in Philippines and prisoners of war
held at Mukden, Manchuria.

June 5. Protest against failure of Japanese to
permit visits by representatives of the protect-
ing power to internment camps in and near
Canton, Weihsien, and Wuhu, all in China.

June 9. Protest against failure of Japanese
Government to permit Swiss to visit prisoner-
of-war camp at Hakodate in accordance with
article 86, Geneva Prisoners of War Conven-
tion.

150

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTJLLETTNl

19P
July 3. Further protest with regard to failure
of Japanese authorities to permit Swiss rep-
resentatives to visit camps.
July 6. Extended protest against the Japanese
Government's refusal to permit Swiss' repre-
sentatives to visit all prisoner-of-war and
civilian internment camps in Japan and Japa-
nese-occupied territory.
July 17. Protest against Japanese Government's
action in locating camps in an unhealthy lo-
cation, in failing to communicate orders to
prisoners of war in a language which they un-
derstand, in failing to permit the camp spokes-
men to correspond with the protecting power,
in failing to provide clothing, and in requir-
ing excessive hours of labor by prisoners of
M-ar. These acts were contrary to articles 10,
20, 44, 12, and 30, respectively, of the Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention. Reciprocal
treatment with regard to mail again requested.
July 20. Protest against failure of Japanese au-
thorities to (1) supply adequate food, lodging,
and clothing (2) permit representatives of
protecting power to interview internees with-
out witnesses (3) establish canteens at civilian
internment camps.
August 5. Protest against failure of Japanese
Government to report names of Americans
being held in Burma as required by article
77, Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.
October 7. Protest against failure of Japanese
authorities to permit visits to prisoner-of-war
camp at Fukuoka.
October 13. Reciprocal treatment requested
with respect to the privilege of dating letters
and postcards mailed by prisoners of war and
civilian internees.
November 19. Additional protest with respect
to the failure of the Japanese Government to
report the names of American civilians in-
terned at Wake Island.
November 22. Protest against Japanese failure
to permit the Swiss representatives to visit
American prisoners of war held by the Jap-
anese in Thailand.

19J^3

December 1. Additional representations with re-
spect to reciprocal privileges for prisoners of
war and civilian internees to forward mail.

December ^.Additional protest with respect to
the failure of the Japanese Government to re-
port the names of all civilians held in intern-
ment camps as well as the release or transfer
of persons previously reported in accordance
with article 77 of the Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention when it is adapted to the treat-
ment of civilian internees.

December 11. Protest against Japanese refusal
to permit representatives of the protecting
power to visit sick Americans held in hos-
pitals in Shanghai.

January 27. Extended protest to Japanese Gov-
eniment with respect to:

(1) failure to permit representatives of
Swiss Government and of the Interna-
tional Red Cross Committee to visit all
places where Americans are held

(2) failure to forward complaints to the
api^ropriate authorities and to represen-
tatives of the protecting power

(3) punishment of American nationals for
complaining concerning the conditions
of captivity

(4) failure to furnish needed clothing to
American nationals

(5) confiscation of personal effects from
American civilian internees and prison-
ers of war

(6) subjection of Americans to insults
and to public curiosity

(7) failure and refusal to provide health-
sustaining food

(8) improper use of the profits of the sale
of goods in camp canteens

(9) forcing civilians to perform labor
other than that connected with the admin-
istration, maintenance, and management
of internment camps

FEBRUARY 5, 1944

151

19U

( 10) forcing officer prisoners of war to per-
form labor and non-commissioned officers
to do other than supervisory work

(11) requii'ing prisoners of war to perform
labor that has a direct relation with war
operations

(12) failure to provide proper medical
care

(13) failure to report the names of all
prisoners of war and civilian internees in
their hands and of Ainerican combatants
found dead on the field of battle

(14) failure to permit prisoners of war
freely to exercise their religion

(15) failure to post copies of Geneva Pris-
oners of War Convention in English
translation in the camps

( 16) failure to provide adequate equipment
and accommodations in the camps

(17) failure to apply the provisions of the
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention
with respect to the trial and punishment
of prisoners of war

(18) inflicting corijoral punishment and
torture upon American nationals.

•January 27. Comprehensive statement detailing
specific instances of failure of the Japanese
Government to abide by its commitments as
charged above.

DECLARATION OF WAR BY LIBERIA
AGAINST GERMANY AND JAPAN

On January 26 President William V. S. Tub-
man of Liberia, in a special message to a joint
session of the Liberian legislature, advocated
Liberia's adherence to the Declaration by United
Nations and stated that he deemed it necessary
to ask the legislative body for authorization to
make a formal declaration of war against Ger-
many and Japan. On January 27 the Liberian
Senate and House passed a joint resolution ap-
proving the issuance by the Executive of a proc-
lamation of war against Germany and Japan
and authorizing the President to take all the

573012 — 44 2

steps necessary to maintain the security of the
nation. On the same day a proclamation of war
against Germany and Japan was issued by the
President.

When he was asked during his press and radio
news conference on February 2 to comment on
the action taken by Liberia in declaring war
against Germany and Japan, Secretary Hull
replied :

"Naturally I am sure that each of the United
Nations is gratified and especially pleased to
have Liberia taking her place in the ranks of the
Allied nations. They are m a strategic location
where their cooperation and support mean much
for the Allies."

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR RELIEF

On February 1, 1944 the President's War Re-
lief Control Board released to the pi-ess a tabu-
lation of contributions collected and disbursed
during the period September 6, 1939 through
December 31, 1943, as shown in the reports sub-
mitted by persons and organizations registered
with the Board for the solicitation and collec-
tion of contributions to be used for relief in for-
eign countries, in conformity with the regula-
tions issued pursuant to section 3 (a) of the
act of May 1, 1937, as made effective by the Pres-
ident's proclamations of September 5, 8, and 10,
1939 ; section 8 of the act of November 4, 1939,
as made effective by the President's proclama-
tion of the same date ; and Executive Order 9205
of July 25, 1942. The statistics set forth in the
tabulation are incomplete with regard to relief
activities which a number of registered organi-
zations carried on in respect to non-belligerent
countries prior to July 28, 1942.

The American National Eed Cross and cer-
tain religious organizations are exempted from
registration with the Board by section 3 of Exec-
utive Order 9205, and the accounts of these or-
ganizations are not included in the tabulation.

Copies of the tabulation are available from the
President's War Relief Control Board, Wash-
ington Building, Washington, D. C.

General

THE WARTIME DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANIZATIONS TO DEAL WITH
INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC OPERATIONS AND PROBLEMS

A Chronology: July 1,1939 to December 31, 1943

On January 15, 1944 far-reaching changes
were made in the organization of the Depart-
ment of State. Twelve major "line" offices were
establislied to broaden tlie base of the Depart-
ment's organizational structure, permitting the
more flexible and efficient adjustment of the De-
partment's functions to rapidly changing con-
ditions. Two of the new offices, the Office of
Wartime Economic Affairs and the Office of Eco-
nomic Affairs, were created to initiate and co-
ordinate policy and action, so far as the De-
partment of State is concerned, in all matters
pertaining to the economic relations of the
United States with other governments.

Data with respect to the earlier development
of organizations to deal with international eco-
nomic operations and problems are contained in
the following chronology, prepared in the Divi-
sion of Research and Pulilication, Department of
State. Additional data will be found in Senate
Document 285, 77th Congress (entitled Domestic
Stability^ National Defense, and Prosecution of
World War II) and the series of chronologies
which have been issued for the period since July
1, 1939 by the Department of Labor under the
title Important Economic and Military Events.

This chronology contains the following • ab-
breviations :

DSB Depcertvient of State Bulletin
PR Pederal Register

Manual United States Government Man-
ual, Su7imier 191(3

193!)
July 1

Oonsolidaiion of Foreign Agncultwral Serv-
ice and Poreign Commerce Service loith the Por-
eign Service of the United States {Depart7nent
152

of State) : Transferred to Department of State,
to be administered as part of the Foreign Serv-
ice, by Reorganization Plan II, section 1 (a),
effective July 1, 1939. {Manual, p. 618.)

October 3

Inter-American Finmwial and Economic Ad-
visory Committee: Resolution III of the Final
Act of the Meeting of the Foreign Ministers of
the American Republics, held in Panama, pro-
vided for the creation of this committee to con-
sider means of establishing close cooperation be-
tween the American republics to protect their
economic and financial structure, maintain their
fiscal equilibrium, safeguard the stability of
their currencies, promote and expand their in-
dustries, intensify their agriculture, and develop
their commerce. First meeting held at the Pan
American Union in Washington on November
15, 1939. {DSB, Oct. 7, 1939, pp. 324-325 ; Nov.
18, 1939, p. 564 ; Jan. 16, 1943, pp. 71-72 ; Mar.
27, 1943, pp. 260-263.)

December 6

Interdepartmental Committee for the Coordi-
nation of Poreign and Domestic Military Pwr-
chases: Created to represent the United States
in all matters relating to the purchase of mili-
tary or naval supplies, materials, and equipment
in the United States by foreign governments.
Dissolved April 14, 1941. {Manual, pp. 619-
620.)

1940
February 26

Division of Conymercial Affairs : Established
by departmental order in Department of State
to direct activities of the Foreign Service per-

FEBRUARY 5, 1944

153

WJiO
taining to the promotion and protection of
American agricultural and commercial interests
abroad and the distribution of information sub-
mitted by the Foreign Service on these subjects
and on economic developments abroad. {DSB,
Mar. 2, 1940, p. 268.)

May 25

Office for Emergency Management: Created
by Executive order to (1) "assist the President
in the clearance of information with respect to
measures necessitated by the emergency," (2)
maintain liaison between the President and Fed-
eral or other defense agencies to "secure maxi-
mum utilization and coordination ... ", and
(3) perform other duties as directed by the
President. {Manual, pp. 62-63.)

June 3

Inter-American Development Convmission:
Organized in accordance with a resolution
of the Inter-American Financial and Eco-
nomic Advisory Committee (1) to stimulate in-
crease of non-competitive imports from the
American republics to the United States, (2) to
stimulate and increase trade among the Ameri-
can countries themselves, and (3) to encourage
development of industry in the American repub-
lics, particularly along the lines of production
of consumer goods. {DSB, Jan. 16, 1943, p. 71.)

June 28

B libber Reserve Company: Created by the
Reconstruction Finance Corporation, pursuant
to authority of section 5(d) of the Reconstruc-
tion Finance Corporation Act, as amended, to
purchase, warehouse, and distribute all crude
rubber, guayule, cryptostegia, and balata im-
ported into the United States, etc. {Maniuil, j).
400.)

Metals Reserve Com.pany: Created by the
Reconstruction Finance Corporation, pursuant
to authority of section 5(d) of the Reconstruc-
tion Finance Corporation Act, as amended, "to
produce, acquire, cari-y, and sell, or otherwise
deal in, strategic and critical materials (pri-
marily metals and minerals) necessary in con-

nection with the War Program." {Manual, p.
401.)

June 29

Division of Commercial Treaties and Agree-
ments: Established by departmental order,
effective July 1, 1940, in the Department of
State to have "general charge of the formula-
tion, negotiation, and administration of all com-
meicial treaties and agreements having to do
with the international commercial relations of
the United States" and to "cooperate in the
formulation of international commei'cial
policy." {DSB, July 6, 1940, p. 16.)

JtTLY 2

Office of the Administrator of Export Con-
trol: Established by military order to admin-
ister section 0 of the act of July 2, 1940. {DSB,
July 6, 1940, p. 12.) The responsibilities and
duties of the office were transferred to the Eco-
nomic Defense Board by an Executive order of
September 15. 1941. {Manned, p. 604.)

August 16

Office for Coordination of Commercial and
Cidtural Relations Between the American Re-
publics: Created by the Council of National
Defense, with the approval of the President to
insure proper cooi'dination of the activities of
the Government with respect to hemisphere de-
fense, with particular reference to the commer-
cial and cultural aspects of the problem.
{DSB, Aug. 24, 1940, p. 151.) Abolished by the
Executive order of July 30, 1941 which created
the Office of the Coordinator of Inter-American
Affairs. {DSB, Aug. 2, 1941, pp. 94-95.)

August 17

Permanent Joint Board on Defense, United
States and Canada: Established by President
Roosevelt and Prime Minister King of Canada
to make "studies relating to sea, land, and air
problems including personnel and materieV
and to "consider in the broad sense the defense
of the north half of the AVesfern Hemisphere."
{DSB, Aug. 24, 1940, p. 154; Jan. 16, 1943,
pp. 77-78.)

154

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BtTLLETTN

1941
January 7

Oifice of Production Management: Created
by Executive order "to increase production for
the national defense through mobilization of
material resources and the industrial facilities
of the nation". Among the duties assigned to
the Office were to survey, analyze, and sum-
marize the requirements of foreign govern-
ments for materials, articles, and equipment
needed for defense; to take all lawful steps
to obtain an adequate supply of essential raw
materials; and to determine when, to what ex-
tent, and in what manner priorities shall be
accorded to deliveries of material. {FR, Jan. 9,
1941, p. 191.) The Office was abolished by an
Executive order of January 24, 1942, and its
functions and powers were transferred to the
War Production Board. {Manual, p. 623.)

Febexjart 7

Committee for Coordination of Inter-Amer-
ican Shipping: Created, with approval of
President, to coordinate the shipping require-
ments of the Central and South American
trades with the supply of vessel tonnage under
the jurisdiction of the Maritime Commission
and with the needs of the military branches
of the Government. {DSB, Feb. 8, 1941, pp.
163-164.)

March 11

Lend-Lcase Act : Provided that "defense ar-
ticles" could be furnished to the government of
any country whose defense the President deemed
vital to the defense of the United States. (Pub-
lic Law 11, 77th Cong.) On March 11, 1943 the
life of the act was extended for one year. ( Pub-
lic Law 9, 78th Cong.)

Mat 2

Division of Defense Aid Reports: Estab-
lished by Executive order in the Office for
Emergency Management to provide a channel
for clearance of transactions and repoi-ts and
to coordinate the processing of requests for aid
inider the Lend-Lease Act. Abolished by the
Executive order of October 28, 1941 which

mi

created the Office of Lend-Lease Administration.
{Manual, p. 613.)

Mat 14

Material Coordinating Committee, United
States and Canada: Established (according to
announcement of May 14, 1941 by the Office of
Production Management) to make possible the
free exchange of vital information between re-
sponsible official? of the two Governments relat-
ing to their supplies of strategic raw materials
required for defense production. {DSB, Jan.
16, 1943, p. 76.)

June 17

Joint Economic Committees, United States
ind Canada: Established to explore "the pos-
sibilities of (1) effecting a more economic, more
efficient, and more coordinated utilization of the
combined resources of the two countries in
the production of defense requirements . . .
and (2) reducing the probable post-war eco-
nomic dislocation consequent upon the changes
which the economy in each country is presently
undergoing." {DSB, June 21, 1941, pp. 747-
748 ; Jan. 16, 1943, pp. 74-75.)

JULT 17

Proclaimed List of Certain Bloched Na-
tionals: Issuance of the first list of names of
persons and firms denied the right to trade with
residents of the United States because of pro-
Axis ties, together with a presidential proclama-
tion vesting in the Secretary of State the au-
thority, in collaboration witli the Secretary of
the Treasury, Attorney General, Secretary of
Commerce, Administrator of Export Control,
and Coordinator of Commercial and Cultural
Relations Between the American Republics, to
maintain the list. {DSB, July 19, 1941, pp.
41-43.)

Jult21

Division of World Trade Intelligence: Es-
tablished by departmental order in the Depart-
ment of State "to handle the activities and prob-
lems envisaged in the President's Proclamation
of July 17, 1941, relating to trade with aliens

FEBRUARY 5, 1944

155

mi

whose interests are inimical to the United
States." {DSB, July 26, 1941, p. 78.)

July 30

Office of the Coordinator of I nter- American
Affairs: Established by Executive order in the
OiEce for Emergency Management "to provide
for the development of commercial and cultural
relations between the American Kepublics", and
authorized "to take over . . . any contracts
heretofore entered into by the Office for Co-
ordination of Commercial and Cultural Rela-
tions Between the American Republics, estab-
lished by order of the Council of National De-
fense on August 16, 1940." {DSB, Aug. 2, 1941,
pp. 94-95.)

Comm-ittee on Inter-American Affairs: Es-
tablished by Executive order in the Office of the
Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs to "con-
sider and correlate proposals with respect to the
commercial, cultural, educational, and scien-
tific aspects of Hemisphere defense relations."
{DSB, Aug. 2, 1941, pp. 94^95.)

Economic Defence Board: Established by
Executive order to coordinate and develop
"policies, plans, and programs designed to pro-
tect and strengthen the international economic
relations of the United States in the interest of
national defense." {DSB, Aug. 2, 1941, pp. 97-
98.) The name of the agency was changed to
Board of Economic Warfare by an Executive
order of December 17, 1941. {Manual, pp. 132-
135.) The Board of Economic Warfare was
abolished by an Executive order of July 15,
1943, and its powers, functions, and duties were
transferred to the Office of Economic Warfare.
{DSB, July 17, 1943, p. 32.) The Office of
Economic Warfare was transferred by Execu-
tive order to the Foreign Economic Administra-
tion on September 25, 1943. {DSB, Sept. 25,
1943, pp. 205-206.)

Attgust 28

Supply Priorities and Allocations Board:
Established by Executive order in the Office for
Emergency Management to secure unity of pol-

Wil
icy and coordinated consideration of all relevant
factors involved in the supply and allocation of
materials and commodities among various
phases of the defense program and competing
civilian demands. Abolished by an Executive
order of January 16, 1942, which transferred
its powers and functions to the War Production
Board. {Manval, p. 629.)

OCTOBEK 7

Board of EconoTnic Operations : Established
by departmental order, effective October 8, in
the Department of State "to carry out the De-
partment's functions in connection with the
economic defense of the United States ... to
assist in formulating policies and to coordinate
the activities of the various divisions of which
the Board is composed." {DSB, Oct. 11, 1941,
pp. 278-279.) Abolished by departmental or-
der on June 24, 1943. {DSB, June 26, 1943,
p. 579.)

Division of Com,mercidl Policy and Agree-
ments: Established by departmental order,
effective October 8, in the Department of State
"to have general charge of the formulation, ne-
gotiation and administration of all commercial
treaties and agreements having to do with the
international commercial relations of the
United States, as well as matters of tariff, gen-
eral trade and other questions relating to the
international commercial policy of the United
States." This division absorbed the Division
of Commercial Treaties and Agreements, which
was established on July 1, 1940. {DSB, Oct. 11,
1941, p. 279.)

Division of Exports and Defense Aid: Estab-
lished by departmental order, effective October
8, in the Department of State to "have responsi-
bility for all matters of foreign policy involved
in the administration of the Act of July 2, 1940,
(the Export Control Act) , the Act of March 11,
1941, (the Lend-Lease Act), the Acts of June 28,
1940 and May 31, 1941, (in so far as priorities or
allocations for expoi't are concerned), and for
the administration of Sec. 12 of the Act of No-
vember 4, 1939, (the Neutrality Act) , the Act of

156

DEPARtME'NT OF STATE BULLETIN'

19U
September 1, 1937, (the Helium Act), and the
Act of February 15, 1936, (the Tin Plate Scrap
Act)." (Z>^5, Oct. 11, 1911, pp. 279-280.) This
division was abolished by departmental order
on June 18, 1942, and its duties were trans-
ferred to the Division of Commercial Affairs,
Division of Defense Materials, and Division of
Commercial Policy and Agreements. {DSB,
June20, 1942, p. 556.)

Division of Defense Materiah: Established by
departmental order, effective October 8, in the
Department of State to "have responsibility in
the formulation and execution of policies in
the field of defense materials". {DSB, Oct. 11,
1941, p. i;80.) Abolished by departmental order
on August 27, 1943. {DSB, Aug. 28, 1943, pp.
142-143.)

Division of Studies and Statisiics: Estab-
lished by departmental order, effectiA^e October
8, in the Department of State to "have respon-
sibility . . . for the preparation of current
studies, analyses and statistical data needed
in connection with matters arising before the
Board of Economic Operations or as may be
required by any of the Divisions of which it is
composed in connection with policy considera-
tions and national defense activities." {DSB,
Oct. 11, 1941, p. 280.) This division was abol-
ished by departmental order on June 18, 1942,
and its duties were transferred to the Division
of Commercial Policy and Agreements. {DSB,
June 20, 1942, p. 556.)

Foreign Funds and Fincmcial Division: Es-
tablished by departmental order, effective Octo-
ber 8, in the Department of State to "have re-
sponsibility in all matters of foreign policy in
foreign funds control and other financial mat-
ters". {DSB, Oct. 11, 1941, pp. 280-281.) On
November 24, 1941, the departmental order es-
tablishing this division was revoked, and there
were established the Financial Division and the
Foreign Funds Control Division. The Finan-
cial Division was given "responsibility in all
matters of foreign policy in financial matters

19^1
other than foreign funds control". The For-
eign Funds Control Division was given "re-
sponsibility in all matters of foreign policy in
foreign funds control matters". {DSB, Nov.
29, 1941, p. 441.) The Foreign Funds Control
Division was abolished by departmental order
on August 27, 1943, and its functions were trans-
ferred to the Division of World Trade Intelli-
gence, Diviison of Blockade and Supply, Deputy
Director of the Office of Foreign Economic Co-
oi'dination, and Financial Division. {DSB,
Aug. 28, 1943, pp. 143-144.)

October 9

Caribbean Offi.cc: Established by depart-
mental order in the Department of State to en-
courage and strengthen social and economic co-
operation between the United States and its pos-
sessions and bases in the Caribbean, and other
countries, colonies, and possessions in tlie area.
{DSB, Oct. 11, 1941, pp. 281-282.)

October 28

Office of Lend-Lease Administration: Estab-
lished by Executive order in the Office for Emer-
gency Management, "to exercise any power or
authority conferred upon the President by the
[Lend-Lease] act and by the Defense Aid Sup-
plemental Appropriation Act, 1941, and any
acts amendatory or suijplemental thereto, with
respect to any nation whose defense the Presi
dent shall have found to be vital to the defense
of the United States." This order revoked tlie
Executive order of May 2, 1941 establishing the
Division of Defense Aid Reports ; provided that
master lend-lease agreements should be negoti-
ated by the Department of State, with the advice
of the Economic Defense Board and the Office
of Lend-Lease Achninistration ; and directed
tlie Lend-Lease Administration to make "appro-
priate arrangements with the Economic Defense
Board for the review and clearance of lend-lease
transactions". {DSB, Nov. 1, 1941, p. 344.)
The Office was transferred by Executive order
to the Foreign Economic Administration on
September 25, 1943. {DSB, Sept. 25, 1943, pp.
205-206.)

FEBRUARY 5, 194 4

157

19^1
November 5

Joint War Production Coinmittee, United
States and Canada: The Committee was first
set up as the "Joint Defense Production Com-
mittee" by the President of tlie United States
and the Prime Minister of Canada (announced
Nov. 5, 1941) pursuant to a recommendation of
the Joint Economic Committees, United States
and Canada, of September 19, 1941. The Com-
mittee was to' coordinate the capacities of the
two countries for tlie production of defense
mafer-icJ. {DSB. Nov. 8, 1941, pp. 360-361 ; Jan.
16, 1943, pp. 75-76.)

November 14

Iiiter-Amei'ican Maritime Technical Com-
mi'^sion: Resolution of the Inter-American
Financial and Economic Advisory Committee
recommended tlic organization of this Commis-
sion to formulate plans for the efficient use of
all the merchant vessels of the American repub-
lics available for service between the American
republics and to reconnnend to the maritime
•authorities the allocation of such vessels to
particular routes or to the carrying of articles
of a specific nature. {DSB, Jan. 16, 1943, p.
73.)

November 24

Financial Division and Foreign Funds Con-
trol Division: Established in the Department
of State. (See October 7, 1941, ante.)

December 17 i

Board of Economic Warfare: An Executive
order changed the name of the Economic De-
fense Board to the Board of Economic Warfare.
(See July 30, 1941, ante.)

January 16

War Production Board: Established by Ex-
ecutive order in the Office for Emergency Man-
agement to "Exercise general direction over the
war procurement and production program".
The Board took over the functions and powers
of the Supply Prioi'ities and Allocations Board,
which was abolished, and also took over the

1942
supervision of the Office of Production Man-
agement. On January 24 the Office of Produc-
tion Management was abolished by Executive
order, and its functions and powers were trans-
ferred to the War Production Board. {Manual-.,
pp. 112-125.)

January 26

Combined Ratw Materials Board: Announce-
ment of establishment by the President and
Prime Minister Churchill to "plan the best and
speediest development, expansion and use of
the raw material resources, under the juri.sdic-
tion or control of the two Governments," and,
in collaboration with others of the United Na-
tions, to "woi'k toward the best utilization of
their raw material resources". {DSB, Jan. 31,
1912, p. 87; Jan. 16, 1943, p. 68.)

Munitions Assignments Board: Announce-
ment of establishment by the President and
Prime Minister Churchill stating: "Commit-
tees will be formed in Washington and London
under the Combined Chiefs of Staff" to "ad-
vise on all [munitions] assignments both in
quantity and priority, whether to Great Britain
and the United States or other of the United
Nations, in accordance with strategic needs."
{DSB, Jan. 31, 1942, pp. 87-88; Jan. 16, 1943,
p. 77.)

Combined Shipping Adjustment Board: An-
nouncement of establishment by the President
and Prime Minister Churchill "to adjust and
concert in one harmonious policy the work of
the British Ministry of War Transport and
the shipping authorities of the United States
Government". An Executive order of February
7, 1942 established a War Shipping Administra-
tion in the Office for Emergency Management,
which comprises the American section of the
Combined Shipping Adjustment Board. {DSB,
Jan. 31, 1942, p. 88 ; Jan. 16, 1943, p. 69.)

February 20

American Hemisphere Exports Office: Es-
tablished by departmental order to have author-
ity over "all matters of foreign policy involving
the administration of the Export Control Act

158

DEPARTMENT OF iSTATE BXJLLETENl

relating to countries of the American hemi-
sphere". The office was abolished by depart-
mental order on February 1, 1943. {DSB, Feb.
6, 1943, p. 138.)

Februakt 23

Mutual-Aid Agreement With Great Britain:
This was the first "master" agreement to be con-
cluded under the provisions of the Lend-Lease
Act of March 11, 1941. {DSB, Feb. 28, 1942,
pp. 190-192.)

March 9

Anglo- Am^ricam, Carihhean Commission: A
joint communique released simultaneously in
Washington and London announced the crea-
tion of the commission "for the purpose of en-
couraging and strengthening social and eco-
nomic cooperation between the United States of
America and its possessions and bases in the
. . . Caribbean, and the United Kingdom and
British colonies in the same area". {DSB, Mar.
14, 1942, pp. 22«-230; Jan. 16, 1943, p. 66.)

June 9

Combined Food Board: Creation was an-
nounced by the President on June 9, 1942 and
was established by the President and Prime
Minister Churchill to obtain "a planned and ex-
peditious utilization of the food resources of the
United Nations". {DSB, June 13, 1942, pp.
535-536; Jan. 16, 1943, p. 67.)

Conibined Production and Resources Board:
Announcement of establishment by the Presi-
dent and Prime Minister Churchill "in order
to complete the organization needed for the
most effective use of the combined resources
of the United States and the United Kingdom
for the prosecution of the war". On November
10, 1942 Canada became a full member of the
board. {DSB, June 13, 1942, pp. 535-536 ; Jan.
16, 1943, pp. 67-68.)

June 18

Divisions of Exports and Defense Aid and
of Studies and Statistics of the Department of
State abolished by departmental order. (See
October 7, 1941, ante.)

July 24

^Yar Relief Control Board: The President's
Committee on War Relief Agencies, appointed
on March 13, 1941, was continued and estab-
lished by Executive order as the President's
War Relief Control Board. It was authorized
and empowered to control charities for ( 1 ) for-
eign and domestic relief arising from war-cre-
ated needs, (2) refugee relief, (3) the relief of
the civilian population of the United States
affected by enemy action, and (4) the relief
and welfare of the armed forces of the United
States and their dependents. {DSB, Aug. 1,
1942, pp. 658-659.)

November 21

Office of Foreign Relief and Rehabilitation
Operations : Governor Lehman was appointed
director by the Secretary of State on December
4, 1942. (See publication entitled The Office
of Foreign Relief and Rehabilitation Opera-
tions, Department of State, p. 3.)

November 25

Office of Foreign Temtories: Established by
departmental order in the Department of State
to have "responsibility for dealing with all non-
military matters arising as a result of the mili-
tary occupation of territories in Europe and
North Africa by the armed forces of the United
Nations and affecting the interests of the United
States". {DSB, Nov. 28, 1942, p. 971.) Abol-
ished by departmental order on June 24, 1943.
{DSB, June 26, 1943, p. 579.)

WltS
January 14

Division of Economic Studies: Established
by departmental order, effective January 1, 1943,
in the Department of State to "have responsi-
bility for the conduct of continuing and special
research and for the preparation of studies re-
quired in the formulation of policies and the
planning of integrated programs as a basis for
action in the field of foreign economic relations
affecting the interests of the United States".
{DSB, Jan. 16, 1943, pp. 63-64.)

FEBRUARY 5, 1944

159

1H3
February 1

Division of Exports and Requirements: Es-
tablished bj' deiDartmental ordei- in the Depart-
ment of State to "have responsibility for all jnat-
ters of foreign policy involved in the adminis-
tration of the Act of July 2, 1940, as amended
(the Export Control Act) , the Act of March 11,
1941 (the Lend-Lease Act), except the negotia-
tion of master lend-lease agreements and the ap-
plication of Article VII thereof under said Act,
the Acts of June 28, 1940, and May 31, 1941 (in
so far as priorities and/or allocations for export
are concerned) ..." (Z?>S^, Feb. 6, 1943, p.
138.)

February 1

American Hemisphere Exports Office of De-
partment of State abolished by departmental
order. (See February 20, 1942, anie.)

April 6

Post-War International Monetary Stabiliza-
tion Plan: Treasury Department made public
a provisional outline of a plan (the White plan)
for post-war international monetary stabiliza-
tion. (Federal Reserve Bulletin, June, pp.
501-521.)

May 18 - June 3

United Nations Conference on Food and Agri-
culture: Met in Hot Springs, Virginia, to pro-
vide an opportunity for an exchange of views
and information concerning post-war produc-
tion of food and food requirements of the vari-
ous United Nations with a view toward coordi-
nating and stimulating by international action
national policies for the economical and coordi-
nated provision of adequate nutrition for the
people qf each country. A detailed Final Act
was published containing recommendations and
resolutions. {DSB, June 12, 1943, pp. 518-520;
June 19, pp. 546-572.)

May 25

Mexican-United States Com,mission of Ex-
perts To Formulate a Program for Economic
Cooperation Between the Two Governments:
Held first meeting on May 25 in Washington.

19^3
The Commission was established in accordance
with the announcement of April 29 of the agree-
ment reached by President Roosevelt and Pres-
ident Avila Camacho to have expert economists
study the disturbances in the balance of inter-
national payments and the related economic sit-
uation of the Republic of Mexico under the war
economy. {DSB, May 1, 1943, p. 376; May 22,
1943, p. 457 ; May 29, 1943, p. 473.)

May 27

Office of War Mobilization: Created by Ex-
ecutive order in order, with advice of a War
Mobilization Committee and subject to direction
and control of the President, to (1) develop uni-
fied programs and establish policies for the max-
imum use of the Nation's resources and man-
power, and (2) unify and harmonize Govern-
ment activities concerned with the production
and distribution of. military or civilian goods.
(Z^^, June 1, 1943, p. 7207.) On July 15, 1943
the agency was given the authority to arrange
for the uiiification of the activities of the Gov-
ernment relating to foreign economic matters.
{FR, July 17, 1943, pp. 9861-9862.)

June 3

Plan for Coordinating the Economic Activi-
ties of United States Civilian Agencies in Lib-
erated Areas: The plan was sent by the Presi-
dent to the Secretary of State who was re-
quested to "unify our foreign economic activities
to the end tliat coherent and consistent policies
and programs result" and who was informed
that "the Department of State should provide
the necessary coordination, here and in the field,
of our economic operations with respect to lib-
erated areas." On June 24, 1943 there was
established by departmental order in the De-
partment of State an Office of Foreign Economic
Coordination to "have responsibility, so far as
the Department is concerned, for the coordina-
tion of (1) activities related to economic af-
fairs in liberated areas and the facilitation of
military-civilian cooperation in regard thereto;
and of (2) the foreign policy aspects of war-
time economic controls and operations." (DSB,

160

DEPABTMEOMT OF STATE BULLETENl

1943

June 26, 1943, pp. 575-579.) The office was
abolished by departmental order on November
6, 1943. {DSB, Nov. 13, 1943, pp. 333-334.)

June 10

Draft Agreement for United Nations Relief
and Rehabilitation AdTninistration: The De-
partment of State (according to an announce-
ment of June 11, 1943) submitted the draft
agreement to the governments of all the United
Nations and the other nations associated with
them in the war. {DSB, June 12, 1943, pp. 523-
527.) On September 24, 1943, it was amiounced
that a revised test of the agi'eement, as of
September 20, 1943, had been placed before all
the governments concerned. {DSB, Sept. 25,
1943, pp. 211-216.)

June 24

Offlce of Foreign Economic Coordination:
Established by departmental order in the De-
partment of State. (See June 3, 1943, ante.)

Office of Foreign Territories of Department
of State abolished by departmental order. (See
November 25, 1942, ante.)

Board of Economic Operations of the De-
partment of State abolished by departmental
order. (See October 7, 1941, ante.)

July 15

Office of Economic Warfare : Established by
Executive order and given all the powers, func-
tions, and duties of the Board of Economic War-
fare, which was abolished (see July 30 and De-
cember 17, 1941, ante). All subsidiaries of the
Reconstruction Finance Corporation which
were engaged in financing foreign purchases
and imports were transferred to the new Office
of Economic Warfare. {DSB, July 17, 1943,
p. 32.) The Office was transferred to the For-
eign Economic Administration by Executive or-
der on September 25, 1943. {DSB, Sept. 25,
1943, pp. 205-206.)

1943
August 27

War Commodities Division: Established by
departmental order in the Office of Foreign Eco-
nomic Coordination of the Department of State
to be responsible for "all matters of foreign pol-
icy involved in the procurement abroad of mate-
rials and products needed in the prosecution of
the war or for purposes of relief and rehabilita-
tion". {DSB, Aug. 28, 1943, pp. 142-143.)

Blockade and Supply Division: Established
by departmental order in the Office of Foreign
Economic Coordination of the Department of
State to be responsible for (1) the formulation
and execution of programs relating to the eco-
nomic blockade of enemy and enemy-occupied
territories, programs for import requirements of
all areas within the Eastern Hemisphere, and
procurement programs for all areas within the
Eastern Hemisphere, and (2) the conduct of
preclusive purchasing operations in all areas
throughout the world. {DSB, Aug. 28, 1943, pp.
142-143.)

Foreign Funds Control Division of the De-
partment of State abolished by departmental
order. (See October 7, 1941, ante.)

Division of Defence Materials of the Depart-
ment of State abolished by departmental order.
(See October 7, 1941, ante.)

September 25

Foreign Economic Administration: Estab-
lished by Executive order in the Office for
Emergency Management to centralize the ac-
tivities formerly carried on by the Offices of
Lend-Lease Administration, Foreign Relief and
Rehabilitation Operations, Economic Warfare,
and Foreign Economic Coordination ("except
functions and personnel thereof as the Director
of the Budget shall determine are not concerned
with foreign economic operations"). {DSB,
Sept. 25, 1943, pp. 205-206.)

November 6

Office of Foreign Economic Coordination of
Department of State abolished by departmental

FEBBU.\RY 5, 1944

161

1943
order; appointment of four groups of advisers
to be "concerned, respectively, with the foreign
policy aspects of matters relating to the alloca-
tion of supplies, of wartime economic activities
in liberated areas, of wartime economic activ-
ities in eastern hemisphere countries other than
liberated areas, and of wartime economic activ-
ities in the other American republics." {DSB,
Nov. 13, 1943, pp. 333-334.)

November 9

Signature of Agreement for United Nations
Relief and BehnhiJifation Administration.
(DSB, Nov. 13, 1943, pp. 317-319, 335-336.)

Treaty Information

WATER UTILIZATION

Treaty With Mexico Relating to the Utilization
of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana
Rivers and of the Rio Grande

[Released to the press February 4]

Following negotiations lasting several months
a treaty between the United States and Mexico
relating to the conservation, distribution, and
use of the available water supply of the Rio
Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas, and of the
Colorado and Tijuana Rivers was signed in
Washington on Thursday, February 3, 1944.
The treaty was signed for the United States by
the Hon. Cbrdell Hull, Secretary of State, the
Hon. George S. Messersmith, American Ambas-
sador to Mexico, and the Hon. Lawrence M.
Lawson, United States Commissioner on the
International Boundary Commission, United
States and Mexico ; and for Mexico by His Ex-
cellency Seiior Dr. Don Francisco Castillo Na-
jera, Mexican Ambassador in Washington, and
the Hon. Senor Rafael Fernandez MacGregor,
Mexican Commissioner on the International
Boundary Commission, United States and Mex-
ico.

The signature of this treaty marks a step of
epic importance in the practical application of

the policy of the good neighbor. The adjust-
ment of their international water problems had
defied settlement for many years. Recently,
having agreed that a solution of this long-
standing problem would be to their mutual ad-
vantage, the two Governments renewed negoti-
ations in the spirit of arriving at an equitable
and fair settlement in the national interest of
both countries. These discussions, which were
carried on in the most friendly spirit, reached
their culmination m the treaty signed February
3 — an outstanding example of what can be at-
tained when two countries decide to resolve their
differences, however difficult, on the basis of what
is to the best advantage of all concerned.

It is provided in the treaty that it shall enter
into force on the day of the exchange of ratifica-
tions. From such time as the treaty may enter
into force, the International Boundary Com-
mission shall be known as the "International
Boundary and Water Commission, United
States and Mexico".

The question of the conservation and equita-
ble distribution of the waters of the Colorado
River and the Rio Grande has been one of long
standing between the United States and Mexico.
In both countries the development of towns,
cities, and agricultural areas along their com-
mon boundary has been possible only because of
the availability of water from these streams.
On the other hand, this rapid expansion of com-
munities, as well as of irrigated crop-producing
areas, has resulted in greatly increased demands
upon the water supply and has thus emphasized
during recent years the necessity for an inter-
national agreement covering these rivers.

The metropolitan districts of southern Cali-
fornia, with their greatly increased population
and attendant industrial growth as well as the
large, developed agricultural area in the north-
ern part of Baja California, Mexico, are all
dependent upon the availability and control of
the waters of the Colorado River.

On this river large storage dams and other
facilities, including flood-protection works, al-
ready provide for the conservation for bene-
ficial use of, and protection against, flood waters
which formerly caused extensive damage. By

162

DEPABTME'NT OF STATE BULLETIN!

the terms of the treaty signed February 3 the
two Governments will undertake the construc-
tion of additional facilities and works in order
to bring the Colorado River under still better
control for the benefit of agricultural, munici-
pal, and industrial uses.

The Eio Grande Valley below El Paso, Texas,
with over one-half million acres of intensively
developed lands in cultivation and a rapidly
increasing agricultural area in Mexico, together
with a number of important towns and cities
in both countries, primarily depend upon the
limitrophe reach of the Rio Grande for their
water supply. Precipitation alone in these areas
is insufficient to sustain either inhabitants or
crop production, and the demands for water
in both countries have now become so great
as to make inadequate the natural flow of the
river.

In view of the present and probable future
water requirements along the limitrophe reach
of the Rio Grande, the two Governments, under
the terms of the present treaty, will construct
and operate large conservation, storage, and
flood-protection works on this river between
Fort Quitman, Texas, and the Gulf of Mexico.
Furthei'more, they will explore the possibilities
of power generation at international hydro-
electric plants.

This treaty provides for urgently needed
works and facilities and for improvements to
those now existing; for the conservation, con-
trol, and use of the available water supply of
the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers, and of the
Rio Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas; and
for the equitable apportionment of such water
supply, thereby not only confirming present
beneficial water uses but also assuring addi-
tional developments in both countries.

AGRICULTURE

Convention on the Inter-American Institute
of Agricultural Sciences

Cuba; Ecuador

With a letter dated January 27, 1944 the Di-
rector General of the Pan American Union
transmitted to the Secretary of State certified

copies of the Convention on the Inter- American
Institute of Agricultural Sciences, which was
opened for signature at the Pan American
Union on January 15, 1944, with the signatures
affixed thereto up to the date of that communi-
cation. According to the certified copies, the
convention was signed on January 20, 1944 for
Cuba and Ecuador.

The convention was signed for the United
States of America, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and
Panama on January 15, 1944, the date on which
it was opened for signature.

AUTOMOTIVE

Convention on the Regulation of Inter-
American Automotive Traffic

Costa Rica I

By a letter dated January 25, 1944 the Di-
rector General of the Pan American Union in-
formed the Secretary of State that on January
20, 1944 His Excellency the Ambassador of
Costa Rica in the United States, Senor Don
Carlos Manuel Escalante, signed in the name
of his Government, the Convention on the Reg-
ulation of Inter-American Automotive Traffic,
which was deposited with the Pan American
Union and opened for signature by the govern-
ments members of the Union, on December 15,
1943.

The convention was signed on December 15,
1943 for Bolivia, Brazil, Cuba, Dominican Re-
public, Ecuador, Guatemala, Haiti, Nicaragua,
and Peru, and on December 31, 1943 for the
United States, subject to a reservation with re-
spect to article XV.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Inter-American Kadiocommunications Con-
vention and North American Regional
Broadcasting Agreement ^

Bahamas

By a communication dated January 18, 1944
the Director of the Inter- American Radio Office,
Sehor Perez Gohi y Valles, informed the Sec-
retary of State that the British Minister at

' See BuiXETiN of June 5, 1943, p. 503.

FEBRUARY 5, 194 4

163

Habana by note of December 24, 1943 notified
the Government of Cuba of the adherence by
the Bahamas to the Inter- American Radiocom-
munications Convention and to the North Amer-
ican Regional Broadcasting Agreement, both of
whicli were signed at Habana on December 13,
1937. Tlie notification was received by tlie
Cuban Ministry of State on December 30, 1943,
and the Department of State has, therefore,
noted this date as the date of tlie Bahamian
adherence to the convention and agreement.

The countries in respect of which the Inter-
American Radiocommunications Convention is
now in force as the result of the deposit of their
respective ratifications or notifications of adher-
ence are the United States of America, Bahamas,
Brazil, Canada, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Haiti, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay (provision-
ally), and Peru.

The countries in respect of which the North
American Regional Broadcasting Agreement is
now in force as the result of the deposit of their
respective ratifications or notifications of adher-
ence are tlie United States of America, Ba-
hamas, Canada, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Haiti, Mexico, and Newfoundland.

Publications

Depaktment of State

Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between
the United States of America and Venezuela — Effected
by exchange of notes signed at Caracas February 18,
1943. Executive Agreement Series 348. Publication
2048. 8 pp. 5^.

Other Agencies

Important Economic and Military Events, With Index
[2d quarter of 1943, arranged in chronological
order]. Nov. 1943. (Department of Labor, Bu-

reau of Labor Statistics.) ii, 21 pp., processed.
Available from Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Wartime Labor Conditions in India, by Rajani Kanta
Das. 1943. (Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics.) ii, 28 pp. 10^ (available from
the Siyjerintendeut of Documents, Government
Printing Oflice).
Labor Conditions in Fascist Italy. 1943. (Depart-
ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.) 1, 21
pp. Available from Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Labor Conditions in Latin America. 1943. (Depart-
ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.) ii,
21 pp. (Latin American Series 15.) Available
from Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Selected List of References [bibliographies on various
countries issued by the Library of Congress in
1943 and available from that organization, free
to institutions only] :
Albania, iii, 24 pp., processed.
Tlie Balkans, vi, 73 pp., processed.
Bulgaria, iii, 34 pp., pi-ocessed.
Rumania, iv, 70 pp., processed.
Yugoslavia, v, 03 pp., processed.

Legislation

Independent Offices Appropriation Bill for 1945 : Hear-
ings Before the Subcommittee of the Committee on
Appropriations, House of Representatives, 78th Cong.,
2d se.ss. [Statements of Assistant Secretary Shaw
and Monnett B. Davis, of the Department of State,
regarding Foreign Service pay adjustment, pp. 13-19;
statement of Thomas H. MacDonald, of the Public
Roads Administration, regarding the Inter-American
Highway, pp. 905-908.] ii, 1299 pp.

Amending the Organic Act of Puerto Rico. S. Rept. 659,
78th Cong., on S. 1407 [favorable report]. 12 pp.

Japanese Atrocities to Prisoners of War : Joint press re-
lease of the War and Navy Departments containing
stories of Japanese atrocities and brutalities to the
American and Philippine armed forces who were pris-
oners of war in the Philippine Islands. H. Doc. 393,
78th Cong, ii, 8 pp.

Providing for Loss of United States Nationality Under
Certain Circumstances. H. Rept. 1075, 78th Cong., on
H. R. 4103 [favorable report]. 4 pp.

0. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. GoTernment Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2,75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OP THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET

H ^i> ?. / Hl>o

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

.B U jL

u

-i

1 r

1

c

FEBRUARY 12, 1944
Vol. X, No. 242— Publication 2068

ontents

The War Page

Transfer of a Warship to the Na\^ of France : Remarks

by the President 1G7

Japanese Atrocities: United States Representations of

January 27, 1944 to Japan 168

Modern Force and International Policy: Address by

Assistant Secretary Berle 176

Finnish Position m the War 179

Exchange of American and German Nationals .... 180
The Proclaimed List: Cumulative Supplement 5 to

Revision VI 180

The Far East

Immigration Quota for Cliinese 180

The American Republics

Trade Relations With Chile 180

Centennial Celebration of the Independence of the

Dominican Republic 180

The Foreign Service

Embassy Rank for. Representation Between, the United

States and Iran 181

Reports Regarding Economic Developments Abroad . 181

The Department

Division of Coordination and Review 184

Appointment of Officers 184

Treaty Information

Armed Forces: Agreement With Colombia Regarding
Military Service by Nationals of Either Country
Residing in the Other 184

Legislation 186

Publications 186

iJ. S, SUPERINTEMDENT >

The War

TRANSFER OF A WARSHIP TO THE NAVY OF FRANCE

Remarks by the President ^

[Released to the press by the White House February 12]

On behalf of the American people I transfer
to the Navy of France this warship — built by
American hands in an American navy yard.
This is one of a long line of events symbolizing
the ancient friendship between France and the
United States. It emphasizes the determina-
tion of this nation, and of all the United
Nations, to drive from the soil of France the
Nazi invaders who today swagger down the
Champs filysees in Paris. This one transfer
under the lend-lease law is typical of the thou-
sands of transfers of American-made weapons
of war which have been made to our fighting
allies. They are bringing closer the day of
inevitable victory over our enemies on all the
fronts all over the world.

No day could be more appropriate for this
ceremony than the anniversary we now cele-
brate of the birth of that illustrious American
who, in his time, struck such mighty blows for
the liberty and dignity of the human race-
Abraham Lincoln.

In 1940 the Nazi invaders overran France.
Although we were still on the sidelines, we in
the United States realized the horror of that
catastrophe — and the grave menace it carried
to all the civilized world.

The land of France fell to the enemy, but not
so the ships of France. Today her fleet still
proudly flies the tricolor in battle against our
common enemy. At Nettuno and Anzio,
French ships were among those which bom-
barded the German coastal installations. In a
strategic sector of the Allied line now pushing

toward Kome are French troops. The Nazis on
the Italian front know only too well that France
is not out of this war.

And the time will soon come when the Nazis
in France will learn from millions of brave
Frenchmen — now underground — that the peo-
ple of France, also, are not all out of this war.

In a sense this transaction today can be re-
garded not only as lend-lease — it might even be
regarded as reverse lend-lease. For in the
early days of our national history this situation
was reversed. At that time, instead of France
receiving an American-made ship, the young
nation of the United States was glad to receive
a ship made in France by Frenchmen — the Bon-
homtne Richard — a ship made illustrious under
the command of John Paul Jones, in the days of
our Navy's infancy. And it is well to remem-
ber that that ship was named in honor of our
Minister to France, Benjamin Franklin — that
wise old philosopher who was the father of
close friendship between France and the United
States.

This vessel, which today we are turning over
to the people of France, will somewhere, some-
time, engage the enemy. She is a part of the
growing strength of the French Navy. She is
a new class — a destroyer escort — speedy and
dangerous. I want to tell you something else
about her — there are more where she came from.
Under our lend-lease agreement, she is not the
only ship you will receive from us — we are
building others for your sailors to man.

" Delivered at the Washington Navy Yard, Washing-
ton, D. C, Feb. 12, 1944.

167

168

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETTNI

I hope that the Nazis and the Japs are listen-
ing today as we make this transfer. For it will
help them better to understand the spirit and
determination which binds together all of the
fighting fleets and armies of the United Nations
on the road to ultimate victory.

Vice Admiral Fenard, you are the senior of-
ficer of the French Navy here, and you are the
chief of the French Naval Mission. It lias been
your duty to work with us in outfitting your

fleet. My years of friendship with officers of
the French Navy make this a particularly mem-
orable occasion to me, personally. To you, we
turn over this ship — the Senegalais. We recall
with pleasure that it was a French ship which
fired the first salute ever rendered to the Stars
and Stripes flying from a United States man-
of-war. We remember that salute today — and
symbolically return it.

Good luck, Senegalais — and good hunting.

JAPANESE ATROCITIES

United States Representations of January 27, 1944 to Japan

[Released to the press February 11]

Published below are tlie texts of two tele-
grams sent to the American Legation in Bern
for communication to the Japanese Govern-
ment through the Swiss Government repre-
senting the interests of the United States in
Japan. In these communications the Govern-
ment of the United States again made compre-
hensive representations to the Japanese Gov-
ernment concerning abuses and neglect to
which American nationals in Japanese custody
had been subjected and called for amelioration
of the treatment accorded them.

January 27, 1944.

Please request Swiss Legation Tokyo to
deliver the following textually to the Japanese
Government :

The Government of the United States refers
to its communication delivered to the Japanese
Government on December 23, 1942 by the Swiss
Legation in Tokyo in charge of American in-
terests in Japan and Japanese-occupied terri-
tory concerning repoi'ts that the Government
of the United States had received of the mis-
treatment of American nationals in Japanese
hands. The Swiss Legation in Tokyo on May
28, 1943 forwarded to the Government of the
United States a preliminary reply from the
Japanese Government to this connnunication
in which that Government stated that it would
communicate in due course the results of in-
vestigations concerning each instance referred

to in the note of the Government of the
United States. No reports of investigations
regarding these instances have yet been re-
ceived.

The Government of the United States has
taken due note of the statements of the Japan-
ese Government "concerning the special cir-
cumstances prevailing in areas which have
until recently been fields of battle" and con-
cerning "the manifold difficulties which exist
in areas occupied by the Japanese forces or
where military operations are still being car-
ried on". The Government of the United
States points out, however, that the regions
in which Americans have been taken prisoner
or interned have long ceased to be scenes of
active military oj^erations and that the Japan-
ese holding authorities have therefore had
ample opportunity to establish an orderly and
humane internment program in accordance
with their Government's undertakings. De-
spite this fact the Government of the United
States continues to receive reports that the
great proportion of American nationals are
tlie victims either of inhuman cruelty or of
callous failure to provide the necessities of life
on the part of the Japanese holding authorities,
in violation of the common laws of civilization
and of the Japanese Government's undertaking
to apply to American nationals the humane
provisions of the Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention.

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

169

There follows a statement of the principal
categories of the deprivation of rights, cruel-
ties, wanton neglect, mistreatment and hai-d-
sliips to which, according to information re-
ceived by the Government of the United States
from many sources, Americans in Japanese
custody have been subjected.

I. Representatives of the Swiss Government
entrusted with the protection of American in-
terests in Japan and Japanese-occupied terri-
tory have not been permitted to go to every
place without exception where prisoners of war
and civilian internees are interned, have not
been permitted to interview without witnesses
the persons held, and have not had access to
all places occupied by the prisoners (Article
86 of the Geneva Prisoners of War Conven-
tion).

II. Representatives of the International Red
Ci-oss Committee have been refused permission
to visit most of the places where American
nationals are held by the Japanese authorities
(Articles 79 and 88).

III. American nationals have not been per-
mitted to forward complaints to the Japanese
holding authorities or to representatives of the
protecting power (Article 42).

IV. The Japanese authorities have punished
and have threatened to punish American na-
tionals for complaining concerning the condi-
tions of captivity (Article 42).

V. The Japanese Government has failed to
furnish needed clothing to American nationals
(Article 12).

VI. The Japanese authorities have confis-
cated personal effects from American civilian
internees and prisoners of war (Article 6).

VII. American prisoners of war and civilian
internees have been subjected to insults and
public curiosity (Article 2).

VIII. Civilians and prisoners of war in-
terned by Japan are suffering from malnutri-
tion and deficiency diseases because of the fail-
ure and refusal of the detaining authorities to
provide health sustaining food for their
charges, or to permit the United States to make
regular shipments on a continuing basis under
appropriate neutral guarantees of supplemental

food and medical supplies. (Article 11 and the
specific reciprocal undertaking of Japan to
take into account national differences in diet).

IX. The Japanese authorities have devoted
to improper and forbidden uses the profits of
the sale of goods in camp canteens instead of
devoting them to the welfare of the persons held
in the camps (Article 12).

X. Contrary to the specific undertaking of
the Japanese Government, the detaining au-
thorities have compelled civilians to perform
labor other than that connected with the ad-
ministration, maintenance and management of
internment camps. Officer prisoners of war
have been forced to labor and noncommissioned
officers to do other than supervisory labor
(Article 27) .

XI. Prisoners of war have been required to
perform labor that has a direct relation with
war operations (Article 31).

XII. Medical care has in many instances been
denied to prisoners of war and civilian in-
ternees and when given has been generally so
poor as to cause unnecessary suffering and un-
necessary deaths (Article 14).

XIII. The Japanese Government has re-
ported the names of only a part of the American
prisoners of war and civilian internees in its
hands (Article 77) and of American combat-
ants found dead by Japanese forces (Article 4
of the Convention for the Amelioration of the
Condition of the Sick and Wounded of Armies
in the Field, to which Japan is a contracting
party).

XIV. The Japanese Government has not per-
mitted internees and prisoners of war freely to
exercise their religion (Article 16).

XV. The Japanese Government has not
posted the Convention in camps in English
translation, thus depriving American prisoners
of war and civilian internees of knowledge of
their rights thereunder (Article 84).

XVI. The Japanese Government has failed
to provide adequate equij^ment and accommo-
dations in prisoner of war and civilian intern-
ment camps and transports, but on the contrary
forced them to subsist in inhumane conditions
(Article 10).

170

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTJLLETENI

XVII. The Japanese Government has com-
pletely failed to apply the provisions of the
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention (Title
III, Section V, Chapter 3) with regard to trial
and punishment of prisoners of war despite the
fact that violations of its undertaking in this
respect have repeatedly been called to its atten-
tion, but on the contrary has imposed cruel and
inhuman punishments without trial.

XVIII. The Japanese authorities have in-
flicted corporal punishment and torture upon
American nationals (Article 46).

The Government of the United States em-
phasizes that it has based the foregoing charges
only on information obtained from reliable
sources. Many well-authenticated cases can be
cited in support of each of the charges.

The Government of the United States also
desires to state most emphatically that, as the
Japanese Government can assure itself from an
objective examination of the reports submitted
to it by the Spanish, Swedish, and International
Eed Cross representatives who have repeatedly
visited all places where Japanese are held by the
United States, the United States has consist-
ently and fully applied the provisions of the
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention in the
treatment of all Japanese nationals held by it
as prisoners of war or (so far as they are adapt-
able) as civilian internees, detainees or evacuees
in relocation centers. Japanese nationals have
enjoyed high standards of housing, food, cloth-
ing, and medical care. The American author-
ities have furthermore freely and willingly ac-
cepted from the representatives of the protect-
ing Powers and the International Red Cross
Committee suggestions for the improvement of
conditions under which Japanese nationals live
in American camps and centers and have given
effect to many of these suggestions, most of
which, in view of the high standards normally
maintained, are directed toward the obtaining
of extraordinary benefits and privileges of a
recreational, educational or spiritual nature.

The Government of the United States de-
mands that the Japanese Government imme-
diately take note of the charges made above and

take immediate steps to raise the treatment ac-
corded American nationals held by Japan to
the standard provided by the Geneva Prisoners
of War Convention, which the United States
and the Japanese Governments have mutually
undertaken to apply. The Government of the
United States also expects the Japanese Govern-
ment to take proper disciplinary or penal action
with regard to those of its officials, employees,
and agents who have violated its undertakings
with respect to the Geneva Convention and the
international Common Laws of decency.

The Government of the United States again
directs the attention of the Japanese Govern-
ment to the system of neutral supervision pro-
vided in Article 86 of the Geneva Convention.
The Government of the United States again re-
minds the Japanese Government of the com-
plete fulfillment of the provisions of this Article
as respects the activities of the Government of
Spain acting as protecting Power for Japanese
interests in the continental United States and
of the Government of Sweden as protecting
Power for Japanese interests in Hawaii.

The Government of the United States there-
fore expects the Japanese Government, in ac-
cordance with recognized practice of civilized
states, fully to implement the provisions of the
Geneva Prisoners of War Convention. The
United States Government demands that the
Japanese Government will, among other things,
promptly implement the provisions of Article
86 in respect to the activities of the Government
of Switzerland as protecting Power for Amer-
ican interests in Japan and Japanese-controlled
territory and will make it possible for the Gov-
ernment of Switzerland to give to the Gov-
ernment of the United States assurances to the
effect that Swiss representatives have been able
to convince themselves by the full exercise of
the rights granted under Article 86 that the
abuses set forth in the foregoing statement have
been completely rectified or that steps have been
taken in that direction that are considered by
Switzerland to be adequate.

The United States Government until the pres-
ent has refrained from publishing in this coun-
try the facts known to it regarding outrages

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

171

perpetrated upon its nationals, both prisoners
of war and civilian internees, by the Japanese.
The United States Government hopes that as
these facts are now again officially called to the
Japanese Government's attention that Govern-
ment will adopt a policy of according to United
States nationals in its hands the treatment to
which they are entitled, and will permit repre-
sentatives of the protecting Power to make such
investigations and inspections as are necessary
in order to give assurances to this Government
that improved treatment is in fact being ac-
corded to American nationals. In such case
this Government would be in a position to as-
sure the American people that the treatment
of American nationals by the Japanese authori-
ties had been bi'ought into conformity with the
standards recognized by civilized nations.

Hxjix,

January 27, 1944.

There are recited in the following numbered
sections, the numbers of which correspond to
the numbered charges in the Department's
urgent telegram of even date, examples of some
of the specific incidents upon which this Gov-
ernment bases the charges made by it against
the Japanese Government in the telegram under
reference. The specific incidents have been se-
lected from the numerous ones that have been
reported from many reliable sources to this
Government. Ask the Swiss Government to
forward this statement textually to its Min-
ister in Tokyo with the request that he present
it to the Japanese Government simultaneously
with the telegram under reference and that he
call upon the Japanese Government promptly
to rectify all existing derelictions and take such
further steps as will preclude their recurrence.

The Minister should further seek for himself
or his representatives permission, in accordance
with Article 86 of the Convention, to visit each
place without exception where American na-
tionals are detained and request of the Japanese
Government the amelioration of any improper
conditions that he may find to exist.

The Swiss Minister in Tokyo should be par-
ticularly asked to report promptly and fully all

steps taken by the Japanese Government in con-
formity with the foregoing.

Charges I and II. Prisoner of war and civil-
ian internment camps in the Philippines,
French Indochina, Thailand, Manchuria,
Burma, Malaya, and the Dutch East Indies, and
prisoner of war camp no. 1 in Formosa have
never been visited by Swiss representatives al-
though they have repeatedly requested permis-
sion to make such visits. None of these camps
except the one at Mukden are known to have
been visited by International Eed Cross repre-
sentatives. In recent months visits have not
been allowed to the prisoner of war camps near
Tokyo and Yokohama, and the prisoner of war
camps in and near Hong Kong, although the
Swiss representatives have requested permis-
sion to make such visits.

The value of such few visits as have been
permitted to some camps has been minimized by
restrictions. Swiss representatives at Shang-
hai have been closely escorted by several repre-
sentatives of the Japanese Consulate General
at Shanghai during their visits to camps and
have not been allowed to see all parts of camps
or to have free discussion with the internees.
Similar situations prevail with respect to the
civilian internment camps and prisoner of war
camps in metropolitan Japan and Formosa.

By contrast, all of the camps, stations, and
centers where Japanese nationals are held by
the United States have been repeatedly visited
and fully inspected by representatives of Spain
and Sweden who have spoken at length without
witnesses with the inmates, and International
Red Cross representatives have been and are
being allowed freely to visit the camps in the
United States and Hawaii where Japanese
nationals are held.

Charge III. Communications addressed by
the persons held to the protecting Power con-
cerning conditions of captivity in several of
the civilian camps near Shanghai, among them
Ash Camp and Chapei, remain undelivered.
The same situation exists with respect to the
civilian internment camp in Baguio, and in
most if not all of the camps where American
prisoners of war are held. Persons held at

172

DEPARTMETSfT OF STATE BULLETIN

Bagnio, Chefoo, Saigon, and at times in the
Philippine prisoner of war camps were denied
permission to address the camp commander.

Charge IV. On one occasion dnring the snm-
mer of 1943 all of the persons held at the Co-
lumbia Country Club, Shanghai, were punished
by cancellation of dental appointments because
complaints were made to representatives of the
Swiss Consulate General. During the same
period, at Camj) B, Yanchow, the entire camp
was de^jrived of a meal by the Camp Com-
mandant because complaints had been made
concerning the delivery of spoiled food.

There are citeel under Section XVIII below,
cases of prisoners of war being struck because
they asked for food or water.

Charge V. Civilian internees at Hong Kong
have gone without footwear and civilian in-
ternees at Kobe have suffered from lack of
warm clothing. In 1942 and 1943, American
and Filii^ino prisoners of war in the Philippines
and civilian internees at Baguio were forced to
labor without shoes and clad only in loin cloths.

Charge VI. This is reported to have been the
case at the following camps: prisoner of war
camps in the Philippine Islands, prisoner of
war enclosures at Mariveles Bay, Philippine
Islands, civilian internment camps at Baguio,
Canton, Chefoo, Peking, Manila, Tsingtao,
Weihsien, and Yangchow, and at the Ash Camp,
Chapei Camp, Lunghwa Camp, and Pootung
Camp, in or near Shanghai. The articles most
needed by the prisoners and internees have been
taken. For example, Japanese soldiers took the
shoes from an American officer prisoner of war
who was forced to walk unshod from Bataan to
San Fernando during the march which began
about April 10, 1942. Although the prisoners
constantly suffered from lack of drinking water
canteens were taken from prisoners during this
march; one of these victims was Lieutenant
Colonel William E. Dyess.

At Corregidor a Japanese soldier was seen
by Lieutenant Commander Melvyn H. McCoy
with one arm covered from elbow to wrist
and the other arm half covered with wrist
watches taken from American and Filipino
prisoners of war.

Charge VII. American prisonei's of war in
Manila were forced by Japanese soldiers to
allow themselves to be photograiDhed operating
captiired American military equipment in con-
nection with the production of the Japanese
propaganda film "Rip down the Stars and
Stripes".

Prisoners of war from Corregidor being
taken to Manila were not landed at the port
of Manila but were unloaded outside the city
and were forced to march through the entire
city to Bilibid Prison about May 23, 1942.

Japanese school children, soldiers, and civil-
ians have been admitted to internment camps
and encouraged to satisfy curiosity i-egarding
the persons held. Such tours were conducted
at Baguio, Hong Kong, and Tsingtao.

Charge VIII. Deficiency diseases such as
beriberi, pellagra, scurvy, sprue, et cetera, are
common thi-oughout Japanese internment
camps. These diseases are least common in
the civilian internment camps (called assembly
centers) at Shanghai and in some other camps
where the persons held have but recently been
taken into custody or where trade by the in-
ternees themselves with outside private sup-
pliers is allowed. It appears therefore that
the great prevalence of deficiency diseases in
prisoner of war camps where internees have
been solely deijenclent upon the Japanese
authorities for their food supply over an ex-
tended period is directly due to the callous
failure of these authorities to utilize the possi-
bilities for a health sustaining diet afforded by
available local products. The responsibility
for much of the suffering and many of the
deaths from these diseases of American and
Filipino prisoners of war rests directly upon
the Japanese authorities. As a specific ex-
ample, prisoners of war at Davao Penal Colony
suffering from grave vitamin deficiencies could
see from their camj^ trees bearing citrus fruit
that they were not allowed to pluck. They
were not even allowed to retrieve lemons seen
floating by on a stream that runs through the
camp.

Charge IX. For example, in the prisoner of
war camps at Hong Kong, the profits of the

FEBRTJAKY 12, 1944

173

canteens have not been used by the holding
authorities for the benefit of the prisoners.

Charge X. At Baguio civilian internees have
been forced to repair sawmill machinery with-
out remuneration.

Officer prisoners of war have been compelled
by Major Mida, the Camp Commandant at
Davao Penal Colony, to perform all kinds of
labor including menial tasks such as scrubbing
floors, cleaning latrines used by Japanese
troops and working in the kitchens of Japa-
nese officers.

Charge XI. Ten American engineers were
required to go to Corregidor in July 1942 to
assist- in rebuilding the military installations
on that island, and prisoners of war have been
worked in a machine tool shop in the arsenal
at Mukden.

Charge XII. The condition of health of
prisoners of war in the Philippine Islands is
deplorable. At San Fernando in April 1942,
American and Filipino prisoners were held in
a barbed-wire enclosure so overcrowded that
sleep and rest were impossible. So many of
them were sick and so little care was given to
the sick that human excrement covered the
whole area. The enclosure at San Fernando
was more than 100 kilometers from Bataan and
the abominable treatment given to the prison-
ers there cannot be explained by battle condi-
tions. The prisoners were forced to walk this
distance in seven days under merciless driving.
Many who were unable to keep up with the
march were shot or bayoneted by the guards.
During this journey, as well as at other times
when prisoners of war were moved in the
Philippine Islands, they were assembled in the
open sun even when the detaining authorities
could have allowed them to assemble in the
shade. American and Filipino prisoners are
known to have been buried alive along the
roadside and persistent reports have been re-
ceived of men who tried to rise from their
graves but were beaten down with shovels and
buried alive.

At Camp O'Donnell conditions were so bad
that 2,200 Americans and more than 20,000 Fili-
pinos are reliably reported to have died in the

574074 — 44 2

first few months of their detention. There is no
doubt that a large number of these deaths could
have been prevented had the Japanese autliori-
ties provided minimum medical care for the
prisoners. The so-called hospital there was ab-
solutely inadequate to meet the situation. Pris-
oners of war lay sick and naked on the floor,
receiving no attention and too sick to move from
their own excrement. The hospital was so over-
crowded that Americans were laid on the
ground outside in the heat of the blazing sun.
The American doctors in the camp were given
no medicine, and even had no water to wash
the human waste from the bodies of the patients.
Eventually, when quinine was issued, there was
only enough properly to take care of ten cases
of malaria, while thousands of prisoners were
suffering from the disease. Over two hundred
out of three hundred prisoners from Camp
O'Donnell died while they were on a work detail
in Batangas.

At Cabanatuan there was no medicine for the
treatment of malaria until after the prisoners
had been in the camp for five months. The first
shipment of medicines from the Philippine Red
Cross was held up by the camp authorities on
the pretext that they must make an inventory
of the shipment. This they were so dilatory in
doing that many deaths occurred before the
medicine was released. Because of lack of med-
icines and food, scurvy broke out in the camp in
the Fall of 1942. Since the prisoners had been
at the camp for some months before this dis-
ease became prevalent, the responsibility for it
rests upon the detaining authorities.

It is reported that in the autumn of 1943 fifty
percent of the American prisoners of war at
Davao had a i^oor chance to live and that the de-
taining authorities had again cut the prisoners'
food ration and had witlidrawn all medical at-
tention.

Though the medical care j^rovided for civilian
internees by the Japanese camp authorities ap-
pears to have been better than that provided for
prisoners of war, it still does not meet the obli-
gations placed on the holding authorities by
their Government's own free undertaking and
by the laws of humanity. At the civilian

174

department: of state bullettni

internment camp, Camp Jolm Hay, childbirth
took place on the floor of a small storeroom. At
the same camp a female internee who was
insane and whose presence was a danger to the
other internees was not removed from the camp.
A dentist who was interned at the camp was
not permitted to bring in his own equipment.
The Los Banos Camp was established at a recog-
nized endemic center of malaria, yet quinine
was not provided, and the internees were not
allowed to go outside of the fence to take anti-
malarial measures.

The Japanese authorities have not provided
sufficient medical care for the American civil-
ians held in camps in and near Shanghai and
the internees have themselves had to pay for
hospitalization and medical treatment. Deaths
directly traceable to inadequate care have
occurred.

Even in metropolitan Japan, the Japanese
authorities have failed to provide medical
treatment for civilian internees, and it has been
necessary for Americans held at Myoshi, Yama-
kita, and Sumire to pay for their own medical
and dental care.

Charge XIV. For example the internees at
Camp John Hay were not allowed to hold re-
ligious services during the first several months
of the camp's operation, and priests have not
been allowed to minister to prisoners held by the
Japanese in French Indochina.

Charge XV. No copy of an English transla-
tion of the text of the Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention has been available to civilian in-
ternees or prisoners of war nor have the Japa-
nese authorities taken other steps to inform
the persons held of their rights under the terms
of the Convention. Keports have been received
of the Japanese authorities informing prisoners
of war that they were captives, having no rights
mider international law or treaty.

Charge XVI. At Camp O'Donnell many of
the men had to live without shelter during 1942.
In one case twentj'-three officers were assigned
to a shack, fourteen by twenty feet in size.
Drinking water was extremely scarce, it being
necessary to stand in line six to ten hours to get
a drink. Officers had no bath for the first

thirty-five days in the camp and had but one
gallon of water each in which to have their first
baths after that delay. The kitchen equipment
consisted of cauldrons and a fifty-five gallon
drum. Camotes were cooked in the cauldrons,
mashed with a piece of timber, and each man
was served one spoonful as his ration.

In late October 1942, approximately 970
prisoners of war were transferred from the
Manila area to the Davao Penal Colony on a
transport vessel jDroviding only twenty inches
per man of sleeping space. Conditions on the
vessel were so bad that two deaths occurred, and
subsequently because of weakness some fifty
percent of the prisoners fell by the roadside on
the march from the water front at Lasang,
Davao to the Penal Colony.

The places used by the Japanese authorities
for the internment of American civilians in
the Philippine Islands were inadequate for
the number of persons interned. At the Brent
School at Baguio, twenty to thirty civilians
were assigned sleeping accommodations in a
room which had been intended for the use of
one person.

At the Columbia Country Club at Shanghai
the internees were obliged to spend CRB $10,-
000 of their own funds to have a building de-
loused so that they might use it for a needed
dormitory. At Weihsien no (repeat no) re-
frigeration equipment was furnished by the
Japanese authorities and some of the few
household refrigerators of the internees were
taken from them and were used by the Japa-
nese guards, with the result that food spoiled
during the summer of 1943. The lack of
sanitary facilities is reported from aU of these
camps.

Charge XVII. American personnel have
suffered death and imprisonment for participa-
tion in military operations. Death and long-
term imprisonment have been imposed for at-
tempts to escape for which the maximum pen-
alty under the Geneva Convention is thirty
days arrest. Neither the American Govern-
ment nor its protecting Power has been in-
formed in the manner provided by the Con-
vention of these cases or of many other in-

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

175

stances when Americans were subjected to il-
legal punishment. Specific instances are cited
imder the next charge.

Charge XVIII. Prisoners of war who were
marched from Bataan to San Fernando in
April 1942 were brutally treated by Japanese
guards. The guards clubbed prisoners who
tried to get water, and one prisoner was hit
on the head with a club for helping a fellow
prisoner who had been knocked down by a
Japanese army truck. A colonel who pointed
to a can of salmon by the side of the road and
asked for food for the prisoners was struck on
the side of his head with the can by a Japa-
nese officer. The colonel's face was cut open.
Another colonel who had found a sympathetic
Filipino with a cart was horsewhipped in the
face for trying to give transportation to per-
sons unable to walk. At Lubao a Filipino
who had been run through and gutted by the
Japanese was hung over a barbed-wire fence.
An American Lieutenant Colonel was killed by
a Japanese as he broke ranks to get a drink
at a stream.

Japanese sentries used rifle butts and bayo-
nets indiscriminately in forcing exhausted
prisoners of war to keep moving on the march
from the Cabanatuan railroad station to Camp
No. 2 in late May 1942.

At Cabanatuan Lieutenant Colonels Lloyd
Biggs and Howard Breitung and Lieutenant R.
D. Gilbert, attempting to escape during Sep-
tember 1942 were severely beaten about the legs
and feet and then taken out of the camp and
tied to posts, were stripped and were kept tied
up for two days. Their hands were tied behind
their backs to the posts so that they could not
sit down. Passing Filipinos were forced to
beat them in the face with clubs. No food or
water was given to them. After two days of
torture they were taken away and, according to
the statements of Japanese guards, they were
killed, one of them by decapitation. Other
Americans were similarly tortured and shot
without trial at Cabanatuan in June or July
1942 because they endeavored to bring food into
the camp. After being tied to a fence post
inside the camp for two days they were shot.

At Cabanatuan during the summer of 1942
the following incidents occurred: A Japanese
sentry beat a private so brutally with a shovel
across the back and the thigh that it was neces-
sary to send him to the hospital. Another
American was crippled for months after his
ankle was struck by a stone thrown by a Jap-
anese. One Japanese sentry used the shaft of a
golf club to beat American prisoners, and two
Americans, caught while obtaining food from
Filipinos, were beaten unmercifully on the face
and body. An officer was struck behind the ear
with a riding crop by a Japanese interpreter.
The same officer was again beaten at Davao
Penal Colony and is now suffering from partial
paralysis of the left side as the result of these
beatings. Enlisted men who attempted to
escape were beaten and put to hard labor in
chains.

- At the Davao Penal Colony, about April 1,
1943, Sergeant McFee was shot and killed by a
Japanese guard after catching a canteen full of
water which had been thrown to him by another
prisoner on the opposite side of the fence. The
Japanese authorities attempted to explain this
shooting as an effort to prevent escape. How-
ever, the guard shot the sergeant several times
and, in addition, shot into the barrack on the
opposite side of the fence toward the prisoner
who had thrown the canteen. At about the
same time and place an officer returning from
a work detail tried to bring back some sugar-
cane for the men in the hospital. For this he
was tied to a stake for twenty-four hours and
severely beaten.

In the internment camp at Baguio a boy of
sixteen was knocked down by a Japanese guard
for talking to an internee girl, and an elderly
internee was struck with a whip when he failed
to rise rapidly from his chair at the approach
of a Japanese officer. Mr. R. Gray died at
Baguio on March 15, 1942 after being beaten
and given the water cure by police authorities.
At Santo Tomas, Mr. Krogstadt died in a
military prison after being corporally punished
for his attempted escape.

HuUi

176

DEPARTMENT OF 'STATE BULI/ETENI
MODERN FORCE AND INTERNATIONAL POLICY
Address by Assistant Secretary Berle ^

[Released to the press February 7]

A profound student of affairs once observed
that, in government, how things are done is
quite as important as what things are done.
Methods of action and the institutions based on
them tend to be hasting, while the action of the
day may well be transitory.

That is a great reason why the policy of the
good neighbor as a basis of international action
becomes vitally important in a world which is
changing rapidly and profoundly.

Everyone knows that world forces are shift-
ing, but few save technicians realize the depth
and scope of impending shifts. A glance at
some of them will indicate their extreme
seriousness.

According to competent students, the rela-
tive strength of countries not only has changed
already but is due to change even more strik-
ingly in the next 25 years. Estimating to 1970,
the United States, witli a present population
of approximately 135 million people, will have
risen to perhaps 165 million, and may perhaps
increase after that at a much slower rate. Great
Britain, which in 1940 had about 46 millions,
will have dropped to 42 millions and probably
stop there. The population of Germany, which
in 1940 was 69 millions, will probably have
dropped to 64 millions and will be gradually
diminishing. The population of France, which
in 1940 was 41 millions, will probably fall to 37
millions. Soviet Russia, numbering 175 mil-
lions in 1940, will rise to 222 millions and prob-
ably will steadily and continuously increase for
a long time.

This means that, in our lifetime, the United
States will have stabilized. Western Europe
will have stood still if, indeed, it has not ac-
tually begun to decline. Soviet Russia will be
headed for a considerably greater population
which in time may outnumber all of Western
Europe combined.

' Delivered at Duke University, Durham, N.O., Feb.
7, 1944.

A single South American nation, Brazil,
presently has a population of 42 millions. This
population doubles in number in somewhat less
than a quarter of a century, so that in 1970
Brazil, with a territory and resources larger
than the United States, will have a population
of, roughly, 90 millions. When I was a child
the population of the United States was 90 mil-
lions. Brazil alone, therefore, in the next
generation, will be not merely a great South
American country but a world power if she so
chooses.

The shifts are equally sticking in India,
China, and the surrounding states; but the
figures, though dramatic, are less important
than the probability that these nations will
have learned in far greater degree the Western
arts of industrialization and possibly also of
war. A substantial part of their hundreds of
millions, instead of being out of the main
stream oi action as they are today, will proba-
bly exert direct influence on the economics, the
production, and the politics of the world.

The estimated census figures, though strik-
ing, are likely not to be the most important of
the new factors. Changes are occurring not
only in numbers but in the power and possi-
bilities of each individual. Maurice Hindus
recently remarked to me that the greatest
change which had occurred in Soviet territories
was the fact that the moujik had at last con-
quered the machine; that, instead of having a
primitive agricultural civilization, the Soviet
Union was destined to make and use the most
powerful and wide-spread industrial develop-
ments in the world. This means that the 222
millions of Russians are not to be considered
only as so many more living human beings;
rather, the effectiveness of the population will
be multiplied many times by their skills, their
electric power, their chemistry, new processes
and inventions, and all the possibilities opening
through modern science, urged on by war. The
same possibility exists in the Asiatic countries,

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

177

though there is reason to believe that the de-
velopment will come far more slowly.

For more than a century Western Europe
and the Americas have held a substantial mo-
nopoly on the developments of modern science,
modern industries, and transport. With that
monopoly they were dominant throughout the
world. That monopoly is now passing. Its
end is likely to be, in literal fact, the end of an
era, or, more accurately, the beginning of a
new era. 'WTiole populations, whether static or
growing, are about to be endowed with new
capacities for construction and destruction, for
good and evil.

Even a glimpse of these new cai^acities is
almost beyond conception. Occasionally we
are privileged to look over the lip of the
great technical and scientific crucible in which
the machines and processes of tomorrow are
being wrought out. These touch almost every
field of human endeavor. You would see the
plans of airplanes outcarrying and outdistanc-
ing any ship presently in the air. You would
find engines capable of double, treble, or quad-
ruple the work of any existing machines. You
would hear of rocket projectiles capable of
shelling an enemy objective at himdreds of
miles. The possibility exists that human be-
ings may be transported by air at a speed ap-
proximating that of sound. You would find
methods by which an entire newspaper can be
produced simultaneously in every capital of
the world. It is not wholly fantastic to fore-
cast that in the foreseeable future each of us
may be able to have an individual radio wave-
length, because scientists are increasingly split-
ting and making usable the infinities of the
radio spectrum.

Lest the possibilities of the situation be too
lightly dismissed I must recall that early in
this century Mr. H. G. Wells wrote a pro-
phetic novel called When the Sleeper Wakes.
It was drarwing a dream picture of a world as
it might appear to a man who had remained
in a trance for many years. The climax of
this romance, as I remember it, was a duel
over London between a dirigible balloon and
a fighter plane, while electrically controlled

horns blared out the news in the city below.
This was the utmost of a novelist's imagina-
tion. In fact, only a few years later, in 1916,
British airplanes fought German Zeppelins
over London — and the radio told the story on
the ground.

All of these possibilities — and some of them
are already realities — have to be taken into
account in dealing with foreign affairs. Even
now they have changed the relative weights
and values of the elements involved.

Sea power, for instance, was one of the
forces by which the world was regulated. It
happens that sea power is one of the most
economical methods of military force — that is
to say, a relatively small expenditure of na-
tional income could produce and maintain sea
power, with its attendant force and control,
greater in proportion than the size or resources
or population of the country creating it. Air
power, by contrast, is relatively more expen-
sive; it appears to require a far greater base
of raw material, manufacturing technique and
skill, and natural resources. Temporarily,
therefore, equations may seem to have shifted.
Sea power may have to be modified as a basis
of calculation. We do not yet know what the
new equation will be. So far no one has
arisen to analyze air power as Admiral Mahan
analyzed naval strength. We do know that
where sea power cannot operate — as in the mid-
dle of continental land areas and in narrow seas
where air force can dominate — the position of
small nations has changed, at least for the time
being.

Again, the impact of the new processes,
existing and to come, plainly changes the con-
tent of a national boundary or frontier. You
can have boundaries which set limits to surface
traffic by land or sea. But you do not and
cannot have the same kind of boundary for
the purposes of aircraft. A ship must stop
when it reaches shore, a truck may be stopped
by blocking the road. An airplane can only
be controlled by agreement, by hostile action,
or by control of landing points — a quite differ-
ent conception from the old boundaries on the
flat map. And telecommunications, rocket

178

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTTLLETINI

projectiles, and other new means of hostile
or friendly contact of course recognize no
boundaries at all. There are no effective
frontiers for radio broadcasts. There can be
agreements to divide the spectrum or to con-
trol the power of the sending stations, but
there is as j^et no known way of stopping an
electric wave by a line on a map.

The present situation seems to be that as long
as men move on the surface of the earth or the
water they move within boundaries, as we used
to know them ; but when they get into the third
dimension of air and ether, men are dealing
in an area which has to be made orderly hy
agreements governing the actions of men within
their countries — a quite different condition.

You recall how deeply the use of the auto-
mobile has affected surface life. We must ac-
cept the possibility that air and ether may affect
institutions even more profoundly. As pro-
gressively we move into this third dimension,
either physically, as by airplanes, or mentally,
through communications and other scientific
developments, we are of necessity moving out
of the conception of the flat map and solid fron-
tier and into areas where the best we can do is
to hammer out agreements of conduct making it
possible for men and nations to live together.
Indeed, it can almost be said that men have to
do that or destroy each other.

Against this background must be set the doc-
trine of the good neighbor.

The text of it is worth repeating :

"In the field of world policy I would dedicate
this Nation to the policy of the good neighbor —
the neighbor who resolutely respects himself
and, because he does so, respects the rights of
others — the neighbor who respects his obliga-
tions and respects the sanctity of his agreements
in and with a world of neighbors."

The cardinal importance plainly lies in the
fact that it is not a scheme to solve a set of prob-
lems but an international philosophy which
makes possible the solution of any problem.
The task of bringing into being those institu-
tions which will permit the application of this
broad philosophy has been in the past, and will
be for a long time in the future, the main work

of enlightened statesmen throughout the world.

We are seeing today the slow but steady en-
deavor to work out, line by line, the bases of the
institutions which will maintain and strengthen
world order even amid the violent changes which
take place. Necessarily the work takes time.
In any real sense it will never be finished. In-
stitutions, unlike devices, are not put together;
they grow, and evolve, and are given form and
content as they establish themselves.

No better illustration perhaps can be given
than the evolution of the inter-American com-
munity of nations. Its beginning was in the
mind of a great statesman, Bolivar. Its first
effort at organized life was only partly success-
ful. Through more than a century successive
efforts were made to find forms by which the
conception could become effective. In 1890 a
narrow base of common action was worked out,
and the Pan American Union was formed, call-
ing for regular conferences to express the com-
mon will of the 21 independent American
nations. Driven by the increasing pressure of
our own time, the institutions of the inter-
American conferences, strengthened by the in-
stitution of consultation among foreign min-
isters, steadily grew. In 1938, after Munich, an
inter-American conference hammered out a
common foreign policy of Western Hemisphere
defense ; and, through the passionate war years
which have followed, the work of common de-
fense and of mutual economic support has
steadily grown. Alone, no one of the American
nations, including our own, can be certain of
defending itself; and few, if any, could main-
tain their economic life. Together, there is
every prospect that they will come safely
through the present storm with invaluable ex-
perience to assist them in working together to
navigate through the dangerous and troubled
times which lie ahead. This institution of the
Western Hemisphere, the most successful group-
ing of nations for mutual benefit in modern his-
tory, is the result of patient and constant build-
ing by the common effort of many men.

Now, we are engaged in the greatest adven-
ture of our time — the building of an institution
of international organization,

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

179

World organization is no new concept. It
has been dreamed many times; tried, in differ-
ent forms, at different periods. The plan of a
concert of powers after the Napoleonic wars
was a groping toward this end. The League of
Nations after the last World War was a definite
and clear-cut expression of a general will to
work out a basis for permanent, peaceful, and
orderly international relations through per-
manent and competent institutions. Today we
have the privilege, the responsibility, and the
duty to make a new attempt.

To be successful, it is essential that there shall
be a sound moral base. Many of us believe that
the principles of the good-neighbor policy offer
the only substantial foundation upon which in-
stitutions of world organization may be suc-
cessfully built. We are seeing the fate of struc-
tures built on naked force : Hitler's new Europe,
which was to last a thousand years, is already
crashing in ruins, deadly evidence that design of
world domination by any race or power is con-
demned to bloody failure. Tlie only permanent
foundation is that of common consent and of
general moral acceptance.

Such acceptance is gradually emerging from
the days when the Atlantic Charter set out the
joint policy of the Governments of the United
States and of Great Britain, and when that
Charter was accepted as the basis of the great
alliance known as the United Nations. At Mos-
cow, Secretary Hull, by authority of the Presi-
dent, secured the assent of the Soviet Union,
Great Britain, China, and the United States to
the declaration of Moscow,^ pledging these
countries, diverse in experience and habit, to
the establislunemt of a world organization open
to all. The basis is stated to be recognition of
the sovereign equality of all who participate.
The procedures were set up to solve problems
arising before the world organization should
be consummated. The first great step out of
the present travail, the first great step toward
world unity, was taken.

It may be assumed — and we must accept the
certainty — that difficulties will arise in working

1 BuiXETiN of Nov. 6, 1943, p. 308.

toward this greatest of goals. Individual or
local problems and controversies, important in
themselves but secondary in relation to the great
picture, will unquestionably come up. The es-
sential tiling is to remember that they are in fact
secondary when set beside the fate of an entire
world civilization, and that they must not inter-
rupt steady effort for the main objective. It
will be necessary to exercise the virtues of faith
and patience almost beyond measure. But if
the principles are maintained and the objective
is kept in mind we have the right to hope that
the most serious problems will find solution and
that the institutions being born will draw
strength from their early struggles.

We began by observing that the manner in
which things are done is as important as the
immediate action. Clearly, the problems of war
will pass into equally grave problems of transi-
tion, and these again will merge with the prob-
lems of organizing peace. Clearly, the forces
now active will bring up questions staggering in
size, and new in kind and scope. As we have
seen, one great category of these problems can
only be solved by commo^i action. In the larg-
est sense no "great problems can be soundly
solved unless conmion international action gives
to the world a reasonable probability of perma-
nent peace.

FINNISH POSITION IN THE WAR

In response to an inquii-y in regard to reports
from Stockholm that there had recently been
an exchange of communications between the
United States and Finland on the Finnish posi-
tion in the war, the Secretary of State replied
on February 8, 1944 that the American Gov-
ernment has recently taken occasion to say to
the Finnish Government, as it has on a number
of occasions in the past, that the responsibility
for the consequences of Finland's collaboration
with Germany and continuance in a state of
war with a number of the allies of the United
States, including the Soviet Union and the Brit-
ish Commonwealth of Nations, must be borne
solely by the Fiimish Government.

180

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BtJLLETEM

EXCHANGE OF AMERICAN AND
GERMAN NATIONALS

[Released to the press February 12]

The United States Government has requested
of all the belligerents safe-conduct for the
motorship Gripsholm to travel to Lisbon and
return to effect the repatriation of the staff of
the former American Embassy at Vichy and
of the American consular offices in the former
unoccupied zone of France, together with cer-
tain newspaper correspondents, relief workers,
and officials of certain of the other American
republics, all of whom since early 1943 have
been held in Germany.

The Gripsholm is expected to leave New York
on or about February 15, 1944, reaching Lisbon
on or about February 24.

On its voyage to Lisbon the Giij)sholm will
carry certain German consular officials who
came into the custody of the United States
during the course of military operations in
North Africa and Italy, members of the former
French diplomatic and consular establishments
in the United States who wish to return to
continental France, and certain non-official Ger-
mans whose repatriation has been pending since
June 1942.

THE PROCLAIMED LIST: CUMULATIVE
SUPPLEMENT 5 TO REVISION VI

[Released to tlie press for publication February 12. 9 i).m.]

The Acting Secretary of State, acting in con-
junction with the Acting Seci'etary of the
Treasury, the Attorney General, the Secretary
of Commerce, the Administrator of the Foreign
Economic Administration, and the Coordinator
of Inter- Ajnerican Affairs, on February 12 is-
sued Cumulative Supplement 5 to Revision VI
of the Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked
Nationals, promulgated October 7, 1943.

Pai't I of Cumulative Supplement 5 contains
64 additional listings in the other American re-
publics and 77 deletions. Part II contains
70 additional listings outside the American re-
publics and 33 deletions.

The Far East

IMMIGRATION QUOTA FOR CHINESE

President Roosevelt, acting under the power
vested in him by the act of December 17, 1943
repealing the Chinese exclusion acts, issued a
l^roclamation (No. 2603) on February 8, 1944
fixing the annual quota of Chinese immigrants
at 105, effective for the remainder of the fiscal
year ending June 30, 1944 and for each fiscal
year thereafter. The full text of the proclama-
tion ajDpears in the Federal Register of Febru-
ary 10, 1944, page 1587.

The American Republics

TRADE RELATIONS WITH CHILE

Replying to an inquiry in regard to United
States trade relations with Chile in the light of
reports that there seemed to be a lack of interest
bj' either or both Governments in the develop-
ment of such relations, the Secretary of State
declared on February 8, 1944 that both the
United States and Chile have important trade
relations and trade opportunities of mutual in-
terest and that there should be a splendid future
in the way of trade development between the
two countries. He added that both countries
have for some time been diligent in discussing
all phases of economic relations with respect to
the present and especially to the post-war pe-
riod. He concluded by saying that there was an
equal desire to continue such discussions with a
view to the fullest practicable development of
trade and that there was no occasion for any
misunderstanding with respect to these matters.

CENTENNIAL CELEBRATION OF THE
INDEPENDENCE OF THE DOMINICAN
REPUBLIC

On December 1, 1943 announcement was
made ' of the designation of representatives on

' Bulletin of Dee. 4, 1943, p. 394.

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

181

the part of the United States to a celebration to
take phice at Ciudad Trujillo between February
23 and March 3, 1944 commemorating the first
centennial of the proclamation of the independ-
ence of the Dominican Republic.

Maj. Gen. William E. Shedd, U.S.A., who
has succeeded Maj. Gen. H. C. Pratt, U.S.A.,
as Commanding General of the Antilles Depart-
ment, San Juan, Puerto Rico, has also succeeded
General Pratt as a member of this delegation.

The Foreign Service

EMBASSY RANK FOR REPRESENTATION BETWEEN THE
UNITED STATES AND IRAN

[Released to the press February 10]

The Government of the United States has
decided to elevate the status of its diplomatic
mission at Tehran from that of a legation to
an embassy. The Iranian Government has
notified the Department of State of its inten-
tion to take corresponding action with regard

to the status of its diplomatic mission in Wash-
ington. This action has been agreed upon in
recognition of the greatly increased relations
which have recently developed between the two
countries and is in accordance with the status
of Iran as a full member of the United Nations.

REPORTS REGARDING ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS ABROAD

During the year just prior to the entrance of
the United States into the present war, the
Department of State received approximately
37,212 reports from Foreign Service oflBcers
with respect to economic developments in vari-
ous comitries of the world. Approximately
33,370 reports were received in the form of
despatches from the field and 3,842 in the form
of telegrams frona the field. While the volume
of such reports has increased manyfold since
the United States became involved in the pres-
ent war, the well-organized peacetime reporting
system was readily adaptable to wartime eco-
nomic reporting on behalf of the Department of
State and some 50 other departments and
agencies of the United States Government, and
through this medium Foreign Service officers
have contributed extensively to the economic-
warfare program.

One of the most essential functions of the
Foreign Service today is to protect the rights
and interests of the United States in its inter-
national agricultural, commercial, and financial

relations. In pursuance of this duty, the
Foreign Service must (a) guard against the
infringement of rights of American citizens in
matters relating to commerce and navigation
which are based on custom, international law,
or ti-eaty, and (b) observe, report on, and,
whenever possible, endeavor to remove discrim-
inations against American agricultural, com-
mercial, and industrial interests in other
countries.

Executive Order 8307 of December 19, 1939 ^
lists seven ways in which the Foreign Service
may promote the national economic interests
of the United States:

1. "By carefully studying and reporting on
the potentialities of their districts as a market
for American products or as a competitor of
American products in international trade."

2. "By investigating and submitting World
Trade Directory Reports on the general stand-

' 4 Federal Register 4910.

182

DEPAKTMENT OF STATE BULLETINi

ing and distributing capacity of foreign firms
within their districts."

3. "By preparing and submitting upon re-
quest trade lists of commercial firms within
their districts."

4. "By keeping constantly on the alert for
and submitting immediate reports on concrete
trade opportunities."

5. "By endeavoring to create, within the
scope of the duties to which they are assigned,
a demand for American products within their
districts."

6. "By facilitating and reporting on pro-
posed visits of alien business men to the United
States."

7. "By taking appropriate steps to facilitate
the promotion of such import trade into the
United States as the economic interests of the
United States may require."

In order to fulfil these duties in the most effi-
cient manner, each Foreign Service officer is
instructed to make an intensive study of his
district with a view to ascertaining its poten-
tialities as a market for, and competitor of,
American agricultural and industrial products
and as a source of supply for essential raw ma-
terials required by American industry. This
requires that a study be made of his predeces-
sor's reports and all published materials perti-
nent to the subject available in his district.
Each officer is also expected to make personal
contact with the leading importers and business-
men of his district and, whenever a fitting
opportunity arises, to apprise them of the merits
of American products and trade methods; to
maintain within his office a commercial reading-
room where local businessmen can consult cur-
rent copies of American daily newspapers, trade
journals, and catalogs; to supply all proper
information to American citizens traveling in
his district on business; and to lend aid to
American Chambers of Commerce and similar
organizations within his district.^

Officers of the Foreign Service are required
by the Executive order of December 19, 1939 to
prepare and submit reports in connection with

' Foreign Sevice Regulations, ch. IV.

their duties of protecting and promoting Amer- •

ican agricultural and commercial interests and ' |
for the purpose of providing general informa-
tion on economic developments within their
respective districts for the Departments of
State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and for > j
other governmental departments and agencies,
in accordance with such rules and regulations as
the Secretary of State may prescribe. The re-
ports are prepared in response to a general
schedule of reports prepared in the Department
of State ; special schedules of reports prepared
in the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce,
and Treasury and transmitted by the Depart-
ment of State to the selected groups of offices
indicated in the schedules; and special requests
made by the Department of State for its own
benefit or for the benefit of other governmental
departments and agencies. In addition. For-
eign Service officers frequently submit volun-
tary reports on timely subjects.

The required reports take the following
forms. Each mission and certain consulates
general submit an annual economic review,
which presents a compact, general, analytical
survey of economic conditions in the country
under review during the preceding year. The
annual economic review is designed to give a
composite picture of economic conditions as a
whole and an appraisal of the economic posi-
tion of the country during the period under
review, with the result that it should contain
data regarding (1) the salient developments
of the year in industry, agriculture, finance,
labor, legislation, and foreign trade and (2)
the major changes in governmental control
of production, prices, extension of credit, trade,
and other aspects of the economy. Certain
officers may also be called upon from time to
time to prepare monthly and quarterly eco-
nomic reviews in order to provide the De-
partment of State and other interested depart-
ments and agencies with a timely picture of
economic developments. The monthly and
quarterly economic reviews deal with such
subjects as the factors affecting domestic agri-
culture, industry, and commerce (seasonal buy-
ing, fluctuations in price levels, and employ-

FEBRTTART 12, 1944

183

ment conditions); crop movements; price
trends; tariff changes; and public and private
financial conditions.

When a post is designated in a special sched-
ule prepared in the Department of Agriculture
to prepare and submit a national and regional
report, the reporting office may call upon other
posts within the country or region to be re-
ported on for any contributory material re-
quired. National and regional reports are
divided into four basic groups, as follows :

1. Agricultural-commodity-situation reports
(brief and on regular schedule), appraising
estimates of crops and livestock production,
consumption prices, and the extent and nature
of foreign trade in farm products

2. Comprehensive analytical policy reports
(as requested)

3. Basic surveys (as requested) of the agri-
cultural resources and requirements of a par-
ticular country and of production, marketing,
and consumption of a particular crop for a
country or region

4. Special reports on miscellaneous agricul-
tural questions.

It is also required that annual reports be pre-
pared and submitted to the Department of State
on port facilities and aircraft facilities.

Ofiicers of the Foreign Service are also ex-
pected, on their own initiative, to submit volun-
tary reports on current industrial, agricultural,
or commercial developments within their dis-
tricts which in any way affect the industrial,
agricultural, or commercial interests of the
United States. Data voluntarily furnished to
the Department of State usually take the form
of commodity reports, financial reports, reports
on sales-promotion methods, reports on pur-
chasing, reports on expositions, tariff reports,
reports on transportation, and reports on
navigation, lighthouses, buoys, and shoals.

Information thus obtained for the Depart-
ment of State is promptly made available to
the other interested governmental departments
and agencies. The distribution to be made
with respect to each document prepared by the
Foreign Service is determined in the Depart-
ment of State in accordance with the nature of

the data which the document contains. Eco-
nomic reports — monthly, quarterly, and an-
nual— are customarily distributed, for example,
to Department of Agriculture, Department of
Commerce, Department of the Navy, War
Department, Department of the Treasury, For-
eign Economic Administration, Office of Stra-
tegic Services, Office of Price Administration,
War Production Board, Tariff Commission,
War Shipping Administration, Federal Eeserve
Board, and Office of the Coordinator of Inter-
American Affairs.

The Department of Agriculture is charged
with the analysis and dissemination to Ameri-
can agricultural interests of information re-
lating to world supply and demand for agri-
cultural products, the production, marketing,
and distributing of agricultural products in
foreign countries, and farm management, and
any other phases of the agricultural industry
prepared and submitted by the Foreign Serv-
ice.^ The Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, Department of Commerce, and its
district and cooperative office systems, under
its statutory function to foster, promote, and
develop the various manufacturing industries
of the United States and markets for the same
at home and abi'oad, domestic and foreign, has
among its duties the gathering, compiling,
analysis, and dissemination to American busi-
ness interests of all useful information and
statistics pertaining thereto, and the publica-
tion of reports supplied by the Foreign Service
relating to such trade and industry.^ One
medium which the Department of Commerce
uses in connection with the performance of
this function is its weekly periodical entitled
Foreign Commerce Weekly. The February
12, 1944 issue of that periodical contains, for
example, an article on "Canada's Surplus Dis-
posal Program", which is based on economic
reports received from the American Embassy
at Ottawa, Canada.^

' 7 U.S.C. § 54. ' 15 U.S.C. § 175.

'Reference will be made in the section headed
"Publications" in future issues of the Bulletin to any
other articles which appear in Foreign Commerce
Weekly and which are based on economic reports pre-
pared by the Foreign Service.

184

DEPARTMETVr OF STATE BULLE1TN

The Department

Treaty Information

DIVISION OF COORDINATION AND
REVIEW

On February 10, 1944 the Secretary of State
issued Departmental Order 1221, effective Feb-
ruary 8, 1944, wliicli reads as follows :

"There is hereby established a Division of
Coordination and Review in the Office of De-
partmental Administration. The Executive
Assistant to the Secretary, Mrs. Blanche R.
Halla, shall be Chief and Miss Sarah D. Moore
and Miss Helen L. Daniel shall be Assistant
Chiefs of the Division of Coordination and
Review.

"Resi^onsibility for the initiation and co-
ordination of policy and action in matters
pertaining to: (a) the review of all outgoing
correspondence; (b) the coordination of corre-
spondence for consideration and initialing
before signing, and submission to appropriate
officers for signature; and (c) the furnishing of
information concerning diplomatic precedents,
accepted styles of correspondence, and related
matters, is hereby transferred from the Division
of Communications and Records (as set forth
under 4(b), page 35, of Departmental Order
No. 1218 of January 15, 1944) to the Division
of Coordination and Review.

"The routing symbol of the Division of Coor-
dination and Review shall be S/CR."

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

By Departmental Order 1220 of February 8,
1944, the Secretary of State designated Mr.
Bernard F. Haley as Chief of the Commodities
Division in the Office of Economic Affairs, effec-
tive February 5, 1944.

By Departmental Order 1222 of February 11,
1944, the Secretary of State designated Mr.
Robert Woods Bliss a Special Assistant to the
Secretary, effective February 10, 1944.

ARMED FORCES

Agreement With Colombia Regarding Military
Service by Nationals of Either Country Re-
siding in the Other

[Released to the press February 12]

The following notes were exchanged by the
Department of State and the Colombian Am-
bassador at Washington in regard to the appli-
cation of the Selective Training and Service Act
of 1940, as amended, to Colombian nationals in
the United States, on the basis of reciprocity : ^

January 27, 1944.
Excellency :

I have the honor to refer to conversations
which have taken place between officers of the
Colombian Embassy and of the Department of
State with respect to the application of the
United States Selective Training and Service
Act of 1940, as amended, to Colombian nationals
residing in the United States.

As you are aware, the Act provides that with
certain exceptions every male citizen of the
United States and every other male person be-
tween the ages of eighteen and sixty-five resid-
ing in the United States shall register. The
Act further provides that, with certain excep-
tions, registrants within specified age limits are
liable for active military sei'vice in the United
States armed forces.

This Government recognizes that from the
standpoint of morale of the individuals con-
cerned and the over-all military effort of the
countries at war with the Axis Powers, it is de-
sirable to permit certain nationals of cobelliger-

' Agreements on this subject are now in effect with
18 countries: Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Co-
lombia, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, El Salvador, Greece,
India. Mexico, New Zealand, Netherlands, Norway, Po-
land, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, and
Yugoslavia.

FEBRUARY 12, 1944

185

ent countries who have registered or who may
register under the Selective Training and Serv-
ice Act of 1940, as amended, to enlist in the
armed forces of their own country, should they
desire to do so. It will be recalled that during
the World War this Government signed con-
ventions with certain associated powers on this
subject. The United States Government be-
lieves, however, that under existing circum-
stances the same ends may now be accomplished
through administrative action, thus obviating
the delays incident to the signing and ratifica-
tion of conventions.

This Government has, therefore, initiated a
procedure pei-mitting aliens who have regis-
tered under the Selective Training and Service
Act of 1940, as amended, who are nationals of
certain cobelligerent countries and who have not
declared their intention of becoming American
citizens to elect to serve in the forces of their
respective countries, in lieu of service in the
armed forces of the United States, at any time
prior to their induction into the armed forces of
this country. This Government is also afford-
ing to such nationals, who may already be serv-
ing in the armed forces of the United States,
an opportunity of electing to transfer to the
armed forces of their own country. The details
of the procedure are arranged directly between
the War Department and the Selective Service
System on the pai't of the United States Gov-
ernment and the appropriate authorities of the
cobelligerent government concerned. It should
be understood, however, that in all cases a per-
son exercising an option under the procedure
must actually be accepted by the military au-
thorities of the country of his allegiance before
his departure from the United States.

Before the above-mentioned procedure is
made effective with respect to a cobelligerent
country, this Department wishes to receive from
the diplomatic representative in Washington
of that country a note stating that his gov-
ernment desires to avail itself of the procedure
and in so doing agrees that :

(a) No threat or compulsion of any nature
will be exercised by his government to induce

any person in the United States to enlist in the
forces of his or any foreign government ;

(b) Reciprocal treatment will be granted to
American citizens by his government; that is,
prior to induction in the armed forces of his
government they will be granted the oppor-
tunity of electing to serve in the armed forces
of the United States in substantially the same
manner as outlined above. Furthermore, his
government shall agree to inform all American
citizens serving in its armed forces or former
American citizens who may have lost their cit-
izenship as a result of having taken an oath of
allegiance on enlistment in such armed forces
and who are now serving in those forces that
they may transfer to the armed forces of the
United States provided they desire to do so and
provided they are acceptable to the armed forces
of the United States. The arrangements for ef-
fecting such transfers are to be worked out by
the appropriate representatives of the armed
forces of the respective governments ;

(c) No enlistments will be accepted in the
United States by his government of American
citizens subject to registration or of aliens of
any nationality who have declared their in-
tention of becoming American citizens and are
subject to registration.

This Government is prepared to make the pro-
posed regime effective immediately with respect
to Colombia upon the receijJt from you of a note
stating that your Government desires to par-
ticipate in it and agrees to the stipulations set
forth in lettered paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)
above.

Accept [etc.]

For the Secretary of State :

G. HowLAND Shaw

[Translation]

Embassy of Colombia,
Washington, January ^7, 75^4-
Me. Secretary :

I have the honor to inform Your Excellency
that I have received instructions from my Gov-
ernment to accept the arrangement of an ad-

186

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULUETCN'

ministrative character proposed by Your Excel-
lency in note 27 of the current month, with
regard to the application to Colombian citizens
of the United States Selective Training and
Service Act of 1940.

The Colombian Government accepts, on terms
of reciprocity, the option proposed in favor of
Colombian citizens registered under the afore-
mentioned Act or who at present may be serving
under the United States flag, of requesting their
incorporation into or transfer to the Army of
Colombia, as well as the guarantees stipulated
in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of the note
referred to.

The Government of Colombia is prepared to
put the proposed arrangement into force im-
mediately and to study the details of its applica-
tion with the appropriate authorities of the
Government of the United States.

On this occasion I repeat [etc.]

Gabrtel Ttjrbat

Publications

Legislation

American Prisoners of War in the Far East : Remarks
of the Hon. Elbert D. Thomas, a Senator from the
State of Utah, in the Senate of the United States
February 7, 1944 relative to American prisoners of
war in the Far East. S. Doe. 150, 78th Cong, ii, 3 pp.

Draft of a Proposed Provision Pertaining to an Existing
Appropriation, Foreign Economic Administration :
Communication from the President of the United
States transmitting draft of a proposed provision
pertaining to an existing appropriation of the Foreign
Economic Administration, designed to authorize ex-
penditures necessary to return dependents of em-
ployees of the Foreign Economic Administration and
the State Department who were moved to foreign
posts of duty at Government expense. H. Doc. 415,
78th Cong. 2 pp.

Depaktment of State

The State Department Speaks. [A series of four
broadcasts presented over the facilities of the Na-
tional Broadcasting Company on January 8, 15, 22,
and 29, 1944 to acquaint the American people with
what the Department of State is doing to meet
international problems.] Publication 2056. 65 pp.
Free.

Exchange of Official Publications : Agreement Between
the United States of America and Iran — Effected by
exchange of notes signed at Tehran August 21,
1943; effective August 21, 1943. Executive Agree-
ment Series 349. Publication 2052. 10 pp. 5<S.

Military Mission : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Paraguay — Signed Decem-
ber 10, 1943 ; effective December 10, 1943. Executive
Agreement Series 354. Publication 2054. 10 pp. 50.

Jurisdiction Over Criminal Offenses Committed by
Armed Forces : Agreement Between the United
States of America and the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland — Effected by exchange
of notes signed at London July 27, 1942; effective
August 6, 1942. Executive Agreement Series 355.
Publication 2055. 4 pp. 50.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals:
Cumulative Supplement No. 5, February 11, 1944,
to Revision VI of October 7, 1943. Publication
2061. 62 pp. Free.

Other Government Agencies

"Canada's Surplus Disposal Program", prepared by
the British Empire Unit, Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce, on the basis of reports from
Ottawa. Foreign Commerce Weekly, February 12
1944, pp. 3, 4, and 24. (Department of Commerce.)
100 from the Superintendent of Documents, Govern-
ment Printing Office.

U. S. OOVERNUENT PRtNTINC OFFICE, 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, D. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

POBLISBBD WEEKLY WITH THE AFFBOTAL OF THE DIBECTOB OF THE BUBEAU OF THB ODDOET

^^s

5. / rr

ou

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BU

J

J

H

1 r

J

1

c<

FEBRUARY 19, 1944
Vol. X, No. 243— Publication 2070

ontents

The War Page

Exchange of American and German Nationals .... 189
Ked Cross Aid to American Prisoners of War in the

Far East 189

American Republics

Presentation of Letters of Credence by the Ambassador

of the Argentine RepubHc 191

Distinguished Visitors From Other American Re-
publics 194

The Far East

Return From China of United States Telecommunica-
tions Adviser 194

The Department

Liaison With the War Refugee Board 194

Change in Title and Symbols for Office of Eastern and

African Affairs 194

Additional Responsibilities of the Telecommimications

Division 195

Appointment of Officers 195

The Foreign Service

Consulates 195

Treaty Information

Agriculture: Convention on the Inter- American Insti-
tute of Agricultural Sciences 195

Foodstuffs : Agreement With the Dominican Republic . 195

Legislation 196

Publications 196

M, 9, ?';

XUMEHT?

The War

EXCHANGE OF AMERICAN AND GERMAN NATIONALS

[Released to the press February 15]

On February 15 the motorship Gripsholm
left New York for Lisbon under safe-conduct
from all the belligerents. It is carrying 18
members of the former French diplomatic and
consular establishments in the United States,
26 German consular officials with their wives
and families who came into the custody of the
United States during military operations in
North Africa, a German consular officer and
wife taken in Italy, and several hundred Ger-
man nationals who entered the United States in
1942 from certain of the other American repub-
lics en route to Germany but who were unable to
continue their voyage at that time. Other pas-
sengers include about 375 German nationals be-
ing repatriated on humanitarian grounds be-
cause of illness or other special circumstances
and 131 seriously sick and seriously wounded
prisoners of war, including 14 from Canada,
who are being repatriated under the provisions
of the Geneva Prisoners of War Convention.

On its return voyage from Lisbon the Grips- g
hohn will bring back to the United States the |
staflF of the former American Embassy at Vichy
and of the American consular offices in the
former unoccupied zone of France, together
with certain newspaper correspondents and re-?
lief workers, numbering in all about 156, as well[

as 95 officials of certain of the other American
republics, all of whom since early in 1943 have
been held in Germany. Some members of these
groups who for illness or other reasons were un-
able to join them in Germany are expected to
be added to the official party as it passes through
France.

In addition to the foregoing groups the Grips-
holm is expected to embark at Lisbon for return
to the United States about 375 nationals of the
United States and of the other American repub-
lics whom the German Government reciprocally
is releasing for repatriation on humanitarian
grounds, and a number of seriously sick and
seriously wounded American prisoners of war
who are being repatriated by the German Gov-
ernment in accordance with the jirovisions of
the Geneva Prisoners of War Convention. The
Department of State has not yet received in-
formation concerning the names of the persons
to be included in these last two groups, as their
selection will be made in Europe.

Lists of those being repatriated will be made

public as soon as they are received.

if^ On the voyage to Lisbon and return, the

Gripsholm will carry Red Cross relief supplies

|for prisoners of war and civilian internees as

jwell as prisoner-of-war and civilian-internee

[mail.

RED CROSS AID TO AMERICAN PRISONERS OF WAR IN THE FAR EAST

[Released to the press by the American Red Cross February 13]

On February 13 the American Red Cross in
Washington, D. C, issued the following state-
ment summarizing its efforts to get relief to
American war prisoners in Japanese hands :

The American Red Cross has spared and will
continue to spare no effort to effect Japan's full

compliance with the Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention of 1929 and to establish a regular
route for the shipment of supplies to prisoners
of war and internees in the Far East. A chron-
ological summary of steps which have been
taken to date in this regard in full cooperation
with the International Committee of the Red

189

190

Cross and all the national Red Cross societies of
the United Nations directly involved, follows :

From December 7, 1941 to the end of January
1943, 167 cables were sent by the American Eed
Cross to Geneva, Switzerland, pertaining to
the shipment of relief to American prisoners of
war and civilian internees in the Fast East and
related subjects. Many of these cables dealt
with mail and communications facilities, while
others were concerned with the local procure-
ment of supplementary relief supplies by means
of cash from the American Red Cross.

As the Department of State has recently
pointed out, although Japan is not a party to
the Geneva Prisoners of War Convention, the
Department, immediately after the outbreak of
hostilities in the Fast East, obtained from the
Japanese Government a commitment to apply
the provisions of the convention to American
prisoners of war, and, so far as adaptable, to
civilian internees held by Japan. Following
this, the Jajjanese Government approved the ap-
pointment of International Committee delegates
for permanent station in Japan, Shanghai, and
Hong Kong. Despite repeated representations
by the American Red Cross, however, the Japa-
nese Government has yet to approve the ap-
pointment of an International Committee dele-
gate to function in the Philippines or even to
visit the islands.

On December 31, 1941 the International Com-
mittee was asked to obtain Jajianese approval
for a relief ship to carry supplies to prisoners of
war and civilian internees in the Far East.
When the American Red Cross was informed by
the Committee that negotiations to that end
were in progress, the Kanangoora^ a Swedish
ship then berthed at San Francisco, was char-
tered and loaded in the summer of 1942 with
Canadian and American Red Cross supplies
valued at over one million dollars. In August '
1942 the Japanese authorities finally refused
safe-conduct for this ship and stated that no
neutral vessel would be permitted in waters con-
trolled by Japan. The charter of the Kanan-
goora consequently was canceled and the ship
unloaded.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLrETTNl

Wliile these negotiations were under way the
Japanese agreed to accept relief supplies
shipped on diplomatic exchange vessels. The
Gnpshohii, which was about to sail from New
York on its first exchange voyage in June 1942,
was accordingly loaded with more than 100
tons of Ajnerican Red Cross supplies and an
equal amount of Canadian, which eventually
reached Yokohama in August 1942. It was ex-
pected that a second exchange would follow
immediately upon the return of the Gripsholm,
and in September 1942 a second cargo was
loaded. Because of the delay in concluding the
exchange negotiations, however, these supplies
were discharged from the GHpsholm, early in
1943.

Fully realizing that diplomatic exchange
ships alone were at best nothnig more than a
temporary expedient, and that a regular route
should be established for the flow of relief sup-
jilies to United Nations prisoners of war and
civilian internees in the Far East, the Ameri-
can Red Cross, through the State Department
and the International Committee, undertook a
series of steps in an effort to reach some under-
standing with the Japanese authorities as to
how this might be brought about.

It was suggested in turn (1) that a neutral
port be selected to which a neutral ship might
carry relief supplies from the United States,
the suppliers to be picked up at this neutral port
by Japanese shij^s; (2) that the American Red
Cross turn over to the Japanese a fully loaded
ship in mid-Pacific or at any other point ac-
ceptable to the Japanese; (3) that supplies be
flown from the United States to a neutral point
for relay to Japan; (4) that, if the necessary
arrangements could be made with the Soviet
Union, supplies be shipped on Soviet vessels to
Vladivostok and then transshipped to Japa-
nese-controlled territoi'y.

The most far-reaching proposal was made in
February 1943 when the American Red Cross,
with the approval of the United States Govern-
ment, offered to furnish to the Japanese Red
Cross a ship to carry relief supplies to the Far
East. The proposal then made was that a fully
loaded ship be turned over to the Japanese at

FEBRTJAEY 19, 1944

any point specified by them — even in mid-
Pacific if necessary — from there be manned by
a Japanese crew, and, after the distribution of
the supplies, be returned empty. The Japanese
crew would then pick up a second fully loaded
ship and the process would be repeated.

The Japanese never even replied to this pro-
posal. Instead, in April 1943 they suggested
that they would consider accepting supplies sent
by Soviet ships from a West Coast port to Vladi-
vostok. The State Department secured the ap-
proval of the Soviet Union to this suggestion,
and at the end of May 1943 the State Depart-
ment advised the Japanese of the Soviet agree-
ment, at the same time asking them to specify
the means they proposed to use in getting the
supplies from Vladivostok to the camps.
While awaiting the Japanese answer, the
United States Government asked the Kussians
to start carrying supplies to Vladivostok at
once. In late August the Soviet Union agreed
to carry 1,500 tons of supplies monthly on Soviet
ships to Vladivostok.

Although no definite agreement had been
reached with the Japanese that supplies shipped
to Vladivostok would be accepted by them and
in due course be distributed to the prison camps,
the American Red Cross and interested govern-
mental agencies decided that, despite the risks
involved, it was highly desirable to lose no more
time in accumulating a stockpile of food, medi-
cines, and clothing at the nearest point possible
to the Far Eastern camps. The aim was to
avoid any further delay in the distribution of
supplies in the event -of Japanese agreement.
Consequently, some 1,500 tons of urgently
needed supplies were assembled and shipped
from the West Coast and are now warehoused in
Vladivostok. Further substantial amounts are
ready in this country for immediate shipment
as soon as the Japanese begin accepting the sup-
plies already in Vladivostok. While the actual
movement of goods was taking place, a series
of cables were sent through Geneva to the Jap-
anese Eed Cross urging a definite Japanese pro-
posal for the distribution of the supplies.
There has still been no definite plan from the
Japanese side, but further steps to obtain a solu-

191

tion to this problem are receiving continuous
consideration.

The second shipment of American relief sup-
plies on diplomatic exchange vessels was made
in September 1943. The Gnpshohn then left
New York with a cargo valued at over $1,300,-
000, including 140,000 specially prepared 13-
pound food packages, 2,800 cases of medical sup-
lilies, including drugs, surgical instruments, and
dressings, 7 million vitamin capsules ; and large
quantities of clothing and comfort articles for
men, women, and children. Tlie entire cargo
was transferred to the Japanese exchange ves-
sel Tela Mmni, which sailed eastward from Mor-
mugao on October 21, 1943. About one half of
these supplies, including 78,000 food parcels and
73 tons of drugs and medicine, were unloaded at
Manila on November 8, 1943 for distribution to
camps in the Philippines. About a week later
several hundred tons were unloaded at Yoko-
hama for distribution in Japan and elsewhere
in the Far East.

American Republics

PRESENTATION OF LETTERS OF CRE-
DENCE BY THE AMBASSADOR OF THE
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC

[Released to the press February lu]

A translation of the remarks of the newly ap-
pointed Ambassador of the Argentine Repub-
lic, Senor Dr. Don Adrian C. Escobar, upon the
occasion of the presentation of his letters of cre-
dence, Februai-y 15, follows :

Mr. President:

I have the honor to deliver to you the letters
of credence with which my Government accred-
its me as Ambassador Extraordinary and Pleni-
potentiary and the letters of recall of my distin-
guished predecessor; and in this circumstance it
is a pleasure for me to transmit to you the senti-
ments of admiration and fraternal friendship
which the Government and people of Argentina
cherish toward the great Republic of the North,
with which we have always been joined by spir-

192

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETDJ

itual, material, and moral bonds which time has
consolidated to the jooint of their becoming inde-
structible.

The Argentine people has just been stirred
to its innermost depths by two very grave oc-
currences: one of these, the tragic catastrophe
of San Juan which cost many lives and enor-
mous material destruction. That disaster fur-
nished occasion for putting to the test once
again the solidarity of feeling among the Amer-
ican nations, and I am pleased to repeat to Your
Excellency the gratitude of my country for the
part which your country had in that sincere and
spontaneous gesture. The other is the categori-
cal determination which my Government has
taken, interpreting the desire of our people, to
break off relations with Germany and Japan, in
view of the seriousness of activities which
wounded its most noble sentiments. The Ar-
gentine Government could not permit countries
to which we are closely bound by traditional ties
of friendship to be injured, since those activi-
ties not only infringed on the national sover-
eignty but compromised its foreign policy and
attacked the security of the continent.

Argentina knows and feels that the destiny of
America is her own destiny. This thought, Mr.
President, which is a double imperative, his-
torical and geographical, contains a high sig-
nificance for the relations among the sovereign
countries of America which act with rectitude —
relations which cannot be altered in spite of the
differences which may arise in the evaluation of
some essential questions. They must be clari-
fied and settled in a friendly and cordial atmos-
phere, since today, as yesterday and as tomor-
row, the common objective cannot be other than
the most complete reciprocal understanding.
Thus ideas will be discussed, certain interests
will for the moment be divergent, but over and
above the occasional and ephemeral clash of
ideas and interests is placed respect for the
inmiutable principles of morality and justice.

My country does not, in any manner, prac-
tice isolation. It has maintained and will al-
ways maintain the necessity for the closest im-
ion among the peoples of America. Its history
proclaims this. It does not seek benefits, nor

shares, nor advantages. It recognizes fully the
rights of others and firmly maintains its own.
It has an honorable and untarnished tradition:
it loves peace and never soiled its name by any
aggression ; it submitted its fundamental ques-
tions to arbitration, it set up principles and doc-
trines universally recognized, and at congresses
and conferences defined its policy with generous
and broad concepts, which have been incor-
porated as juridical standards in the common
pittrimony of the nations of America.

We desire, Mr. President, that the legal gains
achieved at the Pan American congresses be con-
solidated ; that the solidarity sealed at Lima be
a living reality. To this end we have proposed
to the limitrophe countries, without the most
remote political aim, the study and formation of
customs unions for the better economic develop-
ment of the countries, members of such unions,
and the attainment of a higher standard of liv-
ing for the populations concei'ned. And it is
our keenest desire to leave the doors wide open
to the whole continent to adhere to this regime,
thereby converting to a harmonious reality the
dreams of Washington, of Bolivar, of San Mar-
tin and so many great men of America.

The good-neighbor policy, which you initi-
ated, Mr. President, found in my country a
sj'mpathetic echo and instantaneous welcome
and, as you have said in speeches which are fa-
mous, it must be understood that this new policy
of the United States has a permanent character.
For our part, I need not assure you that we shall
tend toward the permanence of this reciprocal
good-neighborhood. We must all be good
neighbors and, moreover, good and sincere
friends.

From its first days as an independent nation
Argentina practiced good-neigliborliness and
made of fraternity an article of faith : she made
an offering of the blood of her sons and her
well-being for other American peoples fighting
on the fields of battle for most noble ideals and
contributing to the freedom of half a continent.

When the peoples of America suffered mis-
fortunes Argentina hastened to their aid with
solicitude. But she did not limit her efforts to
them but also offered her aid to distant and dis-

FEBRUARY 19, 1944

193

similar countries when they were passing
through a difficult situation. Thus, Argentina
will now be present to aid the countries which
are suffering the horrors of war, carrying out
her mission with Christian generosity and dili-
gent zeal.

The Government of my country will con-
tribute, within its means, to the great work of
aid, reconstruction, and rehabilitation to take
care of the disasters and calamities which are
scourging the world.

I hope that you. Excellency, who know my
country, which had the gratification of receiv-
ing you with cordial rejoicing, will offer me the
necessary opportunities to the end that I may
discharge my mission which is, without reserva-
tion, that of a true rapprochement with the
United States, of increasing cooperation, of sin-
cere understanding and loyal friendship.

Mr. President, in the name of the Argentine
people and Government I formulate good wishes
for the prosperity of the United States, and ex-
press their warm desire for your personal hap-
piness.

The President's reply to the remarks of Seiior'
Dr. Don Adrian C. Escobar follows :

Mk. Ambassador :

I am indeed happy to greet you and to re-
ceive the letters accrediting you as Ambassador
Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the Ar-
gentine Government near the Government of
the United States of America. I accept at the
same time the letters of recall of your distin-
guished predecessor. Dr. Felipe Espil, who will
be remembered by his many friends in this
country with deep affection and high esteem.
Dr. Espil during his many years of service in
the United States labored devotedly and un-
ceasingly to bring about a deeper understand-
ing between our two Governments and peoples.

I thank you for your expression of the senti-
ments of admiration and friendship cherished
by the Government and people of Argentina for
the United States. Similar sentiments have
traditionally characterized the attitude of the
Government and people of this country for the

Argentine Republic. The two events referred
to by you — namely, the disastrous earthquake at
San Juan and the recent action of your Govern-
ment in severing dii^lomatic relations with the
Axis powers — have given rise to renewed dem-
onstrations of that attitude.

The tragic loss of life wliich occurred at San
Juan aroused feelings of deep sympathy here as
well as a desire to be of assistance to the afflicted
peojDle of that region.

The action of the Argentine Government in
severing relations with Germany and Japan and
Axis satellites has been received with satisfac-
tion by free people everywhere. The impor-
tance of this and other related matters con-
nected with the eradication of subversive activi-
ties in the promotion of the security of the
Western Hemisphere against the continuing ag-
gressions of the enemies of our civilization is
manifest.

These aggressions have taken manifold
forms.

They have included espionage conducted un-.
der the auspices of the diplomatic missions of
the Axis nations.

Industries producing for United Nations war
purposes have been sabotaged by agents of the
Axis powers.

All manner of subversive activities have been
engaged in not only for the purpose of imped-
ing the war effort of the United Nations but
even in some cases with the object of overthrow-
ing by violent means governments friendly to
our common cause.

All of these activities would have involved the
most serious peril to our common interests if
they had not been combated by the energetic
and united action of the American republics.
With the decision of your Government to co-
operate fully in promoting the security of the
continent, the Axis is severely handicapped in
its conduct of operations in this hemisphere.

I am pleased to express my whole-hearted
agreement with your observations concerning
the policy of the good neighbor. That policy
not only has long-term implications of incalcu-
lable importance ; it has also enabled the Amer-
ican republics in a time of serious peril and

194

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

grave threat to their independence to concert
measures and take steps in unison for tlieir
common defense. I am confident tliat the
people of the United States have adopted this
policy as' a part of their permanent political
philosophy.

I am very happy to extend to you, Mr. Am-
bassador, a most cordial welcome and to assure
you of my own desire and of the desire of the
officials of this Government to render you every
possible assistance in the fulfilment of your mis-
sion. I am pleased also to have this opportu-
nity of extending through you my best wishes
for the happiness and welfare of the people of
Argentina.

DISTINGUISHED VISITORS FROM OTHER
AMERICAN REPUBLICS

[Released to the press February 18]

Miss Maria Junqueira Schmidt of Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil, has arrived in the United States
as a guest of the Department of State. Miss
Schmidt, who is a leader in the field of social
welfare in Brazil and who is now planning her
work as Director of the Cidade das INIeninas,
will visit similar institutions in the United
States in order to make an extensive study of
the educational methods and techniques which
have been developed in this country.

The Far East

RETURN FROM CHINA OF UNITED STATES
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ADVISER

[Released to the press February 18]

Mr. Omar C. Bagwell of New York City has
just returned from China, where he has served
for the past year under the Department of State
as a specialist in telecommunications. He
traveled extensively in China inspecting exist-
ing lines and giving advice to the Ministry of
Communications in regard to oijerational mat-
ters. He was also of assistance to the Ministry
of Communications in connection with plans for
the future development of China's long-distance

telephone system. Mr. Bagwell was well quali-
fied for this work by his service of many years
as a representative in Spain of the International
Telephone and Telegraph Company.

Mr. Bagwell was one of 21 specialists who
have been made available to the Government of
China by the Department of State to assist that
Government in its prosecution of the war.

The Department

LLUSON WITH THE WAR REFUGEE
BOARD

On February 18, 1944 the Acting Secretary of
State issued Departmental Order 1227, effective
February 16, 1944, which reads as follows :

"Mr. George L. Warren is hereby designated
Adviser on Refugees and Displaced Persons, in
the Office of Wartime Economic Affairs, and
Liaison Officer for the Department with the
War Refugee Board established by Executive
Order 9417 of January 22, 1944.

'"AH matters pertaining to the Department's
participation in the work of the War Refugee
Board shall be cleared through ilr. Warren,
who shall coordinate all refugee matters of con-
cern to the Department.

"Mr. Warren's routing symbol shall be
WRB."

CHANGE IN TITLE AND SYMBOLS FOR
OFFICE OF EASTERN AND AFRICAN
AFFAIRS

On February 17, 1944 the Acting Secretary
of State issued Departmental Order 1226, effec-
tive February 15, 1944, which reads as follows :

'■''Title for Office of Eastern and African Affairs
"The title of the 'Office of Eastern and Afri-
can Affairs', as stated in Departmental Order
No. 1218, January 15, 1944, is hereby changed
to read 'Office of Near Eastern and African
Affairs'. The routing symbol of the Office of
Near Eastern and African Affairs shall be NEA.

FEBRUART 19, 1944

195

'•'■Change in Dwisional Syvibols

"The routing sjanbols for the Division of
Near Eastern Affairs shall be NE, for the Divi-
sion of Middle Eastern Affairs, ME, and for the
Division of African Affairs, AF.

"Departmental Order No. 1218 is accordingly
amended."

ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS DIVISION

On February 14, 1944 the Acting Secretary of
State issued Departmental Order 1224, effective
Februarj^ 11, 1944, which reads as follows:

"In addition to its responsibilities as set forth
in Departmental Order No. 1218 of January
15, 1944, the Telecommunications Division shall
have responsibility for the initiation and coor-
dination of policy and action in matters per-
taining to: (a) the international aspects of
mail and telephone communications, motion pic-
tures (other than responsibilities assigned to
the OiRce of Public Information) and (b) liai-
son with the Post Office Department."

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

By Departmental Order 1223 of February 12,
1944, effective February 11, 1944, the Acting
Secretary of State designated Mr. Cliarles A.
Thomson, in addition to his responsibilities as
Adviser to the Director of the Office of Public
Information, as Acting Chief of the Division of
Science, Education, and Art, and Mr. Willys R.
Peck as a Special Assistant in the Office of
Public Information.

Treaty Information

The Foreign Service

CONSULATES

The American Consulate at Palermo, Sicily,
was reopened for the transaction of public busi-
ness on February 11, 1944.

AGRICULTURE

Convention on the Inter-American Institute
of Agricultural Sciences

Dominican Reiyvhlic; Honduras

By a letter dated February 4, 1944, the Di-
rector General of the Pan American Union in-
formed the Secretary of State that the Conven-
tion on the Inter-American Institute of Agri-
cultural Sciences, which was opened for signa-
ture at the Pan American Union on January 15,
1944, was signed for the Dominican Republic
and Honduras on January 28, 1944.

The convention was signed on January 15,
1944 for the United States of America, Costa
Rica, Nicaragua, and Panama, and for Cuba
and Ecuador on January 20, 1944.

FOODSTUFFS
Agreement With the Dominican Republic

[Released to the press February 18]

On February 17 completion of an agreement
whereby the entire exportable surplus of sev-
eral Dominican foodstuffs will be sold exclu-
sively to the United States Government through
the Foreign Economic Administration in order
to help meet shortages of food in the Caribbean
and other areas, was announced jointly by the
Dominican Government and the United States
Department of State. The agreement is to ex-
tend to June 30, 1945.

The cooperative efforts of the Government of
the Dominican Republic and of the Dominican
food producers, resulting in increases of pro-
duction at this critical time, are an important
contribution to the total United Nations food-
supply program and will add to the total sup-
plies available for distribution to deficit areas.
It will be of special value to Puerto Rico and
other Caribbean islands now largely dependent
on exports of food from the United States.

196

Shipments of food from the Dominican Re-
public directly to these islands will result m sav-
incr of shipping. The Dominican Government
isljontributing substantially in this respect m
providing a fleet of vessels for mter-island
transportation of foodstuffs.

Under an agreement signed previously,^ the
Dominican Republic is selling exclusively to the
United States for Caribbean areas its surplus ot
corn, rice, and peanut cake. The new under-
standing adds peanuts, red kidney beans and
live cattle to the list. In addition, the United
States receives an option to buy butter, eggs,
fresh vegetables, and fruits.

Uepoits To Be Made to Congress: Letter from the
Clerk of the House of Representatives transmit-
ting a list of reports which it is the duty of any
officer or department to make to Congress. H. Doc.
406 78th Cong. [List of reports to be made to
Con'gress bv the Secretary of State, pp. 3-4.] 31 pp.
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Organization :
Hearings Before the Committee on Foreign Relations,
United States Senate, 78th Cong., 2d sess.. on
HJ Res 192, a joint resolution to enable the
United States' to participate in the work of the
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Or-
ganization. February 9 and 10, 1944. ii, 50 pp.
S. Rept. 688, 78th Cong., on H.J. Res. 192 [favorable
report]. 14 pp.
Supplemental Estimates of Appropriations for the
State Department: Communication from the Pres-
ident of tlie United States transmitting supple-
mental estimates of appropriations for the fiscal
year 1944, amounting to $3,493,500, for the Depart-
ment of State. H. Doc. 418, 78th Cong. 4 pp.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLEITNI

State, Justice, and Commerce Appropriation BiU, Fiscal
Year 1945 (78th Cong., 2d sess.) :
Hearings Before the Subcommittee of the Commit-
tee on Appropriations, House of Representatives,
on the Department of State Appropriation Bill
for 1945. ii, 326 pp.
H Rept. 1149, on the State, Justice, and Commerce
Appropriation Bill, Fiscal Year 1945. [Depart-
ment of State, pp. 4-11.] 33 pp.
Supplemental Estimates of Appropriations for the
Fiscal Year 1944: Communication from the Pres-
ident of the United States transmitting supple-
mental estimates of appropriations for the fiscal
year 1944, amounting in all to $139,719,249. H.
Doc. 424, 78th Cong. [Department of State, pp.
4 and 14.] 17 pp.
Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities:
Report on the Axis Front Movement in the United
States— Japanese Activities. (Appendix, Part
VIII, Second Section.) viii, 148 pp.
Investigation of the National Defense Program: Ad-
ditional Report of the Special Committee Investi-
gating the National Defense Program pursuant to
S. Res. 71, 77th Cong., and S. Res. 6, 78th Cong.
(Report of Subcommittee Concerning Investiga-
tions Overseas; Section 1— Petroleum Matters).
[Appendix VI, pp. 7fr-76, consists of a statement on
"United States Foreign Petroleum Policy," winch
was prepared in tlie Department of State.] iv,
80 pp.

' Executive Agreement Series 850.

Dep-'^rtment of St.\te

Access to Alaska Highway: Agreement Between the
United States of America and Canada-Effected by
exchange of notes signed at Ottawa April 10, 19«.
Executive Agreement Series 362. Publication 2057.

Diplomatic List, February 1944. Publication 2060. li.
120 pp. Subscription, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

1. ». covniHiiEiiT PRiNTiNO ornet.it"

,„„.... JL,.„.. TH. ™0V.,.0> ,.. .>..C,.. .. ... ...." ""■ "»»

*

k
i

^'^5^,

/ i-roo

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

B

^\^

J

J

H

1 r

1

J -IL iL 1

C

FEBRUARY 26, 1944
Vol. X, No. 244— Publication 2073

ontents

The War Page
The Combined Middle East Supply Program: Address

by Frederick Winant 199

Twenty-sixth Anniversary of the Red Army 204

Repression of Axis Espionage Activities in Chile . . . 205

Exchange of American and German Nationals .... 205

American Republics

Recent Developments in Argentina 205

Centennial Celebration of the Independence of the

Dominican Republic . 205

General

American Seamen and the Foreign Service: Article by

Frances M. Dailor 206

The Department

Informational Activities and Liaison: Departmental

Order 1229 of February 22, 1944 209

Resignation of Thomas K. Finletter as Special Assistant

to the Secretary of State 211

Appointment of Officers 212

Treaty Information

Promotion of Inter -American Cultural Relations . . . 212

Promotion of Historical Studies, Peru and Venezuela . 212

Permanent Court of Arbitration 212

Publications 212

The War

THE COMBINED MIDDLE EAST SUPPLY PROGRAM

Address by Frederick Winant ^

[Released to the press February 23]

In discussing this afternoon the current situa-
tion and problems of civilian supplies to the Mid-
dle East, I think it would be worth our while at
the outset to review the situation and the prob-
lems of the area during the earlier stages of the
war. Bearing in mind that fateful day in Sep-
tember 1939 when Poland was invaded, we must
note the fearful events that occurred in the fol-
lowing year — Dunkirk in May and the fall of
France in June, and in the next year, 1941, the
loss of Greece in April and our own Pearl Harbor
in December. All these now historic events, cou-
pled with the German attack on Russia in June
1941, had their full impact on the countries and
the peoples of the Middle East. In fact, these
earlier events laid the stage for the military drama
whereby the land known as the cradle of civiliza-
tion miglit well have become known as the grave
of civilization as well. Yes, it might have been
tlie beginning and the end !

When the Mediterranean was lost to merchant
shipping and the only faint promise of supporting
the area was by way of the sea lanes around the
Cape of Good Hope, it was clear to all and in par-
ticular to the military that shipping had moved
into position of first over-all priority. When you
treble the voyage of a ship carrying cargo from
one given port to another given port, you in effect
reduce your shipping to one third of the original
tonnage. To offset this practical loss in shipping
and the enormous difficulties of using inferior and

'Delivered before a meeting of the Commerce and In-
dustry Association of New York, in New York City, Feb. 24,
1944. Mr. Winant is an Adviser in the Eastern Hemi-
.sithere Division, Department of State, and Chairman of
the Middle East Supplies Committee, Washington.

improperly equipped ports, the British military
authorities created the Middle East Supply Center
for the purpose of reorganizing transport for the
better prosecution of the war. The thought back
of the new organization was the need for better
coordination of military and civilian shipping
and the dire need for a single authority for deal-
ing with the diverse elements of a civilian ship-
ping program. It was an effort to bring some
semblance of order to a hopeless situation of
clogged ports with precious ships waiting end-
lessly for unloading berths; and cargoes, when
unloaded, piled into truly pyramid-like structure
with little chance of onward movement. This
confusion was caused to a large extent by the fact
tliat a good part of the cargoes arriving were
wholly unrelated to the war effort and just in the
way militarily. The result was that the quantity
of military supplies which reached the forces was
not in accord with the seriousness of the situation.

Not long after the formation of MESC along
military lines, the Army found that high ranking
generals and their deputies and aides were of
necessity devoting too much time to the political
and civic aspects of the problem. So that the
generals might spend their full time on strategic
and operational matters, the Center was trans-
ferred from military control and placed under the
authority of the Ministry of War Transport. It
has remained essentially civilian in character
since.

The first objective of MESC was to reduce the
importation of goods not directly related to the
war effort, thus releasing shipping space and port
facilities for the handling of the all-essential
military items. In assuming the responsibility
for reducing the non-essential items, MESC very

199

200

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

definitely assumed the responsibility for supplj'-
ing the essential civilian items. Thus, although
restrictive in character, the Center was not purely
negative, and on essential items it has kept faith
with the areas concerned. From the period of
worst abuse, where goods of no war value ran as
high as thirty percent of the arriving cargoes,
MESC in the course of a little over a year was
able to reduce this alarming figure to less than
one percent. The accruing benefits to the mili-
tary were handsomely and fortunately realized
at the very time when Rommel was poised at El
Alamein. Military supplies did come through —
they were not too late nor were they too little. I
would like to insert at this point that I know be-
yond a shadow of a doubt that each and every
one of you gentlemen here this afternoon sub-
scribes whole-heartedly, regardless of actual or
potential personal loss, to the premise that mili-
tary items and items in direct support of military
operations take jjrecedence over all other items.

There was a period at El Alamein when the
war became a battle of supplies. Complete ex-
haustion of troops and materiel had forced a lull,
but it was an ominous lull, one of foreboding for
the side that could not recuperate quickly. Rom-
mel's position in the bleak sands of the Quatarra
Depression was untenable for any length of
time; it was a certainty that he must make a final
break for the fertile, lush fields of the Delta.
Much credit for the ultimate British successes
must go to the RAF, under their great leader Air
Marshal Tedder, which consistently and with
paralyzing effect blasted the German lines of sup-
ply. But credit must also go to the positive side
of the service of supplies which was re-equipping
the great British Eighth Army. Over the long-
est supply line in history the new improved Sher-
man tanks and the new 105 mm. anti-tank guns
and other vital equipment were coming through
in ever-increasing volume from America. They
were quickly placed in the competent hands of
Generals Alexander and Montgomery, who lost
no time in schooling the men of the Eighth Army
in the handling of the new weapons. The MESC
played no small part in effecting this orderly and
smooth-working service of supply.

In tracing the history of supplies to the Middle
East, I will now take you back to Washington
during the winter and spring of 1942. Sometimes
it is difficult to think today in terms of yester-
day. As we go home tonight and are exposed to
the winter blasts, it is with incredulity that we
try to recall our intense discomfiture during the
torrid days of last summer. War — and I mean
total war, to include those factors of supply such
as raw materials, manpower, production, procure-
ment, inland shipping, warehousing, and port
handling — is in no sense static, either on the battle
front or on the home front. Articles and com-
modities in free supply change, seemingly, over-
night. Conversely, items in tight supply sud-
denly become available. Sometimes we forget
the supply position of a short time ago.

But to go back to the first half of 1942, you will
perhaps recall the condition of extreme scarcity,
you might even say famine, among such com-
modities as steel, medical supplies, agiicultural
machinery, and others. We can always remember
that period with pride. Our country was building
a mighty Army and Navy and providing them
with the necessary fighting equipment. It was an
heroic accomplishment, second only to the heroic
achievements of that Army and Navy in action.
But during the period of arming our forces there
was little chance of satisfying civilian needs.
There just was not enough stuff to go around.
Individual exjDort orders had tough going as a
general rule. With the factories going full blast
on war orders, it was seldom that an individual
private order could receive sufficient priority to
carry it through the production line.

It was during this time of near embargo on most
civilian-type goods that questions and problems
concerning supplies to the Middle East began to
arise. Quite often the Middle East governments
would request assistance in providing certain arti-
cles for their countries. The problem at the time
was not so much the terms under which the goods
could be moved overseas but whether the goods
could be gotten there at all.

In working on these problems, I began to bump
into the Middle East Supply Center of Cairo for
the first time. To boil down the details, I made a
study of the organization. It appeared to embody

FEBRUARY 2 6, 194 4

201

a thoroughlj' realistic approach to a wartime sup-
ply problem. In the first place, it provided the
best and only machinery for the optimum utiliza-
tion of shipping space for the direct war effort.
In the second place, it provided protection to the
people and stability to the area engulfed by war.
It thus offered a double-edged sword : one edge for
cutting down the Germans ; the other edge for cut-
ting down famine and epidemics, those other grim
reapers who also stalk the lands of innocent people.

The other aspect of MESC which caught my
attention was that here was a British organiza-
tion working in conjunction with the local terri-
torial governments in determining what imports
were needed from the U.K. and the U.S.A. It
seemed that for supplies coming from the U.S.A.
there should be full American participation in
passing on the requirement applications. To be
sure, the actual authority for the release of Ameri-
can goods for export was in Amercan hands in
Washington. However, the main point in decid- '
ing exports was generally on the basis of essenti-
ality, and the determination of essentiality seemed
logically to belong to those supply people on the
spot who were naturally more cognizant of the
particular requirement and the general require-
ments of a given country and of the over-all re-
quirements of the area as a whole.

And then again, there was the question of ship-
ping. Shipping during war properly follows the
course of military operations. The Middle East
theater of war was under British military respon-
sibility. As such, shipping to the Middle East
was in conformity with British military plans. To
orient this period in military chronology, I will
remind you that the time was after the British
had successfully cleared Eritrea, Italian Somali-
land, and Ethiopia of Italian troops, and were
then engaged M'ith Rommel's Afrika Korps in the
desert warfare which produced so many startling
results. It was also at the time when the vanguard
of the American troops was reaching the area.

In this complex situation of supply and shipping
and British military responsibility, our wish was
to give 100 percent support to the military action
against the Germans and at the same time to do
what we could under war exigencies to sustain the
internal economy of those countries of the Middle
East with whom we had been on friendly terms

for so long. As we pondered the question, we re-
ceived a cordial invitation from the British Gov-
ernment to participate, to whatever extent we
should determine, in the affairs of the Middle East
Supply Center in Cairo. Favorable response on
our part would seem to supply the answer to our
perplexing problem, and accordingly our Govern-
ment agreed to send to the MESC a civilian and a
military representative. This occurred in the
spring of 1942.

As for the designation of the U.S. representa-
tives, the War Department appointed General Rus-
sel Maxwell, whom you will remember favorably
from the earliest days of export control and who
at that time was the Commanding General for all
American forces in the Middle East ; the State
Department, to my surprise, appointed me. I
might add parenthetically that in the spring of
igil I had left my business at home and had gone
down to Washington to offer my sendees to the
War Department. It seemed to me then that we
were likely to be drawn into the war for our own
preservation and for the preservation of our way
of life and our form of government. At any rate,
it was apparent that we were in troubled times and
that at least greatly increased defense measures
were necessary. The War Department was not
greatly moved by my offer, pointing out that I
was beyond the desirable age group and holding
fast to the fact that I had been retired from active
duty shortly after the last war because of gunshot
wounds received in action. At this time I met
General Maxwell and as he seemed to think I might
be of some use in the then new export-control set-
up, I was glad to join him in the new undertaking.
Just to round out the picture of my own wartime
service, I subsequently transferred to the State
Department where I served as liaison officer with
the Lend-Lease Administration until I received
traveling orders for Cairo.

As I have said, I was asked to go out to the
Middle East as the U.S. civilian representative to
the MESC. I accepted on the basis that I might
take three men with me to conduct an initial sur-
vey. For my staff I requested one man with lend-
lease experience, one with OEW experience, and
the third to be experienced in agriculture. I was
particularly anxious to have an agricultural ex-

202

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

pert along as I felt sure that as the pressure of
war increased, food would become of increasing
concern.
' As i left Washington on the first of July, I was
able to read in the papers all about the Middle
East. Kommel had made the area headline news.

The latter portion of my trip out might be of
interest to you. The flight from Kliartoum to
Cairo was unique, probably not likely to be re-
peated. We began at normal flying height, but
as we got deeper into Egypt we dropped to an
unusually low altitude. You see we were enter-
ing the combat zone and the plane's radio was
barred. We flew low so our plane might be readily
identified as a friendly aircraft. Under these fly-
ing conditions I watclied from my perch on a large
packing crate tlie country passing below. We were
over the Nile for most of the last leg of the journey
so I was privileged to observe at close range the
extraordinarily intensive farming of that narrow
border of land so well nourished by the great Nile
Eiver. It appeared like a patchwork quilt
through which was woven a silver ribbon.

Of all the waterways which have meant life and
living to the human race, there is none comparable
to the Nile. For thousands of years this thread-
like watercourse has been the bloodstream, the
nervous system, and the backbone of Egypt. Out
of the barren desert, the coupled forces of the Blue
Nile and the White Nile have reclaimed a strip
of arable land which has supported from the be-
ginning of history one of our most ancient of races
and which unstintingly continues to support the
ever-increasing Egyptian population. Even its
surface manifestations offer a liarmonious blend-
ing of beauty and utility. With no cross-currents
and few cross-winds, the picturesque feluccas pass
in the river — one sailing upstream with a favor-
able breeze, the other drifting downstream with
an equally favorable current. Small wonder that
the Egyptians love the Nile !

On arrival in Cairo, my reception was on the
undemonstrative side. At sunset our Pan-Air pilot
put us down neatly and gently on the civilian air-
field. But there was no ground crew to take over.
Thinking that the system had been changed, the
pilot hopped us over to the military field and again
let us down with the touch of an artist. Our pres-

ence here did not go unnoticed. A U.S. staff car
raced over and a sergeant bellowed, "The Com-
manding General says for you to get the hell off

this field with that g d big commercial

plane." We again took to the air and went back
to the commercial field where we unloaded our-
selves and hitch-hiked into town. The next morn-
ing I learned tliat the Germans were at the time
in the habit of bombing military objectives, and I
could fully understand the General's perturbation
at having our Douglas plane serve as a large "sit-
ting duck" on his military preserve.

Cairo, generally known as the most cosmopolitan
of the cities of the world, was outdoing itself in
picturesqueness. To the teeming native popula-
tion, there were added legions of troops. You saw
soldiei's from India — the heavy-set and heavy-
bearded Sikhs and the lighter, wiry Gurkhas; you
saw the ever-colorful Australians and Scots, the
New Zealanders and the South Afi'icans, and hosts
of "Tomany Atkins". You saw French and legion-
naires of most of the United Nations. I suppose
in wars the centers of communication systems will
always be crowded with the military. Cairo will
undoubtedly remain the number one international
crossroad of the world. It is where the East meets
the West, but where, it has been demonstrated be-
yond a doubt, the Germans will never meet the
Japs!

Most of you are familiar with the area but
perhaps you do not all realize that when we speak
of the "Middle East" in this supply service, we
mean an area which, starting with Malta, includes
Cyprus, Lebanon, Syria, Palestine, Trans-Jordan,
Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, Aden, Somalilands,
Eritrea, Ethiopia, Sudan, Egypt, Cyrenaica,
Tripolitania, and in some instances, Turkey.
There are eighteen political areas involved which
offer the following varied patterns of government :
six sovereign states, four British colonies, four
mandated states, three territories formerly be-
longing to the enemy, and one condominium.
The total area is larger than continental United
States, with an estimated population of 83 million.
Offliand, I cannot think of a more complex politi-
cal and economic group for servicing in the matter
of civilian supplies under war conditions.

FEBRUARY 2 6, 1944

203

Of course Cairo is the noi-mal headquarters of
the MESC, and there are local offices in each of
the areas. When 1 first visited the Center there
were 100 persons in the organization. At that
time the regional offices were generally housed
with the British Legations. The changing-over of
this entirely British organization to an Anglo-
Anierican complexion has been gradual due to the
extreme difficulty of getting American civilians to
those distant lands. Shortly after my arrival
there I was joined by the three men who had been
selected by Lend-Lease, Economic Warfare, and
Agriculture — Bill Rountree, Marshal MacDuffie,
and Ben Thibodeaux. There could not have been
a better team, but when it was decided that we
should join in the aperations of the Center and
asked for the necessary additional personnel from
home, nothing happened beyond cabling. No sub-
stantial increase in American personnel occurred
imtil early last summer, when everybody concerned
got together and started pushing people abroad.
At the present time there are some 90 people out
there on the American side working on supplies
and general economic matters. It is difficult to
say exactly how many of these may be considered
as working in the Center. We have treated lend-
lease as an American operation, and consequently
cei-tain lend-lease men are stationed at the Ameri-
can Legation in Cairo. Perhaps we can say 50
Americans are connected with the Center.

With the added American strength in the field,
we are placing men in the regional offices. In otlier
words, we are fast approaching a truly Anglo-
American composition in the Center's set-up.

In the matter of American participation in
MESC, I have always advocated adequate repre-
sentation but not necessarily equality in numbers —
what might be termed equality of voice regardless
of numbers. It has seemed to me that what we
wanted was a selected group of experienced men
who could be placed at the strategic points in the
organization. I believe we should have an Amer-
ican staff sufficient to make a real contribution to
the day-to-day work of the Center and to add the
American slant to policy decisions. The organ-
izational chart of the Center provides for five
divisions : Food, Materiel Supplies, Motor Trans-
port, Medical Supplies, and Secretariat. An
American serves as Director of the Materiel Sup-

plies, and another American is on his way to take
charge of Medical Supplies. In the important
Food Division there is an American serving as
Assistant Director on food production. The
British Director, incidentally, graduated from
Cornell University. For Motor Transport we
have an excellent man lined up, and he should
soon join MESC as Assistant Director. Sprin-
kled throughout the Divisions are the other Amer-
icans assigned to the Center. On the top
administrative side are a Director General — an
Australian — and a Deputy Director General — a
New Zealander. Above this is a Policy Com-
mittee— or as I believe it is described today, a
Directing Committee — consisting of two Britishers
and two Americans.

A brief description of the requirement pro-
cedure might be of interest. Allocation of ship-
ping tonnage is established by the combined ship-
ping authorities and Cairo is notified of the
schedule proposed for the ensuing six-month
period. Cairo in turn informs the local govern-
ments of their expected quota. Within the frame-
work of this program the local govermnent issues
import licenses. The government then files with
the local MESC office a list of the impoi-t permits
granted, which list is forwarded to Cairo. MESC
in Cairo reviews the several regional lists in ac-
cordance with the original schedules and in the
light of current information on shipping and pro-
curement. The final approved list with shipping
priorities is sent on to Washington and London.
Cairo might be said to provide an equitable corre-
lation of the regional wants as well as to supply
the most current information on shipping and
procurement.

The determination of the supply area for Mid-
dle East requirements is difficult on certain ar-
ticles, but fairly clear on most. The controlling
principle is of course the best prosecution of the
war. But other things being equal — that is, in
the absence of an overriding war requirement
such as shipping, supply, and the like — the choice
of the importer prevails. He determines from
where and from whom he shall buy.

In speaking of source of supply, the natural
question comes to mind, "Wliat source has supplied
the goods to the Middle East?" The answer is
several sources ; in most cases the source which is

204

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

nearest to the requirement. If a requirement can
be met from a surplus of one of tlie adjoining areas,
that source is always tapped first. The war has
naturally given an impetus to local production.
If the product is for the war effort, the production
has been encouraged and aided by MESC. Just
as a single example, we have made strenuous ef-
forts to increase the growth and yield of cereal
crops. We have been able to get out to the area
a limited quantity of agricultural machinery and
a certain quantity of Chilean nitrates. By pro-
viding shipping space for this machinery and fer-
tilizer we save enormously on later shipments of
wheat. We not only make a provident investment
in shipping but we also insure that there will be
foodstuff on hand regardless of tlie difficulties and
hazards of the sea. Similar support has been
given to local industries with the result that the
area as a whole has achieved a surprising degree
of self-sufficiency. By this part of the program
MESC has been credited with the saving of better
than a million tons of shipping space for the use
of the military during the year 1942.

When a requirement cannot be met from a
source witliin the area, the next nearest supply
area is selected, always bearing in mind that long
ocean haul on products of the U.S.A. and the U.K.

Of course, because of production capacity in the
U.S.A. and the U.K., these sources are resorted to
on many items. As to the relative standing be-
tween these two sources of supply, the exports from
the U.K. have shown a proportionately greater
reduction over peacetime exports than the expoi-ts
from the U.S.A. Although figures during the war
years may not be published, I may say that the
relative position has changed materially from a
pre-war year such as 1938 when U.S. exports to the
Red Sea area were $24,500,000 as compared with
$65,000,000 from the U.K. In fact during the past
year or so the civilian goods imported into that
area have been predominantly of U.S. origin.

Perhaps you wonder to what extent commercial
orders of U.S. origin have been displaced by lend-
lease shipments. The significance of civilian lend-
lease goods to normal trade channels has not been
as great as is generally accepted. Commercial
channels have retained by far the greater portion
of the supplies destined for civilian end use in the
Middle East.

In discussing angles of this sort, I would like to
point out that there are necessary restrictions in
divulging statistical information because of the
inherent connection between civilian and military
shijDments. The civilian program is superimposed
on the military program and therefore becomes a
matter to be treated as confidential. The drastic
cuts in civilian exports to the Middle East during
the fall of 1942 and early 1943, if published at the
time, would have been a perfect tip-off to the North
African campaign and its subsequent develop-
ments.

As I wish to make way for my friend and able
associate from FEA — Jack Dawson— I shall con-
clude my remarks with the observation that in my
opinion the adoption of a combined Middle East
supply program was, and still is, the only feasible
scheme for getting on with the war and for pro-
viding the areas concerned with sufficient civilian
supplies to sustain an orderly economy.

In final conclusion, I wish to express my ap-
preciation to you for this opportunity of discus-
sing with you our mutual problems involved with
civilian supplies to the Middle East under war
conditions.

TWENTY-SIXTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE
RED ARMY

[Released to the press February 23]

The President has sent the following message to
Marshal Joseph V. Stalin, Supreme Commander
of the armed forces of the Union of Soviet Social-
ist Republics, on the occasion of the tvrenty-sixth
anniversary of the Red Army :

February 22, 1944.

On this twenty-sixth anniversary of the Red
Army I wish to convey to you as Supreme Com-
mander my sincere congratulations on the great
and significant victories of the armed forces of the
Soviet Union during the past year.

The magnificent achievements of the Red Army
under your leadership have been an inspiration to
all. The heroic defense of Leningrad has been
crowned and rewarded by the recent crushing de-
feat of the enemy before its gates. Millions of
Soviet citizens have been freed from enslavement
and oppression by the victorious advance of the
Red Army.

FEBRUARY 26, 1944

205

These achievements together with the collabora-
tion and cooperation which was agreed upon al
Moscow and Tehran assure our final victory over
the Xazi aggressors.

Franklin D RoosE^•ELT

REPRESSION OF AXIS ESPIONAGE
ACTIVITIES IN CHILE

[Released to tUe press February 23]

The Acting Secretary of State at his press and
radio news conference February 25 made the fol-
lowing statement in reply to a request for com-
ment on the Chilean Government's recent action
in respect to Axis espionage activities in Chile :

"The Chilean Government has again given con-
crete evidence of its constant readiness to move
effectivelj' and energetically to stamp out Axis
espionage activities. Its recent action is in line
with Chile's policy of repression of acts hostile to
continental security.

"This further proof of the Chilean Govern-
ment's sincere desire to make effective its commit-
ments at the Rio de Janeiro conference is deeply
gratifying. Chile has taken another important
step in the defense of the hemisphere."

EXCHANGE OF AMERICAN AND GERMAN

NATIONALS

[Released to the press February 26]

The M. S. Gripsholm is expected to arrive in the
United States sometime during the period from
March 10 to 15, bringing Americans who have
been detained by Germany.

The American Red Cross will be the only social
agency on the pier when the Gnpsholm arrives
from Lisbon and will be responsible for giving
information to repatriates, delivering mail, tele-
grams, and messages.

For security reasons relatives and friends will
not be permitted on the pier in New Jersey. They
should remain at their hotels, homes, or other
points of contact away from the pier and should
advise the American Red Cross as to their location
and telephone numbers in New York City. Mail
and telegrams for repatriates arriving on the
Gripsholm should be addressed as follows :

"Mr. John Doe, Gripsholm Repatriate,
c/o American Red Cross,
Postmaster, New York, N. Y."

Repatriates requiring assistance in obtaining
transportation from the pier in New Jersey to
Manhattan will be provided with motor-corps
service by the American Red Cross.

Financial assistance, assistance with travel ar-
rangements, or other appropriate services will be
arranged, if requii'ed by repatriates, by the Ameri-
can Red Cross through referral to the various
agencies concerned. The office through which
such arrangements will be made is located at 315
Lexington Avenue, New York City.

Civilian repatriates on the Gnpsholm are being
advised of the detailed arrangements made for
their reception at New York City.

American Republics

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ARGENTINA

[Released to the press February 20]

The Acting Secretary of State at his press and
radio news conference on February 25 made the
following statement concerning the recent de-
velopments in Argentina :

"The information regarding the overnight
Argentine development is not complete but is still
coming in. The reports at hand do give ground
for concern. It is quite possible that questions
may be raised aflfecting the security of the hemi-
sphere which might well call for an exchange of
information and views between the American
republics."

CENTENNIAL CELEBRATION OF THE INDE-
PENDENCE OF THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

On February 22, 1944 it was announced that the
Honorable Frank P. Corrigan, American Ambas-
sador to Venezuela, had succeeded the Honorable
Charles W. Taussig as chairman of the special
delegation which had been designated by the
President ' to represent the United States at a cele-
bration at Ciudad Trujillo between February 23
and March 3, 1944, commemorating the first cen-
tennial of the proclamation of the independence
of the Dominican Republic.

• BULLETHN of Dec. 4, 1943, p. 394, and Feb. 12, 1944, p. 180.

General

AMERICAN SEAMEN AND THE FOREIGN SERVICE

By Frances M. Bailor ^

Since December 1941 the number of seamen
serving aboard American ships in foreign opera-
tion has increased approximately from 50 thou-
sand to 150 thousand. During that period more
than 10 thousand shipwrecked American seamen
have been repatriated from foreign ports. These
figures give some indication of the increased re-
sponsibilities which have faced American consu-
lar officers at seaports. The primary duty of
these officers is the protection of American sea-
men and shipping, the most ancient function of
the American Consular Service.

The work of consular officers has been compli-
cated not only by the increased number of cases
but also by the antiquated nature of the laws
under which these cases must be administered."
The care and repatriation which consular officers
furnish American seamen is based upon a sea-
man's official ''condition of destitution". An
American seaman who is in fact destitute is en-
titled to relief and repatriation at the hands of
a consular officer regardless of the cause of his
destitution. The statutes provide further that
two classes of seamen are destitute regardless of
the amount of money in their possession : (1) ship-
wrecked seamen and (2) those who have incurred
illness or injury in the service of an American
vessel.

The statutes in themselves are clear enough, but
conditions which have evolved since their enact-
ment have rendered their administration compli-

' The author of this article is in charge of the Seamen's
Section of the Shipping Division of the Department of
State.

''Among the basic laws which contain provisions for the
protection of American seamen are an act of Apr. 14, 1792
(1 Stat. 254), an act of Feb. 28, 1S03 (2 Stat. 203), and
an act of June 7, 1872 (17 Stat. 262). References to
these acts and to other relevant legislation will he found
in 46 U.S.C. §§ 593, 678, and 679.

' Derived from the act of .Tune 7, 1872.

' Derived from the act of Feb. 28, 1803.
206

cated. For example, the "shipwreck law" ^ pro-
vides that the wages of a seaman shall cease with
the loss of a vessel and the seaman shall be con-
sidered destitute. This was not illogical in the
days when the law was enacted. Each ship at
that time was usually an individual enterprise and
adventure which one person or group of persons
financed, and, if the vessel were lost, the owners
were frequently almost as destitute as the seamen.
Therefore no further wages could be paid by the
owners and the only way to get the men home was
to have the Government assume responsibility.

Today fleets of ships fully covered by insurance
are operated by responsible corporate entities and
the seamen's wages continue after shipwreck.
Despite the fact that seamen may not be actually
destitute after the loss of their vessel, they are
still legally destitute and the Government is re-
sponsible for their care and repatriation.

It is further stipulated by statute* that such
seamen are to be cared for and repatriated "in the
most reasonable manner". This cannot be inter-
preted generally to mean housing at a first-class
hotel and repatriation by airplane. Thus a con-
sular officer who is obliged to repatriate a ship-
wrecked seaman finds himself bound by law to
repatriate "in the most reasonable manner" a "des-
titute" seaman who is drawing full pay. This
often fails to satisfy a seaman who could himself
afford better accommodations and means of travel.

In 1937 and 1938 the United States Maritime
Commission adopted regulations providing that
seamen serving aboard vessels owned or subsidized
by the Maritime Commission should be cared for
and repatriated by the operators. This started a
trend toward assumption of responsibility by the
large shipping concerns, which soon carried, as a
matter of course, protection and indemnity in-
surance to cover these liabilities.

The seamen's unions furthered the trend by con-
cluding bargaining agreements with the operators

FEBRUARY 2 6, 194 4

207

which provided for care and repatriation of sea-
men on a considerably higher scale than that pos-
sible ''by the most reasonable means" as provided
by law. Thus seamen became accustomed to ex-
cellent accommodations in port and during repa-
triation. Since the advent of the war, American
consular officers have been faced with a legal re-
sponsibility to furnish some 10 thousand American
seamen with care and repatriation jn a style to
which their involuntary guests were not and did
not care to become accustomed.

The War Shipping Administration, which con-
trols all American shipping at the present time,
came to the rescue with operations regulations
which provided for care, repatriation, and cash ad-
vances to be furnished by the operators. Foreign
Service officers may furnish destitute American
seamen clothing, subsistence, hospitalization, and
repatriation . but have no authority to disburse
governmient funds in cash advances unless the
operators deposit funds therefor with the
Department. •

The necessity for depositing funds obviously
causes delay, and to seamen coming ashore after
days in an open boat a package of cigarettes is
often more essential than a suit of clothes. Many
crews have been furnished cigarettes and candy
bars from consuls' personal funds because the con-
suls could not ask the seamen to wait until the
requirements of the regulations should be met.
The War Shipping Administration regulations
provide that upon arrival ashore after shipwreck
seamen may receive advances of $50 each from the
operators' agents.

The resourcefulness of American consular offi-
cers has been tested many times during this war.
From February 1 to September 30, 1942, 2,954
seamen survivors — American, Allied, and Asi-
atic— passed through one port which had very
limited housing facilities, limited food supplies,
and inadequate recreation facilities. The Con-
sulate was faced with the task of securing for the
seamen proper medical attention, sufficient food
and shelter, and the earliest possible transporta-
tion. The Consul and Vice Consuls were occupied
day and night for weeks meeting the needs which
the situation demanded.

About a year ago, there were for over a month
200 shipwrecked American seamen in the Azores

along with approximately 100 shipwrecked sea-
men from other United Nations vessels. Supplies
of clothing, food, and recreation facilities were
sorely taxed. Transportation was almost im-
possible to obtain, and instead of the usual week
or ten days before repatriation, six weeks elapsed
before the Consul succeeded in returning all the
men to the United States. As a result of this ex-
perience, the Red Cross and War Shipping Ad-
ministration have assisted in increasing the sup-
plies of clothing, toiletries, and means of enter-
tainment in that area so that a similar situation,
if one should arise, will be more adequately met.
One Consul in South America received word that
a number of American seamen survivors had
landed on a remote shore of Brazil. In his own
words, "Our first consideration was to locate the
survivors and carry food, clothing and medical
assistance to them, our secondary consideration
was to get them to civilization where they could
be properly eared for . . ." The Consul with
two Navy doctors departed in a Navy plane. He
continues:

"Upon arriving at Sao Luiz, Maranhao, we
found it impossible to communicate with Parnaiba,
Piaui and could get no further information as to
the actual whereabouts of the survivors. We there-
fore continued on some 250 miles endeavoring to
pick up Barreirinhas. At about 4 p.ni. we put the
plane down at a point indicated on the map as Ba-
rreirinhas. Here we ran aground, getting off only
with difficulty because of a falling tide. On taking
off again we barely escaped cracking up because
of the rough water. The pilot decided not to risk
the ship again by going on to Parnaiba and in-
sisted upon returning to Sao Luiz. From there
we cabled . . . for a Baby Clipper ... It was
not until 3 : 30 p.m. of the following day . . . that
the heavier Baby Clipper arrived at Sao Luiz.
We loaded aboard the meager supplies of clothing
and food we had been able to buy in Sao Luiz and
went on to Parnaiba where we spent the night.
The pilot had a report that there was not sufficient
water and runway at Barreirinhas and had de-
cided not to go in but to return to Belem in the
morning. This left us in a position of being within
striking distance of the survivors with supplies
and medical help but unable to get to them. We
explored the possibilities of renting a sea-going

208

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETEN'

tug but were advised it could not get over the
sand bar at the moutli of the river on which the
town is located. After some discussion and local
inquiries as to the water at Barreirinhas the pilot
of our Baby Clipper decided to risk a landing if
a preliminary survey from the air were favor-
able. . . .

"We started out again at 4 a.m. . . . and
after considerable searching actually found the
town and with it an excellent piece of quiet and
deep water for landing and take-off. We landed at
approximately 7 a.m. The doctors took care of the
injured men at once. In the meantime food and
clothing was distributed. We found it practicable
to get the men away while we had the plane as a
means of transportation. Consequently we got the
first plane-load off to Sao Luiz at 8:30 a.m. I
returned with the first group to Sao Luiz where the
Consular Agent . . . had made arraiigeinents
to use the Air Transport Command's barracks and
mess hall at the airport. These were not quite
completed and it was necessary to buy mattresses
and kitchen utensils; also it was necessary to
organize a mess."

Tiiese are only a few examples of the problems
which have been faced by American consuls during
the past three years.

Since the beginning of the war, several agencies
of the United States Government besides the
Consular Service have taken an interest in Amer-
ican seamen. The War Shipping Administra-
tion, with its huge task of operating American
ships, has representatives abroad whose responsi-
bilities include keeping crews intact and filling
vacancies without delay. The Army and Navy
have concerned themselves with disciplining
merchant seamen whose actions appear to en-
danger the war effort or the safety of a vessel.
Merchant Marine Hearing Units have been estab-
lished at United States and foreign ports by the
United States Coast Guard for the purpose of
promoting, demoting, or disciplining merchant
seamen.

The hearing units at foreign ports are particu-
larly helpful to American consuls in the present
situation because they may take definitive action
where consular officers may not. An American
consular officer may, for sufficient cause, remove
any crew member from a vessel and return him
to the United States, or he may hold any member

for grand jury, but he does not have power of
trial and punishment. Removing a seaman from
a vessel in a foreign port has never been encour-
aged, and it is even less desirable now when ship
movement is so important in the war effort. On
the other hand, discipline is equally essential to
the efficient operation of American ships. By
virtue of its authority to issue or rescind Ameri-
can seamen's papers, it is possible for the United
States Coast Guard to exert control over American
sea-going personnel, and to exert that control near
the scene of action.

A procedure has been set up under established
rules of practice whereby reports of misconduct
are investigated by a Coast Guard Hearing Unit,
consisting of a hearing officer and an examining
officer, as soon as possible after the alleged miscon-
duct has occurred. The seaman is given every op-
portunity to defend himself and may be assisted
by a lawyer, ship delegate, Coast Guard officer,
or any person he desires. If the seaman is found
not guilty, the case is closed. If he is found
guilty, his license or certificate may be suspended
for a period of time or revoked entirely. In some
cases the sentence is suspended and the seaman
placed on probation.

A report of the United States Coast Guard
Merchant ISfarine Hearing Unit at New York re-
veals that the 8,808 new cases investigated by the
unit from February 15 to December 31, 1943 af-
fected only 2..58 percent of the estimated total mer-
chant-marine personnel arriving at New York
during that period. These figures indicate a pro-
portionately high good-conduct record on the part
of American seamen.

The Coast Guard Hearing Units also have au-
thority to examine licensed officers and certifi-
cated men for raises in grade and advancement.
In this way seamen who show outstanding ability
or diligence may be promoted en route rather than
at the completion of a voyage which may last for
months.

Thus it is apparent that the American Consular
Service, the War Shipping Administration, the
Army, the Navy, and the United States Coast
Guard are all concerning themselves with the men
of the merchant marine, dovetailing their func-
tions in order that the Merchant Marine may con-
tribute most effectively in the greatest movement
of ships and supplies in history.

The Department

INFORMATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND LIAISON

Departmental Order 1229 of February 22, 1944 ^

[Released to the press February 23]

PuBPosE OF Order

It is the purpose of this Order to: (I) reassign
certain informational functions as set forth in
Departmental Order No. 1218 of January 15, 1944,
which is amended accordingly; (II) establish an
additional division in tlie Office of Public Informa-
tion; and (III) establish in each Office of the De-
partment a point of liaison for several related
purposes, including an improved informational
service to Ajnerican missions abroad, aid to the
Department's public informational work, and
policy guidance to Federal agencies having in-
formational programs that involve foreign policy
and relations.

I. Reassignment of Certain Informational

Functions

Special Assistant to the Secretary — Press
Relations
The Special Assistant to the Secretary, Mr.
McDermott, as the Secretary's principal assistant
in matters concerning the Department's relations
with the press, shall have responsibility for: (a)
liaison between the Department and the domestic
and foreign press, including the conduct of the
press conferences of the Secretary, the Under Sec-
retary, and other officials of the Department; (b)
liaison between the Department and other agencies
of the Government, particularly the Office of War
Information, the Office of Censorship, the Co-
ordinator of Inter-American Affairs, and the
public relations bureaus of the War and Navy De-
partments, in connection with tlie current opera-
tions of such agencies relating to the dissemination
abroad of information regarding the war effort,
where such information is of an immediate news
character; (c) clearance, in consultation with the
appropriate officers of the Department, of speeches
submitted to the Department by the Office of War
Information and the Coordinator of Inter- Ameri-

■Effpctive Feb. 21, 1944.

can Affairs, and submission of speeches by the
Department to the Office of War Information for
clearance as may be required; (d) coordination of
tlie Department's relations with agencies con-
cerned in psychological warfare and related activi-
ties, including representation of the Department
on the Board of Overseas Planning for Psycho-
logical Warfare of the Office of War Information ;
and (e) preparation and distribution within the
Department and to the Foreign Service of clip-
pings, daily press summaries and bulletins bear-
ing ujion foreign relations.

Mr. Homer M. Byington and Mr. Lincoln White
are liereby designated Executive Assistants to Mr.
McDermott.

The Division of Current Information is hereby
abolished.

To assist Mr. McDermott in carrying out his
responsibilities (a) in connection with tlie current
operations of other agencies relating to the dis-
semination abroad of information of an immediate
news character regarding the war effort and (b)
for the coordination of relations with agencies con-
cerned in psychological warfare, a Special Assist-
ant shall be designated in each of the four geo-
graphical Offices. This Special Assistant may be
the same as, and in any case will work in associa-
tion with, the chief information liaison officer pre-
scribed in section III of this Order.

Tlie Special Assistant to the Secretary, Mr. Mc-
Dermott, shall be a member of the Department of
State Policy Committee and of the Committee on
Postwar Programs.

The routing symbol for the office of the Special
Assistant, Mr. McDermott, is SA/M.

The Motion Picture ancl Radio Division, Office of
Public Inforviation
The Motion Picture and Radio Division, Office of
Public Information, shall act as liaison between
the Department and other agencies in connection
with the current operations of such agencies re-
lating to overseas motion picture and radio pro-
grams, and dissemination abroad of printed fea-

209

210

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

tures and other informational material which is
not of an immediate news character.

The functions and responsibilities of the Infor-
mational Unit of the former Division of Current
Information/Liaison are hereby transferred to the
Motion Picture and Kadio Division.

The functions and responsibilities on the matters
mentioned above, which were formerly exercised by
the Latin American Unit of the former Division of
Current Information/Liaison, are hereby trans-
ferred to the Motion Picture and Eadio Division.

The responsibility for liaison with the Coordina-
tor of Inter- American Affairs concerning the op-
erations of the Coordination Committees and the
transmittal of communications between the Coor-
dinator's Office and the Committees, previously ex-
ercised by the former Division of American Re-
publics, is transferred to the Motion Picture and
Radio Division.

Postwar Information Policies

The Office of Public Information shall be re-
sponsible for coordinating the Department's in-
terests in, and for participating with other De-
partments and agencies of the Government in the
formulation of policies relative to post-war over-
seas informational activities.

II. Establishment of the Division of Public
Liaison, Office of Public Information

There is hereby established in the Office of Pub-
lic Information a Division of Public Liaison, which
shall be responsible for :

(a) The Department's relations with private
groups and organizations interested in the formu-
lation of foreign policy;

(b) The collection and analysis of materials
relating to public attitudes on foreign policy
questions;

(c) Assistance to the officers of the Department
in the public interpretation of foreign policy;
and

(d) Handling of correspondence expressing
public views on foreign policy (transfer of func-
tions from the Division of Research and Publica-
tion).

Mr. Richard W. Morin, Special Assistant to the
Director of the Office of Public Information, is
hereby designated temporarily Acting Chief, and

Mr. S. Shepard Jones is hereby designated As-
sistant Chief of the Division of Public Liaison.

The routing symbol of this Division shall be
PL.

III. Informational Liaison Representatives and
Their Duties

A chief informational liaison officer shall be des-
ignated in each Office of the Department by the
Director thereof, subject to the approval of tlie
Director of the Office of Departmental Adminis-
tration. He shall be provided with the assistance
needed to effectuate this Order.

Informational Seniicing of Missions

For the purpose of strengthening the flow of in-
formation to each of the missions, including confi-
dential information about developments of crucial
interest in other jiarts of the world, there is hereby
established the Information Service Committee,
which shall be composed of a representative from
Mr. McDermott's office and the chief informa-
tional liaison officers from each of the following
Offices : American Republic Affairs, European Af-
fairs, Far Eastern Affairs, Near Eastern and Afri-
can Affairs, Public Information, and Foreign
Service Administration. The Director of the Of-
fice of Foreign Service Administration shall act
as chairman of the Committee.

The representatives of the geographical Offices
shall ordinarily give full time to the task of ob-
taining and collating information drawn from Di-
visions of their Offices, and from other Offices in
the Department, which may usefully be made
known to the heads of missions throughout the
world as well as to appropriate officers in the De-
partment. These representatives, subject to the
direction of the Directors of their Offices, shall ad-
vise on the selection of information for transmis-
sion to the particular missions with which the
Office is concerned.

It shall be the duty of the Information Service
Committee (acting where necessary with the in-
formational liaison officers in all the Offices of the
Department) to aid in supplying the missions and
the Department with pertinent information.
Especially (taking account of the material which
already is being prepared and transmitted regu-
larly) the Committee shall supplement this ma-

FEBRUARY 26, 1044

211

terial by systematic, highly selective, confidential
summaries of developments involving all parts
of the world which should be known to the heads
of missions.

The Secretary and the Under Secretary will
designate an officer in their Offices to communicate
to the Committee over-all information not avail-
able through other channels which is essential to
the objective of supplying the heads of missions
with information.

The Chairman of the Committee shall take care
that the summaries are prepared and distributed to
the missions on a weekly schedule. The summaries
shall also be supplied to the Secretary, the Under
Secretary, the members of the Policy Committee,
and the Chiefs of Divisions in the four geographi-
cal Offices. In addition to the special and con-
fidential service just described, it shall be the gen-
eral duty of the Committee to survey the entire
flow of information from the Department to the
missions, in whatever form, and to initiate action
for improving this service.

Liaison with the Special Assist^cmt, Mr. McDermott
It shall be the duty of the informational liaison
officers to keep the Special Assistant to the Secre-
tary, Mr. McDermott, and officers designated by
him, currently informed as to all developments
within their Offices.

Liaison with the Office of Public Information

It shall be the duty of the informational liaison
officers, individually or as a group, upon request,
to advise and assist the Director of the Office of
Public Information on matters within the scope
of that Office.

E. R. Stettinius, Jr.

RESIGNATION OF THOMAS K. FINLETTER
AS SPECIAL ASSISTANT TO THE SECRE-
TARY OF STATE

[Released to the press February 23]

The Acting Secretary of State at his press and
radio news conference on February 23 informed
correspondents that he had accepted with regret
the resignation of Mr. Thomas K. Finletter as
Special Assistant to the Secretary of State.

The text of the letter from Mr. Finletter to the
Acting Secretary of State follows :

"Dear Ed :

"I tender my resignation as Special Assistant to
the Secretary of State.

"My service in the Department of State has been
to me a most gratifying experience, and I leave
with real regret.

"I am indeed sorry that circumstances now com-
pel me to end my most pleasant association with
Secretary Hull, yourself and the other members
of the Department.

"With all best wishes, I am,
"Sincerely yours,

"Thomas K. Finletter
"February fifteenth, 1944"

The text of the reply of the Acting Secretary of
State to Mr. Finletter follows :

"Februart 22, 1944.
"Dear Tom :

"It is with deepest regret that I have received
your letter of February 15th tendering your
resignation as Special Assistant to the Secretary
of State.

"The Secretary and I greatly appreciate the
sjalendid service you have rendered the Depart-
ment during the past three years. Your contribu-
tion to our work in the field of Foreign Economics
has been of inestimable value and I am sorry
that the pleasant relationship which has existed
between us must come to an end. Your work here
has extended through the most difficult formative
period in which wartime economic policies and
programs in the foreign field had to be devised
and then worked out in collaboration with other
representatives of this Government and with other
governments. To this task you brought imagina-
tion, resourcefulness and great energy.

"In reluctantly accepting your resignation to
become effective on March 9, 1944, 1 understand the
force of the reasons which has led to your decision
and wish to express the gratitude of the Secretary
and the Department for all that you have done.
May I add also my own personal word of apprecia-
tion and my best wishes for your future happiness
and success.

"Sincerely yours,

"Edward E. STEmNius, Jr."

212

DEPAKTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

By Departmental Order 1230 of February 23,
1944, effective February 7, 1944, the Acting Sec-
retary of State designated Mr. Sidney Alexander
Mitchell as Chief of the Liberated Areas Division,
to succeed Mr. Herman B. Wells.

By Departmental Order 1231 of February 23,
L944, effective February 22, 1944, the Acting Sec-
retary of State designated Mr. Charles W. Yost
as Executive Secretary of the Policy Committee.

Treaty Information

PROMOTION OF INTER-AMERICAN
CULTURAL RELATIONS

Bolivia

The Department of State has received a des-
patch from the American Embassy at La Paz re-
porting that on October 14, 1943 the Bolivian
Congress gave its approval to the Convention for
the Promotion of Inter-American Cultural Rela-
tions signed at Buenos Aires December 23, 1936.
According to the despatch, the convention was
promulgated by the Bolivian Government on No-
vember 29, 1943.

PROMOTION OF HISTORICAL STUDIES,
PERU AND VENEZUELA

The Director General of the Pan American
Union has informed the Secretary of State that
on January 24, 1944 the Government of Peru
registered with the Pan American Union a Con-
vention between Peru and Venezuela Concerning
the Promotion of Historical Studies signed at
Lima on November 11, 1942, which became effec-
tive on November 27, 1943 upon the exchange of
ratifications at Caracas on that date.

PERMANENT COURT OF ARBITRATION

[Released to the press February 23]

The President has approved the designation of
the Honorable Henry L. Stimson and Mr. Michael
Francis Doyle as members on the part of the
United States of the Permanent Court of Arbi-
tration for new terms of six years each, which will
terminate on February 7, 1950. These designa-
tions are in accordance with the provisions of the
Hague conventions of July 29, 1899 and October
18, 1907.

The Court was first established in 1900 and its
members constitute a panel of comjDetent jurors
from which arbitrators may be chosen by states
parties to a dispute to pass upon that controversy.
Members, acting as national groups, are also en-
titled to nominate candidates in the election of
judges in the Permanent Court of International
Justice.

Each signatory power can select a maximum of
four members. The membership on the part of
the United States on the Permanent Court of Ar-
bitration is now as follows :

Manley O. Hudson, of Massachusetts (term expires March

9, 1949)
Green H. Haekworth, of Kentucky (term expires March 9,

1949)
Henry L. Stimson, of New York
Michael Francis Doyle, of Pennsylvania

Publications

Department of State

Inter-American Highway : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Panama — Effected by exchange
of notes signed at Panama May 15 and June 7, 1943.
Executive Agreement Series 365. Publication 2059.
3 pp. 50.

Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Brazil — Effected by ex-
change of notes signed at Washington March 14, 1942.
Executive Agreement Series 372. Publication 2063.
3 pp. 50.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25. D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIREClOll OF THE BOKEAU OF THB BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BUI

ETIN

MARCH 4, 1944
Vol. X, No. 245— Publication 2078

fontents

The War p^g.
United States Programs for the Promotion of Mutual

Understanding With Other Peoples of the World . 215
Address by Joseph C. Grew at Boston's 1944 Red Cross

War Fund Rally 219

Lend-lease Shipments to the Soviet Union 223

Twenty-sixth Anniversary of the Red Army 224

Suspension of Oil Shipments to Spain 225

American Republics

United States Relations With the Existing Argentine
Regime: Statement by the Acting Secretary of
State 225

The Department

Appointment of Two Additional Assistant Secretaries of

State 226

Appointment of Officers 227

The Foreign Service

Adaptation of the Foreign Service to Its New Needs

and Responsibilities 227

Treaty Information
Exchange of Publications:

United States and Iraq 230

United States and Afghanistan 230

Inter-American Indian Institute 230

Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences . . . 230
Provisional Fur Seal Agreement Between the United

States and Canada 230

^^ Legislation 23!

MAR 21 1944

The War

UNITED STATES PROGRAMS FOR THE PROMOTION OF MUTUAL UNDERSTAND-
ING WITH OTHER PEOPLES OF THE WORLD

[Released to the press February 29]

There follows the text of a report from the Act-
ing Secretary of State with an accompanying
memorandum, to the end that the act approved
August 9, 1939, entitled "An act to authorize the
President to render closer and more effective the
relationship between the American republics",
may be amended to permit the development of
similar programs of mutual understanding and
cooperation with other nations of the world.^

February 21, 1944.
The President :

I have the honor to submit with a view to its-
transmission to the Congress, if you approve, a
bill to amend the act approved August 9, 1939,
entitled an Act "To authorize the President to ren-
der closer and more effective the relationship be-
tween the American republics." The purpose of
the amendment is to authorize extension to other
nations of the world of programs to promote mu-
tual understanding and cooperation in general
character similar to that developed and main-
tained with the American republics under the
authority of the existing legislation.

1. The act approved August 9, 1939 (Public
No. 355, 76th Congress) authorized appropriations
whereby the President was enabled to utilize the
services of the Departments, agencies and inde-
pendent establishments of the Government in
carrying out the purposes set forth in the treaties,
resolutions, declarations and recommendations
signed by the twenty-one American republics at
the Inter-American Conference for the Mainte-
nance of Peace, held at Buenos Aires in 1936, and
at the Eighth International Conference of Amer-
ican States held at Lima, Peru in 1938. This act

' The report and the memorandum were transmitted to
Congress by the President with a message of Feb. 29, 1944
(see H. Doc. 474, 78th Cong.)

also authorized the creation of advisory commit-
tees composed of leaders of American thought and
opinion to provide essential guidance and to en-
list widespread cooperation on the part of private'
as well as government agencies in formulating a
concrete program.

Under the authority of Public No. 355, funds
have been appropriated to the Department of
State for "Cooperation with the American Repub-
lics", which funds are in turn allocated to the sepa-
rate Departments, agencies and establishments
for the purpose of carrying out specific projects
relating to the other Americas.

The coordination and integration of these proj-
ects into one concrete program is carried out
through the Interdepartmental Committee for
Cooperation with the American Eepublics, which
ai^proves individual projects on the basis of their
contribution to the furtherance of more effective
relationships in the broad divisions of economic,
social, scientific and cultural fields.

2. The last of these programs, as it relates to
the other American republics, developed and
maintained pursuant to Public No. 355, is centered
in the Department of State. Close cooperation
has been maintained with the program carried
forward by the Office of the Coordinator of Inter-
American Affairs through a joint committee which
has met weekly to consider and correlate all Gov-
ernment activities in this field. For the present
year, in accordance with an exchange of letters of
August 12 and 14, 1942, between fehe Under Secre-
tary of State and the Coordinator of Inter- Amer-
ican Affairs, there has been transferred to the
Department of State responsibility for those ac-
tivities having long-range implication which in
the past have been carried on by the Office of the
Coordinator. The purpose of this transfer is to
place the cooperative program of the Government
on a permanent basis.

215

216

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

3. The present scope of the program under the
direct supervision of the Department of State is
indicated by the following brief summary of
activities.

Exchange of persons. Primary emphasis has
been placed upon the increase of mutual under-
standing through personal relationships between
leaders of thought and opinion in all fields. The
exchange of persons has in the past included visits
to the United States of persons of influence in the
press and professions, education and the sciences
from the other American republics, and a recip-
rocal southward movement, as well as the exchange
of students, interns and professors.

The Department has cooperated with the Office
of the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs in
exchanges related to the important fields of health
and sanitation, of commerce, industry and agri-
culture.

American centers. A substantial part is played
in the development of continental solidarity by the
local institutions in the principal cities of the
other American republics, such as American insti-
tutes and libraries at Mexico City, Bogota, and Rio
de Janeiro. Their membership includes nationals
as well as resident citizens of the United States.
Among their activities are the teaching of Eng-
lish; maintenance of libraries of United States
books and periodicals; sponsorship of radio pro-
grams, concerts, lectures and exhibits representing
the United States ; aid in the selection and orien-
tation of students and other persons who plan to
travel or study in the United States; and publica-
tion of articles on American life and civilization.
American institutes have been formed in twenty-
two important cities of the other American repub-
lics and in addition well equipped American libra-
ries have been set up in Mexico City, Montevideo,
and Managua.

Publications. To promote a broader knowledge
and understanding of American life, books and
publications are a medium of highest value. The
Department has cooperated with the Office of the
Coordinator and with otlier agencies in meeting
increasingly numerous requests from libraries, uni-
versities and other institutions for materials on
the United States. More than 100 outstanding
titles in the fields of history, biography, technical

works and social studies have already been trans-
lated or are in process of translation and publica-
tion. Thousands of volumes and copies of peri-
odicals in English have also been distributed in
answer to requests — a movement which has great
significance in the liglit of the rapidly growing
study of English.

Motion pictures and radio. Motion pictures are
the world language of today and serve to reach
all classes of people in foreign countries with the
story of the United States. During recent months
educational documentary films procured in co-
operation with the Office of the Coordinator of
Inter-American Affairs have reached audiences to-
taling more than two million persons montlily.
Showings have been made through schools, uni-
versities, hospitals, army and navy officials, labor
groups, government officials, political clubs, pro-
fessional men and other groups of adults and
children.

The radio is an indispensable instrument for
creating an understanding of the United States,
particularly among the "masses" of foreign coun-
tries. The Department has cooperated in this
field with the Coordinator of Inter-American Af-
fairs, the Office of War Information, and the na-
tional and other broadcastmg companies in the
United States.

Reciprocal aspects of the program. A program
for better understanding must be a two-way proc-
ess. It is as essential to inform the people of the
United States concerning the other American re-
publics and other countries, as it is to inform those
nations about the United States. Accordingly,
the Department has sought, with marked success,
to enlist the active cooperation of the educational,
intellectual, civic and related institutions and or-
ganizations— both governmental and private — of
the United States.

4. That progress has been made toward the
establishment of closer and more effective relations
among the American republics is indicated by
their unity of thought and action at the confer-
ences of Foreign Ministers of the American Re-
publics at Habana in July of 1940, and again at
Rio de Janeiro in January of 1942; and by the
general support of the policy of hemispheric soli-
darity by the peoples of the twenty-one nations.

MARCH 4, 19 44

217

Reports on the basis of approximately four years
of operations substantiate the conclusion that the
fostering of closer relations through the facilities
of an educational and intellectual interchange has
been an important factor in the success of the broad
program both to the extent that mutual knowledge
and understanding have been increased and to the
extent that cooperation in the economic, scientific
and social fields has thereby been facilitated.

5. As transportation and communications have
progressed, economic interdependence, political
interaction, social intercourse and intellectual ex-
change have increased among all peoples.

This circimistance, in turn, has not only added
to the knowledge of peoples about one another
but also emphasized the need for an ever better
understanding between them.

To achieve this end, many of the nations insti-
tuted "cultural progi'ams," involving the study
and teaching of foreign languages, the exchange
of scientific information, books, films and art ob-
jects, and the interchange of students, teachers and
technical experts. Some of these programs have
been carried on under governmental guidance,
others have been spontaneous undertakings of pri-
vate initiative.

As an outgrowth of this general situation, the
United States undertook under the Authority of
the Act of August 9, 1939 to initiate under the
guidance of the Department of State, with co-
operation from other Government agencies and
private organizations a program to promote mu-
tual understanding with the other American
republics.

However, from the outset an attempt was made
to supply the demands for international exchanges
which came from all parts of the world. Inform-
ative educational films were supplied, in addi-
tion to the other American republics, to such coun-
tries as Belgium, South Africa, Canada and Swit-
zerland, although in numerous other instances the
Department was unable to accede to requests for
films.

Since the bulk of the Department's funds for
international exchanges came from appropriations
authorized under Public No. 35.5 (and therefore
restricted to use in relation to the American re-
publics), the program for the other areas of the
world was necessarily developed on a very limited
scale.

6. The changing world situation and the en-
trance of the United States into the war intensi-
fied the need for cooperative programs for certain
areas outside the other American republics. In
January, 1942, a program with China was initiated
on a limited scale by means of a grant from the
President's Emergency Fund. The three basic
activities then inaugurated and carried forward
during the 1943 fiscal year have been : (1) The pro-
vision of technical and educational leaders to
China; (2) The extension of aid to Chinese stu-
dents in the United States thus augmenting
China's supply of skilled technicians; and (3) the
furnishing of certain urgently needed informa-
tional materials such as microfilms of scholarly
and scientific articles and books, and documentary
and educational motion pictures.

7. Apart from the intensification of the coopera-
tive program on an emergency basis necessitated
by the conduct of the war, the widening horizon of
international responsibilities opened to the United
States by the war and its probable effects requires
for the future a continuing and coordinated pro-
gram to promote mutual understanding with other
peoples. Provisions of the lend-lease agreements
already negotiated commit the signatory govern-
ments to continuing collaboration and cooperation
for an indefinite period after the cessation of hos-
tilities. A program underlying and supporting
these cooperative efforts, recognized as an impor-
tant factor to their success in wartime, would be
no less vital in the period of postwar adjustment.

If the past decades have brought close contacts
among those peoples having similar interests, the
postwar world, with increased facilities for trans-
portation and communication, will undoubtedly
see these contacts grow both more numerous and
more continuous.

Programs of this character are an effective means
of achieving international, hence national, se-
curity. Measures which spread an understand-
ing of the democratic way of life and diffuse
scientific knowledge useful in organizing it, may
be made the support of political and economic
peace measures. In this connection it should be
emphasized that the amelioration of the lives of
common men is actually achieved only as they
learn new ways of doing things. Thus the co-
operative program may provide means of creat-
ing necessary conditions for orderly and peaceful

218

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

development. In providing the world's peoples
with the means of doing better for themselves,
the American people will be creating conditions
favorable to the development of their own way of
life; and in this prospect alone is true national
security.

Since these cooperative activities provide the
means of social advancement to peoples in the
shape of books, trained persons, and other means
of diifusing knowledge, they do not excite either
political antipathy, or fear of foreign domination,
or dread of interference with domestic politics.
As non-political and non-patronizing activities,
they are truly the means of implementing a foreign
policy of a democratic people whose national in-
terest is the maintenance and orderly development
of their democracy.

8. From the foregoing it may be seen that a
twofold need exists. First, it is evident that there
is an urgent need for a constructive program of
long-term and continuing character, not only with
the republics of the Western Hemisphere but on
a world-wide batis. Secondly, it is desirable that
activities developed in furtherance of the i^rogram
should not be inaugurated merely on an oppor-
tunistic basis as crises arise but should be part
of a considered and integrated plan.

To ensure the formulation of a suitable and
comprehensive program and its effective operation,
fimds should be provided in one appropriation ad-
ministered under the direction of one responsible
agency.

In developing the program applicable only to
the American republics which was authorized un-
der Public No. 355, it is believed that suitable ma-
chinei'y has been set up for the centralization of
appropriations, the concentration of directive re-
sponsibility and the most effective coordination of
effort. Public No. 365 as now worded does not
authorize the appropriation of funds for the car-
rjang on of an active cooperative program beyond
the republics of the Western Hemisphere. The
limitations of Public No. 355 also preclude the use
of the valuable advisory committees, already func-
tioning in relation to the program in the Americas,
for dealing with the preliminary studies of pro-
grams for other regions. Such guidance would be
of inestimable benefit at this time in laying the

groundwork on which the pennanent post-war
structure might be erected as well as in meeting
the urgent current needs of the war period.

I have the honor, therefore, to reconunend that
the Congress be requested to enact legislation
amending Public No. 355, in order to authorize ex-
tension of the program therein comprehended to
any other country, countries or regions, in fur-
therance of the objectives of the United States in
the present war and in the peace to follow.

A draft of the proposed legislation is enclosed
for your convenience.

Kespectfully submitted.

E. R. STETTiNnjs, Jr.
Acting Secretary of State

[Enclosure]

A Bill To amend the Act approved August 9,
1939, entitled. An Act "To authorize the Pres-
ident to render closer and more effective the re-
lationship between the American Republics."

Be it enacted 'by the Senate and House of Repre-
sentatives of the United States of America in Con-
gress assembled, That the Act entitled an Act "To
authorize the President to render closer and more
effective the relationship between the American
Republics," approved August 9, 1939 (53 Stat.
1290), is hereby amended by adding at the end
thereof the two following sections:

"Sec. 3. The President is also hereby authorized,
subject to such appropriations as may be made
available for the purpose, to develop and main-
tain, under the direction of the Secretary of State,
such cultural and cooperative programs with other
countries of the world as he may consider justified
in furtherance of the purposes of the United States
in the present war and in the peace to follow ; and
(o create and utilize to such extent as may be
necessary, subject to the foregoing limitations re-
specting salary, travel, and expenses, advisory
committees for assistance in the development of
such programs.

. "Sec. 4. The title of this Act is hereby corrected
to read, and it may be cited as *An Act to pro-
mote, through mutual understanding with other
peoples, more effective cooperation for a durable
peace'."

MARCH 4, 1944 219

ADDRESS BY JOSEPH C. GREW AT BOSTON'S 1944 RED CROSS WAR FUND RALLY '

[Released to the press February 29]

At a recent luncheon in Washington, in which
well over a thousand people participated and ap-
proximately a thousand more had to be turned
away, honoring Miss Mabel T. Boardman for her
great service of over 40 years to the American
Eed Cross and to the District of Columbia Chap-
ter of the Red Cross, the Chief Justice of the
United States in his address of tribute said :

"Few women have been so showered with honors
as has this gracious lady. . . . But, far moi-e
significant to her and to us than any of these
well-deserved honors are the shattered lives that
have been rebuilt because of her efforts — the pain
and suffering that have been made easier to bear
because she has helped the Red Cross to fulfil
its great possibilities.

"Now, in the nation's hour of greatest need, her
grand conception is bearing its finest fruits. In
collecting life-saving blood plasma, in making mil-
lions of garments and surgical dressings, in bring-
ing renewed courage to our service men on every
shell-torn battlefield of the world, the Red Cross
has reached the pinnacle of its service. It is little
wonder that so many of these men and their rela-
tives and friends at home are saying, 'Thank God
there is an American Red Cross.' . . .

"You may well be proud that such a woman is
the founder of your organization. Proud, yes.
But you should be humble also, when you look
upon the example she has set. She has given to
you and to all Americans a heritage that is to
be treasured above earthly possessions. She has
shown us the true significance of that genuine
philanthropy which knows no bounds of friend-
ship or enmity, of wealth or poverty. She has
implanted in us a new conception of human un-
derstanding, of brotherly love, of compassion, and
of humanitarian service. That, my friends of the
Red Cross, is Mabel Thorp Boardman — and that
is the American Red Cross."

' Delivered in Boston, Mass, Feb. 29, 1944, at the rally
held by the Boston Metropolitan Chapter of the Red Cross.
Mr. Grew, formerly American Ambassador to Japan, is now
Special Assistant to the Secretary of State.

I have quoted these words of Chief Justice
Stone because they so aptly and so poignantly and
so powerfully convey not only his tribute to a great
lady but his conception of the mission of the Red
Cross — its work, its achievements, and its goal of
splendid service to humanity. Now, once again,
our opportunity and what I conceive to be our
high duty of supporting that enlightened service
lie before us. I do not believe that we— any of
us — will be found wanting.

The world-wide character of the Red Cross is
fittingly and significantly represented here tonight.
Through all my service of some 40 years abroad
I have watched the movement take root and de-
velop in many countries. Strange as it may seem
today, there was no stronger and more effectively
constituted an organization of the Red Cross than
in Japan. The opening paragraph of the consti-
tution of the Japanese Red Cross Society states:
"The object of the Japanese Red Cross Society,
in accordance with the principles of the Interna-
tional Treaties and in conformity with those of
the Red Cross Societies of the Powers, is to care
for the sick and wounded of both lelligerents in
time of war. . . ." And the constitution of the
Japanese Junior Red Cross opens with the words :
"The Admonition given by H.I.H. Prince Kan-in,
Honorary President of the Japanese Red Cross
Society, says that the object of the Junior Red
Cross Organization is to infuse into the minds of
little boys and girls the spirit of universal love
and the fundamentals of hygiene; to practice
health habits and foster love for children of all
parts of the world. . . . The Junior Red Cross
has a collaborative object in that it follows the
path of universal love in word and in deed; it
strives hard for humanitarian training, and works
for contribution toward the peace of mankind. It
IS a world organization, spiritual in nature, bound
together with this object, and the Japanese Junior
Red Cross is but a link of the chain. To be instru-
mental to an organ of international culture is a
distinguished feature possessed by the Jimior Red
Cross. In a word, the Japanese Junior Red
Cross . . . has the characteristic of serving as a
means for training one's self, in personal expe-

220

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

rience, self-government, community life and in-
ternational education."

Those words were not written and adopted with
tongue in cheek. I knew those Red Cross people
well. Alas, if the military authorities in Japan
had allowed their own Red Cross to function as it
was organized and equipped and intended to func-
tion, the fate of our American fighting men and
civilians in prison camps in Japan and the Philip-
pines might have been a very different story. In
Japan's methods of warfare and in the minds of
the Japanese militaiy there is no room for
humanity.

Ladies and gentlemen, the pleasure and privi-
lege of meeting and addressing you tonight are
great. It is right and proper, I think, that in this
hard-edged life of ours, sentiment should occa-
sionally be given expression, and my own senti-
ment for Boston, the city of my birth and youth,
and for you, the people of Boston, is very deep.
James Grahame expressed that feeling well:
"What strong, mysterious links enchain the heart
to regions where the morn of life was spent." It
is with that mutual bond very much in mind that
I appeal to you tonight. My own life has been
closely associated with the Red Cross in many
lands abroad and, as a one-time member of the
Central Conunittee, at home. The proceeds from
my book Report From Tokyo were given wholly
to the Red Cross, and I say this merely to indi-
cate that I would not ask you to do something that
I was not willing to do myself. Other authors,
including Mr. Stettinius, our Under Secretary of
State, have done the same.

I think we ought to look at the question of giving
generously to the Red Cross from a very simple
angle: Our young men are fighting, and some of
them are dying, to preserve the security of our
countiy and for civilization and humanity. They
are, all too often, suffering the agonies of almost
unbearable pain. The Red Cross can and does
relieve that pain; often it can and does make the
difference between life and death. We — you and
I — cannot actually be at the side of our boys and
men abroad in their hour of need, and yet we can
be at their side, not only spiritually but effectively,
through the Red Cross. Let us all, every one of
us, have that thought ?n mind when we are decid-
ing what our contribution is to be. Let us stop

to think what that extra dollar, or that extra hun-
dred dollars, or that extra thousand dollars are
going to mean in jiractical terms to our fighting
men on the far-flung battle-fronts and to their
dependents at home.

And now, my fi'iends. I turn to another subject.
The Red Cross is the fundamental theme of this
great meeting, but I have been asked to say some-
tliing tonight about our war with Japan, and in
that war, just as in our war with Germany and the
other enemies, the Red Cross has an essential role
to play.

In traveling about our country almost steadily
since our return from Japan a year and a half ago,
I have found almost everywhere a very dangerous
lack of appreciation of the fighting-power and
staying-power of the Japanese enemy. There
exists among our people far too much wishful
thinking, optimism, and complacency to the effect
that once we have defeated the Germans we shall
mop up the Japanese in short order. Given the
situation and the facts as they exist, I camiot see
any sound basis for tliat sort of thinking.

Please let me for a moment try to set forth some
of those facts.

First of all, consider the tremendous extent of
territory which Japan has seized and controls
today : Korea ; Manchuria ; all of north China and
vast areas in other parts of China; most of the
China coast with its many ports offering shipbuild-
ing facilities; the islands of Formosa, Hainan,
Hong Kong; Indochina, Thailand, the Malay
Federated States, and Singapore ; Burma and the
Andaman and Nicobar Islands; the Philippines;
the Dutch East Indies, especially the great islands
of Borneo, Java, and Sumatra ; and in the Pacific
Ocean many an island fortress which must be re-
duced or b3'passed before we can continue our in-
exorable approach to Tokyo. The fighting-power
that we are now able to concentrate and the train-
ing, grit, and determination of our fighting men
are progressively and intensively showing. their
inevitable results in the Central and Southwest
Pa<;ific. But let us not delude ourselves by think-
ing that we have not still a long, long way to go,
or that blood, sweat, and tears will not be our
portion for a long time to come.

I wonder how many of our people visualize that
far-flung extent of Japanese-controlled territory

MARCH 4, 1944

221

that I have described, or who realize that within
those areas there exists practically every raw ma-
terial that any country could need or desire for
national power — oil, rubber, tin, metals, medicines,
foodstuffs — practically nothing is lacking. Fur-
thermore, the Japanese control an almost unlim-
ited supply of native labor — both skilled and un-
skilled— which we know by long experience that
they will use as forced labor to process these raw
materials. And the Japanese will let no grass
grow under their feet in developing that power,
for they are hard-working, pertinacious, thor-
ough, and scientific in their methods.

To keep that great prospective empire of theirs
together, the Japanese need two further assets:
one is ships, the other time — ships to ferry man-
power and supplies between the homeland and the
outlying areas, time to consolidate and to develop
their territorial gains. We are attending to their
shipping daily, as jDublished statistics show. I
myself do not know just what their present ship-
building capacity is; perhaps none of us knows
in precise terms. Certainly they are building a
great many wooden ships in the many ports under
occupation; with equal certainty we are sinking
their ships with heartening regularity. I would
say, as I often have said, that shipping is the
"Achilles' heel" of Japan, but we shall have to sink
a great deal more tonnage before the end comes
in sight.

As for time, that is the most important factor in
all their calculations, and that is the asset we can-
not afford indefinitely to allow them, for time to
them means strength.

People often ask me if the morale of the Jap-
anese will not eventually crack, especially when
we begin to bomb Tokyo and their other cities.
Nobody can with certainty predict the effects on
Japanese morale of such eventual bombing, simply
because the Japanese people have never yet been
subjected to persistent bombing from the air, and
it is dangerous to try to measure Japanese men-
tality and psychology by Western yardsticks. But
it is important, in this connection, to remember
two things: first, that the Japanese people
throughout history have been subjected to and
have become inured to great and continual cata-
clysms of nature — earthquakes, typhoons, fire, and
floods; and secondly, that their nulitary police ex-

676812 — 44 2

ercise a strangle-hold on the people probably sur-
passing in effectiveness even the strangle-hold of
the Gestapo on the people of Germany. I have al-
ways believed that German morale will crack in
due course and that once that process begins it
will be like a snowball rolling downhill, gather-
ing momentum as it goes. I do not believe that
the morale of the Japanese will similarly crack
until we are very near the end of the road, if then.
Some authorities disagree with me on this point.
I may be wrong, and I hope I am wrong. The
point cannot be proved yet. But let us not allow
our calculations to be based upon or influenced
by any assumption of an eventual disintegration
of Japanese morale or any hope of domestic revolt
of the Japanese people against their military mas-
ters. They are a fanatical people.

What I do think will happen is this. At a given
moment, when the Japanese military leaders know
beyond peradventure that they are beaten or that
they cannot win, they will more than likely try to
get us into an inconclusive and compromise peace.
The pill, if presented, will be beautifully sugar-
coated. It might involve an offer to retire their
forces from a large or considerable part of the
occupied areas, on condition that we leave their
homeland undisturbed. It might go farther still.
But unless we continue our determination to de-
stroy that Japanese military machine and caste
and cult once and for all, and unless we take effec-
tive measures to prevent that cancer of aggressive
militarism from digging underground and secretly
building itself up again, as it did in Germany,
our sons and grandsons will be fighting this war
over again in the next generation. The show-
down must be complete and irrevocable.

I believe that our people should look on this war
with Japan not through rosy glasses but with a
full realization that the struggle may be very much
longer and tougher than our optimists conceive.
We should all appreciate the fact that the Japa-
nese, as I have repeatedly said, are fanatics and
that they are capable of fighting to the last car-
tridge and the last man wherever they may be. In
the outlying areas they will have taken every step
to render those areas so far as possible self-sus-
taining against the day when, through the process
of attrition of their shipping, they can no longer
count on connection with the homeland, putting in

222

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

order the industrial and ■« ar plants already avail-
able, erecting new ones, building up their stock
piles. Knowing the nature of that enemy, I would
not care to base my calculations on the wholesale
unconditional surrender of those far-flung forces
even after the investment of Tokyo by our troops.
I do not think that we can afford to take anything
for granted. I think that we should be prepared
for a long, hard pull, perhaps much longer and
harder than our people are able today to visualize,
and I think that, as time goes on, our determina-
tion to cut out that cancer of aggressive militarism
wholly and permanently should steadily be inten-
sified, never for a moment relaxed, so that Japan
can never again threaten world peace.

In fighting this war Japan has an important
practical advantage in the power to place any
Japanese in any position for any work at any time.
The technical advantages of such a system are
apparent, for it affords flexibility and elasticity
in the war machine on the home-front.

Mr. Matsuoka, the Foreign Minister of Japan
who took Japan into the Axis, used to tell me that
the United States and the other democracies were
incapable of waging total war. This is the day
of the totalitarian powers, he said; Germany will
unquestionably win the war and will control all
of Europe, while Japan will continue to be the
"stabilizing power" in greater East Asia. Democ-
racy, he added, is bankrupt. The American peo-
ple are effete and flabby from too much luxury
and are dependent on their creature comforts.
The democracies, Matsuoka went on, could never
make the sacrifices required for total war. In any
case, he said, your domestic troubles and disunity
would also make it impossible for you to wage
total war. These were not necessarily his precise
words but they represent the drift of his argu-
ment. In reply I said to him that little did he
understand the fundamental spirit of our democ-
racy. I said that we hated war and were generally
not prepared for war, and when war came we were
likely to start in low gear with the wheels grating
and grinding in the initial stages. Wliat he could
not realize, however, was that when war was forced
upon us we would rapidly move up through the
gears, and that when once we slipped into high
gear with the component parts of our great ma-
chine working in unison nothing in the world could

stop us. I remember Mr. Matsuoka looking at me
to see if I were joking, and when he saw that I
was grimly serious he shook his head as if he were
talking to a child.

We have already proved Mr. Matsuoka's lack
of comprehension of the spirit of our democracy
and of the American people. We have proved
that our so-called "effete" democracy is capable of
waging total war.

I have been asked my reaction to the reported
atrocities of the Japanese military in the Philip-
pines and elsewhere. Neither you nor I can inter-
pret our reaction in words, for our feeling is far
too deep to try to express it in language. Our
anger against those responsible for these das-
tardly acts is inexpressible, and at the same time
I know that we are all filled with the deepest sorrow
for those who have suffered and that our profound
sympathy goes out to their families at home.
Such mediaeval barbarism and unspeakable atroci-
ties can have only one effect in our country —
namely, to arouse our people from coast to coast
and make us fight the war with grimmer determi-
nation than ever before.

As to the reaction in Japan to these revelations,
we must realize that the Japanese people will not
be allowed to know the facts through their own
authorities or controlled radio or press, and they
will have no opportunity to learn the facts from
abroad since they are allowed no short-wave radio
sets and no access to foreign newspapers. I re-
member many talks with prominent Japanese be-
fore Pearl Harbor, even with members of the
Imperial Diet, who knew nothing about the rape
of Nanking, or the insensate cruelties and indis-
criminate bombing of undefended Chinese towns
and villages and of our religious missions in China,
or the indignities purposely inflicted on American
citizens by the Japanese military. Similarly,
those people will not be pei-mitted to know of the
terrible acts of their armed forces in the Philip-
pines, in Thailand, and elsewhere.

Now, as to the reaction of the Japanese military
leaders to these revelations. Strange as it may
seem, the Japanese, even the military leaders, do
not like to be regarded by the rest of the world as
uncivilized. I think that the reaction upon indi-
viduals will differ according to the character and
personality of the individual, Some will be

MARCH 4, 1944

223

merely angered, and I doubt whether the perpe-
trators themselves will have any feeling whatever
of repentance. But others, including perhaps
some of the highest leaders, may and probably will
feel a sense of shame or, at the very least, a desire
to offset in future this record of barbarism. The
Japanese people as a whole would, if they knew
the facts, be utterly ashamed. They showed this
sense of shame in a spontaneous and nation-wide
demonstration when their military fliers sank our
ship the Panay in 1937. The mere revelation of
these atrocities cannot and will not change the
inherent character of any Japanese, but it is con-
ceivable and I hope possible that the higher mili-
tary leaders may gradually, if not immediately,
take steps to insure better treatment for our com-
patriots who are still prisoners in their hands.

In broadcasts to Japan I am appealing for that
spark of chivalry in war which in times past the
Japanese have asked us to associate with the Bu-
shido code.

Before closing this statement, I should like to
read to you a letter. You may perhaps have read
it already because it was published in the Reader's
Digest about a year ago, but it cannot be read too
often, and I only wish that every man, woman,
and child in our country could know it by heart.
It is called "Testament of Youth" and it is a letter
from a United States naval flier, missing since the
Battle of Midway, to a friend at home :

"The Fates have been kind to me. Wlien you
hear people saying harsh things about American
youth, you will know how wrong they all are.
So many times that now they have become com-
monplace, I've seen incidents that make me know
that we were never soft, never weak.

"Many of my friends are now dead. To a man,
each died with a nonchalance that each would have
denied was courage, but simply called a lack of
fear and forgot the triumph. If anything great
or good has been born of this war, it should be
valued in the youth of our country, who were never
trained for war, who almost never believed in war,
but who have, from some hidden source, brought
forth a gallantry which is homespun, it is so real.

"Out here between the spaceless sea and sky,
American youth has found itself, and given of
itself, so that a spark may catch, burst into flame,

and burn high. If our country takes these sac-
rifices with indifference it will be the cruelest in-
gratitude the world has ever known.

"You will, I know, do all in your power to help
others keep the faith. My luck can't last much
longer. But the flame goes on and only that is
important."

Ladies and gentlemen, if we are to keep that
flame going on, and if we are to take those sacri-
fices not with indifference and cruel ingratitude
but with a grim determination to justify those
sacrifices, and furthermore if we are to afford the
millions of American men in our armed forces
every chance of living through this conflict, I know
of no better way to do it than by opening our
hearts to the humanitarian appeal of the Red
Cross in order that we may keep the Red Cross
at the side of our fighting men and their dependents
at home in their hour of greatest need. Tonight
our thoughts are, above all else, with the success
of the coming Red Cross campaign. I appeal to
you all who are here tonight, and to all citizens
of Boston as well, to open your hearts and to gii^e.

LEND-LEASE SHIPMENTS TO THE
SOVIET UNION

[Released to the press by the Foreign Economic Administration
February 28]

Leo T. Crowley, Foreign Economic Administra-
tor, made the following statement on February 28 :

Shipments of munitions and other war supplies
under lend-lease from the United States to the
Soviet Union in 1943 were almost double 1942
shipments.

A total of 8,400,000 tons^ of supplies with a
dollar value of $4,243,804,000 was exported to the
Soviet Union from the United States from the
beginning of the Soviet-aid program in October,
1941 to January 1, 1944. Shipments in 1943 totaled
5,400,000 tons, compared to 2,800,000 tons in 1942.
Shipments in December 1943 were the largest on
record for any single month in the history of
the S'oviet-aid program.

Several hundred more cargo ships left with lend-
lease supplies for Russia in 1943 than in 1942, and
99 percent of the ships sailing in 1943 reached port

^U.S. tons of 2,000 pounds.

224

DEPABTMENT OF STATE BtTLLETIN

in safety. In 1942 twelve out of every hundred
ships taking supplies from the United States to
the Soviet Union were sunk by enemy submarines,
surface raiders, or bombers. In 1943 only one ship
out of every hundred was lost.

Up to January 1, 1944 more than 7,800 planes
had been sent from the United States to the Soviet
Union. Over 3,000 of these were ferried all the
way by air to the U.S.S.R. More than 5,000 planes
were sent in 1943, twice as many as in 1942. Vir-
tually all planes sent to the Soviet Union have
been combat types. In 1943 they were principally
Bell Airacobra P-39 fighters, Douglas A-20 attack
bombers, and North American Mitchell B-25's.

We had sent, up to January 1, 1944, over 4,700
tanks and tank-destroyers and over 170,000 trucks,
33,000 jeeps, and nearly 25,000 other military mo-
tor vehicles. Twice as many trucks were sent in
1943 as in 1942 to help meet the advancing Red
Army's transport and supply needs. For the men
of the Red Army over 6,000,000 pairs of army boots
have been shipped, together with large quantities
of food needed to maintain the Soviet Army ra-
tions. Food shipments have consisted principally
of wheat and flour ; dried peas and beans ; sugar ;
canned, cured, and dehydrated meat; powdered
milk, dried eggs, and dehydrated vegetables; and
substantial quantities of lard, pork fat, and veg-
etable oils, including oleomargarine. We have
sent over 580,000 tons of these fats and oils, which
have been especially important to the Soviet Army
rations during the winter oifensives carried on in
sub-zero weather. In addition to these fats and
oils we have sent 50,000 tons of butter especially
for use in Soviet Army hospitals. Food shipments
to the Soviet Union up to January 1, 1944 totaled
2,250,000 tons. In 1943 these food shipments were
about 3I/2 percent of our total food supply in the
same period.

In addition to food, we have sent 9,000 tons of
seeds under lend-lease to aid Soviet production
of its own food in new agricultural regions and
in devastated areas reconquered from the Germans.

Other shipments to the Soviet Union up to Jan-
uary 1, 1944 have included :

177,000 tons of explosives for manufacture into
bombs and shells in Soviet factories;

1,350,000 tons of steel, 384,000 tons of aluminum,
copper, and other metals, and $400,000,000
worth of industrial equipment, machinery,
and machine tools for the production of
Soviet artillery, tanks, planes, and other war
weapons; and

740,000 tons of aviation gasoline and other refined
fuels and lubricating oils needed for the Soviet
Air Force and for the ground fighting on the
Eastern front.

In order to reduce the Soviet's need for refined
fuels from the United States, 145,000 tons of re-
finery equipment have been sent for installation
in the U.S.S.R. American engineers in the
U.S.S.R. are now assisting in the construction of
these refineries which will, when completed, pro-
duce large additional quantities of aviation gas-
oline and other refined products from Russia's own
oil resources.

Similarly, the United States shipped to the
Soviet Union in 1943 used and new machinery for
a complete tire factory that can produce at least
1,000,000 military-truck tires annually from the
Soviet's own synthetic and natural rubber sup-
plies.

TWENTY-SIXTH ANMVERSARY OF THE
RED ARMY

[Released to the press by the White House February 29]

The President received on February 29, 1944 the
following message from Marshal Stalin :

"I ask you to accept my sincere thanks for your
friendly congratulations^ on the occasion of the
twenty-sixth anniversary of the Red Army and on
the successes of the armed forces of the Soviet
Union in the struggle against the Hitlerite invad-
ers. I am strongly convinced that the time is near
when the successful struggle of the armed forces
of the Soviet Union, together with the armies of
the United States and Great Britain, on the basis
of the agreements reached at Moscow and Tehran,
M'ill lead to the final defeat of our common enemy,
Hitlerite Germany."

' Bulletin of Feb. 26, 1944, p. 204.

MARCH 4, 1944

225

SUSPENSION OF OIL SfflPMENTS TO
SPAIN

[Released to the press March 4]

On January 28, 194J: the Department of State
issued a press release of which the opening sen-
tence reads as follows: "The loadings of Spanish
tankers with petroleum products for Spain have
been suspended through action of the State De-
partment, pending a reconsideration of trade and
general relations between Spain and the United
States in the light of trends in Spanish policy." '■

The foregoing statement related only to Spanish
tanker loadings in the Caribbean area. In addi-
tion to the suspension of tanker loadings, the
Department decided to suspend the granting of
export licenses for the shipment of packaged pe-

troleum products, including lubricants, from the
United States, so long as the tanker loadings were
suspended. In taking this decision, however, the
Department did not cancel outstanding licenses
for packaged petroleum goods. The packaged
goods in question are being shipped under licenses
granted before the suspension took effect.

Incidentally, under the petroleum program in
effect prior to the suspension of loadings, Spain
would ship from United States ports less than 3
percent of her total limited liftings in the Western
Hemisphere. The amount of lubricants being
shipped on the vessel referred to in the morning
press of March 4 ^ represents a very small portion
of the petroleum products which Spain could
otherwise import were it not for the suspension of
loadings.

American Republics

UNITED STATES RELATIONS WITH THE EXISTING ARGENTINE REGIME
Statement by the Acting Secretary of State

[Released to the press March 4]

The foreign policy of the United States since
the beginning of tlie war has been governed pri-
marily by considerations of support to the prose-
cution of the war. That applies to our relations
with any country. That is the single uppermost
point in our policy and must remain so.

Prior to February 25, the Argentine Govern-
ment had been headed by General Ramirez. On
January 26, 1944 his Government broke relations
with the Axis and indicated that it proposed to
go further in cooperating in the defense of the
Western Hemisphere and the preservation of
hemispheric security.

Suddenly, on Februaiy 25, under well-known
circumstances. General Ramirez abandoned the
active conduct of affairs. This Government has
reason to believe that groups not in sympathy with
the declared Argentine policy of joining the de-
fense of the hemisphere were active in this turn of
affairs.

' Bllli-.tin of .Jan. 29, 1944, p. 116.
2 Philadelphia Record.

The Department of State' thereupon instructed
Ambassador Armour to refrain from entering of-
ficial relations with the new regime pending de-
velopments. This is the present status of our
relations with the existing Argentine regime.

In all matters relating to the security and de-
fense of the hemisphere, we must look to the sub-
stance rather than the form. We are in a bitter
war with a ruthless enemy whose plan has included
conquest of the Western Hemisphere. To deal
with such grave issues on a purely technical basis
would be to close our eyes to the realities of the
situation.

The support, by important elements inimical to
the United Nations war effort, of movements de-
signed to limit action already taken could only
be a matter of grave anxiety.

The United States has at all times had close ties
with Argentina and the Argentine people. It has
consistently hoped, and continues to hope, that
Argentina will take the steps necessary to bring
her fully and completely into the realm of hemi-

226

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

spheric solidarity, so that Argentina will play a
part -worthy of her great traditions in the world-
wide struggle on which the lives of all of the
American countries, including Argentina, now de-

pend. The policies and types of action, present
and future, which would effectuate this full co-
operation are fully known in Argentina, as in the
rest of the hemisphere.

The Department

APPOINTMENT OF TWO ADDITIONAL ASSISTANT SECRETARIES OF STATE

[Released to the press February 29]

There follows the text of the report to the
President of the Acting Secretary of State and
the accompanying draft of proposed legislation
to provide in the present emergency, and for so
long thereafter as may be necessary, for the ap-
pointment, with the consent of the Senate, of two
additional Assistant Secretaries of State.'

Februaby 21, 1944.
The President:

I have the honor to submit, with a view to its
transmission to the Congress, if you approve, a
bill to provide for the appointment of two addi-
tional Assistant Secretaries of State in the present
emergency and for. so long thereafter as may be
necessary.

The purpose of this bill is to facilitate the con-
duct of the foreign relations of the United States
and to assure in these times an instrumentality
fully adequate to assist in directing the foreign
policy of the Government, and to protect and pro-
mote the national interests.

Just as maintenance of good relations and mu-
tual understanding between the United States and
other nations makes indispensable an effective For-
eign Service, legislation to accomplish which has
recently been recommended to the favorable con-
sideration of the Congi'ess, it is indispensable that
the Department of State be organized effectively
to handle the greater complexity of problems,
many of a new, delicate and unprecedented char-
acter, which today require solution in the broad
domain of foreign relations.

Certain readjustments possible within the
framework of existing legislation have already

' The report and the draft of proposed legislation were
transmitted to Congress by the President with a message
of Feb. 29, 1944 (see H. Doc. 456, 78th Ctong.)

been made to assure an organization equal to the
responsibilities given to the Department to dis-
charge. These readjustments are not a complete
solution of all the achninistrative problems of the
Department. Studies are constantly being con-
ducted looking to improvement. The adjust-
ments recently undertaken will, however, achieve
a substantial broadening and intensification of the
work and a higher coordination of political, eco-
nomic, and other activities, than has heretofore
been possible.

Further to implement the machinery of the
Department of State, I consider it not only desir-
able but imperative that authority be given in the
l^resent emergency and for so long thereafter as
may be necessary to provide additional Assistant
Secretaries of State, to whom may be delegated
broad authority and ample facilities to participate
in the formulation of policy and to direct the
carrying forward of those activities in world
affairs determined to be in furtherance of national
interests and the attainment and maintenance of
a stable peace.

The proposed legislation has been referred to
the Director or the Bureau of the Budget, who has
informed the Department that its transmission to
the Congress is not inconsistent with the Govern-
ment's fiscal program.

Respectfully submitted.

Edward E. Stettinius, Jr.

Acting Secretary of State

[Enclosure]

A Bill To authorize the appointment of two
additional Assistant Secretaries of State.

Be it enacted hy the Senate and House of Repre-
sentatives of the United States of America in

MARCH 4, 1944

227

Congress assembled, That there shall be in the
Department of State an Under Secretary of State
and not to exceed six Assistant Secretaries of
State, each of whom shall be appointed by the
President by and with the advice and consent of
the Senate, and who shall serve without numerical
desifiTiation of rank.

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

[Released to the press March 3]

Mr. Fredei-ick William Nichol has been ap-
pointed a Special Adviser on Administration to
the Secretary of State. He will assist the De-
partment in implementing the reorganization plan
announced on January 15, 1944.

The Foreign Service

ADAPTATION OF THE FOREIGN SERVICE TO ITS NEW NEEDS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

There follows the text of a report of the Acting
Secretary of State to the President on the need
for amending the act of Febraai-y 23, 1931, as
amended, for the grading and classification of
clerks in the Foreign Service : ^

February 21, 1944.
The President :

I have the honor to submit, with a view to its
transmission to the Congress, if you approve, a
bill to amend the act of February 23, 1931, as
amended by the act of April 24, 1939 (22 U.S.C,
sees. 3, 5, 7, 11, 12, 15, 23a, b, c, f, and g).

The principal purpose of this bill is to assure
a Foreign Service adequately equipped to deal with
the complexity of problems and wider scope pre-
sented in modern international affairs. Mainte-
nance of good relations and mutual understanding
between the United States and other nations makes
indispensable an effective Foreign Service ; a For-
eign Service trained to cope with political, social,
and economic problems, as well as adequately to
represent this country's interests, to protect its
nationals, to foster its trade.

The problems of the present emergency in the
field of international relations and the practical
certainty that they will continue either perma-
nently or for an indefinite period after the war
have impelled the Department to give careful con-
sideration to the adaptation of the Foreign Service
to its new needs and responsibilities and particu-
larly to seek legislative authorization to permit

' The report was transmitted to Congress by the Presi-
dent with a message of Feb. 29, 1944 ( see H. Doc. 457, 78th
Cong.)

the recruitment of a permanent corps of highly
qualified technical and scientific officers. The need
for this has been emphasized by the present situ-
ation- in the other American Kepublics and else-
where throughout the world, which has led the
Department to provide its missions and certain
important consulate posts temporarily with
highly specialized personnel not available in suf-
ficient niunbers in the ranks of the Foreign Service.
This has been made possible through the estab-
lishment of the so-called Auxiliary Service, to
which appointments have been made for the dura-
tion of the war.

It is expected that the volume and importance
of regular diplomatic and consular work will con-
tinue to increase. The Foreign Service as now
constituted is qualified to carry on this work fully
and effectively ; furthermore, it contains within its
ranks some officers who have become specialists
in finance, economics, research, public relations,
and other teclinical fields. However, new and un-
precedented personnel requirements in the field
call for the ser\aces of a greater number of spe-
cially trained technicians than can be developed
within the Foreign Service as presently organized.
It is felt, moreover, that a certain number of these
should be experts of high standing who have de-
voted themselves principally or exclusively to im-
portant work in their particular fields. When-
ever such a specialist is needed, the Department
should be in a position to seek the services of ^he
best talent available, and the attached bill pro-
vides the necessary legislative authorization for
meeting that need.

228

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Recruitment for the Foreign Service was dis-
continued immediately after Pearl Harbor. To-
day its strength is below normal and continuing
to decrease, while the Department is faced with
increased responsibilities of the greatest impor-
tance, now practically all of which are directly
related to the war effort. When peace comes there
will for a number of years have been no new entry.
Officers who have remained at their stations as
a matter of duty during the war will retire. To
cope with the personnel problem which will con-
front the Department, and to increase the efficiency
of the Service, is the principal purpose of the leg-
islation proposed.

It is not enough that new recruits be obtained,
who in time will be enabled to discharge the heavy
responsibilities of the post-war period, but imme-
diately hostilities cease and more normal relation-
ships are resimied a corps of technical and scien-
tifically trained personnel will be essential to
augment the remaining corps of Foreign Service
officers, whose ranks, further depleted by deaths,
resignations, and retirements, will be inadequate
to the multiple responsibilities of the peace.

Officers of this category will be appointed to
the Foreign Service by the Secretary of State, after
such examination as he might find suitable. They
will be appropriately commissioned with designa-
tions appropriate to their duties in the Foreign
Service establishments to which they may be as-
signed. They will be recruited from the existing
Foreign Service Auxiliary; the administrative,
fiscal, and clerical personnel of the Foreign Serv-
ice; or from among the personnel of the Depart-
ment of State or that of other departments of the
Government. It is anticipated that in some
instances the services of specialists will be required
for only aAemporary period and provision is made
enabling these to be obtained by detail from other
departments. However, there will clearly be a
continuing need for a permanent group of highly
trained technicians.

The accompanying bill would permit the rapid
recruitment, as and when needed, of these special-
ists, and would afford at the same time to qualified
and experienced members of the administrative,
fiscal, and clerical branch of the Foreign Service
a broader field for advancement. Some of the
latter employees have responsibilities equaling

those of certain career officers. As a result of long
experience, they are experts in one or more fields
such as office administration, citizenship and im-
migration work, shipping, and commercial and
economic reporting. They would, under the pro-
visions of this bill, be accorded salary classifications
and official status commensurate with the charac-
ter of their duties. It would also offer them an
additional incentive to train themselves to qualify
and by examination to become eligible for ap-
pointment as Foreign Service officers.

Various Members of the Congress in the course
of hearings on appropriation bills have manifested
repeatedly a strong interest in this group of em-
ployees, and it is believed when the provisions of
this bill are enacted the Department will be en-
abled to attract the best talent available and to
retain the valued services of existing personnel
who merit recognition.

The bill presented to your consideration car-
ries into the organic Foreign Service law, with
minor changes, the provisions of the act approved
June 26, 1930 (5 U.S.C. 118a) relating to allow-
ances for living quarters. These allowances are
now granted to enable officers of the Foreign Serv-
ice effectively to represent this country abroad and
to enable the making of wide contacts and to per-
mit all American personnel to continue to maintain
American standards of living. The allowances, as
distinguished from salary, are premised on the
varying conditions which obtain at the many duty
stations and are essential to meet the extraordinary
costs in maintenance of appropriate standards of
living and in the performance of the public busi-
ness. They are essential to the maintenance as
well of a mobile, flexible, and fully democratic and
efficient service.

Percentage limitations contained in the legisla-
tion now proposed for amendment as resj^ects per-
sonnel in each class of the Foreign Service are
removed as destructive of the initiative and morale
of the younger officers, who, by reason of the ex-
isting restrictions, are or will be prevented from
advancements due to the failure of new recruits to
the service and the retention in the higher brackets
of officers who but for the war would have applied
for and been granted retirement. Removal of the
percentage limitations is obviously necessary to
prevent the service from becoming completely

MARCH 4, 1944

229

frozen and to remove the serious threat to efficiency
and morale.

The proi^osed bill provides for the bonding of
Foreign Service officers, as well as other officers
or employees of the Department of the Foreign
Service, and recognizes in its amended form the
pertinent provisions of the act approved December
29, 1941 (55 Stat. 875). The revision suggested
has been drafted in collaboration with officers of
the Treasury Department, to whom it is agreeable.

Other amendments of a minor character are
proposed as matters of administrative convenience
without in any way impairing the eifectiveness of
necessary controls over those now provided and in
keeping with changed conditions and the provi-
sions of the present bill.

Section 10 of the draft bill amends, agreeable
to Reorganization Plan II of the President, sec-
tion 31 of the act of February 23, 1931, to provide
for representation on the Foreign Service Per-
sonnel Board of officers of the Departments of
Commerce and Agriculture. It, moreover, re-
moves the penalty attaching to acceptance of the
position of Chief of the Division of Foreign Serv-
ice Personnel in the Department, a penalty attach-
ing today to no other position in the Federal Gov-
ernment, and one which as a matter of simple jus-
tice, as well as in the interest of good administra-
tion, should be removed. It is axiomatic that if
an officer is to be chosen by reference to his special
qualifications, character, and integrity to assume
the responsibilities of this difficult post, he should
be accorded the same right to future advancement
that is held out to other Foreign Service officers
who, while well qualified in various ways, may not
combine the qualities and capacities which the
Chief of the Division of Foreign Service Personnel
must possess effectively and impartially to handle
personnel. This officer is especially selected from
among officers who have attained the highest grade
in the classified service for a most difficult assign-
ment in the Department, acceptance of which occa-
sions loss of the allowances he would be accorded
if he were assigned for field duty, and as the law
presently provides, he further is denied the privi-
lege of nomination as a minister or ambassador for
a period of 3 years following termination of this
assignment, even though he may have meritori-
ously acquitted his responsibilities. I feel confi-

dent that this amendment will have the unqualified
approval of the Congress.

In addition, the amendment proposed will per-
mit the Division of Foreign Service Persomiel to
be organized on a basis and scale adequate to cope
with the personnel problems of the Foreign Serv-
ice, which have long since outgrown the physical
capacity of the Division as it has been possible to
organize it under existing law. Provision is also
made for the Director of the newly created Office
of Foreign Service Administration of the Depart-
ment.

This legislation would increase the cost of main-
taining the Foreign Service but would enable
strengthening of that service to serve economically
and effectively the expanding needs of all Govern-
ment departments and agencies in the foreign field.
The scale of compensation of the clerical, adminis-
trative, and fiscal service will follow, insofar as
practicable, the Classification Act of 1923 used by
the Civil Service, since this would provide a broad
and flexible system under which this personnel
could be appropriately classified in accordance
with their particular qualifications and experience.
The special technical and scientific personnel would
be appointed to classified grades within the For-
eign Service structure commensurate with the
candidate's age, qualifications and experience, and
personnel of this category detailed for special duty
would be paid as though they continued to serve
in their regular civil-service positions. Personnel
would, as a matter of equity, receive the allowances
provided pursuant to the amended provisions of
this bill and similar to those now granted Foreign
Service officers under section 19 of the act of Feb-
ruary 23, 1931 (22 U.S.C, sec. 12). Suitable re-
tirement privileges would be provided for perma-
nent (but not temporary) appointees tlirough their
integration into the Foreign Service retirement and
disability system.

In the critical years ahead, the Government of
the United States will need, and should have, a
Foreign Service second to none. It has such a
Foreign Sei*vice at the present time, and the pro-
posed authority to provide it with a corps of highly
trained experts and technicians, recruited from
the best talent procurable, will enable it to dis-
charge successfully all the new demands and re-
sponsibilities that will be placed upon it.

230

Eepresentatives of the Department of State are
prepared, at the request of the appropriate com-
mittees of the Congress, to supply additional de-
tailed information with respect to the accompany-
ing bill. It has been referred to the Director of
the Bureau of the Budget, who has informed the
Department of State that there is no objection to
its submission to the Congress.

Eespectfully submitted.

E. R. Stettinius, Jr.
Acting Secretary of State

Treaty Information

EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS
United Stales and Iraq

The American Minister to Iraq transmitted to
the Secretary of State, with a despatch dated Feb-
ruary 17, 1944, an agreement between the Govern-
ment of the United States of America and the
Government of Iraq for the partial exchange of
official publications, effected by an exchange of
notes dated February 16, 1944.

Each of the notes is accompanied by a list of
the official publications to be regularly exchanged
by one Government with the other Government.
Under the agreement new and important publica-
tions which may be initiated in the future are to
be included in the lists for exchange without the
necessity of subsequent negotiations. The official
exchange office for the transmission of the publi-
cations on the part of the United States is the
Smithsonian Institution, and on the part of Iraq
the official exchange office is the Translation and
Publication Section of the Iraqi Ministry of Edu-
cation. The publications exchanged wiU be re-
ceived by the Library of Congress on behalf of the
United States and by the Public Library of Bagh-
dad on behalf of the Iraqi Government. Each
party to the agreement agrees to bear the postal,
railroad, steamship, and other charges arising in
its own territory, and to expedite the shipments as
far as possible.

The agi-eement entered into effect on February
16, 1944.

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

United States and Afghanistan

The American Minister to Afghanistan in-
formed the Secretary of State, by a telegram dated
Februarj' 29, 1944, that by an exchange of notes of
tliat date an agreement was concluded between the
Government of the United States of America and
the Government of Afghanistan for the exchange
of official publications.

ENTER-AMERICAN INDUN INSTITUTE

Doininican Republic

The Mexican Ambassador at Wasliington in-
formed the Secretary of State, by a note dated
February 15, 1944, that the Dominican Republic
has notified the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of
Mexico of its adherence to the Convention Pro-
viding for the Creation of an Inter-American
Indian Institute, in accordance with the second
paragraph of article XVI of that convention. The
convention was opened for signature at Mexico
City on November 1, 1940.

INTER-AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AGRI-
CULTURAL SCIENCES

El Salvador

By a letter dated February 28, 1944, the Director
General of the Pan American Union informed the
Secretary of State that the Convention on the
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences,
which was opened for signature at the Pan Ameri-
can Union on January 15, 1944, was signed for El
Salvador on February 18, 1944.

The convention was signed on January 15, 1944
for the United States of America, Costa Rica,
Nicaragua, and Panama; on January 20, 1944 for
Cuba and Ecuador; and on January 28, 1944 for
the Dominican Republic and Honduras.

PROVISIONAL FUR SEAL AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND
CANADA

On February 26, 1944 the President approved
an act entitled "An act to give effect to the Pro-
visional Fur Seal Agreement of 1942 between the

MARCH 4, 1944

231

United States of America and Canada ; to protect
the fur seals of the Pribilof Islands; and for other
purposes" (Public Law 237, 78th Cong.)

The Provisional Fur Seal Agreement between
the United States of America and Canada, re-
ferred to in the above-mentioned law, was effected
by an exchange of notes signed in Washington
on December 8, 1942 and December 19, 1942. Ar-
ticle X of the agi-eement provides in part as fol-
lows: "This Agreement shall enter into force on
the day the President of the United States of
America approves legislation enacted by the Con-
gress of the United States for its enforcement,
and the day the Government of Canada issues an
Order in Council ap^jlying the provisions of the
Agreement, or should the President's approval of
the legislation and the issuance of the Order in
Council be on different days, on the date of the
later in time of such approval by the President
or issuance of such Order in Council."

Legislation

A Bill To Amend the Organic Act of Puerto Rico : Hearings
before a subcommittee of the Committee on Territories
and Insular Affairs, United States Senate, 7Sth Cong.,
1st sess., on S. 1407. November 16, 17, 18, 24, 25, 26,
and December 1, 1943. iv, 605 pp.

To Amend the Communications Act of 1934 : Hearings be-
fore the Committee on Interstate Commerce, United
States Senate, 78th Cong., 1st sess., on S. 814. November
3, 4, 5, 9, 11, 12, 15-19, 22-24, 29-30; December 1-4,
6-10, 14-16, 1943. iv, 1022 pp.

Alaska Fishery Act : Hearing before a subcommittee of
the Committee on Commerce, United States Senate, on
S. 930, a bill to assure conservation of and to permit the

fullest utilization of the fisheries of Alaska, and for
other purposes. January 20, 1944. iv, 154 pp.

War and Post- War Adjustment Policy: Report on war
and post-war adjustment policy submitted by Bernard
M. Baruch and John M. Hancock to James F. Byrnes,
Director, Office of War Mobilization, on February 15,
1944. S. Doe. 154, 78th Cong, iv, 108 pp.

Annual Report of the Alien Property Custodian : Message
from the President of the United States transmitting
the annual report of the Alien Property Custodian on
proceedings had under the Trading with the Enemy Act,
as amended, for the period beginning March 11, 1942,
and ending June 30, 1943. H. Doc. 417, 7Sth Cong, vi,
166 pp.

Appointment of Two Additional Secretaries of State:
Message from the President of the United States trans-
mitting report of the Acting Secretary of State, and the
draft of proposed legislation to provide in the present
emergency, and for so long thereafter as may be neces-
sary, for the appointment, with the consent of the Sen-
ate, of two additional Assistant Secretaries of State.
H. Doc. 456, 78th Cong. 2 pp.

Amending Act Grading Clerks tn the Foreign Service:
Message from the President of the United States trans-
mitting report from the Acting Secretary of State and
the draft of proposed legislation to amend the act en-
titled "An Act for the Grading and Classification of
Clerks in the Foreign Service of the United States of
America, and Providing Compensation Therefor" ap-
proved February 23, 1931, as amended. H. Doc. 457,
78th Cong. 8 pp.

Closer Relationships Between the American Republics:
Message from the President of the United States trans-
mitting report from the Acting Secretary of State with
an accompanying memorandum. H. Doc. 474, 78th Cong.
6 pp.

An Act To give effect to the Provisional Fur Seal Agree-
ment of 1942 between the United States of America and
Canada ; to protect the fur seals of the Pribilof Islands ;
and for other purposes. Approved February 26, 1944.
[H.R. 2924] Public Law 237, 78th Cong. 5 pp.

0. S. eoVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, 0. S. Government Printinf; Office, Washington 25. D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, ?2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THB APPBOVAL OF THE DIEECTOR OF THE BUBBAU OF THB BUDGET

^^5^.. / h ^

u

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BE

J

H

"^ m

c

Tin

MARCH 11, 1944
Vol. X,_No. 246— Publication 2083

ontents

The War ^w

The United States and Ireland:

United States Request for the Removal of Axis Diplo-
matic and Consular Representatives From Ire-
land 235

Inability of United States To Sell Additional Mer-
chant Ships to Ireland . 236

American Troops in the British Isles 237

Petroleum Questions: Preliminary Discussions by the

United States and the United Kingdom 238

Exchange of American and German Nationals .... 238

Third Annivereary of Lend-Lease 238

The Proclaimed List: Cumulative Supplement 6 to

Revision VI 239

Africa

The Brazzaville Conference of French African Gover-
nors, January 30-February 8, 1944 239

The Department

The Establishment of a Personnel Utilization Pro-
gram in the Department of State: Departmental
Order 1236 of March 10, 1944 240

Creation of Planning Staff in the Office of Foreign
Service Administration: Departmental Order 1234
of March 6, 1944 241

Appointment of Officers 242

American Republics

Centennial Celebration of the Independence of the

Dominican Repubhc 242

[OVER]

U. S. SlTEnrHTE'NCE.NT Or •CCC'J^.ENTS

APR 6 1944

0

ontents-f^oNTmvEjy

Treaty Information Page
Agreement Between the United States and the United
Kingdom Regarding Extension of Time for Copy-
right 243

General Inter-American Convention for Trade Mark

and Commercial Protection 248

Legislation 249

Publications 249

The War

THE UNITED STATES AND IRELAND

United States Request for the Removal of Axis Diplomatic and Consular Representatives

From Ireland

[Released to the press March 10]

The Secretary of State announced on March 10,
1944 that the American Government on February
21 had made a request to the Irish Government for
th;e removal of Axis consular and diplomatic repre-
sentatives whose presence in Ireland must be re-
garded as constituting a danger to the lives of
American soldiers and to the success of the Allied
military operations. The Irish Government has
now replied that it is impossible for it to comply
with this request. The text of the note delivered
to Prime Minister de Valera on February 21, 1944
by the American Minister in Dublin, on instruc-
tions from the Department, reads as follows :

"Your Excellency will recall that in your speech
at Cork delivered on the fourteenth of December,
1941 you expressed sentiments of special friend-
ship for the American people on the occasion of
their entry into the present war and closed by
saying, 'The policy of the state remains unchanged.
We can only be a friendly neutral.' As you will
also recall, extracts of this speech were trans-
mitted to the President by your Minister in Wash-
ington. The President, while conveying his ap-
preciation for this expression of friendship, stated
his confidence that the Irish Government and the
Irish people, whose freedom is at stake no less than
ours, would know how to meet their responsibil-
ities in this situation.

"It has become increasingly apparent that de-
spite the declared desire of the Irish Government
that its neutrality should not operate in favor of
either of the belligerents, it has in fact operated
and continues to operate in favor of the Axis
powers and against the United Nations on whom
your security and the maintenance of your na-

tional economy depend. One of the gravest and
most inequitable results of this situation is the
opportunity for highly organized espionage which
the geographical position of Ireland affords the
Axis and denies the United Nations. Situated as
you are in close proximity to Britain, divided
only by an intangible boundary from Northern Ire-
land, where are situated important American
bases, with continuous traffic to and from both
countries. Axis agents enjoy almost unrestricted
opportunity for bringing military information of
vital importance from Great Britain and Northern
Ireland into Ireland and from there transmitting
it by various routes and methods to Germany. No
opportunity corresponding to this is open to the
United Nations, for the Axis has no military dis-*
positions which may be observed from Ireland.

"We do not question the good faith of the Irish
Government in its efforts to suppress Axis espio-
nage. Whether or to what extent it has succeeded
in preventing acts of espionage against American
shipping and American forces in Great Britain
and Northern Ireland is, of course, impossible to
determine with certainty. Nevertheless it is a fact
that German and Japanese diplomatic and consular
representatives still continue to reside in Dublin
and enjoy the special privileges and immunities
customarily accorded to such officials. That Axis
representatives in neutral countries use these
special privileges and immunities as a cloak for
espionage activities against the United Nations has
been demonstrated over and over again. It would
be naive to assume that Axis agencies have not
exploited conditions to the full in Ireland as they
have in other countries. It is our understanding
that the German Legation in Dublin, until recently

235

236

DEPABTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

at least, has had in its possession a radio sending
set. This is evidence of the intention of the Ger-
man Government to use this means of communica-
tion. Supporting evidence is furnished by the two
parachutists equipped vrith radio sending sets
recently dropped on your territoi-y by German
planes.

"As you know from common reiJort, United
Nations military operations are in preparation in
both Britain and Northern Ireland. It is vital
that information from which may be deduced their
nature and direction should not reach the enemy.
Not only the success of the operations but the lives
of thousands of United Nations' soldiers are at
stake.

"We request therefore, that the Irish Govern-

ment take appropriate steps for the recall of Ger-
man and Japanese representatives in Ireland. We
should be lacking in candor if we did not state our
hope that this action will take the form of sever-
ance of all diplomatic relations between Ireland
and these two countries. You will, of course,
readily understand the compelling reasons why we
ask -as an absolute-minimum the removal of these
Axis representatives whose presence in Ireland
mxist inevitably b& regardedascoi>stituting a dan-
ger to the lives of American soldiers and to the
success of Allied military operations.

"It is hardly necessary to point out that time is
of extreme impoitance and that we trust Your Ex-
cellency will favor us with your reply at your early
convenience."

Inability of United States To Sell Additional Merchant Ships to Ireland

[Released to the press Marcb 11]

The text of a note delivered to Prime Minister
de Valera on January 6, 1944 by the American
Minister in Dublin, the Honorable David Gray,
on instruction from the Secretary of State, follows :

"I have the honor to refer to recent efforts of the
Irish Government, through its officials in Wash-
ington, to obtain additional merchant ships in the
United States. Several weeks ago the Irish Ship-
ping Limited, an agency of the Irish Government,
entered into negotiations with the States Marine
Corporation in New York for the purchase of the
SS Wolverin^^ a vessel of approximately eight
thousand tons under charter to the United States
War Shipping Administration. Application was
made to the Maritime Commission for approval of
the proposed sale and the Irish Legation in Wash-
ington, in a note of December 4, requested the
State Department to recommend to the AVar Ship-
ping Administration that the application be ap-
proved.

"I am instructed to inform you that the State
Department in consultation with the President has
given this matter careful consideration and for the
reasons set forth below has been unable to make
the recommendation requested by the Irish Gov-
ernment. The United States Maritime Commis-

sion on December 7 denied the application for the
proposed sale as not being in tlie interests of the
United States.

"You will recall that in September 1941, in the
face of a growing world shortage of shipping, the
American Goveinment made available to the Irish
Government by charter two American merchant
ships. These two ships have now both been de-
stroyed and, in view of all the circumstances, we
must assume they were destroyed by Axis subma-
rines. The American Govei-nment understands
that the /mA Pine (formerly the West Hematite)
sailed from Ireland October 28, 1942 and failed
to arrive at its destination and that the /m-A Oak
(formerly West. Ncns) was torpedoed on the
morning of May 15, 1943 in open daylight and
under conditions of good visibility. Although no
definite information seems to be available regard-
ing the precise manner of the sinking of the Irish
Pine, the torpedoing of the Irish Oak appears to
have been definitely established, as well as the fact
that a German submarine was observed by the crew
of the Ii'i^h Oak some hours prior to the sinking.
The sinking of the Irish Oak, which you have
-rightly described as a 'wanton and inexcusable
act', and of other Irish ships must be presumed
in the absence of evidence to the contrary to be

MAUCH 11, 1944

237

the work of Axis submarines in their campaign
of indiscriminate warfare against all ships
whether belligerent or neutral.

"In chartering the West Henvatite (Irish Pine)
and the West A>>is- (In.sh Oak) to the Irish Gov-
ernment the American Government was motivated
by the most friendly considerations and by the
sole purpose of helping tlie Irish Government and
the Irish people to carry to their shores foodstuffs
and other supplies of critical necessity. This, of
course, constitutes only a part of the efforts of
the American Government since the outbreak of
the war to assist the Irish people in obtaining
needed supplies. The chartering of these ships to
the Irish Government represented a real sacrifice
on the part of the United States at a time when
shipping space was most badly needed. The Irish
Government sailed these ships with distinct neu-
tral markings and they carried supplies in no way
connected with the war. The action of the Axis
submarines in sinking these ships without warn-
ing is, therefore, to repeat your own language, a
'wanton and inexcusable act'.

"So far as the American Government is in-
formed, the Irish Government has taken no steps

against the Axis Governments and, thus far, has
offered no word of protest to the Axis Govern-
ments against these wanton acts. These repeated
attacks on Irish ships appear to be conclusive
proof, if further proof were needed, that the Axis
powers ax-e in fact making war upon Ireland
while at the same time using Ireland's friendship
to the detriment of the United Nations war effort.
The loss of the West Hematite {Irish Pine) and
the West Neris {Irish Oak) has harmed not only
Ireland but the United States, to whom those
vessels belonged, and the whole United Nations
war effort.

"The fact that ships sailing under the Irish flag
bear distinct neutral markings and travel fully
lighted at night should make them immune from
belligerent attack but in reality serves only to
make them easy targets for Nazi submarines. Any
further ships transferred to the Irish flag would
be subjected to these same hazards.

"In view of the foregoing circumstances, it is
regretted that the State Department cannot com-
ply with your request that it recommend to the
Maritime Commission the approval of the sale now
in question."

American Troops in the British Isles

[Released to the press March 11]

The text of a message from the President to
Prime Minister de Valera, transmitted to the Irish
Minister in Washington on February 26, 1942 by
the Acting Secretary of State, follows:

"I have received, through Mr. Brennan, Irish
Minister in Washington, the text of your state-
ment on January 27,^ last, following the arrival
of American troops in the British Isles.

"The decision to disjmtch troops to the British
Isles was reached in close consultation with the
British Government as part of our sti'ategic plan
to defeat the Axis aggressors. There was not,
and is not now, the slightest thought or intention
of invading Irish territory or threatening Irish
security. Far from constituting a threat to Ire-
land, the presence of these troops in neighboring

' Not printed.

territory can only contribute to the security of
Ireland and of the whole British Isles, as well as
furthering our total war effort.

"I have noted in your previous statements ex-
pressions of gratitude for the long interest of the
United States in Irish freedom. The special ties
of blood and friendship between our two countries
are recognized here no less than in Ireland and
have never left us unconcerned with the problems
and fate of Ireland.

"At some future date when Axis aggression has
been crushed by the military might of free peoples,
the nations of the earth must gather about a peace
table to plan the future world on foundations of
liberty and justice everywhere. I think it only
right that I make plain at this time that when that
time comes the Irish Government in its own best
interest should not stand alone but should be asso-
ciated with its traditional friends, and, among
thfem, the United States of America."

"238

DEPABTMENT OF feTATB BtrLtJETiN

PETROLEUM QUESTIONS

Preliminary Discussions by the United States and
the United Kingdom

[Released to the press March 7]

The Acting Secretary of State on March 7, 1944
made the following announcement, which is being
issued simultaneously in Washington and London :

"The Governments of the United States and the
United Kingdom are undertaking preliminary and
exploratory discussions on petroleum questions.
These discussions will be, in the first instance, on
an expert technical level, and will take place in
Washington."

The Acting Secretary of State stated that it is
contemplated that these informal conversations
with the British Goveriunent on problems of mu-
tual interest relating to oil would lead at an early
date to further conversations between the two
Goverimients at a higher level. For this purpose
the President has appointed a group, under the
chairmanship of the Secretary of State, consisting
of Harold L. Ickes, Secretary of the Interior;
Robert P. Patterson, Undei- Secretary of War;
James V. Forrestal, Under Secretary of the Navy ;
Charles B. Rayner, Petroleum Adviser of the De-
partment of State; and Charles E. Wilson, Vice
Chairman of the War Production Board.

In making the above announcement, the Acting
Secretary of State stated that, should these con-
versations lead to conclusions, no decision affect-
ing producing areas would be taken without con-
sultation with the governments of the countries
concerned. He also pointed out that this Gov-
ernment is at all times ready to discuss economic
problems with other governments and, accord-
ingly, will welcome discussions with the govern-
ment of any other friendly country concerning pe-
troleum questions of mutual interest.

EXCHANGE OF AMERICAN AND GERMAN
NATIONALS

[Released to the press March 6]

The motorship Gripsholm, carrying nationals of
the United States and of the other American re-
publics being repatriated as the result of the ex-
change effected at Lisbon, left that port at 12 : 80

a'.ni. «Sn Monday, March 6, 1944. After the depar-
ture from Lisbon the vessel had to anchor in the
River Tagus on account of fog and did not put out
to sea until 8 : 42 a.m., March 6.

In the absence of bad weather or other unfore-
seen delays, the Gripsholm, should reach the United
States about March 14 and may be expected to dock
at Jersey City on March 14 or March 15, depending
on the time of arrival.

A list of American passengers aboard the
Gripsholm has been issued as Department of State
press release 75, of March 11, 1944. There are also
on board the Gripsholm, moi-e than 100 nationals
of the other American republics.

THIRD ANNIVERSARY OF LEND-LEASE

[Released to the press March 11]

The Under Secretary of State made the follow-
ing statement on the third anniversary of the
passage of the Lend -Lease Act, March 11, 1941 :

"In the great arsenal of fighting-power which
the United Nations have created to destroy the
forces of Axis tyranny, lend-lease and reverse
lend-lease are major weapons. They were forged
three years ago today, when the aggressors were
winning all the battles and the freedom-loving
nations of the world were in mortal peril. The
weapons of mutual aid have been well tested in
the fire of battle since that day. On the war fronts
all over the globe — in Europe, in Africa, in Asia,
and in the islands of the Pacific — it is the United
Nations that are now winning the battles; it is the
Germans and the Japanese that are meeting defeat.
Together the United Nations are striking with
greater and greater power.

"Lend-lease is more, however, than a piece of
machinery for winning a war. It is a vital expres-
sion of the most important principle in interna-
tional relations — the principle that free nations
must stand together to preserve their freedom. I
like to think of the Lend-Lease Act as a 'Declara-
tion of Interdependence' among the freedom-
loving peoples of the world.

"The only way the Axis powers can now escape
total defeat is by dividing the strength of the

MAKCH 11, 1944

239

United Nations. I am confident that our enemies
will fail in this last desperate defense. We have
learned the bitter lesson of disunity. We shall not
turn our backs on the principles of mutual aid and
mutual trust which ai-e today bringing us victory."

THE PROCLAIMED LIST: CUMULATIVE
SUPPLEMENT 6 TO REVISION VI

[Released to the press March 11]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunction
with the Acting Secretary of the Treasury, the
Attorney General, the Secretary of Commerce, the
Administrator of the Foreign Economic Admin-
istration, and the Acting Coordinator of Inter-
American Aifaii-s, on March 11, 1944 issued Cumu-
lative Supplement 6 to Revision VI of the Pro-
claimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals, pro-
mulgated October 7, 1943.

Part I of Cumulative Supplement 6 contains 63
additional listings in the other American repub-
lics and 75 deletions. Part II contains 33 addi-

tional listings outside the Ainerican republics and
40 deletions.

[Released to the press March 11]

In connection with the deletion of Sulzer Broth-
ei-s of Winterthur, Switzerland, from the Pro-
claimed List, the Department of State made the
following announcement :

"The firm of Sulzer Brothers of Winterthur,
Switzerland, was placed on the Proclaimed List
by reason of the very substantial increase during
the summer of 1943 in certain of its exports, notably
marine diesel engines, to Axis countries. It was
also included in the British Statutory List for
the same reason. Since then, the United States
Government and the British Government have re-
ceived from the Swiss Government certain assur-
ances regarding this firm's future, providing that
the extraordinary exports which led to its being
listed will not recur. In view of these assurances,
the firm has been removed from the Proclaimed
List and the Statutory List."

THE BRAZZAVILLE CONFERENCE OF FRENCH AFRICAN GOVERNORS

JANUARY 30-FEBRUARY 8, 1944

"The Conference at Brazzaville is essentially the
prologue of a work the chapters of which can only
be written in France, but it is our duty to France —
at present separated from its colonies and severed
from currents of world opinion — to sketch here
and now the broad outlines of the work to be done."

This statement regarding the Conference of
French African Governors which was soon to be
held at Brazzaville, French Equatorial Africa,
was made by M. Rene Pleven, Minister for Col-
onies of the French Committee of National Libera-
tion, during the course of an address before the
Consultative Assembly at Algiers on January 14,
1944. The conference was to undertake prelim-
inary exploratory deliberations with a view to
formulating proposals and recommendations re-

garding future colonial policy which would be sub-
mitted to the French National Committee at
Algiers but which would be acted upon finally only
by the central metropolitan government estab-
lished after the liberation of France.

Representatives of all the French colonies in
Africa (including French Equatorial Africa,
French Somaliland, French West Africa, Mada-
gascar, and Reunion) participated in the confer-
ence, which convened on January 30, 1944. Also
present were members of the Algerian, Moroccan,
and Tunisian Governments, as well as 10 members
of the Consultative Assembly, who acted as ob-
servers, and Algerian, Belgian, English, and
Spanish journalists.

By February 8, 1944, the day on which the con-
ference closed, the delegates had discussed and

240

DEPABTMENT OF STATK BXJLLETIN

adopted a number of proposals and recommenda-
tions for submission to the French National Com-
mittee at Algiers. It was suggested that the na-
tives be given a greater part in mining, commer-
cial, and transportation activities in order that
they might be able to increase their purchasing-
power. In this connection, consideration was
given to -the possibility of taking the heretofore
unprecedented action of adopting restrictive immi-
gration regulations, directed at undesirable
Europeans, in order to protect native labor from
undue European competition. In addition to dis-
cussing specific economic problems of this nature,
the delegates also suggested the need for coordi-
nating any planned economy with such interna-
tional plans as might be formulated in the future.

Consideration was given to the problem of the
representation of colonial French territories in
the future constitutional organization of France,
but no specific recommendation was made. When
the related question of colonial administration
was considered, however, it was suggested that the
School for France Overseas should be reorganized
in order to provide for the training therein of
capable men from outstanding schools and uni-
versities, particularly men who had been members
of the armed services.

Social-reform measures were discussed. One im-
portant recommendation wliich was adopted pro-
vided for the establishment of an Inter-African
Health Bureau, the development of an over-all
medical plan for French Africa, and the creation
of a native medical corps. The delegates unani-
mously condemned the prevailing practice of
polygamy and, being agreed that efforts should be
made to improve the status of native women, sug-
gested that such questions as the dowry system
and marriage laws should be reconsidered by the
proper authorities. The delegates also proposed
that primary schools be established for the instruc-
tion of natives of both sexes and that, eventually,
natives be trained as teachers.

In the field of justice, the recommendation was
made that the present double-code system of
French justice and native justice be replaced by a
single penal code for all the French territories
in Africa,

The delegates appear to have taken an important
initial step in the direction of the fulfihnent of

the objectives set forth by General de Gaulle in
the opening address of the conference — namely,
the study of the economic, political, social, and
moral measures which could be adopted in each
colony and territory in order to integrate more
completely the progress and development of the
native population with that of the white com-
munity and to bring the natives to the point where
they would be able to participate in the manage-
ment of their own affairs. While M. Pleven stated
in the final address of the conference that, in con-
nection with the economy envisaged, recourse
would be had, if possible, to international agree-
ments, the emphasis during the conference ap-
pears to have been on national activities rather
than on plans for international cooperation.

The Department

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A PERSONNEL
UTILIZATION PROGRAM IN THE DE-
PARTMENT OF STATE

Departmental Order 1236 of March 10, 1944 ^

Pdepose or Obdee

The purpose of this order is to promote within
the Department effective personnel administration
through the development of a personnel utiliza-
tion program.

The President has requested the Civil Service
Commission to establish within the vai-ious Fed-
eral Departments and Agencies an aggressive
personnel utilization program which will secure
better utilization of personnel throughout the Fed-
eral Government. The need of such a program
has been greatly emphasized by criticisms directed
at the Government for its alleged failure to utilize
personnel effectively. A good personnel utiliza-
tion program will —

1. Make better use of present pei-sonnel.

2. Improve personnel and administrative prac-

tices at all levels.

3. Reduce turnover through investigation, an-

alysis and action on the many personnel
and administrative phases of the problem.

' Effective Mar. 9, 1944.

MARCH 11, 1944

241

The Civil Service Commission must allocate
available personnel to those agencies ■which justify
their recruiting requirements by establishing that
maximum utilization of personnel is being ob-
served. The primary condition for obtaining pri-
orities for personnel from the Commission is that
agencies submit quarterly reports starting March
31, 1944 showing that they are making full utiliza-
tion of their manpower.

Organization of the Peksonnel Utilization
Section

There is hereby established within the Division
of Departmental Personnel a Personnel Utiliza-
tion Section which will have the responsibility for
the development of a personnel utilization pro-
gram in the Department. In this section will be
centralized the responsibility for the continuous
surveys in the personnel utilization program re-
quiring careful planning, scheduling, and follow-
through. These surveys are to be conducted at
the operating levels and will be designed to ascer-
tain employee and supervisory attitudes, to pro-
mote maximum use of skills and abilities, and to
analyze and evaluate personnel and administra-
tive practices currently employed in the divisions.
As a result of these surveys confidential reports
with recommendations will be submitted to the
Division Chiefs. Analyses of these reports will
give direction to the attainment of better super-
visory and employee effort, productivity and
morale.

Kecommendations as a result of the personnel
utilization program shall be worked out between
the Chief of Departmental Personnel and the Di-
visions concerned. Matters involving recom-
mended major changes as a result of the surveys
shall be dealt with by the Director of the Office
of Departmental Administration.

The Department's personnel utilization project
has unlimited possibilities for developing effective
personnel practices and for improving methods
of administration. The success of the program
will depend to a great extent upon the continuous
cooperation of every member of the Department.
Through improved personnel management, the
personnel utilization project will assist every per-
son charged with administrative or supervisory re-

678041—44 2

sponsibility to perform his or her assigned func-
tions more efficiently, effectively and economically.
I personally endorse this personnel utilization
program and shall be interested in periodic reports
of its progress. I am sure that all supervisory
officers will welcome this assistance and that the
Department will benefit from the results achieved.
E. E. Stettinius, Jr.
Acting Secretary of State

CREATION OF PLANNING STAFF IN THE
OFFICE OF FOREIGN SERVICE ADMINIS-
TRATION

Departmental Order 1234 of March 6, 1944 »

In order to strengthen the Office of Foreign
Service Administration to carry out effectively its
responsibility under Departmental Order 1218,
there is hereby created special staff in the Office
of Foreign Service Administration for the pur-
pose of rendering staff assistance on programming
and planning with a view toward continual ad-
justment and improvement in the over-all admin-
istration of the Foreign Service. This staff shall
assist the Director, under the immediate direction
of a Deputy Director for planning, in carrying
out the following responsibilities of the Office of
Foreign Service Administration:

(a) Reviewing and evaluating projects, pro-
grams, and surveys originating in the Department
or in other departments and agencies and to be
undertaken by the Foreign Service;

(b) Making recommendations as to the number
and character of Foreign Service personnel re-
quired for the execution of such projects, programs,
and surveys;

(c) Making recommendations for the main-
tenance of the efficiency of Foreign Service per-
sonnel responsible for implementing the programs
originated by other departments and agencies ;

(d) Making recommendations, after consulta-
tion with other Offices and Divisions of the Depart-
ment, particularly the Office of Economic Affairs
and the Office of Wartime Economic Affairs, for
improving the services rendered by the Foreign

' Eflfectlve Mar. 1, 1944.

242

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Service to American agricultural, commercial,
shipping, industrial, and other interests;

(e) Maintaining working liaison with the Of-
fice of Departmental Admihistration to assure
effective coordination of Foreign Service and
Departmental administrative policies and prac-
tices ;

(f) Arranging, in collaboration with other
Offices and Divisions of the Department, particu-
larly the Office of Public Information, and with
other departments and agencies, trade and other
conferences and itineraries of returning Foreign
Service and auxiliary Foreign Service officers;
and

•(g) Developing standards for the improvement
of reporting from the missions and for the evalua-
tion of Foreign Service reports.

Mr, Monnett B. Davis is hereby designated
Deputy Director for planning in the Office of For-
eign Service Administi'ation. Mr. Horton Henry
is hereby designated Chief of the planning staff in
the Office of Foreign Service Administration.
E. R. Stettinius, Ji\
Acting Secretary of State

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

By Departmental Order 1235 of March 6, 1944,
effective March 1, 1944, the Acting Secretary of
State designated Mr. Laurence C. Frank as Chief
of the Division of Foreign Service Administra-
tion.

American Republics

CENTENMAL CELEBRATION OF THE INDE-
PENDENCE OF THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

[Released to the press Marcb 6]

- There follows an exchange of messages between
the President of the United States and His Excel-
lency, Rafael L. Trujillo Molina, President of the
Doininican Republic, on the occasion of the anni-
versary celebrating the centennial of Dominican
independence :

February 27, 1944.

It gives me great pleasure on this historic anni-
versary celebrating the Centennial of Dominican
Independence, to express to you and to the people
of the Dominican Republic the hearty congratu-
lations and best wishes of the people of the United
States, who are privileged, through the official
United States Delegation, to particijaate in the
several patriotic and cultural events with which
3'our Government and people are marking this sig-
nificant and happy date.

The Dominican Republic has advanced far in
these past hundred years along the paths of civili-
zation and progress and it is now engaged with the
other United Nations in a struggle to maintain
open to the fi-eedom-loving peoples of the world
the opportunity for further progress along these
paths.

Our common enemies will fight to the bitter end
to prevent our inevitable victory. Not only on the
field of battle do they oppose us. They are also
endeavoring to sow disunity among us and thus
to weaken our growing will and our mounting
strength. Their efforts to divide us, one from an-
other, can and must be destroyed through the un-
flinching determination of all of us to achieve and
maintain that mutual understanding and appre-
ciation which is the fountain of true cooperation.

I extend to Your Excellency my best wishes for
your health and well-being.

Franklin D Roosevelt

[Translation]

February 29, 1944.
I thank Your Excellency very sincerely for the
message which you sent me on the occasion of the
first centennial of the independence of my country,
and I formulate my warmest good wishes for Your
Excellency's personal happiness and for the pros-
perity of your glorious Nation. On such a great
occasion I take pleasure in repeating to Your Ex-
cellency the unchangeable decision of my Govern-
ment and of -the Dominican people to go on fight-
ing together with the Allied Nations until final
victory is won against our common enemies, whose
efforts shall never be able to destroy the spirit of
firm solidarity existing between our two countries

MARCH 11, 1944

243

and which is closer since the tragic hour of Pearl
Harbor. Permit me, Excellency, also to express
the hope which I cherish that all the nations of
this continent may feel themselves more and more

closely bound to the nations which are fighting so
heroically to assure to humanity a world based on
foundations of justice, liberty, and democracy.

Rafael L. Trujillo

Treaty Information

AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND THE UNITED KINGDOM REGARDING

EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COPYRIGHT

[Released to the press March 10]

An agreement between the United States of
America and the United Kingdom for an extension
of time for fulfilment of the conditions and formal-
ities for securing copyright during the present
emergency was effected on March 10, 1944 by an
exchange of notes between the British Ambassador
and the Secretary of State.

The note from the British Ambassador to the
Secretary of State is accompanied by a list of the
British territories to which, together with Pales-
tine, the agreement is to apply, and a copy of an
Order in Council, published in the London Gazette
of March 10, 1944, according copyright-extension
privileges to authors and copyright proprietors of
the United States. The note from the Secretary
of State to the British Ambassador is accompanied
by a copy of a proclamation issued on March 10,
1944 by the President of the United States pur-
suant to Public Law 258, 77th Congress (55 Stat.
732), according equivalent copyright-extension
privileges to British authors and copyright pro-
prietors in the British territories to which the
agreement is to apply and to authors and copy-
right proprietors who are citizens of Palestine.

The texts of the above-mentioned notes and ac-
companiments are as follows:

The British Ambassador in Washington to the
Secretary of State

No. 144 British Embassy

Washington, March 10th, 19jU..
Mr. Secretary of State,

The attention of His Majesty's Principal Secre-
tai-y of State for Foreign Affairs has been invited

to the Act of Congress of the United States of
America approved 25th September, 1941, which
provides for extending, on a reciprocal basis, the
time for the fulfilment of the conditions and
formalities prescribed by the copyright laws of the
United States in the case of authors or proprietors
of works first produced or published abroad who
are temporarily unable to comply with those condi-
tions and formalities because of the disruption or
suspension of the facilities essential for their
compliance.

By "direction of Mr. Eden, I write to inform you
that, by reason of the existing emergency, Brit-
ish authors and copyright proprietors of certain
of His Majesty's dominions, colonies and posses-
sions and citizens of Palestine (excluding Trans-
Jordan) do at present lack, and since the outbreak
of the war between the United Kingdom and Ger-
many on September 3rd, 1939, have lacked the
facilities essential to compliance with and to the
fulfilment of the conditions and formalities
established by the laws of the United States relat-
ing to copyright.

It is the desire of His Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom that, in accordance with the
procedure provided in the said Act of September
25th, 1941, the time for fulfilling the conditions and
formalities of the copyright laws of the United
States be extended for the benefit of (1) British
nationals of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland and of the British territories
named in the annexed list, and (2) citizens of
Palestine (excluding Trans- Jordan), whose works
are eligible to copyright in the United States.

244

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"With a view to assuring the Government of the
United States of Amei'ica of reciprocal protection
for authors and proprietors of the United States,
His Majesty the King has made an Order in Coun-
cil, the text of vrhich is annexed hereto, which will
come into effect from the date on which the Presi-
dent of the United States shall proclaim, in ac-
cordance with the said Act of September 25th,
1941 that by reason of the existing emergency,
British nationals of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland and of the British
territories named in the annexed list, and citizens
of Palestine (excluding Trans- Jordan), who are
authors or copyright owners of works first pro-
duced or published outside the United States and
now subject to copyright, ad intenm copyright or
renewal of copyright under the laws of the United
States, are at present and since the outbreak of war
between the United Kingdom and Germany on
September 3rd, 1939, have been temporarily unable
to comply with the conditions and formalities pre-
scribed with respect to such works by the copyright
laws of the United States.

His Majesty's Government in the United King-
dom are prepared if this proposal is acceptable to
the Government of the United States of America,
to regard the present note and Your Excellency's
reply to the same effect as constituting an agree-
ment between the two Governments, which shall
take effect this day.

I have [etc.] Halifax

[Enclosure 1]
British India
Britisti Burma
Southern Rhodesia
Aden Colony
Bahamas
Barbados
Basutoland

Bechuanaland Protectorate
Bermuda
British Guiana
British Honduras

British Solomon Islands Protectorate
Ceylon
Cyprus

Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Fiji

Gambia (Colony and Protectorate)
Gibraltar

Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony
Gold Coast

(a) Colony

(b) Ashantl

(c) Northern Territories
Hong Kong

Jamaica (including Turks and Caicos Islands and the

Cayman Islands)
Kenya (Colony and Protectorate)
Leeward Islands

Antigua

Montserrat

St. Christopher and Nevis

Virgin Islands
Malta
Mauritius
Nigeria

(a) Colony

(b) Protectorate
Northern Rhodesia
Nyasaland Protectorate
Palestine (excluding Trans-Jordan)
St. Helena and Ascension
Seychelles

Sierra Leone (Colony and Protectorate)

Somaliland Protectorate

Straits Settlements

Swaziland

Trans-Jordan

Trinidad and Tobago

Uganda Protectorate

Windward Islands

Dominica

Grenada

St. Lucia

St. Vincent

tEnclosure 2]

AT THE COURT AT BUCKINGHAM PALACE

The 6th day of August, 1942

Present

THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY

Lord President
Lord Macmillan

Secretary Sir Archibald Sinclair
Mr. Williams

Whereas by reason of conditions arising out of
the war difficulties have been experienced by citi-
zens of the United States of America in complying
with the requirements of the Copyright Act, 1911,
as to first publication within the parts of His
Majesty's dominions to which the Act extends of
their works first published in the United States of
America during the war :

And whereas His Majesty is advised that the
Government of the United States of America has
undertaken to grant such extension of time as may

MARCH n, 1944

245

be deemed appropriate for the fulfilment of the
conditions and formalities prescribed by the laws
of the United States with respect to the works of
British subjects first produced or published out-
side the United States and subject to copyright or
to renewal of copyright under the laws of the
United States including works subject to ad in-
terim copyright :

And whereas by reason of the said undertaking
of the Government of the United States of Amer-
ica His Majesty is satisfied that the said Govern-
ment has made, or has undertaken to make, such
provision as it is expedient to require for the pro-
tection of works first made or published during
the period commencing on the 3rd day of Septem-
ber, 1939, and ending one year after the termina-
tion of the present war within the parts of His
Majesty's dominions to which this Order applies
and entitled to copyright under Part I of the Copy-
right Act, 1911:

And whereas by the Copyright Act, 1911, au-
thority is conferred upon His Majesty to extend,
by Order in Council, the protection of the said Act
to certain classes of foreign works within any part
of His Majesty's dominions, other than the self-
governing Dominions, to which the Act extends :

And ^^^IEREAs by reason of these premises it is
desirable to provide protection within the parts
of His Majesty's dominions to which this Order
applies for literaiy or artistic works first pub-
lished in the United Statea of America during
the period commencing on the 3rd day of Sep-
tember, 1939, and ending one year after the ter-
mination of the present war which have failed
to accomplish the formalities prescribed by the
Copyright Act, 1911, by I'eason of conditions aris-
ing out of the war:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by and with the
advice of His Privy Council, and by virtue of the
authority conferred upon Him by the Copyright
Act, 1911, and of all other powers enabling Him
in that behalf, is pleased to direct and doth hereby
direct as follows:

1. The Copyright Act, 1911, shall, subject to
the provisions of the said Act and of this Order,
apply to works first published in the United States
of America during the period commencing on the
3rd day of September, 1939, and ending one year

after the termination of the present war, which
have not been republished in the parts of His Maj-
esty's dominions to which this Order applies
within fourteen days of the publication in the
United States of America, in like manner as if
they had been first published within the parts of
His Majesty's dominions to which the said Act
extends :

Pi-ovided that the enjoyment by any such work
of the rights conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911,
shall be conditional upon publication of the work
within the parts of His Majesty's dominions to
which this Order relates not later than one year
after the termination of the present war, and shall
commence from and after such publication, which
shall not be colourable only, but shall be intended
to satisfy the reasonable requirements of the
public.

2. The provisions of Section 15 of the Copyright
Act, 1911, as to the delivery of books to libraries,
shall apply to works to which this Order relates
upon their publication in the United Kingdom.

3. Nothing in this Order shall be construed as
depriving any work of any rights which have been
lawfully acquired under the provisions of the
Copyright Act, 1911, or any Order in Council
thereunder.

4. Where any person has, before the commence-
ment of this Order taken any action whereby he
has incurred any expenditure or liability in con-
nection with the reproduction or performance of
any work which at the time was lawful, or for the
purpose of or with a view to the reproduction or
performance of a work at a time when such repi"o-
duction or performance would, but for the making
of this Order, have been lawful, nothing in this
Order shall diminish or prejudice any rights or
interest arising from or in connexion with such
action which were subsisting and valuable at the
said date, unless the person who by virtue of this
Order becomes entitled to restrain such reproduc-
tion or performance agrees to pay such compensa-
tion as, failing agreement, may be determined by
arbitration.

5. The Interpretation Act, 1889,^ shall apply to
the interpretation of this Order as if it were an
Act of Parliament.

' 52 & 53 Vict c. 63. [Footnote In the original.]

246

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

6. This Order may be cited as the Copyright
(United States of America) Order, 1942.

7. This Order shall come into operation on the
date of its publication in the London Gazette,
which day is in this Order referred to as the com-
mencement of this Order.

E. C. E. Leadbitter.

The Secretary of State to the British Anibassador
in Washington

Department or State,
Washington, March 10, 19Jf4.
Excellency :

I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of
Tour Excellency's note of today's date in which
you refer to the Act of Congress approved Septem-
ber 25, 1941 which authorizes the President to
extend by proclamation the time for compliance
with the conditions and formalities prescribed by
the copyright laws of the United States of Amer-
ica with respect to works first produced or pub-
lished outside the United States of America and
subject to copyright under the laws of the United
States of America when the authors or proprietors
of such works are unable to comply with those
conditions and formalities because of the dis-
ruption or suspension of the facilities essential to
such compliance.

You state that by reason of the existing emer-
gency authors and copyright proprietors who are
British nationals and authors and proprietors who
are citizens of Palestine (excluding Trans- Jordan)
do at present lack, and since the outbreak of the
war between the United Kingdom and Germany on
September 3, 1939, have lacked the facilities essen-
tial to compliance with and fulfilment of the condi-
tions and formalities established by the laws of
the United States of America relating to copyright.

You express the desire of His Majesty's Gov-
ernment in the United Kingdom that, in accord-
ance with the procedure provided in the Act of
September 25, 1941, the time for fulfilling the con-
ditions and formalities of the copyright laws of
the United States of America be extended for the
benefit of (1) authors and copyright proprietors
who are British nationals of the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of the
British territories named in the list annexed to

Your Excellency's note and (2) authors and copy-
right proprietors who are citizens of Palestine
(excluding Trans-Jordan), whose works are eligi-
ble to copyright in the United States of America.
You add that with a view to assuring the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America of recip-
rocal protection for authors and copyright pro-
prietors of the United States of America, His
Majesty the King has made an Order in Council,
the text of which accompanies your note under
acknowledgment, which will come into effect from
the date on which the President of the United
States of America shall proclaim, in accordance
with the Act of September 25, 1941 that by reason
of the existing emergency British nationals of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and of the British territories named in
the said list and citizens of Palestine (excluding
Trans- Jordan) who are authors or copyright pro-
prietors of works first produced or iJublished
outside the United States of America and which
are subject to copyright, ad interim, copyright or
renewal of copyright under the laws of the United
States of America, are at present and since Sep-
tember 3, 1939 have been temporarily unable to
comply with the conditions and formalities pre-
scribed with respect to such works by the copy-
right laws of the United States of America.

You further state that His Majesty's Govern-
ment in the United Kingdom are prepared, if this
proposal should be accepted by the Government
of the United States of America, to regard the
note under acknowledgment and this Govern-
ment's reply thereto to that effect as constituting
an agreement between the two Governments which
shall take effect this day.

I have the honor to inform Your Excellency
that, with a view to giving effect to the commit-
ment proposed in the note under acknowledgement,
the President has issued today a proclamation,
a copy of which is annexed hereto, declaring and
proclaiming pursuant to the provisions of the
aforesaid Act of September 25, 1941 on the basis
of the assurances set forth in Your Excellency's
note and the Order in Council annexed thereto,
that as regards (1) works subject to copyright
under the laws of the United States of America,
including works eligible to ad interim copyright,

MAHCH 11, 1&44

247

which were fii-st prdduced or published outside the
United States of America on or after September
3, 1939 by British nationals of the United King-
dom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of
the British territories named in the aforesaid list,
and by the citizens of Palestine (excluding Trans-
Jordan) ; and (2) works of the same authors or
copyright proprietors which were entitled to re-
newal of copyright on or after September 3, 1939,
there existed and continues to exist such disruption
or suspension of facilities essential to compliance
with the conditions and formalities prescribed with
respect to such works by the copyright laws of the
United States of America as to bring such works
within the terms of the said Act of September 25,
1941 and that accordingly the time within which
compliance with such conditions and formalities
may take place is extended in respect of such works
until the day on which the President of the United
States of America shall, in accordance with the
said Act, terminate or suspend the said declaration
and proclamation, it being understood that the
term of copyright in any case is not and cannot be
altered or affected by the President's action and
that the extension is subject to the proviso of the
said Act of September 25, 1941 that no liability
shall attach to persons having made lawful use of
any work to which the proclamation relates prior
to the effective date of that proclamation.

The Government of the United States of Amer-
ica accordingly considers the agreement in regard
to such extension of time to be in effect as of today's
date.

Accept [etc.] Cordell Hull

[Enclosure]

Copyright Extension ; United Kingdom or Great
Britain and Northern Ireland (Including
Certain British Territories) and Palestine

By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation

Whereas by the act of Congress approved Sep-
tember 25, 1941, c. 421, 55 Stat. 732, the President
is authorized, on the conditions prescribed in that
act, to grant an extension of time for the fulfilment
of the conditions and formalities prescribed by the
copyright laws of the United States of America

with respect to works first produced or published
outside of the United States of America and sub-
ject to copyright or to renewal of copyright imder
the laws of the United States of America, includ-
ing works subject to ad interim copyright, by
nationals of countries which accord substantially
equal treatment to citizens of the United States of
America; and

Whereas His Britannic Majesty has issued an
Order in Council, effective from this day, by the
terms of which treatment substantially equal to
that authorized by the aforesaid act of September
25, 1941, is accorded, within the British dominions,
colonies, protectorates, and mandated territories
to which that order applies, to literary and artistic
works first produced or published in the United
States of America; and

Whereas the aforesaid Order in Council ap-
plies to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, British India, British Burma,
Southern Rhodesia, Aden Colony, Bahamas, Bar-
bados, Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate,
Bermuda, British Guiana, British Honduras,
British Solomon Islands Protectorate, Ceylon,
Cyprus, Falkland Islands and Dependencies, Fiji,
Gambia (Colony and Protectorate), Gibraltar,
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony, Gold Coast
((a) Colony, (b) Ashanti, (c) Northern Terri-
tories), Hong Kong, Jamaica (including Turks
and Caicos Islands and the Cayman Islands),
Kenya (Colony and Protectorate), Leeward
Islands (Antigua, Montserrat, St. Christopher and
Nevis, Virgin Islands) , Malta, Mauritius, Nigeria
((a) Colony, (b) Protectorate), Northern Rho-
desia, Nyasaland Protectorate, Palestine (exclud-
ing Trans- Jordan), St. Helena and Ascension,
Seychelles, Sierra Leone (Colony and Protec-
torate), Somaliland Protectorate, Straits Settle-
ments, Swaziland, Trans-Jordan, Trinidad and
Tobago, Uganda Protectorate, and Windward Is-
lands (Dominica, St. Vincent, Grenada, St. Lu-
cia) ; and

Whereas the aforesaid Order in Council is an-
nexed to and is part of an agreement embodied
in notes exchanged this day between the Govern-
ment of the United States of America and the
Government of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland ; and

248

DEPAEtMENT Or STATE BtJLIBTII*

Whereas by virtue of a proclamation by the
President of the United States of America dated
April 9, 1910 (3;i Stat. 2685), subjects of Great
Britain and her possessions are, and since July 1,
1909, have been, iiilitled to the benefits of the act
of Congress approved March 4, 1909, 35 Stat.
1075, relating to c)py right, other than the benefits
of section 1 (e) of that act; and

Whereas by virtue of a proclamation by the
President of the United States of America dated
January 1, 1915 (38 Stat. 2044), the subjects of
Great Britain and tlie British dominions, colonies,
and possessions, veith the exception of Canada,
Australia, New Zjaland, South Africa, and New-
foundland, are, and since January 1, 1915, have
been, entitled to all the benefits of section 1 (e)
of the aforesaid act of March 4, 1909 ; and

Whereas by virtue of a proclamation by the
President of the United States of America dated
September 29, 11133 (48 Stat. 1713), citizens of
Palestine (excluding Trans- Jordan) are, and
since October 1, r)33, have been, entitled to all the
benefits of the aforesaid act of March 4, 1909 :

Now, THERErorE. I, Franklin D. Roosjevelt,
President of the United States of America, under
and by virtue of thp authority vested in me by the
aforesaid act of September 25, 1941, do declare
and proclaim :

That with respect to (1) works subject to copy-
right xmder the laws of the United States of
America, including works eligible to ad ii^i^rim
copyright, which were first produced or published
outside of the United States of America on or
after September 3, 1939, by British nationals of
the United Kingil-im of Great Britain and North-
ern Ireland and of the British tei'ritories to which
the aforesaid Order in Council applies, or by citi-
zens of Palestine (excluding Trans- Jordan) ; and
(2) works of the same authors or copyright pro-
prietors which were entitled to renewal of copy-
right under the laws of the United States of
America on or after September 3, 1939, there
existed and continues to exist such disruption or
suspension of facilities essential to compliance
with the conditions and fonnalities prescribed
with respect to such works by the copyright laws
of the United States of America as to bring such

works within the terms of the aforesaid act of
September 25, 1941 ; and that accordingly the time
within which compliance with such conditions and
formalities may take place is hereby extended
with respect to such works until the day on which
the President of the United States of America
shall, in accordance with that act, terminate or
suspend the present declaration and proclamation.

It .shall be understood that the term of copy-
right in any case is not and cannot be altered or
affected by this proclamation, and that, as pro-
vided by the aforesaid act of September 25, 1941,
no liability shall attach under the Copj'right Act
for lawful uses made or acts done prior to the
effective date of this proclamation in cormection
with the above-described works, or in respect to
the continuance for one year subsequent to such
date of any business undertaking or enterprise
lawfully undertaken prior to such date involving
expenditure or contractual obligation in connec-
\w\\ with the exploitation, production, reproduc-
tion, circulation, or performance of any such
work.

In witness wHEKEor, I have hereunto set my
hnnd and caused the seal of the United States
of America to be affixed.

Done at the City of Washington tliis tenth day
of March in the year of our Lord one thousand
nine hundred forty-four, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the one hiuidred
and sixty-eighth.

Franklin D Roosevelt

GENERAL CVTER- AMERICAN CONVENTION
FOR TRADE MARK AND COMMERCIAL
PROTECTION

Paraguay

By a letter dated March 3, 1944, the Director
General of the Pan American Union informed the
Secretary of State that on March 1, 1944 His Ex-
cellency the Ambassador of Paraguay in the
United States, Senor Doctor Don Celso R, Velaz-
quez, deposited with the Pan American Union the
instrument of ratification by the Government of
Paraguay of the General Inter-American Conven-
tion for Trade Mark and Commercial Protection,

MARCH 11, 1944

249

which was signed on February 20, 1929 at the Pan
Americnn Trade Mark Conference held at Wash-
ington from February 11 to 20, 1929.^ The Para-
guayan instrument of ratification is dated August
30, 1943.

The countries in respect of which the convention
is now in force as the result of the deposit of their
respective instruments of ratification ai-e the
United States of America, Colombia, Cuba, Haiti,
Honduras, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Panama, Para-
guay, and Peru.

Legislation

Amending the Nationality Act of 1940 to Preserve the Na-
tionality of Citizens Residing Abroad. H. Rept. 1230,
78th Cong., on H.R. 4271. [Favorable report.] 3 pp.

Amending Section 334 (C) of the Nationality Act of 1940,
Approved October 14, 1940 (54 Stat. llo&-1157 ; 8 U.S.C.
§ 784. ) H. Rept 1231, 78th Cong., on H.R. 4140.
[Favorable report.] 2 pp.

Relating to Benefits to Merchant Seamen. H. Rept. 1232,
7Sth Cong., on H.R. 4163. [Favorable report.] 6 pp.

First Deficiency Appropriation Bill, lil44 (78th Cong., 2d
sess. ) ':
Hearings Before the Subcommittee of the Committee on
Appropriations, House of Representatives. [Depart-
ment of State, pp. 505-550.] 11, 822 pp.
H. Rept. 1239, on H.R. 4316. [Department of State, pp.
2, 16-18, 33-34, and 36.] 37 pp.

Assuring Conservation of and to Permit the Fullest Utili-
zation of the Fisheries of Alaska and for Other Pur-
poses. S. Rept. 733, 78th Cong., on S. 930. [Favorable
report.] 18 pp.

Wages of Interned Seamen, Disability and Otlier Benefits
to Merchant Seamen : Hearings before the Committee
on the Merchant Marine and Fisheries, House of Rep-
resentatives, 78th Cong., 2d sess., on H.R. 3262 and
H.R. 26.">2. December 9, 1943 and February 10, 1944.
Iv, 63 pp.

Publications

' Treaty Series 833.

Depaktment of State

Detail of Military Adviser to Remount SeiTice of Peruvian
Army : Agreement Between the United States of Amer-
ica and Peru Renewing the Agreement of April 15,
1941 — Effected by exchange of notes signed at Washing-
ton November 23 and Decemlier 20, 1943 ; effective April
15, 1944. Executive Agreement Sertes 363. Publica-
tion 2067. 2 pp. 50.

Waiver of Claims Arising as a Result of Collisions Between
Vessels of War : Agreement Between the United States
of America and Canada Concerning Application of the
Agreement of May 25 and 26, 1943 — Effected by exchange
of notes signed at Washington September 3 and Novem-
ber 11, 1943. Executive Agreement Series 366. Publi-
cation 2065. 2 pp. 50.

Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between the
United States of America and El Salvador — Effected by
exchange of notes signed at San Salvador May 4 and 5,
1942. Executive Agreement Series 367. Publication
2069. 5 pp. 50.

Temporary Migration of Mexican Agricultural Workers:
Agreement Between the United States of America and
Mexico Revising the Agreement of August 4, 1942 —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Mexico City
April 26, 1943. Executive Agreement Series 351. Pub-
lication 206a 13 pp. 50.

Other Government Agencies

"Finland Still Goes to the Movies", an article by Mr. Robert
M. McClintock, Second Secretary and Vice Consul of
the American Legation at Stockholm, Sweden, is to be
published in the March 18, 1944 issue of Foreign Com-
merce Weekly. Copies of this periodical, which is issued
by the Department of Commerce, may be obtained from
the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing
OflJce, for the price of 10 cents each.

O. I. aoVEHNUCNT PRINTIHO OFFICEi 1»44

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government PrlntlnR Office, Washington 25. D. C.
Price, 10 ccnta - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PCBLISHED WEEKLI WITH THE APPKOVAL OF THE DIEECTOB or THE BUBEAU OP THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

c

MARCH 18, 1944
Vol. X. No. 247— Publication 2088

ontents

The War Page
Finnish Position in the War: Statement by the Presi-
dent 253

Military Operations in Italy:

Statement by the President 253

Statement by the Secretary of State 253

A Realistic View of Our International Economic Opera-
tions : Address by Charles P. Taf t 254

Distribution of Lend-Lease Material 256

Visit of the Under Secretary of State to London : State-

■ ment by the Secretary of State. 256

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.
The International Labor Organization: By Otis E.

Mulliken 257

First West Indian Conference 262

Canada

Dissolution of Joint Economic Committees, United

States and Canada 264

The Department
Resignation of Hunter Miller as Editor of the Treaties . 264
Appointment of Officers 264

(OVER)

U. S. SURE..., -r „uCUUi£NTS

APR 6 1944

0

ontents-coTiTmvED

The Foreign Service Page

Representation of Interests as of January 1, 1944:

Representation by the United States of Foreign Inter-
ests Ai'ranged According to United States
Foreign Service OfBces 265

Representation by the United States of Foreign Inter-
ests Arranged According to Countries Repre-
sented 268

Areas Where Switzerland Represents the Interests

of the United States 269

Treaty Information

Upper Columbia River Basin 270

Protocol on Pelagic Whaling 271

Rubber Development in Brazil 271

Legislation 271

Publications 272

The War

FINNISH POSITION IN THE WAR

Statement by the President

[Released to the press by tbe White House March 16]

It has always seemed odd to me and to the
people of the United States to find Finland a part-
ner of Nazi Germany, fighting side by side with
the sworn enemies of our civilization.

The Finnish people now have a chance to with-

draw from tliis hateful partnership. The longer
they stay at Germany's side, the more sorrow and
suffering is bound to come to them. I think I
can speak for all Americans when I say that we
sincerely hope Finlan.d will now take the oppor-
tunity to disassociate herself from Germany.

MILITARY OPERATIONS IN ITALY

Statement by the President

[Released to the press by the White House March 14]

Everyone knows tlie Nazi record on religion.
Both at home and abroad. Hitler and his follow-
ers have waged a ruthless war against the churches
of all faiths.

Now the German army has used the Holy City
of Rome as a military center. No one could have
been surprised by this — it is only the latest of

Hitler's many affronts to religion. It is a logical
step in the Nazi policy of total war — a policy
which treats nothing ss sacred.

We on our side have made freedom of religion
one of the principles for which we are fighting
this war. We have tried scrupulously — often at
considerable sacrifice — to spare religious and cul-
tural monuments, and we shall continue to do so.

Statement by the Secretary of State

[Released to the press March 13]

In answer to inquiries at his press conference
on March 13, 1944 concerning the remarks of His
Holiness Pope Pius XII reported in the morning
press, Secretary of State Cordell Hull said:

"I think we all understand that the Allied mili-
tary authorities in Italy are dealing primarily with
considerations of military necessity forced on them
by the activities and attitude of the German mili-
tary forces. Naturally we are as much interested
as any government or any individual in the pres-

ervation of religious shrines, historic structures,
and human lives. I am sure that our military peo-
ple have that same view. It is my understanding
that the Allied military authorities are pui-suing
a policy of avoiding damage to such shrines and
monuments to the extent humanly possible in mod-
ern warfare and in the circumstances which face
them. If the Germans were not entrenched in
these places or were they as interested as we are
in protecting religious shrines and monuments
and in preserving the lives of innocent civilians
and refugees, no question would arise."

263

254

DEPAKTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

A REALISTIC VIEW OF OUR INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC OPERATIONS

Address by Charles P. Taft ^

[Released to the press March 17]

It is an honor in any company to respond to the
toast "the-United States of America." Before this
ancient society of Americans, it is a privilege.

It is also a responsibility for a newcomer in the
Department of State to speak for the government
to wliich are entrusted all the traditions of service
and strength of a young nation. In this field of
foreign relations to an amazing degree there are
no partisan lines. For I propose tonight to speak
to you about the United States of America as it
faces a world of turmoil and deadly danger. We
ai'e united and we must remain united in any such
world, even after the shooting stops.

For 135 million people to be united is a unique
phenomenon, especially when it is a melting-pot
and a continent and a complex of industry, gov-
ernment, and agriculture. Complete unity never
lasts long even after such a shock as Pearl Harbor.
But we do unite at the water's edge and continue
together, most of us — Republicans and Demo-
crats alike, rich and poor, smart and dumb.

We are a generous people who take the golden
rule seriously and attempt to deny the cynicism
of Machiavelli and of power politics. Our pri-
vate charity pours out to every corner of the globe
exuberantly, occasionally with a little foolisliness,
but all in all in a thrilling way.

Yet we are terribly afraid of being suckers.
Every day, almost, in your newspapers you read
about the con man who woi'ks some kind of shell
game on a smart man, and we think it is extremely
funny. It is not so funny when we get caught
by one of the old tricks. Some people are con-
stantly charging that foreign countries are de-
frauding us. It is not true. They are desper-
ately afraid of their future in a dangerous world.
We must represent our own interests intelligently,
but that is not inconsistent with generosity and

" Delivered at a dinner celebrating the two-hundred-
seventh anniversary of the Charitable Irish Society, in
Boston, Mass., Mar. 17, 1944. Mr. Taft is the Director
of the Office of Wartime Economic Affairs of the Depart-
ment of State.

fair dealings. A sense of justice is no evidence
of weakness.

So it was that in the booming twenties we
loaned money abroad, in Germany and in South
America and elsewhere, and now we have swal-
lowed without much thought the charge that we
were suckers in those days and got no return out
of all we spent.

So, too, the generous impulses that burst out of
us when we became partners in the first world war,
and in the upsurge of fellowship in the second
world war after the bombing of Britain and the
destruction at Pearl Harbor, are gradually dulled
by the cry of "sucker", and we end up with a de-
fensive, "Well, they hired the money, didn't they?"
As if our cash could be the equivalent of the
millions of lives our allies threw into the effort to
stop the Boche from 1914 to 1918. As if our ad-
vances to helj) reconstruct Europe were lost even
if we never got a penny back ! The money did the
job it was suiDposed to do, to our eternal benefit.
We got back full value received in jobs and pay for
workers and good customers, until we refused to
let them pay in their only coin.

We want a United States that is smart and tough.
But for heaven's sake let's be smart and not dumb.
Part of my responsibility is to see that the Army
and the civilian agencies and UNRRA plan the
ways and means to get the reoccupied areas back
on their feet again. Get out of your head that
any of us are talking about an international dole.
When the Germans get through with a place that
used to be reasonably modern and civilized, it is
right back in the Middle Ages. Not only are the
factories leveled and the railroads gone, but the
roads are barely recognizable, and every bridge —
I mean every bridge — destroyed. You often can't
transport food 20 miles into the country, especially
after the army has moved on ; the only trucks have
had no spare parts for 4 years, and the work
animals just ain^t.

Do you think that we in our own interest can sit
and do nothing about that? You remember the
stories about the packs of wild children after the

MARCH 18, 1944

255

last war? Perhaps they were exaggerated, but it
can happen. People will live, and the ways they
find to do it are not nice. The ideas they develop
in doing it don't stop on one side of a pond, even if
it is 2,500 miles wide. Obviously you can't permit
that kind of situation behind the fighting-front,
but even when the fighting stops we can't let it
happen, or the soul-destruction will get to us, too.

This is not a question just of feeding people. We
are better off and so are they, even in the short
run, if we give them less food and more seeds and
fertilizer and agricultural machinery. In other
words, the same shipping-space can be used to
better advantage, if that is the best we can do, to
start these people on the way back, not just to
feed them and no more.

We have to help get them started setting up their
own commercial institutions and normal ways of
supporting themselves, and we have to find ways
of helping to finance their real reconstruction.

Is this another case of money down the rat hole ?
Is this a scheme of the international bankers to
fleece our investors again ? And to make the United
States of America, which we toast with pride,
either an Uncle Shylock if he gets tough, or an old
fool soon parted from his money ?

No ! Foreign investment is an essential part of
our foreign trade, and we can't live without foreign
trade in the long run. It is part of the essential
life of any great nation on the globe, especially
ours.

Foreign trade can be good, and it is very neces-
sary. To say that in Boston is a little like taking
coals to Newcastle, for you are one of the great
centers of our foreign trade to Europe and Latin
America, and a focal point of the war effort across
the seas. But those of you directly concerned
talk too much to each other and not enough to the
nation.

Our natural resources are going fast, and we
shall have to buy more and more of our raw
materials abroad in the next 50 years. When we
buy abroad we have to pay with our exports, as
England has had to do for many years. That
makes our foreign relations respectable and not a
stepchild.

Which leads me back to the prospect this nation ,
faces as we liberate the stricken countries and
look to the day when we can start back to the
ways of peace. We have to rebuild if only to re-
store our own markets, and the restoration of those
markets will pay us many times over for the
money we put in for the rebuilding. We aren't
suckers — we are smart; and the smart fellow al-
ways has to have the guts to protect his long view
against ridicule. Whether it is helping to rebuild
Europe or assisting in the industrialization of
China or Latin America, we can afford to loan
money at low, even insignificant, interest rates for
long periods, with gradual repayment of the prin-
cipal. We will get our principal back, but not 8
percent interest. And we are smart because for
one tiling the borrower spends the money here
for things he needs, and that means jobs for our
people. For another thing, you gradually create
a higher standard of living in those countries, so
that automobiles go there and are sold by the half
million each year instead of by the thousand. We
are rebuilding customers.

But don't ever forget that they have to pay
with their goods and raw materials. They can't
Ijay with anything else. This is all a business
proposition, not a hand-out.

I began, however, by referring to the generosity
that is so large a characteristic of the U. S. of A.
I'm proud of that altruism. There is only too
little of it in the world, and it derives in no small
part from the Irish in us. We are one of the
big frogs in this earthly puddle, and we don't pro-
pose, I'm sure, to set out to be hogs, or misers.

This foreign business of ours has three aspects.
We buy goods abroad. We buy services abroad —
shipping, or hotels and meals and transportation
for our travelers. We invest abroad. These are
all demands we make on foreign countries with
our dollars for goods to be sent to us, for serv-
ices rendered to our citizens, and for shares in
their domestic businesses and industries. In 1929
the total of those demands backed by dollars
was 71/2 billion dollars. Then came our depres-
sion, and by 1932 those demands upon foreign
nations had gone down to 2i/^ billion dollars.

256

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

How could any nation or group of nations stand
up against the impact of that withdrawal ? Is it
any wonder they went to all kinds of restrictive
devices to limit the impact of any future fluctua-
tions? And that reacted on us. Not only good
business but common decency should lead us to
join in every sensible effort to keep our dollar-
demands on foreign nations on an even keel. We
must have foreign trade and a stable economy.
We must stand for justice and honor as well as for
enlightened self-interest in these economic rela-
tions with the world abroad.

We celebrate tonight a great Christian saint
and the people he led and organized. The faith
he claimed and we inherit is not something for
women and children alone. It is the iron that
can fortify our backbone, the power that can make
the world go right. With a foreign policy that is
smart and tough like a Yankee trader, but friendly
and generous as he was, we can pull through this
fiery furnace and stand proudly four-square to
all the winds that blow on the United States of
America.

DISTRIBUTION OF LEND-LEASE
MATERIAL

(Released to the press March 18]

Secretary of State Cordell Hull and Foreign
Economic Administrator Leo T. Crowley issued
the following joint statement on March 18 :

"Our attention has been called to recent news-
paper rejDorts to the effect that the British White
Pa|Der of September 10, 1941,^ was being scrapped
to give British exporters freedom in the commer-
cial export of articles and materials received un-
der lend-lease, or similar goods. These reports are
entirely untrue.

"The AVliite Paper was a unilateral declaration
of policy by the British Government that it would
not permit the re-export of lend-lease goods or
similar goods in short supply in the United States
except under certain specified circumstances where
war-supply considerations made it necessary.
That policy has been successfully administered for

' BuiiETiN of Sept. 13, 1941, p. 204.

more than two years, and valuable experience has
been gained in its administration.

"With the expansion of reverse-lend-lease aid
from Britain to the United States to include raw
materials, discussions have been imdertaken be-
tween re^jresentatives of the British and American
Governments looking toward the formulation of
an agi'eed set of principles on a bilateral basis gov-
erning the re-export of lend-lease and mutual-aid
goods and similar goods. The discussions have
proceeded on the lines of the same basic policy
followed under the original Wliite Paper. It has
also been attempted to work out improved admin-
istrative procedures for the effectuation of these
policies, based on the experience acquired in this
field in the last two years.

"Discussions with the British representatives
have not yet been concluded and may continue for
some time. As soon as it is possible to do so, the
appropriate committees of Congress will be con-
sulted. Whatever arrangement is fhially adopted
will protect the interests of American industry and
trade to the fullest extent consistent with the re-
quirements of war and will be made public as
soon as an agreement is reached."

VISIT OF THE UNDER SECRETARY
OF STATE TO LONDON

Statement by the Secretary of State

[Released to the press March 17]

At my request the Under Secretary will go to
London soon with a small group for discussions
with members of the British Government. For-
eign Secretary Eden and other high officials of
the British Government have made several trips
to this country for a general exchange of views
during the past two years, and it has not been
possible for me to return them. Mr. Stettinius is
going to London to repay these visits. The talks
which he and those who are accompanying him
will have will be entirely informal and explora-
tory. The conversations will cover any current
matters that are of interest to the two Govern-
ments at this time. However, the purpose of the
visit is not to negotiate or conclude agreements.

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.

THE INTERNATIONAL LABOR ORGANIZATION

By Otis E. Mulliken '

A unique international organization will meet
at Philadelpliia on April 20. The International
Labor Organization is unique in that, founded
at the conclusion of the first World War, it has
grown through the years to an international stat-
ure that even the present war has not seriously
diminished. The needs it has met and the effec-
tiveness with which it has met those needs have
established it on a basis of demonstrated value
which has rendered it largely impervious to the
vicissitudes of the pre-war and war years. It is
also unusual in that it alone among important
international organizations affords direct repre-
sentation not only to governments but also to the
functional groups in the populations which are
directly concerned with the problems with which
it deals — the employers and workers. In fact it
is so uniquely designed to meet certain of the social
objectives and problems of the post-war period
that Mr. Eden, the British Foreign Secretary,
speaking at the closing session of the December
1943 meeting of the Governing Body stated :

"If — and this is a big 'if — the International La-
bor Organization had not existed, we should find
it necessaiy to create it now because it is the only
tri-partite organization like this, which represents
governments, employers, and workers, which can
help us to give effect to this social objective which
I have described."

He was referring to the fifth point of the At-
lantic Charter — "improved labor standards, eco-
nomic advancement, and social security" as sum-
ming up the social objective of the United Nations.

The International Labor Organization, which
has now completed 25 years of constructive work
in the field of social and labor problems since its
establishment in 1919, did not spring de novo from
the minds of the men gathered at the Peace Con-

' The author of this article is Acting Chief of the Division
of Labor Relations, Department of State.

ference in 1919. Rather, it represented the suc-
cessful culmination of the proposals and activities
of far-sighted men for over 100 years.

In 1818 Robert Owen, the British cotton manu-
facturer and philanthropist, appeared at the Con-
gress of Aix-la-Chapelle with two memorials in
which he directed attention "to the new and extra-
ordinary effects produced by the introduction of
improved scientific power to the manufactures of
Europe and America . . . which materially af-
fected the value of manual labor and the health,
comfort, and happiness of the working classes".
The French economist Blanqui in 1838 wrote:
"Treaties have been concluded between one comi-
try and another by which they have bound them-
selves to kill men; why should they not be con-
cluded today for the purpose of preserving men's
lives and making them happier?" In 1847 Daniel
Legrand, an Alsatian silk manufacturer, memo-
rialized the French, British, and Prussian Govern-
ments to enact "an international law to protect the
working-classes against premature and excessive
labor, which is the prime and principal cause of
their physical deterioration, their moral degrada-
tion, and their being deprived of the blessings of
family life."

By this time the idea of international action in
the protection of the working-people had definitely
been established. Individual economists and phi-
lanthropists and international congresses increas-
ingly put forward pleas for international labor
legislation. A labor conference called by Emperor
William II convened at Berlin in March 1890.
Although this conference was a failure, it did pave
the way for the International Association for La-
bor Legislation, which was founded following a
meeting at Brussels in 1897. At its meeting in
Paris in 1900 provision was made for an Inter-
national Labor Office, which was established in
Basel the next year. Official conferences met at
Bern in 1905 and 1906 and drew up the first inter-

257

258

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

national labor conventions prohibiting the night
work of women and the use of white phosphorus
in the manufacture of matches. A suiScient num-
ber of ratifications were obtained to demonstrate
that international action was practicable. Encour-
aged by its success, the International Association
for Labor Legislation continued its efforts, and a
meeting of experts in 1913 drew up the bases for
two new conventions ; the World War intervened,
however, before any action had been taken.

The workers' organizations had held aloof from
the International Association for Labor Legisla-
tion, but during the course of the war they devel-
oped an increasing interest in international prob-
lems and a determination to participate actively
in a new systematic effort to improve social con-
ditions through international action. At a con-
ference held at Leeds in 1916 by the General
Federation of Trade Unions, the proposal was ad-
vanced that an international conamission be set
up to supervise the labor clauses of the treaty
and to prepare for subsequent conferences of gov-
ernments for the development of labor legislation.
It also asked that the Labor Office created by the
International Association for Labor Legislation
should be made into an official International Labor
Office. Similar resolutions were adopted at suc-
cessive workers' congresses in 1917 and 1918, both
in the Allied and neutral countries and in those of
the Central Powers.

Against this background of 100 years of thought,
discussion, and action, and at the pressing insist-
ence of labor organizations that the welfare of
working-peoples be given consideration in the
peace treaty, the attention of the Peace Conference
of 1919 was promptly directed to the labor ques-
tion. At the first plenary session of this Confer-
ence, Premier Clemenceau announced that the first
steps- toward the organization of the Conference
would be the creation of three commissions, includ-
ing one to consider international labor legislation.
There is no need here to trace the history of the
negotiations at the Peace Conference. The out-
come was the inclusion of part XIII in the Treaty
of Versailles. This provided for the establishment
of an International Labor Organization, the first
general conference of which was held at Washing-
ton from October 29 to November 29, 1919. This

historic conference, the first to be held under the
new international machinery established at the
Peace Conference, launched the International La-
bor Organization upon its distinguished career.

The name International Lahor Organization has
led to many misconceptions as to its nature and ac-
tivities. This is especially true in the United
States where, because of the relatively short period
of our membership, the I.L.O. is less well-known
than in other parts of the world. The name sug-
gests a labor-union organization of international
dimensions concerned with the problems we ordi-
narily associate with trade unions. This is quite
misleading, for although the Organization does
concern itself with problems common to working-
people everywhere, it is not a trade-union organi-
zation. Trade unions are represented in it but so
are employers' organizations and governments.
Furthermore, it is an official organization whose
fimds are provided by governments and in which
governments exercise preponderant influence.

The Constitution of the I.L.O. (part XIII of
the Treaty of Versailles) provided that the orig-
inal members of the League of Nations should
be the original members of the I.L.O. and that
membership in the League of Nations should
carry with it membership in the I.L.O. Some
nations, notably the United States, have, however,
joined the I.L.O. without joining the League, and
others, in withdrawing from the League, have
maintained their I.L.O. membership.

At the beginning of the war, in 1939, 55 states
were members of the Organization. The I.L.O.
points out, however, that in view of the present
political situation a number of delicate and even
insoluble questions arise in connection with the
membership of the Organization, and therefore it
is practically impossible to give any official list
of member states which would be both legally
correct and accurate.^

' Tlie member states as of September 1939 were as fol-
lows: Afghanistan, Albania, Argentina, Australia, Bel-
gium, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, China,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Estonia, Ethiopia,
Finland, France, Great Britain, Greece, Haiti, Hungary,
India, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Latvia, Liberia, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway,
Panama, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Rumania, Spain,

MARCH 18, 1944

259

Despite the fact that representatives of the
United States took an active part in the creation of
the I.L.O. and that the first meeting was l^eld
in Washington, the United States did not become
a member until 1934. In the meantime it did co-
operate, however, in exclianging information and,
beginning with the thirties, sent unofficial observers
to attend the I.L.O. conferences. Finally, in June
1934, Congress passed a joint resokition authoriz-
ing the President on behalf of the United States
to accept an invitation for membership in the I.L.O.
The International Labor Conference of that year
extended an invitation to join, and membership
became effective August 20, 1934. Since that time
the United States has played a prominent part in
the activities of the Organization and, as a member,
has contributed annually to its support. It has
furnished one director, Mr. John G. Winant. At
the present time the chairman of the Governing
Body, Mr. Carter Goodrich, and one of the two
assistant directors, Mr. Lindsay Rogers, are
United States citizens.

The International Labor Organization is a
world-wide association of nations which functions
through three agencies : The International Labor
Conference, the Governing Body, and the Inter-
national Labor Office.

The International Labor Conference is the
parliamentary body composed of delegates from
each of the member countries. It is this parliamen-
tary assembly which is to meet in Philadelphia.
Under normal circumstances it meets once a year.
The meetings have customarily been held in
Geneva, where, until 1940, its headquarters were
located.

Each member country is entitled to send four
delegates to the Conference. Two of these repre-
sent the government and hence are in effect public
representatives. In addition, the government

Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, Union of South
Africa, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, United States
of America, Uruguay, Venezuela, and Yugoslavia.

The Soviet Union has not participated in the work of
the Organization since 1939. Germany, Italy, and Japan
withdrew prior to 1939, and Spain and Rumania have
withdrawn since then. Only Paraguay among the South
American countries is not a member, and of the Central
American republics Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and
El Salvador are not members. The principal other non-
members are Iceland and Saudi Arabia.

nominates two non-governmental delegates in
agreement with the industrial organizations which
are most representative of employers and workers
in the country. Thus there is one delegate repre-
senting employers and one representing workers.
Each delegate has one vote so that in effect the
Conference is a tri-partite body in which labor and
management are equally represented with the
balance of power resting with the government or
public delegates. In addition to the delegates, the
Conference is composed of non-voting advisers,
each of the delegates being allowed a certain
equal number of advisers depending on the number
of items on the agenda.

The Conference discusses and takes action upon
many social and labor matters. This action, when
it is formulated as an international treaty, is
called a "draft convention". The Conference also
adopts recommendations which are suggestions
for national action. The conventions have no
binding effect until they are ratified or approved
by the appropriate governmental authority of the
member country. Then they become, in effect,
international treaties. Each country is free to
decide its course of action. The only obligation
to take action on the draft conventions which a
country assumes by membership is to submit the
draft convention to the authority or authorities
within whose competence the matter lies for the
enactment of legislation or other action within a
period of 1 year or, at an outside limit, 18 months
from the adoption of the draft convention.

As with all large representative bodies, an ex-
ecutive board is required to carry on between meet-
ings of the parliamentary group and to perform
functions which may not be appropriate for the
larger group. The Governing Body fulfils this
function for the International Labor Organiza-
tion. It is composed of 32 persons— 16 represent
governments, 8 represent employers, and the re-
maining 8, employees. Of the 16 government rep-
resentatives, 8 are appointed by the states of chief
industrial importance. These nations are the so-
called "permanent members". At present they
are the United States, Great Britain, Canada,
India, France, the Netherlands, and Belgium.
There is one vacancy which has not yet been filled,
occasioned by the withdrawal of Japan. The
other 8 persons representing governments are

579088-

260

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

elected at the Conference by the remaining gov-
ernment delegates. Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Nor-
way, Poland, Yugoslavia, and China hold places
on the Governing Body at the present time. There
is also a vacancy in this group. The worker and
employer members are likewise elected at the Con-
ference by the worker and employer delegates re-
spectively. The employer members at the present
time come from the United States, Great Britain,
India, the Union of South Africa, Denmark, Ar-
gentina, Canada, and Switzerland; the worker
members, from the United States, Great Britain,
Australia, Norway, Canada, Switzerland, India,
and Sweden. An interesting section of the I.L.O.
constitution provides that of the 16 government
representatives 6 shall be from non-European
states, as shall 2 of the employer and 2 of the
worker representatives. The period of office of the
Governing Body is 3 years.

The Governing Body elects its own chairman,
at present Mr. Carter Goodrich, the representative
of the United States Government on the Governing
Body. It regulates its own procedure and fixes
its own times of meeting. Prior to the war it
was customary to meet four times a year. Among
its functions are the appointment of a director
of the International Labor Office, the decision as
to the items to be placed on the agenda of the Con-
ference, and the preparation of the budget. It
was at the meeting of the Governing Body in
London in December 1943 that the agenda for the
Philadelphia Conference was determined.

The International Labor Office is the perma-
nent secretariat of the Governing Body and the
International Labor Conference. Until 1940,
when because of war conditions it transferred to
Montreal, Canada, it had been located at Geneva.
The director of the International Labor Office is
responsible for the efficient conduct of the Ofiice
and for such other duties as may be assigned to
him. During the 25 years since the Organization
was founded there have been 3 directors in addi-
tion to the present acting director, Mr. Edward
J. Phelan. The first director was Mr. Albert
Thomas, who had been a French cabinet member
and for many years a member of the Chamber of
Deputies. Guiding the Organization through its
formative years, he served until his death in 1932.
He was succeeded by Mr. Harold Butler, now

Minister in the British Embassy at Washington.
Mr. Butler had been a member of the British dele-
gation to the Peace Conference and played an im-
portant part in drafting the constitution of the
I.L.O. In 1938 he was succeeded by Mr. John G.
Winant, who is now Ambassador to the United
liingdom. When, in 1941, Mr. Winant resigned
to become Ambassadoi', Mr. Phelan was appointed
acting director. He had been a member of the
British delegation at the Peace Conference, had
assisted in drafting the I.L.O.'s Constitution, and
has been associated with the I.L.O. since its in-
ception. He has the unique record of being the
only person who has attended all meetings of the
Governing Body and all 25 sessions of the Inter-
national Labor Conference. The present assist-
ant directors are Mr. Lindsay Rogers, professor
of public law at Columbia University, and Mr.
Pierre Waelbroeck, of Belgiimi, who has been as-
sociated with the I.L.O. since 1919.

In 1939, before the Office moved from Geneva
to Montreal, it had a personnel of approximately
four hundred persons, who constituted a multi-
lingual body of international civil servants.
Fortj'-three nationalities were represented on the
staff. The Office prepares material for the use of
the Governing Body, its committees, and the In-
ternational Labor Conference. It collects and
disseminates, on an international scale, current
information on labor subjects and conducts re-
search in the field of economic and industrial
problems, studying such subjects as regulation of
hours, methods of wage payment, technological
causes of unemployment, problems of migratory
labor, industrial teclmology and industrial safety,
social-insurance systems, and problems of agricul-
tural labor. The Office has published a large num-
ber of scholarly studies in these fields.

In addition to the publication of these special
reports, the Office publishes a number of economic
and technical periodicals, possibly the best known
of which is the monthly International Labor Re-
view. The conditions of war have necessarily
curtailed the issuance of some of these periodicals,
but the Office still issues in addition to the Review
a quarterly Industrial Safety Survey and a Leg-
islative Series. The latter are reprints and trans-
lations of important labor legislation and regula-

MARCH 18, 1944

261

tions. It also publishes annually its Year Book
of Labor Statistics.

The Office also furnishes to the member nations,
upon request, the services of its experts in the fields
of labor legislation and administration, social in-
surance, and industrial statistics. It has rendered
invaluable assistance to many countries whose own
experience in these fields has been limited.

Although no attempt will be made here to de-
scribe the organization of the Office, the many
special committees which assist in its work, or the
special regional and technical conferences held by
the Organization, it should be mentioned that
branch offices are at present maintained in Wash-
ington, Chungking, London, and New Delhi. In
addition, the Office has correspondents located
throughout the world who report to it on develop-
ments in their countries.

Although the general purposes of the I.L.O.
have been indicated indirectly in the description of
its structure and general functions, no account of
the I.L.O. would be complete without mention of
what is referred to as its "social mandate". The
I.L.O. is founded upon the conviction that univer-
sal peace can be established only if it is based upon
social justice. The preamble of its Constitution
states that "conditions of labor exist mvolving
such injustice, hardship and privation to large
numbers of people as to produce unrest so great
that the peace and harmony of the world are
imperilled; and an improvement of those condi-
tions is urgently required". It is to be remem-
bered that this was written in 1919, and we have
seen the fulfilment of this prophecy. The pream-
ble also points out that "the failure of any nation
to adopt humane conditions of labor is an obstacle
in the way of other nations which desire to im-
prove the conditions in their own countries".

Accordingly, the contracting parties in 1919
established the I.L.O. in recognition of the fact
that "the well being — physical, moral and intel-
lectual— of industrial wage earners is of supreme
international importance". Article 41 of the Con-
stitution set forth the matters which were then
regarded as being of special and urgent import-
ance. These included the guiding principle that
labor should not be regarded as a commodity or
article of commerce, the right of association for
lawful purposes for employees as well as employ-

ers, the payment of a wage adequate to maintain
a reasonable standard of life, the adoption of an
8-hour day or a 48-hour week, the adoption of a
weekly rest of at least 24 hours, the abolition of
child labor, the principle that men and women
should receive equal remuneration for work of
equal value, the equitable economic treatment of
all workers lawfully resident in a country, and the
provision of a system of inspection in order to
insure the enforcement of the laws and regula-
tions for the protection of the employed.

During the intervening years some of these
objectives have in large measure been achieved
and other problems have risen to the forefront.
The I.L.O. recognizes this, and at its Philadelphia
Conference it proposes to reexamine this state-
ment of basic aims and to adopt a restatement more
consonant with current world problems. The ob-
jectives of 1919, however, afford a background
against which to judge the success of the Organi-
zation's achievements of the past 25 years.

During this period 67 conventions or interna-
tional labor treaties have been adopted and have
received 887 ratifications by member nations.
Thus there has been woven a network of mutual
obligations between nations to maintain certain
labor standards. These conventions comprise an
international labor code so broad in scope and so
careful in detail that it is impossible to describe
it adequately in these pages. The conventions
have had to do with conditions of employment for
women and children and for workers in special
occupations and industries, including agriculture.
They have been concerned with hours of work,
night work, and vacations. Most forms of social
insurance — workmen's compensation, sickness and
invalidity, unemployment and old age — have been
included. Conditions have been specified for sea-
men, miners, agricultural workers, bakers, and
many other groups. The problems of highly in-
dustrialized countries, agricultural countries, and
colonial areas have received attention.

As might be expected, there has been a great
diversity in the number and character of the
conventions ratified by the member countries.
Liberia and Turkey have each ratified only 1 con-
vention. On the other hand Belgium, Bulgaria,
Chile, Cuba, France, Spain, Great Britain, Ireland,
Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, Nicaragua.

262

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BtTLLETIN

Sweden, and Uruguay have each ratified 25 or
more. The United States has ratified 5 conven-
tions, all related to conditions of work at sea.

The deliberations ol' the Conferences, the draft
conventions and recommendations adopted, the re-
search and services of the Ofiice, the encourage-
ment given to the national improvement of the
conditions of labor and to international collabora-
tion constitute an impressive record of achieve-

ment. But what of the future? What is the
future of the I.L.O.?

These questions will find an answer at Philadel-
phia in April. The agenda of the Conference and
the proposals which have been made by the Office
for consideration give promise of greater I.L.O.
activity and heightened influence in the future.
This agenda and the proposals of the Office will be
examined in another article.

FIRST WEST INDIAN CONFERENCE^

[Released to the press March 12]

A far-reaching cooperative program to rebuild
economic, social, and health conditions in Amer-
ican and British possessions in the Caribbean area
will be discussed, and recommendations for appro-
priate action made, by the first West Indian Con-
ference, to be held from March 21 through 31 at
Bridgetown, Barbados, B.W.I., the Anglo-Amer-
ican' Caribbean Commission announced through
the Department of State.

Two delegates from each British and American
area — Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Jamaica,
Barbados, Trinidad, British Guiana, British
Honduras, the Windward Islands, the Leeward
Islands, and the Bahamas — will take part in the
sessions, to be presided over by Sir Frank A. Stock-
dale, K.C.M.G., C.B.E., Comptroller for Develop-
ment and Welfare in the British West Indies, who
is British co-chairman of the Commission.

Charles W. Taussig, American co-chairman and
head of the United States Section of the Commis-
sion, will be accompanied by Rexford G. Tugwell,
Governor of Puerto Rico, and Coert duBois, of
the Department of State, U.S.A. Sir Frank
Stockdale, head of the British Section of the Com-
mission, will be accompanied by J. S. Macpherson,
C.M.G., British Resident Member of the Commis-
sion in Washington and head of the British Colo-
nies Supply Mission, and A. J. Wakefield, C.M.G.,
Agricultural Adviser to the Comptroller for De-
velopment and Welfare in the British West Indies.

Indicative of the scope and long-range view-
point of the Conference are the subjects on its for-
mal agenda: means for raising the nutritional

' BuiiETiN of Jan. 8, 1944, p. 37.

level ; re-absorption in civil life of persons engaged
in war employment; planning of public works
for the improvement of agriculture, education,
housing, and public health; health protection and
quarantine procedure; industrial development;
and the Caribbean Research Council — possibilities
for expansion.

In addition, the Conference will hear reports
and recommendations from the Caribbean Re-
search Council, an advisory body made up of Brit-
ish, American, and Netherlands West Indies
technical experts.. The Council has been making
intensive studies of crop diversification ; promotion
of animal husbandry and fisheries ; soil and forest
conservation ; conditions of land tenure ; food-pres-
ervation and marketing possibilities ; health, sani-
tation, and quarantine measures ; and other matters
vital to improvement of the economic and general
welfare of the peoples of the Caribbean area.

The Anglo-American Caribbean Commission
was set up on March 9, 1942 and has a two-
year record of dealing with wartime emergencies
that threatened the West Indian population with
starvation and the United Nations with the loss of
supplies of sugar, metals, oils, and other Carib-
bean products vital to the war effort. During 1942,
when German submarines infested the Caribbean,
the Commission, working closely with the local
administrations, initiated steps that led to estab-
lishment of the "Emergency Land-Water High-
way", an 800-mile chain of railroad, trucking, and
small-boat facilities running from Florida via
Cuba to Puerto Rico and Jamaica, over which
1,500,000 tons of Cuban sugar were shipped to the
United States and Canada, and critically needed
food stocks transported to the islands, avoiding

MARCH 18, 1944

263

.the need for long and perilous runs by large
steamers. In the outer West Indies it organized a
West Indies Schooner Pool, by which food and
other essential supplies were moved to the islands
and British Guiana by these small craft under
centralized control and with financial protection
to boat-owners against submarine losses. Stock-
piling of food reserves was instituted on several
islands, and local food production commenced or
stepped up; Puerto Rico, for example, in 1942 in-
creased its production 23 , percent over pre-war
years. Fishermen were aided by new equipment
and technical assistance; and the huge island
populations dependent on the sugar industry were
protected from a disastrous reduction in income,
due to reduced shipping facilities, by production
control and purchase and storage of unexportable
crops by the United States and British government
agencies.

Calling of the West Indian Conference repre-
sents the first attempt to carry out an international
cooperative program on a regional scale, integrat-
ing the differing interests and economic situations
of all sections and their home and local govern-
ments into an efficient whole.

While the Commission was originated by Great
Britain and the United States and is concerned
primarily with areas under their two flags, the
problems with which it deals involve many areas
both independent and colonial, in or touching on
the Caribbean Sea. The joint connnunique of
March 9, 1942, announcing the formation of the
Commission, stipulated : "In its studies and in the
formulation of its recommendations the Commis-
sion will necessarily bear in mind the desirability
of close cooperation in social and economic matters
between all regions adjacent to the Caribbean."

The Commission and the West Indian Confer-
ences, of wliich the Barbados meeting on March
21 will be the first, have a purely advisory status.
However, the British Section of the Commission is
affiliated with the Colonial Office in London and
with the Development and Welfare Organiza-
tion in the West Indies with headquarters in Bar-
bados. The United States Section reports directly
to the President and is an integral pai't of the
United States Dejjartment of State. It works in
close cooperation with the Department of the In-
terior, which has jurisdiction over United States

territories and island possessions, and with the
President's Caribbean Advisory Committee, made
up of Mr. Taussig ; Governor Tugwell ; the Honor-
able Martin Travieso, Chief Justice of the Supreme
Court of Puerto Rico; Judge William Hastie,
Civilian Aide to the Secretary of War; and Carl
Robbins, former President of the Commodity
Credit Corporation.

Delegates from Puerto Rico and from the Vir-
gin Islands to the Conference will be as follows:
Jaime Benitez, Chancellor, University of Puerto
Rico ; Rafael Pico, Chairman of the Planning, Ur-
banizing, and Zoning Board, San Juan, Puerto
Rico ; Valdemar A. Hill, Chairman of the Mimic-
ijaal Council of St. Thomas-St. John ; and Joseph
Alexander, Chairman of the Municipal Comicil of
St. Croix.

The agenda announced for the Conference's
Barbados meeting are:

1. Means for raising the nutritional level

(a) Local food production : Discussion of meth-
ods which have been adopted and discus-
sions on improvements which can be ef-
fected in order to raise the nutritional level
in the Caribbean area

(b) Expansion of fisheries: Bi'itish Director of
Fisheries Investigations and the Director
of Fishery Research Laboratory in Puerto
Rico will explain work which has already
been undertaken in regard to fisheries in the
Caribbean

2. Re-absorption in civil life of persons engaged in

war employment

(a) Immediate needs, e.g. in respect of local la-
bor, mainly unskilled, whose work on mili-
tary bases in the West Indies has already or
is about to come to an end

(b) Future needs, e.g. in respect of soldiers who
may be demobilized after the war and in
respect to artisans and service men who will
have received skilled training and a high
degree of technical knowledge while work-
ing or serving outside the Caribbean.

3. Planning of public works for the improvement

of agriculture, education, housing, and public
health
The public works contemplated in the British
colonies with develof)ment and welfare

264

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

schemes and the work undertaken or under
consideration in the United States territories
will be described and discussed.

4. Health protection and quarantine procedure
Reports will be made on the action which has

already been taken in regard to matters of
health protection, including the improve-
ment of quarantine procedure. The Con-
ference will be invited to coumient on the
reconmiendations of the 1943 Trinidad
Quarantine Conference.

5. Industrial development

Discussion of this item will be mainly explora-
tory. Delegates will be asked to give in-
formation regarding industries, in ex-
istence or projected, in their territories.

6. The Caribbean Research Council — possibilities

for expansion
Reports will be made on the work of the pro-
visional committee of the Council and the
proposed permanent Agricultural Commit-
tee of the Council. Attention will be given
to the possibility of committees to deal with
subjects other than agriculture.

ods of cooperation in production and the use of
resources have rendered unnecessary the continued
operation of the Committees.

Canada

DISSOLUTION OF JOINT ECONOMIC COM-
MITTEES, UNITED STATES AND CANADA

[Released to the press March 14]

It was announced on March 14 that the Gov-
erimients of Canada and the United States have
agreed to dissolve the Joint Economic Connnittees
which were established in June 1941 ^ to assist in the
collaboration of the two countries in the utiliza-
tion of their combined resources for the require-
ments of war. The Committees have been of great
assistance, not only in the coordination of wartime
measures and controls but also in surveying and
advising on economic problems of common con-
cern. It has been agreed, however, by the two
Governments that the development of other agen-
cies for coordination and exchange of views and the
establishment during the past three years of meth-

^ Bulletin of June 21, 1941, p. 747.

The Department

RESIGNATION OF HUNTER MILLER AS
EDITOR OF THE TREATIES

[Released to the press March 13]

The Secretary of State has sent the following
letter to Dr. Hunter Miller, the Editor of the
Treaties. Dr. Miller had planned to resign some
months ago but at the Secretary's request he de-
ferred submitting his resignation until this time.

Dear Dr. Miller:

It is with genuine regret that I accept your res-
ignation, tendered in your letter of February 10,
1944, as Editor of the Treaties. I shall lose a
valued colleague and the Department a distin-
guished scholar and able international lawyer.

A career which has included membership on
Colonel House's Inquiry in 1917-19, service as
legal adviser to the American Commission to Ne-
gotiate Peace in 1918 and 1919, seven years as the
Department's Historical Adviser, and other
achievements in the field of law and scholarshii^,
is indeed a notable one. Your monumental edition
of Treaties and Other International Acts of the
United States of America is the finest of its kind
and one in which the Department of State takes
great pride.

In these ways and in many others you have con-
tributed generously and effectively to the public
service. The Department of State will be much
the poorer for your resignation.

With warm personal regards, I am,
Sincerely yours,

CORDELL HtJLL

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

By Departmental Order 1239 of March 14, 1944,
effective March 13, the Secretary of State desig-
nated Mr. Henry R. Labouisse, Jr., a Special As-
sistant to the Director of the Office of European
Affairs.

The Foreign Service

REPRESENTATION OF INTERESTS AS OF JANUARY 1, 1944

Representation by the United States of Foreign Interests Arranged According to
United States Foreign Service Offices'

Afghanistan
Kabul (legation)

Good offices for Switzerland (Swiss nationals
may, if they so desire, apply to American
Legation, Kabul, for protection)

Brazil

Corumba (vice consulate)

Consular services for Peru

China

Chungking (embassy)

Good offices for Iceland (occasional services
for Icelandic nationals when requested by
Icelandic Government through Depart-
ment)

Colombia

Bogota (embassy)

Good offices for China
Barranquilla (consulate)

Good offices for China
Bucaramanga (consulate)

Good offices for China

'■ The representation by one country of the interests of
another does not necessarily signify a rupture of relations
between the represented country and the country where
the protecting power undertaijes such representation. For
example, the United States represents Haitian Interests
in Great Britain although there has been no severance
of relations between Haiti and Great Britain, both of
which are included among the United Nations. The United
States also represents Costa Rican interests in Sweden and
has for many years represented Panamanian and Cuban
interests in certain areas. In none of these instances has
there been a rupture of relations.

Those Interested in the general principles Involved in
the representation of foreign interests will find further
information in the following and other publications : For-
eign Service Regulations of the United States of America,
section XII-3 ; Moore, Digest of International Law, vol.
IV, p. 584 et seq.; and Hackworth, Digest of International
Law, vol. IV, pp. 485-506.

Buenaventura (vice consulate)

Good offices for China
Cali (consulate)

Good offices for China
Cartagena (consulate)

Good offices for China

Good offices for the Netherlands (issuance of
bills of health to ships proceeding to certain
Netherlands ports)
Medellin (consulate)

Good offices for China

Dominican Republic
Ciudad Trujillo (embassy)
Good offices for China

Ecuador
Quito (embassy)

Good offices for China
Guayaquil (consulate general)

Good offices for China
Manta (vice consulate)

Good offices for China

Egypt
Alexandria (consulate)

Consular services for Panama
Port Said (consulate)

Consular services for Panama
Suez (consulate)

Consular services for Panama

Helsinki (legation)
Representation
Representation
Representation
Representation
Representation
Representation
Representation
Representation

Finland

of Australian interests
of Belgian interests
of British interests
of Canadian interests
of Haitian interests
of New Zealand interests
of South African interests
of Yugoslav interests

265

266

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

France
Algiers, Algeria (mission)

Consular services for Cuba
Good offices for Iceland (occasional services
for Icelandic nationals when requested by
Icelandic Government through Depart-
ment)
Consular services for Panama
Cayenne, French Guiana (consulate)

Representation of Australian interests
Representation of Belgian interests
Representation of British interests
Representation of Canadian interests
Good offices for the Netherlands
Representation of New Zealand interests
Representation of Yugoslav interests
Martinique, French West Indies (consulate)
Representation of Australian interests
Representation of Belgian interests
Representation of British interests
Representation of Canadian interests
Representation of New Zealand interests
Representation of Yugoslav interests
Tahiti, Society Islands, Oceania (consulate)

Good offices for Switzerland (occasional serv-
ices for Swiss nationals when requested by
Swiss Legation, Washington, through De-
partment)

Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and India

London (embassy)

Representation of Haitian interests
Belfast, Northern Ireland (consulate general)

Representation of Haitian interests

Consular services for Panama
Birmingham (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Bradford (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Bristol (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Cardiff (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Edinburgh (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Glasgow (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests

Liverpool (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Manchester (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Newcastle-on-Tyne (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Plymouth (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests

India

Bombay (consulate)

Consular services for Panama
Calcutta (consulate general)

Consular services for Panama
Karachi (consulate)

Consular services for Panama

Other Asia

Aden, Arabia (consulate)

Representation of Yugoslav interests
Colombo, Ceylon (consulate)

Consular services for Panama

Other America

Barbados, British West Indies (consulate)

Representation of Swiss interests
Belize, British Honduras (consulate)

Consular services for Panama
Hamilton, Bermuda (consulate general)

Representation of Swiss interests
Kingston, Jamaica (consulate)

Consular services for Haiti
Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas (consulate)

Representation of Swiss mterests

Haiti

Port-au-Prince (embassy)
Good offices for China

Honduras

Tegucigalpa (embassy)

Good offices for China
La Ceiba (consulate)

Good offices for China
Puerto Cortes (consulate)

Good offices for China

MARCH 18, 1944

267

Iran

Tehran (legation)

Consular services for Cuba

Good offices for Iceland (occasional services
for Icelandic nationals when requested by
Icelandic Government through Depart-
ment)

Consular services for Panama

Iraq

Baghdad (legation)

Consular services for Cuba

Ireland

Dublin (legation)

Representation of Haitian interests
Cork (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Foynes (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests

Liberia

Monrovia (legation)

Consular services for Cuba

MOKOCCXJ

Tangier (legation)

Representation of Brazilian interests
Representation of Cuban interests

New Zealand

Wellington (legation)

Consular services for Cuba

Palestine

Jerusalem (consulate general)
Consular services for Panama

Portugal

Lisbon (legation)

Representation of Haitian interests
Funchal, Madeira (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Horta, Azores (office of maritime delegate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Oporto (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests

Ponta Delgada, Azores (office of maritime dele-
gate)
Representation of Haitian interests

Portuguese Possessions

Beira, Mozambique, Africa (consulate)
Representation of Haitian interests

Louren^o Marques, Mozambique, Africa (consulate
general)

Representation of Haitian interests

Luanda, Angola, Africa (consulate)
Representation of Haitian interests

Spain
Madrid (embassy)

Representation of Haitian interests
Barcelona (consulate general)

Representation of Haitian interests
Bilbao (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Ceuta (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Canary Islands (con-
sulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Malaga (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Melilla (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Seville (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Tenerife, Canary Islands (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Valencia (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Vigo (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests

S^veden
Stockholm (legation)

Representation of Costa Rican interests (con-
sular services not performed in connection
with such representation since Costa Rica
maintains consular offices in Sweden)
Representation of Haitian intei-ests
(joteborg (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests
Malmo (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests

268

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Switzerland
Bern (legation)

Channel of communication with Swiss Govern-
ment in connection with representation
by Switzei-land of the interests in enemy
territory of —
Costa Kica
El Salvador
Guatemala >

Honduras
Nicaragua

TUKKET

Ankara (embassy)

Representation of Haitian interests (not yet
definitive)
Istanbul (consulate general)

Good offices for Colombia (occasional serv-
ices in behalf of Colombian nationals when
requested by Colombian Goverimient
through Dei^artment)

Representation of Haitian interests (not yet
definitive)

Consular services for Panama

Iskenderun (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests (not yet
definitive)
Izmir (consulate)

Representation of Haitian interests (not yet
definitive)

Union or South Atkica

Johannesburg (consulate general)
Consular services for Panama

Venezuela

Caracas (embassy)

Good offices for China
Caripito (vice consulate)

Good offices for China
Ciudad Bolivar (vice consulate)

Good offices for China
La Guaira (vice consulate)

Good offices for China
Maracaibo (consulate)

Good offices for China
Puerto de la Cruz (vice consulate)

Good offices for China

Representation by the United States of Foreign Interests Arranged
According to Countries Represented

Representation

Of Australian interests in —

Finland

French Guiana

Martinique and Guadeloupe
Of Belgian interests in —

Finland

French Guiana

Martinique and Guadeloupe
Of Brazilian interests in —

International zone of Tangier
Of British interests in —

Finland

French Guiana

Martinique and Guadeloupe
Of Canadian interests in —

Finland

French Guiana

Martinique and Guadeloupe
Of Costa Rican interests in —

Sweden (consular services not performed
in connection with such representation

since Costa Rica maintains consular
offices in Sweden)
Of Cuban interests in —

International zone of Tangier
Of Haitian interests in —

Finland

Great Britain

Ireland

Portugal

Spain

Sweden

Turkey (not yet definitive)
Of New Zealand interests in —

Finland

French Guiana

Martinique and Guadeloupe
Of South African interests im, —

Finland
Of Sioiss interests at —

Barbados, West Indies

Hamilton, Bermuda

Nassau, Bahamas

MARCH 18, 1944

269

Of Yugoslav interests in —

Aden, Arabia (consular district of)

Finland

French Guiana

Martinique and Guadeloupe

Performance of Consular Services

For Cvba at —

Algiers, Algeria

Tehran, Iran

Baghdad, Iraq

Monrovia, Liberia

Wellington, New Zealand
For Haiti in —

Kingston, Jamaica (consular district of)
For Panama at —

Algiers, Algeria

Belize, British Honduras

Colombo, Ceylon

Alexandria, Egypt

Port Said, Egypt

Suez, Egypt

Bombay, India

Calcutta, India

Karachi, India

Tehran, Iran

Belfast, Northern Ireland

Jer^isalem, Palestine

Istanbul, Turkey

Johannesburg. Union of South Africa
For Peru at —

Corumba, Brazil

Extension of Good Offices

For China in —
Colombia

Dominican Rei^ublic
Ecuador

Haiti

Honduras

Venezuela
For Colomhia at — •

Istanbul, Turkey (occasional services for
Colombian nationals when requested by
Colombian Government through De-
partment)

For Iceland at —

occasional services for

Algiers, Algeria
Chungking, China
Tehran, Iran

Icelandic nationals

when requested by

Icelandic Government

through Department

For the Netherlands at —

Cartagena, Colombia (issuance of bills of
health to ships proceeding to certain
Netherlands ports)
Cayenne, French Guiana
For Switzerland in — ■

Tahiti (occasional services for Swiss na-
tionals when requested by Swiss Lega-
tion, Washington, through Depart-
ment)
Afghanistan (Swiss nationals may, if
they so desire, apply to American Le-
gation, Kabul, for protection)

Channel of Communication With Swiss Gov-
ernment IN Connection With Kepresen-
tation by Switzerland of the Interests in
Enemy Territory of —

Costa Rica
El Salvador
Guatemala
Honduras
Nicaragua

Areas Where Switzerland Represents the Interests of the United States ^

Albania

Belgium (in Europe)

' The inclusion of an area in this list does not necessarily
signify that there are Swiss diplomatic or consular repre-
sentatives In that area. For example, Japan required the
departure of all Swiss representatives from Singapore and
Hong Kong, but Switzerland still represents the interests
of the United States in the Straits Settlements and at
Hong Kong, through the Swiss Legation at Tokyo.

Bulgaria

Burma (occupied areas)

China (occupied areas)

Czechoslovakia

Denmark (in Europe)

Estonia

France (occupied areas)

French Indochina

Germany

270

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Greece

Hong Kong

Hungary

Italy (areas not yet liberated)

Japan

Latvia

Lithuania

Luxembourg

Netherlands (in Europe)

Netherlands Indies

Norway

Poland

Rumania

Straits Settlements

Thailand

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (occupied

areas)
Yugoslavia

Treaty Information

UPPER COLUMBIA RIVER BASIN

The following notes were exchanged by the
American Ambassador to Canada and the Canadian
Secretary of State for External Affairs :

No. 101

Sir:

Ottawa, Canada,
February 25, 19^..

I have the honor to refer to your note No. 157
of December 10, 1943,' concerning the desirability
of having a study made by the International Joint
Commission with respect to the Upper Columbia
River Basin from the points of view of naviga-
tion, power development, irrigation, flood con-
trol, and other beneficial public uses and purposes.

As the result of informal exchanges of views
on this subject I have been directed to bring the
following suggested reference to the Commission
to your attention with the request that I be in-
formed whether it is acceptable to the Government
of Canada :

"1. In order to determine whether a gi'eater use
than is now being made of the waters of the Co-
lumbia River system would be feasible and ad-
vantageous, the Governments of the United States
and Canada have agreed to refer the matter to
the International Joint Commission for investiga-
tion and report pursuant to Article IX of the
Convention concerning Boundary Waters between
the United States and Canada, signed January
11th, 1909.=

"2. It is desired that the Commission shall de-
termine whether in its judgment further develop-
ment of the water resources of the river basin
would be practicable and in the public interest
from the points of view of the two Governments,
having in mind (A) domestic water supply and
sanitation, (B) navigation, (C) efficient develop-
ment of water power, (D) the control of floods, (E)
the needs of irrigation, (F) reclamation of wet
lands, (G) conservation of fish and wildlife, and
(H) other beneficial public purposes.

"3. In the event that the Commission should find
that further works or projects would be feasible
and desirable for one or more of the purposes indi-
cated above, it should indicate how the interests
on either side of the boundary would be benefited
or adversely affected thereby, and should estimate
the costs of such works or projects, including in-
demnification for damage to public and private
property and the costs of any remedial works that
may be found to be necessary, and should indicate
how the costs of any projects and the amounts of
any resulting damage should be apportioned be-
tween the two Governments.

"4. The Commission should also investigate and
report on existing dams, hydro-electric plants,
navigation works, and other works or projects
located within the Columbia River system in so
far as such investigation and report may be ger-
mane to the subject under consideration.

"5. In the conduct of its investigation and other-
wise in the performance of its duties under this
reference, the Commission may utilize the services
of engineers and other specially qualified personnel
of the technical agencies of Canada and the United

' Not printed.

= Treaty Series 548.

MARCH 18, 1944

271

States and will so far as possible make use of in-
formation and technical data heretofore acquired
by such technical agencies or which may become
available during the course of the investigation,
thus avoiding duplication of effort and unneces-
sary expense."

If the proposed reference is acceptable to your
Government I should appreciate being informed,
and this note together with your reply would be
regarded as an agreement between our two Gov-
ernments on the terms of reference.

Accept [etc.] Ray Atherton

No. 18 Ottawa, March 3, 19U-

Excellency -

I have the honour to refer to your note No. 101
dated February 25, 1944, in which you brought to
the attention of the Canadian Government the
tei'ms of a reference to the International Joint
Commission with respect to the Upper Columbia
River Basin.

The proposed reference is acceptable to the
Canadian Government and your note, together
with this reply, may be regarded as an agreement
between our two Governments on the terms of
reference.

Accept [etc.]

N. A. Robertson
for Secretary of State

for External Affairs.

PROTOCOL ON PELAGIC WHALING

The American Embassy in London transmitted
to the Department of State with a despatch dated
February 28, 1944 certified copies of a protocol
relating to pelagic whaling operations which was
signed at London on February 7, 1944 by the ac-
credited representatives of the Governments of the
United States of America, the Union of South
Africa, the Commonwealth of Australia, the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland, Canada, New Zealand, and Norway.

The protocol signed at London on February 7,
1944 amends in certain particulars the Interna-
tional Agreement for the Regulation of Whaling

signed at London on June 8, 1937 and the protocol
signed at London on June 24, 1938, introducing
certain amendments into the agreement of 1937.
The provisions of the new protocol were agreed
upon at the International Whaling Conference
held in London in January 1944. The American
delegates to that conference were Dr. Remington
Kellogg of the United States National Museum
and Mr. Loyd V. Steere, Agricultural Attache
at the American Embassy in London. These dele-
gates were assisted by Mr. John M. Allison, Sec-
ond Secretary, American Embassy, London, and
Capt. Alfred C. Richmond, United States Coast
Guard, as technical advisers.

RUBBER DEVELOPMENT IN BRAZIL

The American Embassy in Rio de Janeiro has
transmitted to the Department of State with a
despatch dated February 14, 1944 an agreement
between the Goverimient of the United States of
America and the Government of Brazil regard-
ing the rubber-development program in Brazil,
effected by an exchange of notes signed at Rio de
Janeiro on February 8, 1944.

Legislation

Supplemental Estimates — Department of State : Commu-
nication from the President of the United States trans-
mitting supplemental estimates for the Department of
State, fiscal year 1945, amounting to $2,869,000, in the
form of amendments to the budget for said fiscal year.
S. Doc. 163, 78th Cong. 3 pp.

Schedule of Claims Allowed by the General Accounting
OflBce : Communication from the President of the United
States transmitting estimates of appropriation amount-
ing to $2,761,776.10 to cover claims allowed by the Gen-
eral Accounting Ofl3ce and for the services of the several
departments and independent establishments. H. Doe.
470, 78th Cong. [Department of State, pp. 2, 4, and 37.]
41 pp.

Attitude of the United States Toward Austria: Study of
the legality of the annexation of Austria by Germany
under international law and Austrian constitutional
law, and the policy of the United States toward the an-
nexation. H. Doc. 477, 78th Cong. 26 pp.

Estimate of Appropriation for Office of the Coordinator of
Inter-American Affairs of the Office for Emergency

72

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Management : Communication from the President of the
United States transmitting estimate of appropriation
for the Office of the Coordinator of Inter-American Af-
fairs of the Office for Emergency Management for the
fiscal year 1945, amounting to $19,174,000, and contract
authorization for the fiscal year 1945, amounting to
$2,500,000. H. Doc. 496, 78th Cong. 12 pp.

Report to Congress on Lend-Lease Operations : Letter from
the Administrator, Foreign Economic Administration,
transmitting a report on operations under the Lend-
Lease Act, from the passage of the act March 11, 1941, to
December 31, 1943. H. Doc. 497, 78th Cong. 84 pp.

United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation. Conference Re-
port. H. Rept. 1260, 78th Cong., on HiJ. Res. 192. 4 pp.

Publications

Department of State

Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Nicaragua — Effected by
exchange of notes signed at Managua May 18 and 22,
1942. Executive Agreement Series 368. Publication
2074. 4 pp. 50.

Diplomatic List, March 1944. Publication 2077. ii, 120 pp.
Subscription, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

U. a. SOVERNMENT PRINTINC OFFtCEi 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of DocumentB, U. S. Government PrintinK Office, Washington 25, D. C.
Price, 10 cents . - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIEECTOK OP THE BDBEAU OF THE BDDQET

I'br^. I /til

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULL

H

'^ m

c

riN

MARCH 25, 1944
Vol. X, No. 248— Publication 2089

ontents

The War Page

Bases of the Foreign Policy of the United States . . , 275

PhOippLne Independence: Statement by the President. 277

War Refugees: Statement by the President 277

German Invasion of Hungary: Statement by the Secre-
tary of State 278

False Rumors of Possible Future Collaboration Between

the United States and the Vichy Regime .... 278
The Duties and Obligations of American Citizenship:

Address by Assistant Secretaiy Berle 278

The Foreign Service

Confirmations 281

American Republics

Water Treaty Between the United States and Mexico:

By Charles A. Timm 282

Interruption of Operations in Argentina of All America

Cables, Inc 292

The Department

Division of Protocol 292

Appointment of Officers 293

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.

Conference of Allied Ministers of Education in London . 293

Treaty Information

Halibut Fishei-y Regulations of 1944 293

Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences . . . 294

Publications 294

Legislation 296

jOOUivtEHlS

MAY 6 1944

The War

BASES OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES

[Released to tlie press March 21]

On March 21, 1944, Secretary of State Cordell
Hull informed press and radio correspondents that
after returning from his recent trip to Florida he
had noted a growing interest in the foreign policy
of the United States and an increasing number of
requests for information about various points in
our foreign policy. He said that he was glad of
this increased interest. The Secretary said that,
in addition to many statements and declarations
by the President, he had himself made a number of
basic statements on foreign policy during the past
two years. He thought it would be a convenience
and help to the public generally if there could be
compiled a brief memorandum of a number of
them. Accordingly, the following has been pre-
pared :

OuK Fundamental National Interests
In determining our foreign policy we must first
see clearly what our true national interests are.

At the present time, the paramount aim of our
foreign policy is to defeat our enemies as quickly
as possible.

Bej'ond final victory, our fundamental national
interests are the assuring of our national security
and the fostering of the economic and social well-
being of our people.

International Cooperation

Cooperation between nations in the spirit of good
neighbors, founded on the principles of liberty,
equality, justice, morality, and law, is the most
effective method of safeguarding and promoting
the political, the economic, the social, and the cul-
tural well-being of our nation and of all nations.

International Organization Backed by Force

Some international agency must be created

which can— by force, if necessary— keep the peace
among nations in the future.

A system of organized international cooperation
for the maintenance of peace must be based upon
the willirgness of the cooperating nations to use
force, if necessary, to keep the peace. Thore must
be certainty that adequate and appropriate means
are available and will be used for this purpose.

Political Differences

Political differences which present a threat to
the peace of the world should be submitted to
agencies which would use the remedies of discus-
sion, negotiation, conciliation, and good offices.

International Court of Justice

Disputes of a legal character which present a
threat to the peace of the world should be adjudi-
cated by an international court of justice whose
decisions would be based upon application of
principles of law.

Reduction of Arms
International cooperative action must include
eventual adjustment of national armaments in such
a manner that the rule of law cannot be successfully
cliallenged and that the burden of armaments may
be reduced to a minimum.

Moscow Four-Nation Declaration
Through this declaration the Soviet Union,
Great Britain, the United States, and China have
laid the foundation for cooperative effort in the
post-war world toward enabling all peace-loving
nations, large and small, to live in peace and se-
curity, to preserve the liberties and rights of civi-
lized existence, and to enjoy expanded oportuni-
ties and facilities for economic, social, and spirit-
ual progress.

275

276

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Spheres of Influence and Aluances

As the provisions of the four-nation declara-
tion are carried into effect, there will no longer be
need for spheres of influence, for alliances, for
balance of power, or any other of the special ar-
rangements through which, in the unhappy past,
the nations strove to safeguard their security or
to promote their interests.

SUBVEIULANCE OvER AgORESSOR NaTIONS

In the process of re-establishing international
order, the United Nations must exercise surveil-
lance over aggressor nations until such time as the
latter demonstrate their willingness and ability
to live at peace with other nations. How long
such surveillance will need to continue must de-
pend upon the rapidity with which 'he peoples
of Germany, Japan, Italy, and their satellites give
convincing proof that they have repudiated and
abandoned the monstrous philosophy of superioi
race and conquest by force and have embraced loy-
ally the basic principles of peaceful processes.

International Trade Barriers

Excessive trade barriers of the many different
kinds must be reduced, and practices which im-
pose injuries on others and divert trade from its
natural economic course must be avoided.

International Finance

Equally plain is the need for making national
currencies once more freely exchangeable for each
other at stable rates of exchange; for a system of
financial relations so devised that materials can be
produced and ways may be found of moving them
where there are markets created by human need;
for machinery through which capital may — for
the development of the world's resources and for
the stabilization of economic activity — move on
equitable terms from financially stronger to finan-
cially weaker countries.

Atlantic Charter: Reciprocal Obligations

The pledge of the Atlantic Charter is of a sys-
tem which will give every nation, large or small,
a greater assurance of stable peace, greater op-
portunity for the realization of its aspirations to
freedom, and greater facilities for material ad-
vancement. But that pledge implies an obliga-
tion for each nation to demonstrate its capacity
for stable and progressive government, to fulfil

scrupulously its established duties to other na-
tions, to settle its international differences and
disputes by none but peaceful methods, and to
make its full contribution to the maintenance of
enduring peace.

Sovereign Equality of Nations

Each sovereign nation, large or small, is in law
and under law the equal of every other nation.

The principle of sovereign equality of all peace-
loving states, irrespective of size and strength, as
partners in a future system of general security, will
be the foundation-stone upon which the future
international organization will be constructed.

Form of Government

Each nation should be free to decide for itself
the forms and details of its governmental organi-
zation— so long as it conducts its affairs in such a
way as not to menace the peace and security of
other nations.

Non-Inter vention

All nations, large and small, which respect the
rights of others are entitled to freedom from out-
side interference in their internal affairs.

Liberty

There is no surer way for men and for nations to
show themselves worthy of liberty than to fight for
its preservation, in any way that is open to them,
against those who would destroy it for all. Never
did a plainer duty to fight against its foes devolve
uj^on all peoples who prize liberty and all who
aspire to it.

All peoples who, with "a decent respect to the
opinions of mankind", have qualified themselves
to a.ssume and to discharge the responsibilities of
liberty are entitled to its enjoyment.

Dependent Peoples

There rests upon the independent nations a
resi^onsibility in relation to dependent peoples who
aspire to liberty. It should be the duty of nations
having political ties with such peoples, of manda-
tories, of trustees, or of other agencies, as the case
may be, to help the aspiring peoples to develop
materially and educationally, to prepare them-
selves for the duties and responsibilities of self-
government, and to attain liberty. An excellent
example of what can be achieved is afforded in the
record of our relationship with the Pliilippines.

MARCH 25, 1944

277

PHILIPPINE INDEPENDENCE
Statement by the President

[Released to the preBS by tbe White House March 24]

On this, the tenth anniversary of the passage of
the Tydings-McDuffie act, I take the opportunity
of conveying again a message of friendship and
good-will to the people of the Philippines. Ameri-
can-Filipino friendship has had a long history.
The bill for Philippine independence which I
signed just 10 years ago was a manifestation of

that friendship. It is a source of deep gratifica-
tion to me to be able to say to the brave people,
who are now bearing the yoke of Japanese domi-
nation, that the return of freedom to their Islands
draws closer with each Allied victory. The Phil-
ippine government temporarily residing here
possesses all the attributes of an independent
nation. America will fulfil its pledge.

WAR REFUGEES
Statement by the President

[Released to the press by the White House March 24]

The United Nations are fighting to make a world
in which tyranny and aggression cannot exist; a
world based upon freedom, equality, and justice;
a world in which all persons regardless of race,
color, or creed may live in peace, honor, and dig-
nity.

In the meantime in most of Europe and in parts
of Asia the systematic torture and murder of civil-
ians— men, women, and children — by the Nazis
and the Japanese continue unabated. In areas
subjugated by the aggressors innocent Poles,
Czechs, Norwegians, Dutch, Danes. French, Greeks,
Russians, Chinese, Filipinos — and many others —
are being starved or frozen to death or murdered
in cold blood in a campaign of savagery.

The slaughters of Warsaw, Lidice, liliarkov, and
Nanking — the brutal torture and murder by the
Japanese, not only of civilians but of our own
gallant American soldiers and fliers — these are
startling examples of what goes on day by day,
year in and year out, wherever the Nazis and the
Japs are in military control, free to follow their
barbaric purpose.

In one of the blackest crimes of all history —
begim by the Nazis in the day of peace and multi-
plied by them a hundred times in time of war —
the wholesale systematic murder of the Jews of
Europe goes on unabated every hour. As a result
of the events of the last few days, hundreds of
thousands of Jews, who while living under perse-
cution have at least found a haven from death in
Hungary and the Balkans, are now threatened with
annihilatioii as Hitler's forces descend more heav-
ily upon these lands. That these innocent people,
who have already survived a -decade of Hitler's

fury, should perish on the very eve of triumph over
the barbarism which their persecution symbolizes,
would be a major tragedy.

It is therefore fitting that we should again pro-
claim our determination that none who participate
in these acts of savagery shall go unpunished. The
United Nations have made it clear that they will
pursue the guilty and deliver them up in order that
Justice be done. That warning applies not only to
the leaders but also to their functionaries and sub-
ordinates in Germany and in the satellite countries.
All who knowingly take part in the deportation of
Jews to their death in Poland, or Norwegians and
Fi-ench to their death in Germany, are equally
guilty with the executioner. All who share the
guilt shall share the punishment.

Hitler is committing these crimes against hu-
manity in the name of the German people. I ask
every German and every man everywhere under
Nazi domination to show the world by his action
that in his heart he does not share these insane
criminal desires. Let him hide these pursued vic-
tims, help them to get over their borders, and do
what he can to save them from the Nazi hangman.
I ask him also to keep watch and to record the
evidence that will one day be used to convict the
guilty.

In the meantime, and until the victory that is
now assured is won, the United States will perse-
vere in its eflforts to rescue the victims of brutality
of the Nazis and the Japs. In so far as the neces-
sity of military operations permits, this Govern-
ment will use all means at its command to aid the
escape of all intended victims of the Nazi and Jap
executioner — regardless of race or religion or color.
We call upon the free peoples of Europe and Asia

278

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

temporarily to open their frontiers to all victims of
oppression. We shall find havens of refuge for
them, and we shall find the means for their main-
tenance and support until the tyrant is driven from
their homelands and they may return.

In the name of justice and humanity let all free-
dom-loving people rally to this righteous under-
taking.

GERMAN INVASION OF HUNGARY

Statement by the Secretary of State

[Released to the press March 24]

The rapid decline of Nazi tyranny has never
been so apparent as today, when Hitler, in gi'owing
awareness that he cannot withstand the united
efforts of the freedom-loving peoples of the world,
has shown his desperation by turning with his
accustomed treachery upon a former ally.

Only by firm resistance to the hated invader can
Hungary, the first of the Axis satellites to feel the
Nazi whip, hope to regain the respect and friend-
ship of free nations and demonstrate its right to
independence.

FALSE RUMORS OF POSSIBLE FUTURE
COLLABORATION BETWEEN THE
UNITED STATES AND THE VICHY REGIME

[Released to the press March 21]

The following statement by the Department of
State Avas issued in response to a request for com-

ment on reports emanating from Algiers to the
effect that concern had been expressed there that
the United States Government might in the future
collaborate with ofl5cials of the Vichy regime :

The absurd reports and rumors periodically oc-
curring, which are evidently inspired, endeavoring
to create the impression that this Government upon
the liberation of France intends to deal with the
Vichy regime or with certain individuals directly
or indirectly supporting the policy of collabora-
tion with Germany, are false on their face. The
fact that this Government kept representatives at
Vichy for some time for such vital purposes as
combating Nazi designs, the preservation of the
French fleet from German hands, and the preven-
tion of Nazi occupation of French Africa or the
establishment of military bases there, has been
most amazingly and falsely represented as founded
upon a sympathetic relationship between the
American Government and pro-Axis supporters at
Vichy. Every person at all informed knew that
throughout the entire period just the opposite was
the truth.

No loyal supporter of the Allied cause would
make the ridiculous charge that the United States
Government, while sending its military forces and
vast military supplies to the most distant battle-
fields to prosecute the war against the Axis powers,
would at the same time have any dealings or rela-
tions with the Vichy regime except for the purpose
of abolishing it.

THE DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF AMERICAN CITIZENSHIP

Address by Assistant Secretary Berle '

[Released to the press March 22]

Fellow Teachers: We are gathered to take
counsel together tonight on a part which may fall
to the United States as the war comes to a close
and the post-war era begins. Your counseling is
of unlimited importance, for you have under your
guidance the boys and girls who will sustain that
part and the high privileges and great burdens
which go with it. No greater responsibility exists
anywhere.

The world crisis through which we are passing
came from causes deeper than the mere villainy of
certain groups of men. It is true beyond doubt

that in the Axis countries, and to some extent else-
where, small groups of evil people banded to-
gether to seize power with force and violence, to
share that power with others who would likewise
deny any moral basis for society, and so to make
themselves dictators of their own country, slave-
drivers to their own peoples, and attempted to
make themselves conquerors of the rest of the
world. It is undeniable that this effort is now
doomed to certain defeat. Yet it came closer to
success than we like to think.

• Delivered at Schoolmen's Weelj Convention, University
of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Mar. 22, 1944.

MARCH 25, 1944

279

After the fall of France, a Nazi cabinet minister
visited Prague and there collected his trusted lieu-
tenants— the hangmen of the secret police, the sys-
tematic plunderers of the economic administration,
the dark men who profaned the name of education
by endeavoring to train the Czech nation into a
population of illiterate slaves. With certainty of
success he proclaimed that the Nazi Government
already had plans in preparation, backed by ade-
quate force, sufficient to conquer Britain in 1940,
Soviet Russia thereafter, and, in good time, to deal
with the United States. Indeed, nothing but the
thin ribbon of the English Channel stood between
the gi-eatest army in the world and the only west-
ern nation then seriously resisting. So sure were
these dark men of victory that they had built the
arches and prepared the festoons for the celebra-
tion of triumph in Berlin in that fateful fall of
1940.

We in the United States had greater good for-
tune then than has befallen any nation. Stout
English hearts manned the Royal Air Force ; the
beginning of the trickle of lend-lease from the
United States assisted in supplying them with
coast defense; and the German arms were turned
back in the autumn air from their onslaught on
the British Isles. By that narrow margin, time
and understanding were vouchsafed us to use our
energy in producing weapons, equipping an army,
putting an air force into action. But it is not too
much to say that from the summer of 1940 to the
summer of 1941 only the bravery of one nation,
aided, it is true, by colossal strategic mistakes on
the Nazi side, saved the Western world from
disaster.

Clearly, although the situation was saved, some-
thing was vastly wrong or else it would not
have arisen at all. The Nazis had no hesitation
about pointing this out. They said that the de-
mocracies were fat and foolish, that they had for-
gotten how to believe passionately or to sacrifice
for their beliefs. They said that anyone on the
democratic side would consider his comfort and
his profit ahead of the welfare of his country
and his kind. Particularly they said that any
country could be bought off for a time by promise
of profit or by hope of temporary immunity from
attack, and that by this simple device they could
attack nations one by one, defeat them individ-

ually, enslave them and their resources as they
went along, and so emerge dominant throughout
the world. They were wrong, as it proved; but
they were closer to being right than we like to
remember. For that reason it is plainly our task
to convince the generation which now struggles,
and the generation which you are training, that
citizenship in general, and American citizenship
in particular, is not merely a privilege and a bene-
fit. It is also a collection of obligations and du-
ties, many of them difficult, some dangerous and
tragic. On the fulfilment of these duties today
and tomorrow depends the place of our country, or
any country, in the world to come.

Consider for a moment the burden which the
United States must shoulder as the necessary price
of her continued safety and her continued proud
position. She has the greatest developed land
mass in the world. This was originally a protec-
tion in itself, as the greater land mass of the Soviet
Union still is, in a sense, the greatest defense of
that country. In addition she has an ocean east
and west. Yet the oceans no longer guarantee im-
munit J' ; planes can cross them in a few hours. In
the not-distant future it will be possible to do from
the other side of the Atlantic to the United States
what Allied air forces are today doing to Ger-
many across the English Channel. And our highly
developed mechanical progress carries with it a
certain weakness: destruction of key plants and
resources can derange the entire mechanism of
defense. A bridgehead anywhere on the West-
ern Hemisphere could mean, all too easily, a strug-
gle of extreme danger. Should the post-war world
break up into states devoted to power politics, this
country would have its work cut out for it. Un-
less we were to know war in our own borders as
Europe is learning it today, we should have to
maintain a defense system capable of dealing with
a threat from the far side of the Pacific and the far
side of the Atlantic alike. This sounds fantastic.
Yet it is not so long ago that a Japanese attack
based on the Marshall Islands crippled the Amer-
ican defense at Pearl Harbor, two thousand miles
away; and the art of destruction has developed
vastly since then.

If we were to put our only trust in our isolated
national force, the tasks of Americans would be
heavy indeed. We shall not wholly escape those
tasks in any event.

280

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

But it should be clear that another and perhaps
a greater duty is placed on us — forced on us, if you
will. We must endeavor to create a condition of
affairs in ■which war shall become improbable and
in which peace can be compelled. This is the com-
bined task of endeavoring to create a world of
friendly states, of good neighbors, and of being
prepared to prevent war, by force if need be, when
it once more threatens. We have twice learned
that a war anywhere, remote from our shores and
from our minds, nevertheless can force us to stand
to arms. It should not be necessary to learn that
lesson a third time.

And yet, because memoi-y is short, we have to
teach this year in and year out. Who does not
remember the systematic teaching that war could
accomplish nothing; the pathetic assertion that
a nation which behaved itself need not fear any
wrong-doer ; that foreign disputes were of no inter-
est to us ? And one remembers, grimly, the French
traitor. Marcel Deat, urging his country not to keep
its alliance with Britain and resist Germany, by
trying to make out that the Nazi plan of world
conquest was a local row between Germany and
Poland. "Wliy die for Danzig?" he asked, while
the German fifth columnists (his friends) were
undermining the very defenses of Paris. Yet
there are people even now who favor in their inno-
cence what Deat said in his treason, who ask why
Americans should be concerned with North Africa
or with Italy, with a second front, or with the
Solomon Islands. The answer is the same: the
enemy which seized Danzig was thundering into the
north of France a few months later. The enemy
which seized the islands of the Pacific boasted —
and actually hoped — that it would dictate sur-
render in Washington. The savage truth of
Litvinov's remark that peace is indivisible, proved
in blood and sorrow, must not and cannot be
forgotten.

It follows, therefore, that the United States, if
she is to retain her place as a land of peace and
progress and self-fulfilment, must do her utmost
to create a condition of affairs and to organize
world relations so that the peace can be kept.

To do this we must face a number of tasks to
which we are not accustomed and which we shall
find extremely hard. Let us look at a few of
them.

First is the necessity of making, keeping, and
holding an American point of view. This is es-
sential. The time has long since passed when for-
mation of American opinion in foreign relations
could safely follow lines laid down abroad. Most
countries are interested in promoting their own
national interests. Many of them have relied on
shifting policies and on changing alliances, and
some have been opportunist in their policies, doing
what seemed and perhaps was necessary to them
for their own safety. We need not claim moral
superiority. It happens that through good for-
tune and geography we are relatively more secure
than most countries and therefore can exercise the
high privilege of endeavoring to deal in foreign
affairs on a basis of fairness and justice. We have
resources enough so that we can respect the needs
of other, more crowded populations who must ex-
port in order to 'feed their people. We have
learned that neighbors who are highly developed
and widely industrialized do not threaten us by
their competition but are actually better customers.
Accordingly, we find it both advantageous as well
as neighborly to assist the less developed coun-
tries in their technical education and advance. We
have learned that the cooperation of a friend is
far more useful to us and to the world than the
reluctant help dragged from a dominated country.
In the language of diplomacy, we have learned to
recognize that good-neighborship, accompanied by
recognition of the sovereign equality of our neigh-
bors, is not only honesty but also good policy.

The position of the nation does not depend alone
on its armed force or war potential. Even more
than arms, the ideals and policies for which a coun-
try stands determine its influence. The policy
and practice of the good-neighbor doctrine is re-
sponsible, in large measure, for the influence which
the United States has beyond its fighting lines.
More than that, the hope of making the good-
neighbor policy general throughout the world is
perhaps the most solid basis for believing that we
can arrive at a successful world organization capa-
ble of making and maintaining permanent peace.
The maintenance of the good-neighbor policy,
which means also patience and understanding, be-
comes one of the great duties of the United States.

Hand in hand with this goes another duty — the
duty to assure that American business interests
acting abroad actively contribute to building up

MARCH 25, 1944

281

the M-elfiire of the countries in which they oper-
ate. This is essential. We have and will hold a
powerful commercial position outside our borders.
Exercising wise judgment, the American mer-
chants and miners and manufacturers, the men
who operate airlines and refineries, factories, and
communications, can contribute to the countries in
which they work as much or more than they take
out for American profit. If their work is to be
permanent, they must do this; and the process
becomes an essential part of American foreign
relations. The day of the exploiter is gone, and
exploitation can be no part of American policy.
The success of an American enterprise outside the
United States will be measured even more by the
working-conditions it creates, by the health and
homes of its employees, and by the growing capac-
ity of the people with which it works, than by the
mere size of its profit-account piling up in banks
in New York or Chicago. This is a task for in-
dustrial statesmanship — an idea which is steadily
growing among American businessmen. But if
the task is to be done, the generation coming of age
must be taught that foreign business and foreign
trade is the art of contributing to the foreign
country rather than the art of seizing an exploiter's
profit.

In this respect we have learned much and can
learn more from our American neighbors. We are
learning from men like Guani of Uruguay ; from
Padilla, the Foreign Minister of Mexico; from
Aranha, the Foreign Minister of Brazil ; from men
like the great Venezuelan, Lopez Contreras; and
I hope we are also learning from the writers and
thinkers, in government and out, throughout Cen-
tral and South America.

Peace, when it comes, will not last long if it is
merely a grab-bag in which each nation or groups
within each nation seek to take reckless advantage
of their associates and their neighbors. It was just
this condition of affairs which so weakened Europe
that Hitler and a group of Nazi criminals could
attempt the conquest of a continent as a preface
to the plunder of the planet.

America's position in the post-war world will be
strong. It will rest in great measure on the brav-
ery and devotion of many millions of young men
and many hundred thousands of young women
serving in our armed forces. But its continued
existence will rest upon the strength, the ideals,

and the faith of these young men and women and
others coming into maturity in the democratic way
of life.

We have heard a great deal about the difficulties
of America. It has become fashionable, indeed,
in some circles to emphasize them. Surely we have
many weaknesses and many faults. Yet, man for
man and woman for woman, America has done
better by her children than any other country.
Her faith has been in individual effort, individual
responsibility, and individual achievement.

This is the great heritage of the West. We are
co-heirs of European civilization, of the great rev-
olutions which were Greek and then Roman ; which
were Christian and Catholic; which were the
Renaissance and the Reformation; which de-
stroyed feudalism in the time of the French Revo-
lution. This has been a continuous revolution
toward greater achievement and opportunity for
the individual, and we have steadily maintained
that faith against people who would unduly exalt
the state and against people who would enthrone
the cartel. We have believed in freedom, inspired
by kindliness, and have accepted restraint so that
freedom should be greater.

We shall pass some years in a world of strident
voices. It cannot be otherwise, for catastrophe is
steadily forcing a gi-eat readjustment which will
end by being world-wide. In this readjustment
America has much to say, for she is the greatest
champion of the kindly revolution which has been
the dominant note in our national history.

The Foreign Service

CONFIRMATIONS

On March 20, 1944 the Striate confirmed the nom-
ination of Avra M. Warren to be American Am-
bassador to Panama, Lei and B. Morris to be
American Ambassador to Iran, Orme Wilson to be
American Ambassador to Haiti, Willard L. Beau-
lac to be American Ambassador to Paraguay, Ellis
O. Briggs to be American Ambassador to the
Dominican Republic, Louis G. Dreyfus, Jr., to be
American Minister to Iceland, Gen. Thomas Hol-
comb to be American Minister to the Union of
South Africa, and Kenneth S. Fatten to be Amer-
ican Minister to New Zealand.

580265 — 44-

American Republics

WATER TREATY BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO

By Charles A. Timm ^

The signature on February 3, 1944 of the treaty
relating to the conservation, control, distribution,
and use of the available water supply of the Rio
Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas, and of the
Colorado and Tijuana Rivers marked the culmi-
nation of nearly a century of diplomacy relating
to these streams. Wlien it is considered that the
people, communities, industries, and agriculture
along the two thousand miles of this boundary
are dependent to a very large degree upon the
water supply of the Colorado River and the Rio
Grande, it will be readily understood that this
treaty is one of tremendous importance.

A few basic facts regarding the boundary region
and the basins of the Colorado River and the Rio
Grande (see maps, pp. 283, 286, and 289) may be
useful in understanding the scope of the provi-
sions of this treaty. Along the boundary are
found, on the United States side, the States of
California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas;
and on the Mexican side, the Territory of Baja
California and the States of Sonora, Chihuahua,
Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, and Tamaulipas. The
basin of the Colorado River covers an area
of 244,000 square miles and includes parts of
Arizona, California, Colorado, Nevada, New
Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming in the United
States and a small part of Baja California and
Sonora in Mexico. The seven States of the
Colorado River Basin in the United States are
divided for practical purposes into the upper basin
(Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming) and the
lower basin (Arizona, California, Nevada). The
basin of the Rio Grande covers approximately
180,000 square miles in Colorado, New Mexico, and
Texas on the United States side and Chihuahua,
Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, and Tamaulipas on the
Mexican side. Both of these rivers rise in the high
mountains of Colorado, and most of their water
supply is derived from precipitation in the form
of rain or snow in the mountainous regions of the
headwaters of the main streams and their tribu-
taries. There is very little rainfall m the lower
282

basin of the Colorado River, and even in the case
of the Rio Grande the relatively heavy rainfall at
the mouth adds little water to the river, which must
depend for the most part on the run -off from
its main tributaries — the Conchos and San Juan
Rivers in Mexico and the Pecos and Devils Rivers
in the United States. It is the basins of these two
rivers, together with the basin of the diminutive
Tijuana and the territoty in the region of the nearly
700 miles of strictly land boundary that will be
affected in many ways by the terms of the treaty
in question and that require, for their greatest pos-
sible development, the cooperative endeavors of the
United States and Mexico. The basis for this co-
operation is carefully laid in the provisions of this
treaty.

The treaty itself is but the latest of a long series
of United States-Mexican conventions relating to
the Rio Grande and the Colorado. The treaties of
February 2, 1848 (9 Stat. 922) and December 3,
18"3 (10 Stat. 1031) defined certain parts of these
rivers with reference to the boundary and regulated
the use of their waters for purposes of navigation.
Aside from some conventions between 1880 and
1890 which related to the land boundary, the next
treaty concerning the boundary was that of No-
vember 12, 1884 (24 Stat. 1011), which resulted
from the difficulties caused by accretive and avul-
sive changes in the Rio Grande a"nd the Colorado.
This treaty defined the general laws of accretion
and avulsion to be applied to the boundary rivers
and prescribed the rules to regulate or control
artificial changes in their channels, monuments on
bridges across them, and property rights on cut-
offs caused by avulsive changes in the river chan-
nels. The need of an international body to execute
the provisions of the treaty of 1884 led to the sign-
ing of the treaty of March 1, 1889 (26 Stat. 1512),
which provided for the organization, jurisdiction,
and authority of the present International Bound-
ary Commission, United States and Mexico.

' The author of this article is a Divisional Assistant In
the Division of Mexican Affairs, Department of State.

284

DEPAKTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Since 1889 three treaties of considerable impor-
tance relating to these boundary rivers have been
negotiated. The treaty of March 20, 1905 (35
Stat. 1863) provided for the elimination from the
effects of the treaty of November 12, 1884 of certain
categories of bancos or cut-offs. The following
year there vcas signed, on May 21 (34 Stat. 2953),
a treaty by the terms of which the United States
allocated to Mexico 60 thousand acre-feet of water
from the Rio Grande at Ciudad Juarez.^ After an
additional quarter of a century of difficulties occa-
sioned by the meanders and floods of the Rio
Grande in the El Paso-Juarez Valley, the two
countries signed, on February 1, 1933 (48 Stat.
1621), a treaty by the terms of which the river
channel between El Paso-Juarez and Box Canyon
was rectified and controlled by means of levees.
One other treaty, the arbitral convention of June
24, 1910 (36 Stat. 2481), related to the boundary
rivers only to the extent that it provided for the
settlement by arbitration of the so-called "Chami-
zal dispute" involving a small tract of land built
up by accretion on the El Paso side of the Rio
Grande. This effort proved futile, and the prob-
lem of the Chamizal still remains to be settled.

It will be noted that, with the exception of the
treaties of 1848 and 1853, the practical importance
of most of these treaties is restricted chiefly to the
Rio Grande. This is understandable when it is
considered that the boundary runs along the Rio
Grande for more than 1.200 miles, whei'eas the Col-
orado River divides the two countries for only 18
or 20 miles. Had navigation on the Colorado be-
come important, the diplomatic history of this
stream might have taken another turn, but it re-
mained for the development of irrigation in both
countries to bring this river to the forefront in
both interstate and international relations.

As a matter of fact, with the exception of the
treaty of 1906, none of these conventions relates
directly to the use of the boundary streams for irri-
gation. This indicates that agricultural develop-
ment in the boundary region was not significant
at the time the treaties were negotiated, although
it is true that for centuries before the Spanish
occupation of the Southwest the Indians had prac-

' An acre-foot of water is the quantity required to cover
one acre to the depth of one foot.

ticed some irrigation in the Upper Rio Grande
Valley and in the Gila basin, and that a consider-
able increase in irrigated acreage accompanied the
establishment of Spanish villages along the Rio
Grande. Soon after the United States acquired
the Southwest, agriculture, based very largely
upon irrigation, began to develop in the upper
basin of the Colorado River. Beginning in the
1880's the use of water for irrigation in the basins
of both the Rio Grande and the Colorado increased
so rapidly that the Rio Grande system now irri-
gates about 1,500,000 acres in the States of Colo-
rado, New Mexico, and Texas, and 100,000 to
200,000 acres in Mexico, and the waters of the Col-
orado River system are now irrigating about
2,500,000 acres in the seven States of the Colorado
basin and an additional 300,000 acres in Mexico.
The result has been that the natural flow of each
of these streams no longer suflSces to insure enough
water for the present irrigated areas, not to men-
tion projects calling for a great expansion of acre-
age. It became necessary, therefore, not only to
consider means to conserve and control the avail-
able water supply of these rivers but also to reach
agreements for the equitable apportionment of the
supply, both among the States of the United States
and between the United States and Mexico.

As between the United States and Mexico the
first critical situation developed in the El Paso-
Juarez Valley, in which irrigation has been carried
on for more than 300 years. Here the rapid up-
stream development in New Mexico and Colorado
endangered the irrigation project in the Mexican
part of the valley, with the result that after years
of diplomatic exchanges and technical investiga-
tions the two countries concluded the treaty of
1900, which solved the problem by allocating to
Mexico 60,000 acre-feet each year from the Upper
Rio Grande.

Shortly thereafter, irrigation development be-
gan in the delta of the Lower Rio Grande Valley
and proceeded so rapidly that by 1940 several hun-
dred thousand acres were under irrigation in that
area, which now supports a population of over
200,000 and has a capital valuation of approxi-
mately $300,000,000. So long as there were no
large developments on the Mexican side of the Rio
Grande, there was no serious danger of a pro-
longed water shortage in the Lower Valley of

MARCH 25, 1944

285

Texas. Beginning, however, in the early 1930's
the Government of Mexico made plans for the
ultimate irrigation of nearly 500,000 acres along
the main stream and the tributaries of this river.
These projects have already reached the point
where the natural flow of the Kio Grande is in-
sufficient in years of low run-off.

During the first two decades of this century, this
problem of the lower Rio Grande received the at-
tention of the two Governments on several oc-
casions and was the object of study by joint com-
missions. No material results came from these
early efforts, and beginning in 1924 another serious
attempt was made to reach an agreement between
the two countries regarding the distribution of
the waters of the Rio Grande. In that year the
Congress of the United States passed an act (43
Stat. 118) approving the establishment of an In-
ternational Water Commission, United States and
Mexico, to make a study regarding the equitable
use of the waters of this river below Fort Quit-
man, Texas. The refusal of the Government of
Mexico to consider the Rio Grande without also
considering the Colorado led to the passage by
the Congress of the joint resolution of March 3,
1927 (44 Stat. 1043), amending the act of 1924
to make it cover not only the Rio Grande but also
the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers. This Commis-
sion made an investigation of these rivers but was
unable to reach an agreement regarding the dis-
tribution of their waters. So far as the Rio
Grande was concerned, the chief difficulty lay in
the fact that, whereas 70 percent of the water sup-
ply below Fort Quitman, Texas, had its origin in
Mexico, most of the irrigated acreage was in Texas,
and Mexico was unwilling to guarantee the per-
petuation of the Texas developments, insisting m-
stead that the water of the main stream should be
divided equally, with each country retaining the
right to develop its tributaries to the fullest extent.

Following the failure of the International
Water Commission to reach an agreement on the
Rio Grande, the situation facing the water-users
grew steadily worse. In the effort to discover a
rational solution for the problem, a thorough in-
vestigation was made by a panel of engineers asso-
ciated with the United States Section of the Inter-
national Boundary Commission, on the basis of
which there was developed what is known as the
Valley Gravity and Storage Project (Federal

Project 5). Under this project, an initial ap-
propriation for which was made in 1941 (55 Stat.
303) , the lower valley of Texas would be protected
by means of off-river storage, a gravity diversion
canal to tap the Rio Grande near the town of
Zapata, Texas, and a system of feeder and dis-
tribution canals, the total to cost in the neighbor-
hood of $55,000,000. Ultimately it was planned
to build storage reservoirs on the Pecos and Devils
Rivers, both tributaries of the Rio Grande. This
project, while technically feasible, must be re-
garded as a second choice, the first choice being
always a workable treaty with Mexico to pro-
vide for international storage dams and other
works on the main stream. Even with a treaty
of this kind, those features of this project located
below Roma or Rio Grande City, Texas, would
still be needed to complement the treaty works.

Turning now to the Colorado River, it will be
noted that the problems of this river system were
approached also from both the interstate and
the international angle. Mexico became involved
when the Imperial Valley Project was first begun,
for this development was based upon a gravity
canal that headed in the Colorado River imme-
diately above the international boundary, crossed
the boundary into Mexico, and then turned west
and northwest back across the boundary to the
Imperial Valley of Southern California. The con-
struction of this canal required a concession from
Mexico, under the terms of which Mexico could use
half the capacity of the canal.

At the same time that the two Governments were
making efforts early in this century to reach an
agreement on the distribution of the waters of the
Rio Grande, they were seeking agreement also on
the Colorado. These early diplomatic efforts
failed and were not renewed until the International
Water Commission, mentioned above, undeitook
its studies in 1928.

Meanwhile, the great increase in irrigation in
the seven basin States, coupled with the gravity of
the flood menace, led to efforts to reach an inter-
state agreement for the apportionment among
these States of tlie water supply of the Colorado
River system. In view of plans to construct a stor-
age reservoir in the Boulder Canyon region for the
better regulation of irrigation supply, for flood
control, and for power production, it became im-
portant for the basin States to know in advance

INTERNATIONAL BOUNOABY COMMISSION
UNireO STATES AND MCKICO

COLORADO RIVER BASIN

SCALE OF HIL£S

MARCH 25, 1944

287

the extent of their rights in respect of the water
supply. The result was the establishment of a
Colorado River Commission composed of members
from each of the seven States. This Commission
finally agreed in 1922 upon the terms of a com-
pact to govern the allocation of the waters of the
Colorado River system (H. Doc. 605, 67th Cong.,
4th sess., serial 8215). This compact apportions
to the upper basin and lower basin respectively
7,500,000 acre-feet of water each year for beneficial
consumptive use, with the lower basin having the
right to increase its use by 1,000,000 acre-feet each
year. The compact provides, in addition, that
should the United States allocate by treaty any
Colorado River water to Mexico such allocation
shall be supplied first from the waters that are
surplus above the 16.000,000 acre-feet apportioned
to the two basins, and if this surplus is insufficient
the deficiency is to be borne equally by the two
basins. By still another provision the States of
the upper basin guarantee to deliver during each
period of 10 years not less than 75,000,000 acre-feet
at Lee Ferry, which is above Boulder Dam. This
compact, approved by the Congress in 1928 (45
Stat. 1057), was ratified promptly by all of the
basin States except Arizona, which delayed its rati-
fication until February 1944.

The next step was the passing of the Boulder
Canyon Project Act, approved December 21, 1928
(45 Stat. 1057), by the terms of which Boulder
Dam and appurtenant works were built at a total
cost of approximately $150,000,000. This cost was
to be repaid for the most part out of revenues from
the power contracts made between the Depart-
ment of the Interior and certain power interests.

In pursuance of the Colorado River Compact
and Boulder Canyon Project Act, the Department
of the Interior entered into certain other contracts,
these being for the supply of water to California
projects as follows : the Metropolitan Water Dis-
trict of Southern California (Los Angeles and cer-
tain nearby communities), the Imperial Irrigation
District (including Coachella Valley), the Palo
Verde Irrigation District, and the city of San
Diego. These water contracts are for permanent
service and call for the delivery of water from
storage created by Boulder Dam. They recite the
order of priorities set up by the State of California,
but the actual delivery of water under them is

made subject to the availability thereof, for use in
California, under the Colorado River Compact
and Boulder Canyon Project Act. Following the
execution of these water contracts, the Metropoli-
tan Water District built an aqueduct from Parker
Dam to the Los Angeles area, and the Department
of the Interior built Imperial Dam on the Colo-
rado above Yuma, Arizona, and the All- American
Canal running from this dam to the Imperial Val-
ley, which thus no longer depends upon the Mexi-
can Canal. By the terms of the All-American
Canal contract the Imperial Irrigation District is
obligated ultimately to repay the Government of
the United States for the actual cost of the dam
and the All-American Canal.

Since the California contracts were entered into,
the Department of the Interior has made a contract
with the State of Nevada to supply a maximum of
300,000 acre-feet each year, and the legislature of
Arizona has recently approved a contract calling
for the annual delivery of a maximum of 2,800,000
acre-feet, plus one half of the surplus, to that State.
Both of these contracts are subject to limitations
and reservations which are the same as. or similar
to, those which are contained in the California
contracts.

While the States of the Colorado basin and the
Congress of the United States were making efforts
to solve the interstate problems of this river, the
International Water Commission, United States
and Mexico, was endeavoring to reach an agree-
ment on. the quantity of water that the United
States should guarantee to Mexico. Just as in the
case of the Rio Grande, the Commission failed to
reach a decision. The Mexicans demanded up to
3,600,000 acre-feet each year, but the United States
representatives were willing to grant only the
maximum amount that had been used in Mexico up
to that time — that is, approximately 750,000 acre-
feet — plus main canal losses and other waters not
definitely set forth.

The 10 years following the collapse of the efforts
of the International Water Commission were
marked by a steady increase in the amount of land
placed under irrigation in the Colorado River
basin, both in the United States and in Mexico.
It became apparent to most of the States of the
basin that a treaty with Mexico was advisable, not
only because of general international relations but

288

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

also because it seemed desirable to establish known
limits for future development on both sides of the
border. Not to make « treaty would, in their view,
mean the gradual worsening of a diflScult situation.

In this same period the Department of State
renewed its study of the whole matter, this time
in cooperation with the Committee of Fourteen
and Sixteen representing the interstate water and
power interests of the Colorado River Basin States.
Several conferences have been held during the
past two or three years between this Committee
and representatives of the Department. At one
of these conferences held in Santa Fe, New Mexico,
in April 1943, a resolution defining suggested
limits for a treaty with Mexico was approved by
a large majority of the members. On the basis
of this I'esolution, the Department reopened the
negotiations with the Government of Mexico that
resulted in the treaty which was signed on
February 3, 1944.

For an analysis of the treaty it is sufficient to
quote the letter of transmittal from the Secretary
of State to the President :

"The undersigned, the Secretary of State, has
the honor to lay before the President, with a view
to its transmission to the Senate to receive the ad-
vice and consent of that body to ratification, if
his judgment approve thereof, a treaty between
the United States of America and the United
Mexican States, signed at Washington on Febru-
ary 3, 1944, relating to the utilization of the waters
of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers, and of the
Rio Grande (Rio Bravo) from Fort Quitman,,
Tex., to the Gulf of Mexico.

"The treaty consists of a preamble and 7 parts,
and contains 28 articles.

"Part I, with three articles, contains prelimi-
nary provisions. Article I defines certain im-
portant terms used in the treaty. Article 2 pre-
scribes the general powers and functions of the
International Boundary and Water Commission.
By the provisions of article 2 the general admin-
istration of the treaty is entrusted to the Interna-
tional Boundary Commission organized under the
convention of March 1, 1889, between the United
States of America and Mexico, the name of the
Commission being changed to International
Boundary and Water Commission. The Commis-
sion is given the status of an international body,

consisting of a United States section and a Mexican
section, and it is provided that each Government
shall accord diplomatic status to the Commissioner
and certain of the other officers of the section of
the other Government. Article 2 specifies the De-
partment of State of the United States of Amer-
ica and the Ministry of Foreign Relations of Mex-
ico as the agencies to represent the two Govern-
ments in every case wherein action by the Gov-
ernments is required. Article 3 pi'escribes an
order of preferences for the joint use of interna-
tional waters.

"Part II, consisting of five articles, has particu-
lar relation to the Rio Grande (Rio Bravo). Of
the waters of this river below Fort Quitman, the
United States, by article 4, is allotted —

"1. All of the waters contributed to the main
stream by the measured United States tributaries,
chiefly by the Pecos and Devils Rivers.

"2. One-half of the flow in the Rio Grande below
the lowest major international reservoir so far as
this flow is not otherwise specifically allotted by
the treaty.

"3. One-third of the flow reaching this river
from the measured Mexican tributaries above the
Alamo River, provided that this one-third shall
never be less than 350,000 acre-feet each year as
an average in 5-year cycles.

"4. One-half of all other flows occurring in the
main channel of the Rio Grande.
The quantity thus allotted will not only supply
existing uses but also will permit, by an efficient
use of the water, considerable expansion of irri-
gated areas in Texas.

"The remaining articles in part II make provi-
sion for the construction and operation of inter-
national works on the Rio Grande. Of chief im-
portance is the provision, in article 5, for con-
struction, by the two sections of the Commission, of
three major international storage dams between
the Big Bend and the head of the Lower Valley of
Texas to provide capacity for water storage, for
flood control and for the retention of silt. This
article also makes provision for the construction of
international auxiliary works in the Rio Grande.
The cost of storage dams is to be divided in propor-
tion to the conservation capacity allotted to each
country, and the cost of other works is to be pro-
rated in proportion to the benefits each country

INTERNATIONil. BOUNOABY COMMISSION

UNITED STATES AND MEXICO

UNITED STATES SECTION

GENERAL MAP OF

COLORADO RIVER

IMPERIAL DAM TO SAN LUIS.ARIZ

SHOWING

FLOOD CONTROL 6i IRRIGATION FACILITIES

El Paso. T«as Feb 3.I94Z

290

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

is to receive from each of these works. Articles
6 and 7 authorize the Commission to study, investi-
gate, and prepare plans for flood-control works and
for international hydroelectric plants on the Kio
Grande. Articles 8 and 9 charge the Commission,
subject to the approval of the Governments, with
the preparation of rules and regulations for the
storage, conveyance, and delivery of the waters
of the Rio Grande, including the assignment to
each country of capacities in the reservoirs. The
Commission also is entrusted with the keeping of
records of the waters belonging to each country and
of all uses, diversions, and losses of these waters.

"Part III, which is divided into six articles, pre-
scribes the rules that are to govern the allocation
and delivery to Mexico of a portion of the waters of
the Colorado River. By article 10 the United
States guarantees to Mexico a minimum quantity
of 1,500,000 acre-feet of water each year, this water
to be delivered in accordance with schedules to be
furnished in advance by the Mexican section of the
Commission. Beyond this minimum quantity the
United States will allocate to Mexico, whenever the
United States section decides there is a surplus of
water, an additional quantity up to a total, includ-
ing the 1,500,000 acre-feet, of not more than 1,700,-
000 acre-feet per year. Mexico may use any other
waters that arrive at her points of diversion but
can acquire no right to any quantity beyond the
1,500,000 acre-feet. These quantities, which may
be made up of any waters of the Colorado River
from any and all sources, whether direct river flows,
return flow, or seepage, will be delivered by the
United States in the boundary portion of the Colo-
rado River, except that until 1980 Mexico may
receive 500,000 acre-feet annually, and after that
year 375,000 acre-feet annually through the Ail-
American Canal as part of the guaranteed quantity.
By another provision the United States will under-
take, if the Mexican diversion dam is located en-
tirely in Mexico, to deliver up to 25,000 acre-feet,
out of the total allocation, at the Sonora land
boundary near San Luis.

"In order to facilitate the delivery and diversion
of Mexico's allocation, Mexico, as provided in arti-
cle 12, is to build at its expense, within 5 years from
the date the treaty enters into force, a main diver-
sion structure in the Colorado River below the
upper boundary line. If this dam is built in the

limitrophe section of the river, its plans and con-
struction must be approved by the Commission.
Wherever it is built, there shall be constructed at
the same time, at Mexico's expense, the works
which, in the opinion of the Commission, may be
necessary to protect lands in the United States
against damage from floods and seepage which
might result from the construction, operation, and
maintenance of this dam. The United States, as
provided in article 12, is to build a regulating dam,
known as Davis Dam, at a point between Boulder
Dam and Parker Dam, and is to use a portion of
the capacity of this dam and reservoir to make pos-
sible the regulation, at the boundary, of water al-
lotted to Mexico. Furthermore, the Commission
is to make all necessary measurements of water
flows, and the data obtained as to deliveries and
flows are to be periodically compiled and ex-
changed between the two sections. Article 12 pro-
vides also that the United States, through its
section of the Commission, is to acquire or con-
struct and permanently own, operate, and main-
tain the works required for the delivery of Colo-
rado River waters to Mexican diversion points on
the land boundary. Article 13 provides that the
Commission shall study, investigate, and prepare
plans for flood control on the Lower Colorado.
Article 14 provides that Mexico is to pay an equi-
table part of the construction, maintenance, and
operating costs of Imperial Dam and the Imperial
Dam-Pilot Knob section of the Ail-American
Canal, and is to pay all of such costs of works used
entirely by Mexico. Article 15, relating to the
annual schedules of deliveries to Mexico of Colo-
rado River waters, provides that Mexico, in ad-
vance of each calendar year, is to supply two sched-
ules, one to deal with the water to be delivei-ed in
tlie Colorado River and the other to deal with the
water to be delivered through the Ail-American
Canal. These schedules are subject to certain lim-
itations, especially in regard to rates of flow at dif-
ferent times of the year, in order to provide assur-
, ance that the United States, in the period of ulti-
^•/!mate development, will obtain credit for practi-
p;/cally all of the flows that will be expected in the
^river as the result of United States uses and opera-
^tions.

M "Part IV, consisting solely of article 16, places
g ^upon the Commission the duty of making investi-

MARCH 25, 1944

291

gations and reports regarding the most feasible
projects for the conservation and use of the waters
of the Tijuana River system and of submitting a
recommendation for the allocation of these waters
between the two countries.

"The nine articles of part V contain provisions
of a general natui'e relating to certain uses of the
river channels and of the surfaces of artificial inter-
national lakes, to the international works, and to
the Commission. By article 20 the two Govern-
ments, through their respective sections of the
Commission, agree to carry out the construction of
works allotted to them. By article 23 the two Gov-
ernments undertake to acquire all private property
necessary for the construction, maintenance, and
operation of the works and to retain, through their
respective sections, ownership and jurisdiction,
each in its own territory, of all works, appurte-
nances, and other property required for the carry-
ing out of the treaty provisions regarding the three
rivers. However, the jurisdiction of each section
of the Commission is definitely restricted to the
territory of its own country.

"Article 24 entrusts to the Commission certain
powers and duties in addition to those specifically
provided in the treaty. These powers and duties
include the making of investigations and prepara-
tion of plana for works and the control thereof ; the
exercise of jurisdiction by the respective sections
over all works ; the discharge of the specific powers
and duties entrusted to the Commission by this and
other treaties; the prevention of any violation of
the terms of the treaty ; the settlement of all differ-
ences that may arise regarding the treaty; the
preparation of reports and the making of recom-
mendations to the respective Governments; and the
construction, operation, and maintenance of all
necessary gaging stations.

"It is provided in article 25 that the Commission
shall conduct its proceedings in accordance with
the rules laid down by articles III and VII of the
convention of March 1, 1889. In general, the Com-
mission is to retain all duties, powers, and obliga-
tions assigned to it by previous treaties and agree-
ments, so that the present treaty merely augments
the Commission's powers, duties, and obligations.

"Part VI, having two articles, contains transi-
tory provisions. By article 26 Mexico undertakes,
during a period of 8 years from the effective date

of the treaty or until the beginning of operation of
the lowest major international reservoir on the Rio
Grande, to cooperate with the United States to re-
lieve, in times of drought, water shortages in the
Lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas. To this end,
Mexico, if requested, will release up to a total of
160,000 acre-feet of water during these 8 years from
El Azucar Reservoir on the San Juan River for the
usfe of such lands in Texas, provided that Mexico
shall be under no obligation to release for this
purpose more than 40,000 acre-feet in any one year.
By article 27, during the 5 years before Davis Dam
and the Mexican diversion dam are built, the
United States will permit Mexico, at its own ex-
pense, to build, under proper safeguards, a tem-
porary diversion structure in the Colorado River
for the purpose of diverting water into the present
Alamo Canal. Furthermore, the United States
undertakes to cooperate with Mexico to the end
that the Mexican irrigation requirements during
this temporary period may be set for the lands
under irrigation during 1943, provided that the
water needed therefor is not currently required in
the United States.

"Part VII, consisting solely of article 28, con-
tains the final provisions relating to ratification,
entry into force, and termination. It is provided
that the treaty shall enter into force on the day of
the exchange of ratifications, and that it shall con-
tinue in force until terminated by another treaty
concluded for that purpose between the two
Governments.

"Finally, it should be noted that the treaty pro-
vides that, in case of drought or serious accident to
the hydraulic works in the United States, deliveries
of Colorado River water to Mexico will be cur-
tailed in the same proportion as uses in the United
States are reduced, and that, if for similar reasons
Mexico cannot provide the minimum 350,000 acre-
feet from its measured tributaries of the Rio
Grande, the deficiency is to be made up from these
tributaries during the following 5-year cycle."

Considered in the light of previous treaties
relating to the use of water from international
streams for various purposes, it is not improbable
that the treaty of February 3, 1944, now awaiting
action in the Senate, may come to be regarded as
the most important of its kind in the history of
the world, both in the range and scope of its pro-

292

DEPAETMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

visions and in its social and economic significance.
It is more than a mere division of water between
two countries : it provides the administrative ma-
chinery and the principles for international co-
operation in the development of these water re-
sources. As such, it may well be taken as a model
for future treaties governing international streams.

The treaty is comprehensive in its terms. How-
ever, it is in line with precedents already estab-
lished. Attention has already been drawn to the
treaty of 1906 providing for the equitable distribu-
tion of the waters of the Rio Grande in the El Paso-
Juarez Valley, in which existing uses in Mexico as
of the date of the treaty were protected. There is
also the treaty of 1929 between Egypt and Great
Britain, the latter acting for the Sudan (93 League
of Nations Treaty Series 43, 86-88) , governing the
use for irrigation of the waters of the Nile. By
its terms, the taking of water in the Sudan was lim-
ited in a manner to protect developments in Egypt.
The proposed treaty with Mexico not only assures
water for lands now under irrigation in both coun-
tries but also provides measures for the better utili-
zation of the available supply, both for the present
developments and for the greatest possible number
of feasible future projects. Furthermore, it does
not overlook the possibility of power development.

It is fortunate for both the United States and
Mexico that they have ready at hand a competent
and experienced Boundary Conunission to admin-
ister the treaty. Organized under the convention
of 1889, this Commission has been especially active
since 1927 in the administration of boundary mat-
ters, which include the elimination of bancos
under the convention of 1905, the marking of the
boundary by means of monuments, and the con-
struction, by its two national sections, of flood-
control and sanitation projects. Probably the
greatest joint undertaking thus far has been the
rectification project in the El Paso-Juarez Valley
under the treaty of 1933, by which the entire chan-
nel of the river was rectified and controlled from
El Paso to Box Canyon, effecting a shortening of
the river from 155 miles to 85 miles in that reach.
Furthermore, the United States Section has ca-
nalized the Rio Grande for most of the 125 miles
from El Paso to Elephant Butte Dam, and in the
Lower Valley of Texas it has under construction
a vast flood-control program. It is this Commis-

sion which now stands ready to execute the pro-
visions of the present treaty.

INTERRUPTION OF OPERATIONS IN AR-
GENTINA OF ALL AMERICA CABLES, INC.

[Released to the press March 25]

The Department has received information from
Buenos Aires to the effect that the Argentine au-
thorities have ordered All America Cables, Inc.,
to suspend all operations during the 24-hour period
which expires March 25 at midnight. A fine of
1.000 pesos has been imposed upon the company.
These penalties are the result of an alleged viola-
tion of censorship regulations.

It is charged that on March 8 three cables from
Lima, Peru, were mistakenly forwarded by the
local office of All America Cables, Inc., in Buenos
Aires to the censorship official in the office of the
United Press, to which the messages were ad-
dressed, instead of having received the prior ap-
proval of the censorship official in the office of All
America Cables, Inc.

Thus an essential inter-American communica-
tions link serving a number of the American re-
publics, including the United States, has been
interrupted on the ground of an apparently trivial
violation of the Argentine censorship regulations.
This action would appear to indicate a complete
failure to appreciate the importance to the citizens
of the republics concerned, including Argentina,
as well as to their governments of the services per-
formed by these communication facilities.

The Department

DIVISION OF PROTOCOL

On March 21, 1944 the Secretary of State issued
Departmental Order 1243, effective March 20,
1944, which reads as follows :

"The functions and responsibilities of the Pro-
tocol Division (page 37, Departmental Order 1218
of January 15, 1944)' shall henceforth be exercised
under the direction of the Special Assistant to the
Secretary and Chief of Protocol, Mr. George T.
Summerlin.

' Bulletin of Jm, 15, 1944, p. 45.

MARCH 2 5, 19 44

"These functions and responsibilities shall be
subject to the fiscal control of the Assistant Sec-
retary, Mr. Shaw, who shall also be consulted fully
by Mr. Summerlin and his staff concerning other
administrative aspects of protocol matters.

"Mr. Stanley Woodward will continue as Chief
of the Division of Protocol which shall report to
the Secretary through the Special Assistant, Mr.
Summerlin.

"Mr. Raymond D. Muir is hereby designated
Ceremonial Officer of the Department.

"The routing symbol of Mr. Summerlin's Office
shall be SA/S and the routing symbol of the Di-
vision of Protocol shall be PR."

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

By Departmental Order 1241 of March 20, 1944,
effective March 18, 1914, the Secretary of State
designated Mr. Donald Hiss as Deputy Director
of the Office of Economic Affairs.

By Departmental Order 1242 of March 20, 1944,
effective March 18, 1944, the Secretai-y of State
designated Mr. C. Easton Rothwell as Executive
Secretary on Political Affairs and Mr. John H.
Fuqua as Executive Secretary on Economic Affairs
of the Committee on Post-War Programs.

International Conferences,
Commissions, Etc.

CONFERENCE OF ALLIED MINISTERS OF
EDUCATION IN LONDON

[Released to the press March 25]

The Secretary of State announced on March 25,
1944 that this Government proposes to send a dele-
gation in the near future to collaborate with the
Conference of Allied Ministers of Education in
London.

The delegation will consist of :

The Honorable J. William Fulbright, Chairman
Archibald MacLeish
John W. Studebaker
Grayson N. Kefauver
Ralph E. Turner

The Conference of Allied Ministers of Educa-
tion in London is concerned with the many press-

293

ing problems connected with the restoration of
the intellectual and educational resources de-
stroyed by the Axis. Interest in these problems
and in the work of the Conference has been widely
expressed in educational and other circles in the
United States. This work and its development
along sound and practical lines are of the highest
importance.

Mr. Fulbright, a member of Congress from
Arkansas, is a member of the House Committee on
Foreign Affairs. Mr. MacLeish, who has been
Librarian of Congress since 1939, is a member of
the American Commission for the Protection and
Salvage of Artistic and Historic Monuments in
Europe. Dr. Studebaker has served as United
States Commissioner of Education since 1934.
Dr. Kefauver, who has been professor of education
and dean of the School of Education at Stanford
University since 1933, has served since December
1943 as Consultant to the Department of State.
Dr. Turner is Assistant Chief of the Division of
Science, Education, and Art of the Department
of State.

Treaty Information

HALIBUT FISHERY REGULATIONS OF 1944

By a note dated March 18, 1944 the Canadian
Ambassador in Wasliington transmitted to the
Secretary of State Order in Council No. 1486 dated
March 7, 1944 issued by the Governor General of
Canada approving the 1944 Halibut Fishery Regu-
lations, which were prepared by the International
Fisheries Commission pursuant to articles I and
III of the Convention between the United States
and Canada for the Preservation of the Halibut
Fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering
Sea, signed at Washington on January 29, 1937
(Treaty Series 917).

The President of the United States approved
the regulations on March 20, 1944.

The above-mentioned regulations, which will be
printed in the Federal Register, supersede the 1943
regulations approved by the President on Feb-
ruary 15, 1943, which were published in the Fed-
eral Register of March 2, 1943, pages 2608-2610.

294

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

INTER-AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AGRICUL-
TURAL SCIENCES

Guatemala

By a letter dated March 21, 1944 the Director
General of the Pan American Union informed the
Secretary of State that the Convention on the
Inter- American Institute of Agricultural Sciences,
which was opened for signature at the Pan Amer-

ican Union on January 15, 1944, was signed for
Guatemala on March 16, 1944.

The convention was signed on January 15, 1944
for the United States of America, Costa Rica,
Nicaragua, and Panama; on January 20, 1944 for
Cuba and Ecuador; on January 28', 1944 for the
Dominican Republic and Honduras; and on Feb-
ruary 18, 1944 for El Salvador.

Publications

Department of State

During the quarter beginning January 1, 1944,
the following publications have been released by
the Department : ^

2032. Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between
the United States of America and the Dominican Re-
public— Effected by exchange of notes signed at Ciudad
Trujillo June 19 and July 7, 1043. Executive Agreement
Series 346. 6 pp. 50.

2033. Papers Relating to the Foreign Relations of the
United States, 1929, vol. II. cxxxlx, 1132 pp. (buck-
ram).

2036. Foreign Service List, September 30, 1943. iv, 132 pp.
Subscription, 50iJ a year (650 foreign) ; single copy, 200.

2037. Military Service: Agreement Between the United
States of America and Czechoslovakia — Effected by ex-
changes of notes signed at Washington April 3, 1942 and
September 29 and October 21, 1943 ; effective Septem'ber
29, 1043. Executive Agreement Series 341. 6 pp. 50.

2038. Military Aviation Mission : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Paraguay — Signed at
Washington October 27, 1943 ; effective October 27, 1943.
Executive Agreement Series 343. 10 pp. 50.

2040. First Session of the Council of the United Nations Re-
lief and Rehabilitation Administration : Selected Docu-
ments— Atlantic City, New Jersey, November 10-Decem-
ber 1, 1943. Conference Series 53. vi, 215 pp. 350.

2041. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. IX, no. 235,
December 25, 1943. 14 pp. 100.=

2042. Reciprocal Trade : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Iceland — Signed at Reykjavik
August 27, 1943 ; effective November 19, 1943. Executive
Agreement Series 342. 28 pp. 100.

2043. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 236,
January 1, 1944. 24 pp. 100.

2044. Diplomatic List, January 1944. ii, 122 pp. Sub-
scription, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

' Serial numbers which do not appear in this list have
appeared previously or will appear in subsequent lists.
" Subscription, $2.75 a year.

2045. Publications of the Department of State (a list cumu-
lative from October 1, 1929). January 1, 1944. iv, 27 pp.
Free.

2046. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals:
Cumulative Supplement No. 4, January 14, 1944, to Re-
vision VI of October 7, 1943. 55 pp. Free.

2047. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 237,
January 8, 1044. 16 pp. 100.

204S. Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between
the United States of America and Venezuela — Effected
by excharge of notes signed at Caracas February 18,
1943. Executive Agreement Series 348. 8 pp. 50.

2049. Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between
the United States of America and Mexico — Effected
by exchange of notes signed at Mexico City June 30
and July 1, 1943. Executive Agreement Series 347.
5 pp. 50.

2050. Purchase by the United States of Exportable Sur-
pluses of Dominican Rice, Corn, and Peanut Meal:
Agreement Between the United States of America and
the Dominican Republic Approving Memorandum tif
Understanding Dated May 20, 1943— Effected by ex-
change of notes signed at Ciudad Trujillo June 10, 1943.
Executive Agreement Seiies 350. 11 pp. .5^.

20.51. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 238,
January 15, 1944. .52 pp. 100.

2052. Exchange of Official Publications: Agreement Be-
tween the United States of America and Iran — Effected
by exchange of notes signed at Tehran August 21, 1943 ;
effective August 21, 1943. Executive Agreement Series
349. 10 pp. 50.

2053. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 239,
January 22, 1944. 20 pp. 100.

2054. Military Mission : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Paraguay — Signed December
10, 1943 ; effective December 10, 1943. Executive Agree-
ment Series 354. 10 pp. 50.

2055. Jurisdiction Over Criminal Offenses Committed by
Armed Forces : Agreement Between the United States
of America and the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland— Effected by exchange of notes
signed at London July 27, 1942; effective August C,
1942. Executive Agreement Series 355. 4 pp. 50.

MARCH 25, 1944

295

2056. The State Department Speaks. [A series of four
broadcasts presented over the facilities of the National
Broadcasting Company on January 8, 15, 22, and 29,
1944 to acquaint the American people with what the
Department of State is doing to meet international
problems.] 65 pp. Free.

2057. Access to Alaska Highway : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Canada — Effected by ex-
change of notes signed at Ottawa April 10, 1943. Execu-
tive Agreement Series 362. 3 pp. 5^.

2058. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 240,
January 29, 1044. 30 pp. 100.

2059. Inter-American Highway : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Panama — Effected by
exchange of notes signed at Panamfi May 15 and June 7,
1943. Executive Agreement Series 365. 3 pp. 50.

2060. Diplomatic List, February 1944. ii, 120 pp. Sub-
scription, $1 a year ; single copy, 10(?.

2061. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals :
Cumulative Supplement No. 5, February 11, 1944, to Re-
vision VI of October 7, 1943. 62 pp. Free.

£063. Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Be-
tween the United States of America and Brazil — Effected
■fay exchange of notes .signed at Washington March 14,
1942. Executive Agreement Series 372. 3 pp. 50.

2064. The Dapartment of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 241,
February 5, 1944. 21 pp. 100.

20C5. Waiver of Claims Arising as a Result of Collisions
Between Vessels of War : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Canada Concerui;ig Application
of the Agreement of May 25 and 26, 1943— Effected by
exchange of notes signed at Washington September 3
and November 11, 1943. Executive Agreement Series
366. 2 pp. 50.

2066. Temporary Migration of Mexican Agricultural Work-
ers : Agreement Between the United States of America
and Mexico Revising the Agreement of August 4, 1942 —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Mexico City
April 26, 1943. Executive Agreement Series 351. 13
pp. 54.

2067. Detail of Military Adviser to Remount Service of
Peruvian Army : Agreement Between the United States
of America and Peru Renewing the Agreement of April
15, 1941 — Effected by exchange of notes signed at Wash-
ington November 23 and December 20, 1943 ; effective
April 15, 1944. Executive Agreement Series 363. 2
pp. 5^.

2068. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 242,
February 12, 1944. 22 pp. 100.

2069. Health and Sanitation Program : Agreement Between
the United States of America and El Salvador — Ef-
fected by exchange of notes signed at San Salvador May
4 and 5, 1942. Executive Agreement Series 367. 5
pp. 50.

2070. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 243,
February 19, 1944. 10 pp. 100.

2071. Jurisdiction Over Criminal Offenses Committed by
Armed Forces : Agreement Between the United States
of America and China — Effected by exchange of notes

signed at Chungking May 21, 1943; effective May 21,
1943. Executive Agreement Series 360. 14 pp. 50.

2072. Workmen's Compensation in Connection With Cer-
tain Projects Under Construction or Operation in the
Dominican Republic: Agreement Between the United
States of America and the Dominican Republic — Ef-
fected by exchange of notes signed at Ciudad Trujillo
October 14 and 19, 1943. Executive Agreement Series
353. 5 pp. 5^.

2073. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 244,
February 26, 1944. 25 pp. 100.

2074. Health and Sanitation Program: Agreement Be-
tween the United States of America and Nicaragua-
Effected by excliange of notes signed at Managua May
18 and 22, 1942. Executive Agreement Serfes 368. 4 pp.
50.

2075. United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Adminis-
tration : Agreement Between the United States of Amer-
ica and Other Governments or Authorities — Signed at
Washington November 9, 1943. Executive Agreement
Series 3.52. 17 pp. 100.

2076. The Proclaimed List of Certain Bio ked Nationals:
Cumulative Supplement No. 6, March 10, 1044, to Re-
vision VI of October 7, 1943. 69 pp. Free.

2077. Diplomatic List, March 1944. ii, 120 pp. Subscrip-
tion, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

2078. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 24.5,
March 4, 1944. 18 pp. 100.

2083. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 246,

March 11, 1944. 18 pp. 100.
2088. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. X, no. 247,

March 18, 1944. 22 pp. 100.

The Department of State also publishes the
slip laws and Statutes at Large. Laws are
issued in a special series and are numbered in the
order in which they are signed. Treaties also are
issued in a special series and are numbered in the
order in which they are proclaimed. Spanish,
Portuguese, and French translations, prepared by
the Department's Central Translating Division,
have their own publication numbers running con-
secutively from 1. All other publications of the
Department since October 1, 1929 are numbered
consecutively in the order in which they are sent
to press ; in addition, some of them are subdivided
into series according to general subject.

To avoid delay, requests for publications of the
Department of State should be addressed direct to
the Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C, except in
the case of free publications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department. The Superintendent
of Documents will accept deposits against which

296

the cost of publications ordered may be charged
and will notify the depositor when th^ deposit is
exhausted. The cost to depositors of a complete
set of the publications of the Department for a
year will probably be somewhat in excess of $15.
Orders may be placed, however, with the Super-
intendent of Documents for single publications or
for one or more series.

The Superintendent of Documents also has, for
free distribution, the following price lists which
may be of interest: Foreign Relations of the
United States ; American History and Biography ;
Tariff; Immigration ; Alaska and Hawaii ; Insular
Possessions; Laws; Commerce and Manufactures;
Political Science; and Maps. A list of publica-

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

tions of the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce may be obtained from the Department of
Commerce.

Legislation

Expatriation of Certain Nationals of the United States :
Hearings before the Committee on Immigration and
Naturalization, House of Representatives, 78;h Cong., 2d
sees., on H.R. 2701, H.R. 3012, H.R. 3489, H.R. 3446, and
H.R. 4103. January, 20, 25, 26, and February 2, 1944.
[Statement by R. W. Flournoy, Jr., Assistant to the
Legal Adviser of the Department of State, pp. 5S-59.]
iv, 64 pp.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1944

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office. Washington 25. D. C.
Price, 10 cents - - . - Subscription price, |2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPBOVAL OF THE DIBBCTOB OF THE BUKEAU Or THB BUDGET